summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Master/texmf/doc/info
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2008-08-07 18:24:39 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2008-08-07 18:24:39 +0000
commit04090cf2a1f7b8abd369b3fb944199b902599342 (patch)
tree16b8660adca27757eb19769a536d936aeb109499 /Master/texmf/doc/info
parentc07533ee14074459c9f4aec42036b5cb4e12d613 (diff)
updates of texinfo manuals
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@10145 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf/doc/info')
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/dir2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/dvipng.info208
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/dvips.info503
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/eplain.info451
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/fontname.info1982
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/info-stnd.info1142
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/info.info1211
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/kpathsea.info876
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/texinfo.info4579
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf/doc/info/web2c.info223
10 files changed, 6362 insertions, 4815 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dir b/Master/texmf/doc/info/dir
index 0440ef6f2ff..3f8ce24f548 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dir
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/dir
@@ -17,14 +17,12 @@ File: dir, Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree
Texinfo documentation system
* Info: (info). How to use the documentation browsing system.
* Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format.
-* Texi2HTML: (texi2html). Texinfo to HTML Converter.
* info standalone: (info-stnd). Read Info documents without Emacs.
* infokey: (info-stnd)Invoking infokey. Compile Info customizations.
* install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. Update info/dir entries.
* makeinfo: (texinfo)Invoking makeinfo. Translate Texinfo source.
* texi2dvi: (texinfo)Format with texi2dvi. Print Texinfo documents.
* texindex: (texinfo)Format with tex/texindex. Sort Texinfo index files.
-* Wget: (wget). The non-interactive network downloader.
TeX
* DVI-to-PNG: (dvipng). DVI to Portable Network Graphics (PNG).
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvipng.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvipng.info
index e2f4323ec73..0b9be7c8220 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvipng.info
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvipng.info
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-This is dvipng.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from
-../../../texk/dvipng/dvipng.texi.
+This is dvipng.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.12 from
+../../../TeXlive-svn/texk/dvipng/dvipng.texi.
INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ dvipng
This manual documents dvipng, a program to translate a DVI (DeVice
Independent) file into PNG (Portable Network Graphics).
- This file documents dvipng version 1.9
+ This file documents dvipng version 1.11
Corrections or perhaps rewrites of sections are _very welcome_.
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Independent) file into PNG (Portable Network Graphics).
* Color:: Using color with dvipng
* Diagnosing problems:: Problems?
* Credits:: People who have contributed
-* Copying:: GNU General Public License
+* Copying:: GNU Lesser General Public License
* Index:: General index

@@ -59,6 +59,11 @@ homework problems to students over the internet, giving students
instant feedback as to whether or not their answers are correct, see
`http://webwork.math.rochester.edu'.
+ A more recent addition to the dvipng-using applications out there is
+MediaWiki, the software behind Wikipedia and many other wikis out
+there. Dvipng is used to render mathematical formulae from version
+1.8.0 of MediaWiki, see `http://www.mediawiki.org'.
+
Other applications may also benefit, like web applications as
latex2html and WYSIWYG editors like LyX.
@@ -125,25 +130,30 @@ File: dvipng.info, Node: Prerequisites, Next: Configure, Up: Installation
* The font-rendering library FreeType 2
- While not strictly necessary, FreeType 2 is recommended since
- dvipng currently will produce better-quality images with this
- library available. It will also enable direct support for
- PostScript and TrueType fonts, and subfont support in dvipng. That
- is, if you want to render CJK-LaTeX characters, you must have
- FreeType 2 installed. With FreeType 2, dvipng will not need to
- generate bitmapped variants on disk of the TeX fonts since modern
- TeX distributions include PostScript versions of them. Then, you
- can render images at different (and unusual) resolutions without
- cluttering the disk with lots of bitmapped fonts.
+ While not strictly necessary, a recent FreeType 2 is recommended
+ since dvipng currently will produce better-quality images when
+ this library is available. To take advantage of this, you should
+ have at least FreeType 2.1.9.
+
+ FreeType 2 will enable direct support for PostScript and TrueType
+ fonts, so that dvipng will not need to generate bitmapped variants
+ on disk of the TeX fonts since modern TeX distributions include
+ PostScript versions of them. Then, you can render images at
+ different (and unusual) resolutions without cluttering the disk
+ with lots of bitmapped fonts.
+
+ Finally, it will enable subfont support in dvipng. That is, if you
+ want to render CJK-LaTeX characters, you must have FreeType 2
+ installed.
* The font-rendering library T1lib
An alternative to FreeType 2 is T1lib, but this will enable only
- PostScript fonts in dvipng, and will not include subfont support.
+ PostScript fonts in dvipng and will not include subfont support.
Also here, you can render images at different (and unusual)
resolutions without cluttering the disk with lots of bitmapped
fonts. If both FreeType 2 and T1lib are present, FreeType will be
- internally preferred by dvipng, but T1lib can be chosen at runtime.
+ internally preferred by dvipng but T1lib can be chosen at runtime.
* libpng and libz
@@ -317,7 +327,7 @@ File: dvipng.info, Node: Option summary, Next: Option details, Up: Command-li
Here is a handy summary of the options; it is printed out when you run
dvipng with no arguments or with the standard `--help' option.
- This is ./dvipng 1.9 Copyright 2002-2006 Jan-Ake Larsson
+ This is ./dvipng 1.10 Copyright 2002-2008 Jan-Ake Larsson
Usage: ./dvipng [OPTION]... FILENAME[.dvi]
Options are chosen to be similar to dvips' options where possible:
@@ -343,12 +353,16 @@ dvipng with no arguments or with the standard `--help' option.
--follow* Wait for data at end-of-file
--freetype* FreeType font rendering (default on)
--gamma # Control color interpolation
+ --gif Output GIF images (dvigif default)
--height* Output the image height on stdout
--noghostscript* Don't use ghostscript for PostScript specials
--nogssafer* Don't use -dSAFER in ghostscript calls
+ --palette* Force palette output
--picky When a warning occurs, don't output image
+ --png Output PNG images (dvipng default)
--strict When a warning occurs, exit
--t1lib* T1lib font rendering (default on)
+ --truecolor* Truecolor output
-Q # Quality (T1lib and PK subsampling)
-z # PNG compression level
@@ -432,11 +446,11 @@ reversal, use `-r0'. Such options are marked with a trailing `*'.
`--depth*'
Report the depth of the image. This only works reliably when the
- LaTeX style `preview.sty' from preview-latex is used. It reports
- the number of pixels from the bottom of the image to the baseline
- of the image. This can be used for vertical positioning of the
- image in, e.g., web documents, where one would use (Cascading
- StyleSheets 1)
+ LaTeX style `preview.sty' from preview-latex is used with the
+ `active' option. It reports the number of pixels from the bottom
+ of the image to the baseline of the image. This can be used for
+ vertical positioning of the image in, e.g., web documents, where
+ one would use (Cascading StyleSheets 1)
<IMG SRC="FILENAME.PNG" STYLE="vertical-align: -DEPTHpx">
The depth is a negative offset in this case, so the minus sign is
necessary, and the unit is pixels (px).
@@ -488,10 +502,11 @@ reversal, use `-r0'. Such options are marked with a trailing `*'.
`--height*'
Report the height of the image. This only works reliably when the
- LaTeX style `preview.sty' from preview-latex is used. It reports
- the number of pixels from the top of the image to the baseline of
- the image. The total height of the image is obtained as the sum of
- the values reported from `--height' and `--depth'.
+ LaTeX style `preview.sty' from preview-latex is used with the
+ `active' option. It reports the number of pixels from the top of
+ the image to the baseline of the image. The total height of the
+ image is obtained as the sum of the values reported from
+ `--height' and `--depth'.
`-l [=]NUM'
The last page printed will be the first one numbered NUM. Default
@@ -750,9 +765,10 @@ File: dvipng.info, Node: Color, Next: Diagnosing problems, Prev: Graphics, U
6 Color
*******
-To support color, dvipng recognizes a certain set of specials. These
-specials start with the keyword `color' or the keyword `background',
-followed by a color specification.
+To support color, dvipng recognizes a certain set of specials as
+generated by the `color' and `xcolor' style files. These specials start
+with the keyword `color' or the keyword `background', followed by a
+color specification.
* Menu:
@@ -932,7 +948,7 @@ Svend Tollak Munkejord, James Longstreet, Bernhard Simon, Bob McElrath,
Georg Schwarz, Jason Farmer, Brian V. Smith, Samuel Hathaway, Thomas R.
Shemanske, Stephen Gibson, Christian Ridderstro"m, Ezra Peisach,
William H Wheeler, Thomas Klausner, Harald Koenig, Adrian Bunk, Kevin
-Smith, Jason Riedy, Wolfram Krause, and Reinhard Kotucha.
+Smith, Jason Riedy, Wolfram Krause, Reinhard Kotucha, and Takeshi Abe.

File: dvipng.info, Node: Copying, Next: Index, Prev: Credits, Up: Top
@@ -940,23 +956,23 @@ File: dvipng.info, Node: Copying, Next: Index, Prev: Credits, Up: Top
9 Copying
*********
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your
-option) any later version.
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
+by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
General Public License for more details.
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+License along with this program. If not, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Jan-AAke Larsson
+Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Jan-AAke Larsson

File: dvipng.info, Node: Index, Prev: Copying, Up: Top
@@ -967,10 +983,10 @@ Index
* Menu:
-* -dSAFER: Option details. (line 166)
-* absolute page number, and -l: Option details. (line 139)
-* absolute page number, and -p: Option details. (line 187)
-* antialiasing levels, number of: Option details. (line 241)
+* -dSAFER: Option details. (line 167)
+* absolute page number, and -l: Option details. (line 140)
+* absolute page number, and -p: Option details. (line 188)
+* antialiasing levels, number of: Option details. (line 242)
* background color (option): Option details. (line 40)
* base resolution, setting: Option details. (line 35)
* baseline reporting: Option details. (line 76)
@@ -979,90 +995,90 @@ Index
* command-line options: Command-line options.
(line 6)
* compilation: Installation. (line 6)
-* compression: Option details. (line 302)
+* compression: Option details. (line 303)
* configuration, of dvipng: Installation. (line 6)
* dark fonts: Option details. (line 119)
* debugging <1>: Diagnosing problems. (line 6)
* debugging: Option details. (line 54)
* depth reporting: Option details. (line 76)
-* exit on erroneous images: Option details. (line 252)
-* first page printed: Option details. (line 187)
+* exit on erroneous images: Option details. (line 253)
+* first page printed: Option details. (line 188)
* follow mode: Option details. (line 97)
-* font generation, avoiding: Option details. (line 156)
-* forcing palette output: Option details. (line 196)
+* font generation, avoiding: Option details. (line 157)
+* forcing palette output: Option details. (line 197)
* foreground color (option): Option details. (line 91)
* FreeType font rendering: Option details. (line 105)
* fuzzy images: Option details. (line 119)
* gamma: Option details. (line 119)
-* GhostScript and -dSAFER: Option details. (line 166)
-* GhostScript, turning off: Option details. (line 161)
+* GhostScript and -dSAFER: Option details. (line 167)
+* GhostScript, turning off: Option details. (line 162)
* GIF image format: Option details. (line 125)
* height reporting: Option details. (line 132)
* installation, of dvipng: Installation. (line 6)
* invoking dvipng: Basic usage. (line 6)
-* last page printed: Option details. (line 139)
+* last page printed: Option details. (line 140)
* light fonts: Option details. (line 119)
-* magnification, overriding DVI: Option details. (line 294)
-* Metafont mode, specifying: Option details. (line 148)
-* mktexpk, avoiding: Option details. (line 156)
-* mode name, specifying: Option details. (line 148)
-* no erroneous images: Option details. (line 206)
-* offset pages: Option details. (line 181)
+* magnification, overriding DVI: Option details. (line 295)
+* Metafont mode, specifying: Option details. (line 149)
+* mktexpk, avoiding: Option details. (line 157)
+* mode name, specifying: Option details. (line 149)
+* no erroneous images: Option details. (line 207)
+* offset pages: Option details. (line 182)
* option, details of: Option details. (line 6)
* options, dvipng: Command-line options.
(line 6)
* options, reading from standard input: Option details. (line 11)
* options, summary: Option summary. (line 6)
* output resolution, setting: Option details. (line 60)
-* output, redirecting: Option details. (line 174)
-* page range: Option details. (line 219)
-* page, first printed: Option details. (line 187)
-* page, last printed: Option details. (line 139)
-* physical page number, and -l: Option details. (line 139)
-* physical page number, and -p: Option details. (line 187)
-* PNG image format: Option details. (line 215)
+* output, redirecting: Option details. (line 175)
+* page range: Option details. (line 220)
+* page, first printed: Option details. (line 188)
+* page, last printed: Option details. (line 140)
+* physical page number, and -l: Option details. (line 140)
+* physical page number, and -p: Option details. (line 188)
+* PNG image format: Option details. (line 216)
* PostScript inclusion problems: Encapsulated PostScript.
(line 21)
* problems: Diagnosing problems. (line 6)
-* quality: Option details. (line 241)
-* quiet operation: Option details. (line 237)
-* reverse pagination: Option details. (line 248)
-* silent operation: Option details. (line 237)
+* quality: Option details. (line 242)
+* quiet operation: Option details. (line 238)
+* reverse pagination: Option details. (line 249)
+* silent operation: Option details. (line 238)
* standard input, reading options from: Option details. (line 11)
-* standard output, output to: Option details. (line 174)
-* T1lib font rendering: Option details. (line 269)
+* standard output, output to: Option details. (line 175)
+* T1lib font rendering: Option details. (line 270)
* transparent border fallback color: Option details. (line 25)
* transparent border width: Option details. (line 25)
* trouble: Diagnosing problems. (line 6)
-* truecolor output: Option details. (line 283)
-* warnings, suppressing: Option details. (line 237)
+* truecolor output: Option details. (line 284)
+* warnings, suppressing: Option details. (line 238)

Tag Table:
-Node: Top317
-Node: Introduction1204
-Node: Installation3185
-Node: Prerequisites3532
-Node: Configure5914
-Node: Build/install7953
-Node: Installation outside the texmf tree8421
-Node: Advice for non-privileged users9128
-Node: Basic usage10136
-Node: Command-line options11263
-Node: Option summary11687
-Node: Option details13807
-Node: Graphics29131
-Node: Encapsulated PostScript29696
-Node: Bitmapped graphics31039
-Node: Color32239
-Node: Color specifications32574
-Node: Color specials33673
-Node: Diagnosing problems35085
-Node: Contact information35568
-Node: Debug options36309
-Node: Credits37344
-Node: Copying38493
-Node: Index39322
+Node: Top330
+Node: Introduction1225
+Node: Installation3464
+Node: Prerequisites3811
+Node: Configure6301
+Node: Build/install8340
+Node: Installation outside the texmf tree8808
+Node: Advice for non-privileged users9515
+Node: Basic usage10523
+Node: Command-line options11650
+Node: Option summary12074
+Node: Option details14383
+Node: Graphics29762
+Node: Encapsulated PostScript30327
+Node: Bitmapped graphics31670
+Node: Color32870
+Node: Color specifications33258
+Node: Color specials34357
+Node: Diagnosing problems35769
+Node: Contact information36252
+Node: Debug options36993
+Node: Credits38028
+Node: Copying39190
+Node: Index39970

End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvips.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvips.info
index adfde7a1831..681a6779397 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvips.info
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/dvips.info
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-This is dvips.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from dvips.texi.
+This is dvips.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.12 from dvips.texi.
- This manual documents Dvips version 5.96 (January 2007), a program
-to translate a DVI file into PostScript. You may freely use, modify
+This manual documents Dvips version 5.97 (July 2008), a program to
+translate a DVI file into PostScript. You may freely use, modify
and/or distribute this file.
INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ File: dvips.info, Node: Top, Next: Why Dvips, Up: (dir)
Dvips
*****
-This manual documents Dvips version 5.96 (January 2007), a program to
+This manual documents Dvips version 5.97 (July 2008), a program to
translate a DVI file into PostScript. You may freely use, modify
and/or distribute this file.
@@ -139,18 +139,18 @@ File: dvips.info, Node: config.ps installation, Next: PostScript font installa
Dvips has its own configuration files: a file `config.ps' for sitewide
defaults, and a file `config.PRINTER' for each printer (output device).
-Since these are site-specific, `make install' does not create them;
-you must create them yourself.
+Since these are site-specific, `make install' does not create them; you
+must create them yourself.
(These Dvips configuration files are independent of the Kpathsea
configuration file `texmf.cnf' (*note Config files: (kpathsea)Config
files.).
Dvips configuration files contents and searching are described fully
-in *Note Config files::. The simplest way to create a new
+in *note Config files::. The simplest way to create a new
configuration file is to copy and modify the file
`dvipsk/contrib/config.proto', seasoning with options to your taste
-from *Note Config files::. Here is `config.proto' for your reading
+from *note Config files::. Here is `config.proto' for your reading
pleasure:
% Prototype Dvips configuration file.
@@ -314,6 +314,11 @@ yourself in such a situation.
For details on effective bug reporting, common installation problems,
and `mktexpk' problems, *note Bugs: (kpathsea)Bugs.
+ A good first debugging operation is to set the environment variable
+`DVIPSDEBUG', which will display any configuration and map files read
+by Dvips. This way you can be sure it's finding the files and settings
+you expect.
+
* Menu:
* Debug options:: Getting diagnostics.
@@ -337,6 +342,9 @@ multiple classes, sum the numbers of the classes you wish to track. To
track all classes, you can use `-1'. Another useful value is `3650',
which tracks everything having to do with file searching and opening.
+ You can also set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to any of
+these values.
+
Some of these debugging options are actually provided by Kpathsea
(*note Debugging: (kpathsea)Debugging.).
@@ -427,7 +435,7 @@ force Dvips to do this with the `-F' flag (or `F' config file option),
but this generates files with a terminating binary character
(control-D). You can also try using the `-s' flag (or `s' config file
option) to enclose the entire job in a save/restore pair. *Note
-Command-line options::, and *Note Config files::.
+Command-line options::, and *note Config files::.

File: dvips.info, Node: Printer errors, Next: Long documents fail, Prev: Small or inverted, Up: Diagnosing problems
@@ -560,34 +568,38 @@ Here is a handy summary of the options; it is printed out when you run
Dvips with no arguments or with the standard `--help' option.
Usage: dvips [OPTION]... FILENAME[.dvi]
-a* Conserve memory, not time A Print only odd (TeX) pages
-b # Page copies, for posters e.g. B Print only even (TeX) pages
-c # Uncollated copies C # Collated copies
-d # Debugging D # Resolution
-e # Maxdrift value E* Try to create EPSF
-f* Run as filter F* Send control-D at end
- G* Shift low chars to higher pos.
-h f Add header file
-i* Separate file per section
-j* Download fonts partially
-k* Print crop marks K* Pull comments from inclusions
-l # Last page
-m* Manual feed M* Don't make fonts
-mode s Metafont device name
-n # Maximum number of pages N* No structured comments
-noomega Disable Omega extensions
-o f Output file O c Set/change paper offset
-p # First page P s Load config.$s
-pp l Print only pages listed
-q* Run quietly
-r* Reverse order of pages R* Run securely
-s* Enclose output in save/restore S # Max section size in pages
-t s Paper format T c Specify desired page size
-u s PS mapfile U* Disable string param trick
-v Print version number and quit V* Send downloadable PS fonts as PK
-x # Override dvi magnification X # Horizontal resolution
-y # Multiply by dvi magnification Y # Vertical resolution
-z* Hyper PS Z* Compress bitmap fonts
+Convert DVI input files to PostScript.
+See http://tug.org/dvips/ for the full manual and other information.
+
+Options:
+-a* Conserve memory, not time -A Print only odd (TeX) pages
+-b # Page copies, for posters e.g. -B Print only even (TeX) pages
+-c # Uncollated copies -C # Collated copies
+-d # Debugging -D # Resolution
+-e # Maxdrift value -E* Try to create EPSF
+-f* Run as filter -F* Send control-D at end
+ -G* Shift low chars to higher pos.
+-h f Add header file
+-i* Separate file per section
+-j* Download fonts partially
+-k* Print crop marks -K* Pull comments from inclusions
+-l # Last page
+-m* Manual feed -M* Don't make fonts
+-mode s Metafont device name
+-n # Maximum number of pages -N* No structured comments
+-noomega Disable Omega extensions
+-o f Output file -O c Set/change paper offset
+-p # First page -P s Load config.$s
+-pp l Print only pages listed
+-q* Run quietly
+-r* Reverse order of pages -R* Run securely
+-s* Enclose output in save/restore -S # Max section size in pages
+-t s Paper format -T c Specify desired page size
+-u s PS mapfile -U* Disable string param trick
+-v Print version number and quit -V* Send downloadable PS fonts as PK
+-x # Override dvi magnification -X # Horizontal resolution
+-y # Multiply by dvi magnification -Y # Vertical resolution
+-z* Hyper PS -Z* Compress bitmap fonts
# = number f = file s = string * = suffix, `0' to turn off
c = comma-separated dimension pair (e.g., 3.2in,-32.1cm)
l = comma-separated list of page ranges (e.g., 1-4,7-9)
@@ -724,8 +736,8 @@ reversal, use `-r0'. Such options are marked with a trailing `*'.
document processed independently, most often created to avoid
memory overflow. The filenames are created replacing the suffix
of the supplied output file name by a three-digit sequence number.
- This option is most often used in conjunction with the `-S'
- option which sets the maximum section length in pages; if `-i' is
+ This option is most often used in conjunction with the `-S' option
+ which sets the maximum section length in pages; if `-i' is
specified and `-S' is not, each page is output as a separate file.
For instance, some phototypesetters cannot print more than ten or
so consecutive pages before running out of steam; these options
@@ -773,7 +785,7 @@ reversal, use `-r0'. Such options are marked with a trailing `*'.
With the default paths, explicitly specifying the mode also makes
the program assume the fonts are in a subdirectory named MODE.
*Note TeX directory structure: (kpathsea)TeX directory structure.
- If Metafont does not understand the MODE name, see *Note Unable to
+ If Metafont does not understand the MODE name, see *note Unable to
generate fonts: (kpathsea)Unable to generate fonts.
`-M*'
@@ -890,9 +902,9 @@ reversal, use `-r0'. Such options are marked with a trailing `*'.
Run securely. `-R2' disables both shell command execution in
`\special' (via ``', *note Dynamic creation of graphics::) and
config files (via the `E' option, *note Configuration file
- commands::) and opening of any absolute filenames. `-R1', the
- default, forbids shell escapes but allows absolute filenames.
- `-R0' allows both.
+ commands::) and opening of any absolute or `..'-relative
+ filenames. `-R1', the default, forbids shell escapes but allows
+ absolute filenames. `-R0' allows both.
`-s*'
Enclose the output in a global save/restore pair. This causes the
@@ -909,13 +921,21 @@ reversal, use `-r0'. Such options are marked with a trailing `*'.
`-t PAPERTYPE'
Set the paper type to PAPERTYPE, usually defined in one of the
configuration files, along with the appropriate PostScript code to
- select it (*note Config file paper sizes::). You can also specify
- a PAPERTYPE of `landscape', which rotates a document by 90
- degrees. To rotate a document whose paper type is not the
- default, you can use the `-t' option twice, once for the paper
- type, and once for `landscape'. You should not use any `-t'
- option when TeX writes a `papersize' special, as is done by some
- LaTeX packages, e.g., `hyperref.sty'.
+ select it (*note Config file paper sizes::).
+ - You can also specify a PAPERTYPE of `landscape', which
+ rotates a document by 90 degrees.
+
+ - To rotate a document whose paper type is not the default, you
+ can use the `-t' option twice, once for the paper type, and
+ once for `landscape'.
+
+ - In general, you should not use any `-t' option when using a
+ `papersize' special, as some LaTeX packages do, e.g.,
+ `hyperref.sty'.
+
+ - The exception is when using a nonstandard paper size that is
+ not already defined in `config.ps'; in this case, you need to
+ specify `-t unknown'.
`-T HSIZE,VSIZE'
Set the paper size to (HSIZE,VSIZE), a comma-separated pair of
@@ -1002,6 +1022,15 @@ details of interpretation of path and other environment variables
common to all Kpathsea-using programs. Only the environment variables
specific to Dvips are mentioned here.
+`DVIPSDEBUG'
+ Write the absolute path names of any configuration or map files to
+ standard output, for debugging. This isn't done by default because
+ these files are read even before the banner is printed. For
+ voluminous additional debugging, set the environment variable
+ `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' (*note Debugging: (kpathsea)Debugging.).
+ (If `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' is set to any value, it automatically turns
+ on `DVIPSDEBUG'.)
+
`DVIPSFONTS'
Default path to search for all fonts. Overrides all the font path
config file options and other environment variables (*note
@@ -1076,7 +1105,7 @@ or individually by each user.
1. Dvips first reads (if it exists) `config.ps'; it is searched for
along the path for Dvips configuration files, as described in
- *Note Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.
+ *note Supported file formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.
2. A user-specific startup file is loaded, so individual users can
override any options set in the global file. The environment
@@ -1087,7 +1116,7 @@ or individually by each user.
the user's home directory. On MS-DOS and MS-Windows, where users
generally don't have their private directories, the startup file
is called `dvips.ini' and it is searched for along the path for
- Dvips configuration files (as described in *Note Supported file
+ Dvips configuration files (as described in *note Supported file
formats: (kpathsea)Supported file formats.); users are expected to
set this path as they see fit for their taste.
@@ -1330,7 +1359,7 @@ File: dvips.info, Node: Paper size and landscape, Next: Interaction with PostS
4 Paper size and landscape orientation
**************************************
-Most TeX documents at a particular site are designed to use the
+Most TeX documents at a particular site are designed to use the local
standard paper size (letter size in the United States, A4 in Europe).
The Dvips program can be customized either sitewide or for a particular
printer.
@@ -1343,11 +1372,11 @@ is called "landscape" orientation (the default orientation is
"portrait"). Alternatively, a document might be designed for ledger or
A3 paper.
- Since the intended paper size is a document design decision, not a
-printing decision, such information should be given in the TeX file and
-not on the Dvips command line. For this reason, Dvips supports a
-`papersize' special. It is hoped that this special will become
-standard over time for TeX previewers and other printer drivers.
+ Since the intended paper size in these cases is a document design
+decision, not a printing decision, such information should be given in
+the TeX file and not on the Dvips command line. For this reason, Dvips
+supports a `papersize' special. It is hoped that this special will
+become standard over time for TeX previewers and other printer drivers.
Some LaTeX packages, e.g., `hyperref.sty', write a `papersize'
special into the DVI file. In this case, you need not and should not
@@ -1388,8 +1417,13 @@ reventually the `papersize' comment will dominate.
size; you must also adjust `\hsize' and `\vsize' in your TeX document
typeset to those dimensions.
+ When using the `papersize' special, you generally should not also
+specify `-t' on the command line (*note Option details::). The
+exception is when using a nonstandard paper size that isn't predefined;
+in this case, use `-t unknown'.
+
The `papersize' special must occur somewhere on the first page of
-the document.
+the document. Some packages, notably `hyperref', insert this special.

File: dvips.info, Node: Config file paper sizes, Next: Paper trays, Prev: papersize special, Up: Paper size and landscape
@@ -1460,27 +1494,26 @@ as the NeXT) want `PaperSize' comments and they will handle setting the
paper size. There is no solution I could find that works for both
(except maybe specifying both).
- The Perl 5 script `contrib/mkdvipspapers' in the distribution
-directory may help in determining appropriate paper size definitions.
-
- If your printers are configured to use A4 paper by default, the
-configuration file (probably the global `config.ps' in this case)
-should include this as the first `@' command:
+ When using a paper size that is not already defined in `config.ps',
+you probably want to say `-t unknown' on the command line; the
+`unknown' paper size definition in `config.ps' has the requisite
+PostScript incantation to set the PostScript page size, as just
+described.
- @ A4size 210mm 297mm
- @+ %%PaperSize: A4
+ The Perl 5 script `contrib/configs/mkdvipspapers' in the
+distribution directory may help in determining appropriate paper size
+definitions.
-so that `A4size' is used as the default, and not `A4' itself; thus, no
-PostScript `a4' command is added to the output file, unless the user
-explicitly says to use paper size `a4'. That is, by default, no paper
-size PostScript command should be put in the output, but Dvips will
-still know that the paper size is A4 because `A4size' is the first (and
-therefore default) size in the configuration file.
+ Notwithstanding the above, the default `letter' and `a4' paper size
+definitions in `config.ps' execute the `setpagedevice' operator if it
+exists (it was defined in PostScript Level 2), or the `letter' or `a4'
+operator if they exist (they are nonstandard and thus perhaps cause
+failures on certain (unknown) printers). Not executing any page size
+definition at all confuses PostScript conversion programs such as
+`ps2pdf', so we want to execute one if we can.
- Executing the `letter' or `a4' or other PostScript operators cause
-the document to be nonconforming and can cause it not to print on
-certain printers, so the default paper size should not execute such an
-operator if at all possible.
+ The `letterSize' and `A4Size' paper size definitions are now
+synonyms for `letter' and `a4'.

File: dvips.info, Node: Paper trays, Prev: Config file paper sizes, Up: Paper size and landscape
@@ -1854,32 +1887,44 @@ the PostScript.
The possible KEYs are:
`hoffset'
- The horizontal offset (default 0)
+ The horizontal offset (default 0).
`voffset'
- The vertical offset (default 0)
+ The vertical offset (default 0).
`hsize'
- The horizontal clipping size (default 612)
+ The horizontal clipping size (default 612).
`vsize'
- The vertical clipping size (default 792)
+ The vertical clipping size (default 792).
`hscale'
- The horizontal scaling factor (default 100)
+ The horizontal scaling factor, as a percentage (default 100).
`vscale'
- The vertical scaling factor (default 100)
+ The vertical scaling factor, as a percentage (default 100).
`angle'
- The rotation (default 0)
+ The rotation, in degrees (default 0).
`clip'
- Enable clipping to the bounding box
+ Enable clipping to the bounding box (default disabled).
- The dimension parameters are all given in PostScript units. The
-`hscale' and `vscale' are given in non-dimensioned percentage units,
-and the rotation value is specified in degrees. Thus
+`llx, lly, urx, ury'
+ Bounding box of the included image, just as in a `%%BoundingBox'
+ comment. Values are in big points, and may be fractional.
+
+`rhi, rwi'
+ Desired width and height of the resulting figure in the output, in
+ tenths of big points (720 to the inch); may be fractional.
+
+ If both `rwi' and `rhi' are nonzero, the picture is scaled,
+ possibly losing aspect ratio. If only one of `rwi' and `rhi' is
+ nonzero, the picture is scaled, preserving aspect ratio.
+
+
+ The offsets and sizes are given in PostScript units (big points).
+Thus, for example:
\special{psfile=foo.ps hoffset=72 hscale=90 vscale=90}
@@ -2078,7 +2123,7 @@ File: dvips.info, Node: Headers and memory usage, Prev: Including headers from
------------------------------
Dvips tries to avoid overflowing the printer's memory by splitting the
-output files into "sections" (see the `-i' option in *Note Option
+output files into "sections" (see the `-i' option in *note Option
details::). Therefore, for all header files, Dvips debits the printer
VM budget by some value. If the header file has, in its leading
commentary a line of the form
@@ -2149,12 +2194,17 @@ of the following will work:
\special{ps::TEXT}
\special{ps::[begin]TEXT}
\special{ps::[end]TEXT}
+ \special{ps::[nobreak]TEXT}
(with longer forms taking precedence over shorter forms, when they are
present). `ps::' and `ps::[end]' do no positioning, so they can be
used to continue PostScript literals started with `ps:' or
`ps::[begin]'.
+ Literal PostScript instructions after `ps::[nobreak]' are _not_
+broken into lines. This feature may be used to include PostScript
+comments, for example.
+
In addition, the variant
\special{ps: plotfile FILENAME}
@@ -2623,7 +2673,7 @@ virtual font, a recipe for typesetting that character. A VF file, like
a TFM file, is in a compressed binary format. The `vftovp' and
`vptovf' programs convert a VF file to a human-readable VPL (virtual
property list) format and back again. *Note vftovp invocation:
-(web2c)vftovp invocation, and *Note vptovf invocation: (web2c)vptovf
+(web2c)vftovp invocation, and *note vptovf invocation: (web2c)vptovf
invocation.
In the case of a PostScript font F being used in a straightforward
@@ -2895,7 +2945,7 @@ File: dvips.info, Node: Changing font encodings, Next: Special font effects,
Afm2tfm allows you to specify a different encoding for a PostScript font
(for a general introduction to encodings, *note Encodings::). The `-t'
-options changes the TeX encoding, `-p' changes the PostScript encoding,
+option changes the TeX encoding, `-p' changes the PostScript encoding,
and `-T' changes both simultaneously, as detailed in the sections below.
* Menu:
@@ -3777,25 +3827,26 @@ Index
* -s SLANT: Afm2tfm options. (line 51)
* -T ENC-FILE: Changing both encodings.
(line 6)
-* -T HSIZE,VSIZE: Option details. (line 324)
+* -T HSIZE,VSIZE: Option details. (line 332)
* -t PAPERTYPE: Option details. (line 313)
* -T PS-TEX-ENC: Afm2tfm options. (line 61)
* -t TEX-ENC <1>: Afm2tfm options. (line 56)
* -t TEX-ENC: Changing TeX encodings.
(line 6)
* -u: Afm2tfm options. (line 65)
-* -U: Option details. (line 339)
-* -u PSMAPFILE: Option details. (line 331)
-* -V: Option details. (line 350)
-* -v: Option details. (line 347)
+* -U: Option details. (line 347)
+* -u PSMAPFILE: Option details. (line 339)
+* -V: Option details. (line 358)
+* -v: Option details. (line 355)
* -V VPL-FILE: Afm2tfm options. (line 74)
* -v VPL-FILE: Afm2tfm options. (line 71)
-* -X NUM: Option details. (line 367)
-* -x NUM: Option details. (line 359)
-* -Y NUM: Option details. (line 374)
+* -X NUM: Option details. (line 375)
+* -x NUM: Option details. (line 367)
+* -Y NUM: Option details. (line 382)
* -z: Hypertext. (line 6)
-* -Z for compressing bitmap fonts: Option details. (line 383)
-* -z for recognizing hyperdvi: Option details. (line 377)
+* -Z for compressing bitmap fonts: Option details. (line 391)
+* -z for recognizing hyperdvi: Option details. (line 385)
+* ..-relative filenames: Option details. (line 293)
* .afm Adobe metric files: Metric files. (line 26)
* .dvipsrc, searched for: Configuration file searching.
(line 14)
@@ -3851,9 +3902,11 @@ Index
* A ring, Scandinavian letter: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
(line 32)
* a3 papertype: Option details. (line 313)
-* a4 paper size, as default: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 72)
+* a4 paper size: Config file paper sizes.
+ (line 79)
* a4 papertype: Option details. (line 313)
+* A4size paper size: Config file paper sizes.
+ (line 87)
* absolute filenames, disabling: Option details. (line 293)
* absolute page number, and -l: Option details. (line 162)
* absolute page number, and -p: Option details. (line 253)
@@ -3875,6 +3928,7 @@ Index
* Aladdin Ghostscript: Ghostscript installation.
(line 6)
* Anderson, Laurie: Hypertext specials. (line 42)
+* angle (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 36)
* arcs: Glyph files. (line 17)
* ASCII character codes, used by PostScript: PostScript typesetting.
(line 31)
@@ -3898,7 +3952,8 @@ Index
(line 19)
* bop undefined error: Printer errors. (line 6)
* bop-hook <1>: PostScript hooks. (line 11)
-* bop-hook: EPSF scaling. (line 75)
+* bop-hook <2>: EPSF scaling. (line 75)
+* bop-hook: Paper trays. (line 6)
* bop-hook, and offset pages: Option details. (line 248)
* boundary character: Encoding file format.
(line 41)
@@ -3919,6 +3974,7 @@ Index
(line 6)
* CharStrings Type 1 dictionary: PostScript typesetting.
(line 51)
+* clip (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 39)
* clipping of EPSF: EPSF clipping. (line 6)
* CODINGSCHEME: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
(line 52)
@@ -3946,7 +4002,7 @@ Index
* compilation: Installation. (line 6)
* compressed PostScript: Dynamic creation of graphics.
(line 6)
-* compressing bitmap fonts: Option details. (line 383)
+* compressing bitmap fonts: Option details. (line 391)
* Computer Modern in PostScript: Hypertext caveats. (line 6)
* Computer Modern, encoding of: Encodings. (line 15)
* condensed fonts: Afm2tfm options. (line 37)
@@ -3955,6 +4011,8 @@ Index
* config.ps: Option details. (line 267)
* config.ps installation: config.ps installation.
(line 6)
+* config.ps paper sizes: Config file paper sizes.
+ (line 79)
* config.ps, searched for: Configuration file searching.
(line 10)
* configuration file options: Configuration file commands.
@@ -3962,7 +4020,7 @@ Index
* configuration file paper size command: Config file paper sizes.
(line 6)
* configuration file path: Environment variables.
- (line 47)
+ (line 56)
* configuration file searching: Configuration file searching.
(line 6)
* configuration files: Config files. (line 6)
@@ -4006,7 +4064,7 @@ Index
(line 35)
* dictionary, SDict: Literal headers. (line 6)
* dictionary, userdict: Header files. (line 21)
-* distillation, and -z: Option details. (line 377)
+* distillation, and -z: Option details. (line 385)
* distiller, for PDF files: Hypertext. (line 11)
* dot accent: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
(line 32)
@@ -4023,18 +4081,20 @@ Index
* Dvips configuration file options: Configuration file commands.
(line 6)
* dvips.enc: Encodings. (line 35)
-* DVIPSFONTS: Environment variables.
+* DVIPSDEBUG: Environment variables.
(line 17)
+* DVIPSFONTS: Environment variables.
+ (line 26)
* DVIPSHEADERS: Environment variables.
- (line 22)
+ (line 31)
* DVIPSHEADERS, overrides H: Configuration file commands.
(line 47)
* DVIPSMAKEPK: Environment variables.
- (line 26)
+ (line 35)
* DVIPSRC: Environment variables.
- (line 32)
+ (line 41)
* DVIPSSIZES: Environment variables.
- (line 37)
+ (line 46)
* DVIPSSIZES, overrides R: Configuration file commands.
(line 136)
* dynamic creation of graphics: Dynamic creation of graphics.
@@ -4143,7 +4203,7 @@ Index
* gs installation: Ghostscript installation.
(line 6)
* gsave/grestore, and literal PS: Literal examples. (line 27)
-* gsftopk: Option details. (line 351)
+* gsftopk: Option details. (line 359)
* h header downloading config command: Configuration file commands.
(line 44)
* H header path config command: Configuration file commands.
@@ -4163,17 +4223,20 @@ Index
(line 6)
* hints: PostScript typesetting.
(line 55)
+* hoffset (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 18)
* HP printers and Type 1 fonts: PostScript font installation.
(line 69)
* HP4Si printer and paper trays: Paper trays. (line 6)
* href: Hypertext specials. (line 32)
+* hscale (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 30)
+* hsize (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 24)
* html specials: Hypertext. (line 6)
-* html specials, and -z: Option details. (line 377)
+* html specials, and -z: Option details. (line 385)
* http://www.win.tue.nl/~dickie/idvi: Hypertext. (line 21)
* http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertex: Hypertext. (line 21)
* Hungarian umlaut: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
(line 32)
-* hyperdvi extensions, enabling: Option details. (line 377)
+* hyperdvi extensions, enabling: Option details. (line 385)
* hypertext and bitmap fonts: Hypertext caveats. (line 6)
* hypertext caveats: Hypertext caveats. (line 6)
* hypertext specials: Hypertext specials. (line 6)
@@ -4208,19 +4271,25 @@ Index
* K config command (comment-removeal): Configuration file commands.
(line 59)
* kerning, defined: Metric files. (line 15)
+* KPATHSEA_DEBUG: Environment variables.
+ (line 18)
* landscape orientation, defined: Paper size and landscape.
(line 11)
* landscape papertype: Option details. (line 313)
* landscape, as \special: papersize special. (line 16)
* last page printed: Option details. (line 162)
* last-resort font scaling, with DVIPSSIZES: Environment variables.
- (line 38)
+ (line 47)
* last-resort scaling, with R: Configuration file commands.
(line 123)
* ledger papertype: Option details. (line 313)
* legal papertype: Option details. (line 313)
+* letter paper size: Config file paper sizes.
+ (line 79)
* letter papertype: Option details. (line 313)
* letterhead tray: Paper trays. (line 10)
+* letterSize paper size: Config file paper sizes.
+ (line 87)
* ligature operations: Encoding file format.
(line 54)
* ligature, defined: Metric files. (line 15)
@@ -4231,6 +4300,8 @@ Index
* literal headers: Literal headers. (line 6)
* literal PostScript, examples: Literal examples. (line 6)
* literal PostScript, using: Literal PS. (line 6)
+* llx (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42)
+* lly (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42)
* long documents not printing: Long documents fail. (line 6)
* low characters, shifting: Option details. (line 117)
* lpr spooler, MS-DOS emulation: Option details. (line 223)
@@ -4244,8 +4315,8 @@ Index
* macros for epsf inclusion <1>: EPSF macros. (line 6)
* macros for epsf inclusion: \includegraphics. (line 6)
* magnification, DVI: EPSF scaling. (line 63)
-* magnification, overriding DVI: Option details. (line 359)
-* magnification, vertical: Option details. (line 370)
+* magnification, overriding DVI: Option details. (line 367)
+* magnification, vertical: Option details. (line 378)
* mailcap and hypertext: Hypertext specials. (line 53)
* manual feed: Option details. (line 171)
* maxdrift: Option details. (line 71)
@@ -4269,16 +4340,16 @@ Index
* MISSFONT_LOG: Option details. (line 186)
* Mitsubishi Shinko CHC-S446i printer: No output. (line 14)
* mkdvipspapers: Config file paper sizes.
- (line 69)
+ (line 75)
* mktexpk, avoiding: Option details. (line 183)
* mktexpk, changing name: Environment variables.
- (line 27)
+ (line 36)
* mode name, specifying: Option details. (line 174)
* Monotype fonts: PostScript font installation.
(line 10)
* Monotype fonts, installing: PostScript font installation.
(line 19)
-* mtpk: Option details. (line 351)
+* mtpk: Option details. (line 359)
* multiple master fonts: psfonts.map. (line 27)
* multiple output files: Option details. (line 126)
* multiple paper trays: Paper trays. (line 6)
@@ -4344,7 +4415,7 @@ Index
* PDF files, making <1>: Hypertext. (line 11)
* PDF files, making: Ghostscript installation.
(line 6)
-* PDF files, option for: Option details. (line 377)
+* PDF files, option for: Option details. (line 385)
* pdfmark: Hypertext. (line 6)
* pfa files: Glyph files. (line 25)
* pfb files: Glyph files. (line 25)
@@ -4359,9 +4430,11 @@ Index
* pk files: Glyph files. (line 35)
* PKFONTS, overrides P: Configuration file commands.
(line 110)
-* plotfile, ps subspecial: ps special. (line 25)
+* plotfile, ps subspecial: ps special. (line 30)
* pltotf: Metric files. (line 39)
* popen for output: Option details. (line 223)
+* portrait orientation, defined: Paper size and landscape.
+ (line 11)
* positioning accuracy: Option details. (line 71)
* post code after headers: Including headers from TeX.
(line 28)
@@ -4371,7 +4444,7 @@ Index
(line 6)
* PostScript font alias file <1>: Configuration file commands.
(line 101)
-* PostScript font alias file: Option details. (line 331)
+* PostScript font alias file: Option details. (line 339)
* PostScript fonts: PostScript fonts. (line 6)
* PostScript fonts, installing: PostScript font installation.
(line 6)
@@ -4390,7 +4463,7 @@ Index
* previewing Dvips output: Ghostscript installation.
(line 6)
* PRINTER: Environment variables.
- (line 41)
+ (line 50)
* printer configuration: config.ps installation.
(line 6)
* printer configuration file, prototype: config.ps installation.
@@ -4417,7 +4490,7 @@ Index
(line 24)
* psheaderdir: Header files. (line 12)
* psi character missing: Hypertext caveats. (line 55)
-* pstopk: Option details. (line 351)
+* pstopk: Option details. (line 359)
* Q config command (quiet): Configuration file commands.
(line 117)
* q config command (quiet): Configuration file commands.
@@ -4438,12 +4511,14 @@ Index
* resident fonts, different in different printers <1>: Configuration file commands.
(line 101)
* resident fonts, different in different printers: Option details.
- (line 331)
-* resolution: Option details. (line 367)
+ (line 339)
+* resolution: Option details. (line 375)
* resolution, setting: Option details. (line 58)
* reverse pagination: Option details. (line 290)
+* rhi (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 46)
* Rokicki, Tomas: Why Dvips. (line 68)
-* rotate.tex: ps special. (line 29)
+* rotate.tex: ps special. (line 34)
+* rwi (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 46)
* S config command (pict path): Configuration file commands.
(line 148)
* s config command (save/restore): Configuration file commands.
@@ -4452,14 +4527,14 @@ Index
* save/restore, and literal PS: Literal examples. (line 27)
* save/restore, and specials: ps special. (line 6)
* save/restore, generating global: Option details. (line 301)
-* scaleunit: psfile special. (line 55)
+* scaleunit: psfile special. (line 67)
* scaling of figures: EPSF scaling. (line 6)
* scaling small caps: Afm2tfm options. (line 33)
* Scandinavian A ring: Reencoding with Afm2tfm.
(line 32)
* screen frequencies, setting: Including headers from the command line.
(line 13)
-* SDict: psfile special. (line 55)
+* SDict: psfile special. (line 67)
* SDict dictionary: Literal headers. (line 6)
* searching config files, order of: Configuration file searching.
(line 6)
@@ -4512,7 +4587,7 @@ Index
* TeX, including headers in: Including headers from TeX.
(line 6)
* TEXCONFIG: Environment variables.
- (line 46)
+ (line 55)
* TEXFONTS, overrides P: Configuration file commands.
(line 110)
* TEXFONTS, overrides T: Configuration file commands.
@@ -4526,7 +4601,7 @@ Index
(line 16)
* texmsym.enc: Encodings. (line 35)
* TEXPICTS: Environment variables.
- (line 53)
+ (line 62)
* TEXPICTS, overrides S: Configuration file commands.
(line 148)
* TEXPKS, overrides P: Configuration file commands.
@@ -4557,8 +4632,11 @@ Index
* uncompressing PostScript: Dynamic creation of graphics.
(line 6)
* uniform resource locator: Hypertext specials. (line 20)
+* unknown, paper format for -t: papersize special. (line 29)
* URL, definition: Hypertext specials. (line 27)
* URL, extended for TeX: Hypertext specials. (line 20)
+* urx (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42)
+* ury (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42)
* user-definable colors: User-definable colors.
(line 6)
* userdict, and dictionary files: Header files. (line 21)
@@ -4575,9 +4653,12 @@ Index
* VM exhausted: Printer errors. (line 14)
* VMusage: Headers and memory usage.
(line 12)
+* voffset (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 21)
* vpl files: Virtual fonts. (line 16)
* vptovf: Making a font available.
(line 52)
+* vscale (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 33)
+* vsize (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 27)
* W config command (warning): Configuration file commands.
(line 167)
* warning messages, defining: Configuration file commands.
@@ -4587,7 +4668,7 @@ Index
* wide fonts: psfonts.map. (line 32)
* X config command (horizontal resolution): Configuration file commands.
(line 174)
-* Xerox 4045: Option details. (line 339)
+* Xerox 4045: Option details. (line 347)
* Y config command (vertical resolution): Configuration file commands.
(line 177)
* Y&Y fonts, installing: PostScript font installation.
@@ -4601,82 +4682,82 @@ Index

Tag Table:
-Node: Top522
-Node: Why Dvips1269
-Node: Installation4717
-Node: config.ps installation5855
-Node: PostScript font installation8397
-Node: Ghostscript installation11271
-Node: Diagnosing problems12368
-Node: Debug options13237
-Node: No output14353
-Node: Small or inverted15821
-Node: Printer errors16540
-Node: Long documents fail17872
-Node: Including graphics fails18213
-Node: Invoking Dvips19451
-Node: Basic usage20042
-Node: Command-line options21026
-Node: Option summary21475
-Node: Option details23451
-Node: Environment variables41842
-Node: Config files44345
-Node: Configuration file searching45028
-Node: Configuration file commands48328
-Node: Paper size and landscape55345
-Node: papersize special56922
-Node: Config file paper sizes58036
-Node: Paper trays62135
-Node: Interaction with PostScript63469
-Node: PostScript figures64122
-Node: Bounding box64848
-Node: \includegraphics68219
-Node: EPSF macros70510
-Node: EPSF scaling72480
-Node: EPSF clipping75050
-Node: psfile special75692
-Node: Dynamic creation of graphics77612
-Node: Fonts in figures78930
-Node: Header files80590
-Node: Including headers from TeX81796
-Node: Including headers from the command line83830
-Node: Headers and memory usage84930
-Node: Literal PS85640
-Node: " special86222
-Node: ps special86963
-Node: Literal headers88271
-Node: PostScript hooks88986
-Node: Literal examples91076
-Node: Hypertext92528
-Node: Hypertext caveats94086
-Node: Hypertext specials98483
-Node: PostScript fonts101117
-Node: Font concepts102233
-Node: Metric files103400
-Node: Glyph files106226
-Node: Virtual fonts108582
-Node: Encodings110472
-Node: PostScript typesetting112854
-Node: Making a font available115936
-Node: Invoking afm2tfm120966
-Node: Changing font encodings121936
-Node: Changing TeX encodings122727
-Node: Changing PostScript encodings123827
-Node: Changing both encodings125171
-Node: Reencoding with Afm2tfm125844
-Node: Encoding file format128948
-Node: Special font effects133151
-Node: Afm2tfm options135414
-Node: psfonts.map138399
-Node: Color143123
-Node: Color macro files144167
-Node: User-definable colors147365
-Node: Color subtleties148640
-Node: Ted Turner150291
-Node: Color device configuration151516
-Node: Color support details153958
-Node: Color specifications154336
-Node: Color specials155739
-Node: Index157868
+Node: Top517
+Node: Why Dvips1261
+Node: Installation4709
+Node: config.ps installation5847
+Node: PostScript font installation8389
+Node: Ghostscript installation11263
+Node: Diagnosing problems12360
+Node: Debug options13455
+Node: No output14658
+Node: Small or inverted16126
+Node: Printer errors16845
+Node: Long documents fail18177
+Node: Including graphics fails18518
+Node: Invoking Dvips19756
+Node: Basic usage20347
+Node: Command-line options21331
+Node: Option summary21780
+Node: Option details23942
+Node: Environment variables42575
+Node: Config files45534
+Node: Configuration file searching46217
+Node: Configuration file commands49517
+Node: Paper size and landscape56534
+Node: papersize special58132
+Node: Config file paper sizes59541
+Node: Paper trays63613
+Node: Interaction with PostScript64947
+Node: PostScript figures65600
+Node: Bounding box66326
+Node: \includegraphics69697
+Node: EPSF macros71988
+Node: EPSF scaling73958
+Node: EPSF clipping76528
+Node: psfile special77170
+Node: Dynamic creation of graphics79563
+Node: Fonts in figures80881
+Node: Header files82541
+Node: Including headers from TeX83747
+Node: Including headers from the command line85781
+Node: Headers and memory usage86881
+Node: Literal PS87591
+Node: " special88173
+Node: ps special88914
+Node: Literal headers90412
+Node: PostScript hooks91127
+Node: Literal examples93217
+Node: Hypertext94669
+Node: Hypertext caveats96227
+Node: Hypertext specials100624
+Node: PostScript fonts103258
+Node: Font concepts104374
+Node: Metric files105541
+Node: Glyph files108367
+Node: Virtual fonts110723
+Node: Encodings112613
+Node: PostScript typesetting114995
+Node: Making a font available118077
+Node: Invoking afm2tfm123107
+Node: Changing font encodings124077
+Node: Changing TeX encodings124867
+Node: Changing PostScript encodings125967
+Node: Changing both encodings127311
+Node: Reencoding with Afm2tfm127984
+Node: Encoding file format131088
+Node: Special font effects135291
+Node: Afm2tfm options137554
+Node: psfonts.map140539
+Node: Color145263
+Node: Color macro files146307
+Node: User-definable colors149505
+Node: Color subtleties150780
+Node: Ted Turner152431
+Node: Color device configuration153656
+Node: Color support details156098
+Node: Color specifications156476
+Node: Color specials157879
+Node: Index160008

End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/eplain.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/eplain.info
index aa7dd6bbd4e..8ea926d5053 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/eplain.info
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/eplain.info
@@ -1,17 +1,18 @@
This is eplain.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from eplain.texi.
- This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.1, December 2006.
+ This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.2, November 2007.
Eplain provides functionality for plain TeX that is intended to be
useful regardless of how your document is actually formatted.
Most of this manual is in the public domain, like most of the Eplain
-code. It was mostly written by Karl Berry, starting in 1989. Steven
-Smith wrote the documentation for the commutative diagram macros; this
-chapter is under the GNU General Public License. Adam Lewenberg has
-made additions and corrections. Oleg Katsitadze has helped with writing
-the section on LaTeX packages and the chapter on hyperlinks.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system
+code. It was originally written by Karl Berry, starting in 1989.
+Steven Smith wrote the documentation for the commutative diagram
+macros; this chapter is under the GNU General Public License. Adam
+Lewenberg has made additions and corrections. Oleg Katsitadze wrote
+the section on LaTeX packages and the chapter on hyperlinks, and
+updates throughout.
+
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Eplain: (eplain). Expanding on plain Tex.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@@ -22,16 +23,17 @@ File: eplain.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir)
Eplain
******
-This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.1, December 2006.
+This manual documents the Eplain macros, version 3.2, November 2007.
Eplain provides functionality for plain TeX that is intended to be
useful regardless of how your document is actually formatted.
Most of this manual is in the public domain, like most of the Eplain
-code. It was mostly written by Karl Berry, starting in 1989. Steven
-Smith wrote the documentation for the commutative diagram macros; this
-chapter is under the GNU General Public License. Adam Lewenberg has
-made additions and corrections. Oleg Katsitadze has helped with writing
-the section on LaTeX packages and the chapter on hyperlinks.
+code. It was originally written by Karl Berry, starting in 1989.
+Steven Smith wrote the documentation for the commutative diagram
+macros; this chapter is under the GNU General Public License. Adam
+Lewenberg has made additions and corrections. Oleg Katsitadze wrote
+the section on LaTeX packages and the chapter on hyperlinks, and
+updates throughout.
* Menu:
@@ -1422,7 +1424,7 @@ later which you want to refer to as `(1*)'.
Therefore, Eplain allows you to give an optional argument (i.e.,
arbitrary text in square brackets) before the cross-reference label to
-\eqdef. Then, when you refer to the equation, that text is produced.
+`\eqdef'. Then, when you refer to the equation, that text is produced.
Here's how to get the example just mentioned:
$$...\eqdef{a-eq}$$
@@ -1430,9 +1432,53 @@ Here's how to get the example just mentioned:
$$...\eqdef[\eqrefn{a-eq}*]{a-eq-var}$$
In \eqref{a-eq-var}, we expand on \eqref{a-eq}, ...
- We use `\eqrefn' in the cross-reference text, not `\eqref', so that
+We use `\eqrefn' in the cross-reference text, not `\eqref', so that
`\eqprint' is called only once.
+ As another example, consider the following requirement: we want to
+include chapter number in all equation references, and additionally we
+want to include the part number when referencing an equation from any
+part other than the one where the equation appears. For example,
+references to the third equation in chapter 2 of part 1 should be
+typeset as `(2.3)' throughout part 1, but as `(I.2.3)' in any other
+part. Let's assume we have the current chapter and part numbers in
+count registers `\chapnum' and `\partnum', respectively.
+
+ The idea is to have `\eqconstruct' store the part number of the
+equation (that is, the part number _at the time of definition_), so
+that later `\eqprint' can compare the stored number with the current
+part number (that is, the part number _at the time of reference_). The
+complicating factor is that internally, the result of `\eqconstruct' is
+both expanded and written out to the `.aux' file, _and_ used to typeset
+the equation number, so the commands that store the part number should
+behave correctly in both situations. This is difficult to achieve with
+expandable commands; therefore, to avoid expansion problems, we are
+going to use only TeX primitives, which are non-expandable:
+
+ \newcount\eqpartnum
+
+ \def\eqconstruct#1{%
+ \global\eqpartnum=\the\partnum\relax
+ \number\chapnum.#1%
+ }
+
+ \def\eqprint#1{%
+ \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
+ (\ifnum\partnum=\eqpartnum \else
+ \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral\eqpartnum}.%
+ \fi
+ \box0)%
+ }%
+
+In `\eqconstruct', besides constructing the base equation number (e.g.,
+`1.2'), we also store the part number of the equation in the count
+register `\eqpartnum' (`\the\partnum' is expanded when the equation
+number is written to the `.aux' file, so the equation label definition
+in the `.aux' file will contain the actual part number). In
+`\eqprint', we need to know the equation's part number before we
+typeset the base equation number, therefore we first put the argument
+in a box, thus causing `\eqpartnum' to be set.
+

File: eplain.info, Node: Subequation references, Prev: Formatting equation references, Up: Equation references
@@ -1527,6 +1573,20 @@ example,
defines the command `\mdx' to write to the file `foo.mdx'. Eplain
simply does `\defineindex{i}' to define the default commands.
+ For each index defined with `\defineindex{N}', Eplain provides a
+switch `\ifNdx' which controls whether indexing commands write index
+entries to the corresponding index file. However, even when index term
+writing is disabled, indexing commands still do all other processing of
+their arguments, including typesetting of proof index terms (*note
+Proofing index terms::.
+
+ For example, if you write `\idxfalse' near the beginning of a
+document `foo.tex' (before the first indexing command), Eplain will not
+open the default index file (`foo.idx') and the corresponding indexing
+commands (`\idx', `\sidx', etc.) will not write index entries there.
+This may be useful for draft compilations of a manuscript, e.g., to
+avoid the overhead of index file input/output.
+
* Menu:
* Indexing terms:: Specifying what to index.
@@ -1684,11 +1744,15 @@ subterm) is independent of these.
`seealso'
Similar to `see' (the previous item), but also allows for normal
- index entries of the referencing term. Example:
+ index entries of the referencing term. The normal index entries
+ have to be created separately--`seealso' does _not_ contribute a
+ page number to the index entry. For example, if you have indexed a
+ term on pages 75, 97 and 114, and then add a `seealso' entry for
+ the term:
\sidx[seealso]{archetypal criticism}[elements of]{dichotomies}
- becomes
+ the index will contain
archetypal criticism,
elements of, 75, 97, 114, see also dichotomies
@@ -5496,6 +5560,8 @@ File: eplain.info, Node: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex), Next: Highlighting TeX comme
8.1 Hyperlinks (`xhyper.tex')
=============================
+
+
% (This file is public domain.)
%
% This file demonstrates the following features of Eplain:
@@ -5693,6 +5759,8 @@ File: eplain.info, Node: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex),
8.2 Highlighting TeX comments in listings (`lscommnt.tex')
==========================================================
+
+
% (This file is public domain.)
% Demonstrate how Eplain can be used to include a TeX source file
% verbatim, typesetting comments in colored italic typewriter type.
@@ -5896,12 +5964,12 @@ Macro index
(line 64)
* csn: \csn and \ece. (line 6)
* definecolor: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* definecontentsfile: Alternative contents files.
(line 6)
* defineindex: Indexing. (line 37)
* definexref <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* definexref: Defining generic references.
(line 6)
* definexref (hyperlinks): Cross-reference hyperlinks.
@@ -6064,18 +6132,18 @@ Macro index
* hldeston: Turning low-level commands on/off.
(line 6)
* hldestopts <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* hldestopts <2>: Setting group options.
(line 11)
* hldestopts: Setting default types and options.
(line 15)
* hldesttype <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* hldesttype <2>: Setting group types. (line 6)
* hldesttype: Setting default types and options.
(line 6)
* hlend <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* hlend: Explicit hyperlinks. (line 25)
* hlfootbacklabel: Footnote hyperlinks. (line 12)
* hlfootlabel: Footnote hyperlinks. (line 12)
@@ -6095,7 +6163,7 @@ Macro index
* hlight (hyperlink option): Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 69)
* hlightcommentslisting: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* hline: Arrows and morphisms.
(line 53)
* hloff <1>: Turning low-level commands on/off.
@@ -6105,13 +6173,13 @@ Macro index
* hlon: Turning low-level commands on/off.
(line 6)
* hlopts <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* hlopts <2>: Setting group options.
(line 11)
* hlopts: Setting default types and options.
(line 15)
* hlstart <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* hlstart <2>: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 7)
* hlstart <3>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
@@ -6209,6 +6277,9 @@ Macro index
* idxsubmarked (hyperlinks): Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
* ifempty: \ifempty. (line 6)
* iffileexists: Auxiliary files. (line 10)
+* ifidx: Indexing. (line 48)
+* ifindexproofing: Proofing index terms.
+ (line 12)
* ifinteger: \ifinteger and \isinteger.
(line 6)
* ifpdf <1>: Introduction to hyperlinks.
@@ -6219,7 +6290,7 @@ Macro index
(line 26)
* ifundefined: \ifundefined. (line 6)
* includegraphics: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* indexfilebasename: Typesetting an index.
(line 11)
* indexfonts: Typesetting an index.
@@ -6228,6 +6299,10 @@ Macro index
(line 49)
* indexprooffont: Proofing index terms.
(line 12)
+* indexproofingfalse: Proofing index terms.
+ (line 12)
+* indexproofingtrue: Proofing index terms.
+ (line 12)
* indexproofterm: Proofing index terms.
(line 12)
* indexproofunbox: Proofing index terms.
@@ -6300,11 +6375,11 @@ Macro index
* li: Lists. (line 30)
* li (hyperlinks): List hyperlinks. (line 6)
* linenumberedlisting <1>: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* linenumberedlisting: Verbatim listing. (line 17)
* listcompact: Lists. (line 41)
* listing <1>: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* listing: Verbatim listing. (line 7)
* listingfont: Verbatim listing. (line 10)
* listleftindent: Formatting lists. (line 18)
@@ -6349,7 +6424,7 @@ Macro index
* nobibtex: Invoking Eplain. (line 73)
* nocite: Citations. (line 53)
* nolastlinelisting <1>: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* nolastlinelisting: Verbatim listing. (line 25)
* nolinks (hyperlink driver): Hyperlink driver nolinks.
(line 6)
@@ -6425,7 +6500,7 @@ Macro index
* readtocfile: Reading the .toc file.
(line 6)
* ref <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* ref: Using generic references.
(line 17)
* ref (hyperlinks): Cross-reference hyperlinks.
@@ -6456,7 +6531,7 @@ Macro index
(line 65)
* rightmargin: Margins. (line 18)
* rotatebox: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* rt: Arrows and morphisms.
(line 14)
* sanitize: Converting to characters.
@@ -6479,7 +6554,7 @@ Macro index
(line 14)
* setproperty: Properties. (line 13)
* setuplistinghook <1>: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* setuplistinghook: Verbatim listing. (line 13)
* sidx: Indexing commands. (line 8)
* sidxmarked: Indexing commands. (line 29)
@@ -6525,7 +6600,7 @@ Macro index
* unorderedlistdepth: Formatting lists. (line 41)
* unorderedmarker: Formatting lists. (line 37)
* url: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* url (hyperlink type) <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 25)
* url (hyperlink type): Link types for hypertex.
@@ -6720,7 +6795,7 @@ Concept index
* color: Packages known to work.
(line 25)
* color, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* color, hyperlink border: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 14)
* color, hyperlinks <1>: Setting default types and options.
@@ -6731,7 +6806,7 @@ Concept index
* color, problems with pdfTeX: Packages known to work.
(line 29)
* color.sty <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* color.sty <2>: Setting default types and options.
(line 27)
* color.sty <3>: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
@@ -6751,7 +6826,7 @@ Concept index
* commas in cross-referencing index entries: Customizing indexing.
(line 64)
* comments, highlighting in listings: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* commutative diagrams: Commutative diagrams.
(line 6)
* contents: Contents. (line 6)
@@ -6770,7 +6845,7 @@ Concept index
* cross-references, defining general: Defining generic references.
(line 6)
* cross-references, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* cross-references, hyperlinks: Cross-reference hyperlinks.
(line 6)
* cross-referencing index entries <1>: Customizing indexing.
@@ -6814,12 +6889,12 @@ Concept index
* destgroup options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
* destgroup options, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* destgroup type <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
* destgroup type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
* destgroup type, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* destination group: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 10)
* destination options: Introduction to hyperlinks.
(line 105)
@@ -6856,12 +6931,12 @@ Concept index
* destinations, group options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
* destinations, group options, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* destinations, group type <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
* destinations, group type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
* destinations, group type, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* destinations, in another file <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 40)
* destinations, in another file: Link types for hypertex.
@@ -6899,6 +6974,7 @@ Concept index
(line 6)
* disabling hyperlinks: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
(line 6)
+* disabling indexes: Indexing. (line 48)
* displayed math and hyperlinks <1>: Setting group options.
(line 34)
* displayed math and hyperlinks: Options supported by all drivers.
@@ -6980,7 +7056,7 @@ Concept index
* expansion, one-level: \expandonce. (line 6)
* explicit hyperlinks: Explicit hyperlinks. (line 6)
* explicit hyperlinks, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* file, hyperlink to <1>: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 40)
* file, hyperlink to: Link types for hypertex.
@@ -6991,7 +7067,7 @@ Concept index
* filenames, breaking: Paths. (line 6)
* files, verbatim listing of: Verbatim listing. (line 6)
* files, verbatim listing of, demo: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* filtering index entries with hyperlinks: Exact destinations for index terms.
(line 33)
* footnotes, hyperlinks: Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
@@ -7016,7 +7092,7 @@ Concept index
* graphics collection, LaTeX: Loading LaTeX packages.
(line 14)
* graphics collection, LaTeX, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* graphics, omitting typesetting of: Packages known to work.
(line 69)
* graphics, problems with pdfTeX: Packages known to work.
@@ -7024,7 +7100,7 @@ Concept index
* graphics.sty: Packages known to work.
(line 22)
* graphicx.sty <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* graphicx.sty: Packages known to work.
(line 23)
* grid: Construction of commutative diagrams.
@@ -7059,12 +7135,12 @@ Concept index
* group options, hyperlink: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
* group options, hyperlink, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* group type, hyperlink <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
* group type, hyperlink: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
* group type, hyperlink, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* group, destination: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 10)
* group, disabling hyperlinks: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group.
(line 6)
@@ -7080,7 +7156,7 @@ Concept index
* highlighting: Packages known to work.
(line 110)
* highlighting, in listings: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* Ho"ppner, Klaus: Packages known to work.
(line 82)
* hooks: Hooks. (line 6)
@@ -7138,7 +7214,7 @@ Concept index
* hyperlinks, default type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 6)
* hyperlinks, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* hyperlinks, disabling <1>: Turning hyperlinks on/off.
(line 6)
* hyperlinks, disabling: Hyperlink driver nolinks.
@@ -7147,7 +7223,7 @@ Concept index
(line 6)
* hyperlinks, explicit: Explicit hyperlinks. (line 6)
* hyperlinks, explicit, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* hyperlinks, filtering index entries: Exact destinations for index terms.
(line 33)
* hyperlinks, footnotes: Footnote hyperlinks. (line 6)
@@ -7158,7 +7234,7 @@ Concept index
* hyperlinks, group options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
* hyperlinks, group options, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* hyperlinks, group type <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
* hyperlinks, group type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
@@ -7166,7 +7242,7 @@ Concept index
(line 69)
* hyperlinks, implicit: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 6)
* hyperlinks, implicit, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* hyperlinks, index: Index hyperlinks. (line 6)
* hyperlinks, index destination placement: Choosing destination placement.
(line 6)
@@ -7218,7 +7294,7 @@ Concept index
* ignoring arguments: Macro arguments. (line 6)
* implicit hyperlinks: Implicit hyperlinks. (line 6)
* implicit hyperlinks, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* inaccessible macros: Category codes. (line 19)
* index entries and ranges: Modifying index entries.
(line 22)
@@ -7268,6 +7344,7 @@ Concept index
(line 6)
* index, underlining page numbers: Page list and page range parsers.
(line 26)
+* indexes, disabling: Indexing. (line 48)
* indexes, multiple: Indexing. (line 37)
* indexing: Indexing. (line 6)
* indexing and trailing spaces: Indexing terms. (line 20)
@@ -7310,7 +7387,7 @@ Concept index
* LaTeX graphics collection: Loading LaTeX packages.
(line 14)
* LaTeX graphics collection, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* LaTeX packages <1>: Packages known not to work.
(line 6)
* LaTeX packages <2>: Packages known to work.
@@ -7351,7 +7428,7 @@ Concept index
* link, group options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
* link, group options, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* link, group type <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
* link, group type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
@@ -7376,7 +7453,7 @@ Concept index
* linkgroup options: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
* linkgroup options, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* linkgroup type <1>: Setting group types. (line 6)
* linkgroup type: Setting hyperlink types and options.
(line 12)
@@ -7387,7 +7464,7 @@ Concept index
(line 6)
* listing files: Verbatim listing. (line 6)
* listing files, demo: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* lists: Lists. (line 6)
* lists, formatting: Formatting lists. (line 6)
* lists, hyperlinks: List hyperlinks. (line 6)
@@ -7395,7 +7472,7 @@ Concept index
* lookahead without spaces: \futurenonspacelet. (line 6)
* loops: Iteration. (line 6)
* lscommnt.tex: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* magnification, hyperlink destination: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
(line 21)
* makeindex <1>: Index hyperlinks. (line 12)
@@ -7567,13 +7644,13 @@ Concept index
* rotation: Packages known to work.
(line 25)
* rotation, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* rule thickness: Rules. (line 7)
* run: links: General hyperlinks. (line 37)
* scaling: Packages known to work.
(line 25)
* scaling, demo: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* sed: Customizing indexing.
(line 66)
* see also index entries and hyperlinks: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries.
@@ -7694,7 +7771,7 @@ Concept index
* URL hyperlink <3>: URL hyperlinks. (line 6)
* URL hyperlink: General hyperlinks. (line 20)
* url.sty <1>: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* url.sty <2>: URL hyperlinks. (line 6)
* url.sty: Packages known to work.
(line 118)
@@ -7703,7 +7780,7 @@ Concept index
(line 15)
* verbatim listing: Verbatim listing. (line 6)
* verbatim listing, demo: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* verbatim text, in index: Index entries with special characters.
(line 40)
* verbatim text, in table of contents: Writing the .toc file.
@@ -7727,7 +7804,7 @@ Concept index
(line 11)
* xeplain.tex: Introduction. (line 6)
* xhyper.tex: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex).
- (line 6)
+ (line 8)
* Zassenhaus, Hans: Construction of commutative diagrams.
(line 122)
* zooming, hyperlink destination: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm.
@@ -7736,128 +7813,128 @@ Concept index

Tag Table:
-Node: Top824
-Node: Introduction8097
-Node: Installation11064
-Node: Invoking Eplain13116
-Node: User definitions17568
-Node: Diagnostics19395
-Node: Rules20965
-Node: Citations21798
-Node: Formatting citations27641
-Node: Formatting bibliographies29187
-Node: Displays32016
-Node: Formatting displays33063
-Node: Time of day33735
-Node: Lists34496
-Node: Formatting lists36655
-Node: Verbatim listing38951
-Node: Contents41680
-Node: Writing the .toc file42351
-Node: Reading the .toc file45219
-Node: Changing the .toc file's root name46629
-Node: Alternative contents files47649
-Node: Cross-references48214
-Node: Defining generic references49699
-Node: Using generic references50577
-Node: Page references51868
-Node: Equation references52692
-Node: Formatting equation references55445
-Node: Subequation references57745
-Node: Indexing59668
-Node: Indexing terms61671
-Node: Indexing commands62784
-Node: Modifying index entries65812
-Node: Index entries with special characters68529
-Node: Proofing index terms72788
-Node: Typesetting an index74601
-Node: Customizing indexing77068
-Node: Justification80775
-Node: Tables82454
-Node: Margins85009
-Node: Multiple columns87170
-Node: Footnotes89154
-Node: Fractions91741
-Node: Paths92528
-Node: Logos94135
-Node: Boxes94822
-Node: Checking for PDF output96620
-Node: Loading LaTeX packages97711
-Node: The \usepackage command99059
-Node: Environment for loading packages100149
-Node: Packages known to work102216
-Node: Packages known not to work108621
-Node: Hyperlinks109383
-Node: Introduction to hyperlinks109966
-Node: Explicit hyperlinks115522
-Node: Implicit hyperlinks117812
-Node: General hyperlinks119634
-Node: URL hyperlinks121102
-Node: Citation hyperlinks123131
-Node: List hyperlinks123863
-Node: Cross-reference hyperlinks124257
-Node: Page reference hyperlinks125637
-Node: Equation reference hyperlinks126301
-Node: Index hyperlinks127699
-Node: Exact destinations for index terms129463
-Node: Page destinations for index terms131639
-Node: Choosing destination placement134267
-Node: Index page list and page range parsers135059
-Node: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries135612
-Node: Footnote hyperlinks136411
-Node: Contents hyperlinks137609
-Node: Hyperlink drivers137992
-Node: Options supported by all drivers138627
-Node: Hyperlink driver hypertex141431
-Node: Destination types for hypertex144383
-Node: Destination options for hypertex145422
-Node: Link types for hypertex145904
-Node: Link options for hypertex147925
-Node: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm148949
-Node: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm149595
-Node: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm153094
-Node: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm155549
-Node: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm159088
-Node: Hyperlink driver nolinks162727
-Node: Setting hyperlink types and options165139
-Node: Setting default types and options166141
-Node: Setting group types167570
-Node: Setting group options168763
-Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off171253
-Node: Turning low-level commands on/off171891
-Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group172404
-Node: Arrow theoretic diagrams173561
-Node: Slanted lines and vectors173928
-Node: Commutative diagrams176010
-Node: Arrows and morphisms176609
-Node: Construction of commutative diagrams181087
-Node: Commutative diagram parameters188279
-Node: Programming definitions190098
-Node: Category codes191099
-Node: Allocation macros193709
-Node: Iteration195857
-Node: Macro arguments197516
-Node: Converting to characters200015
-Node: Expansion201407
-Node: \csn and \ece201970
-Node: \edefappend202536
-Node: Hooks203085
-Node: Properties205271
-Node: \expandonce206356
-Node: \ifundefined206805
-Node: \ifempty207369
-Node: \ifinteger and \isinteger208112
-Node: \futurenonspacelet209150
-Node: Obeying spaces209749
-Node: Writing out numbers210780
-Node: Mode-specific penalties211103
-Node: Auxiliary files211835
-Node: User-defined environments212758
-Node: Page list and page range parsers213973
-Node: Demo files216110
-Node: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)216678
-Node: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex)224997
-Node: Macro index227421
-Node: Concept index289457
+Node: Top808
+Node: Introduction8090
+Node: Installation11057
+Node: Invoking Eplain13109
+Node: User definitions17561
+Node: Diagnostics19388
+Node: Rules20958
+Node: Citations21791
+Node: Formatting citations27634
+Node: Formatting bibliographies29180
+Node: Displays32009
+Node: Formatting displays33056
+Node: Time of day33728
+Node: Lists34489
+Node: Formatting lists36648
+Node: Verbatim listing38944
+Node: Contents41673
+Node: Writing the .toc file42344
+Node: Reading the .toc file45212
+Node: Changing the .toc file's root name46622
+Node: Alternative contents files47642
+Node: Cross-references48207
+Node: Defining generic references49692
+Node: Using generic references50570
+Node: Page references51861
+Node: Equation references52685
+Node: Formatting equation references55438
+Node: Subequation references59805
+Node: Indexing61728
+Node: Indexing terms64498
+Node: Indexing commands65611
+Node: Modifying index entries68639
+Node: Index entries with special characters71616
+Node: Proofing index terms75875
+Node: Typesetting an index77688
+Node: Customizing indexing80155
+Node: Justification83862
+Node: Tables85541
+Node: Margins88096
+Node: Multiple columns90257
+Node: Footnotes92241
+Node: Fractions94828
+Node: Paths95615
+Node: Logos97222
+Node: Boxes97909
+Node: Checking for PDF output99707
+Node: Loading LaTeX packages100798
+Node: The \usepackage command102146
+Node: Environment for loading packages103236
+Node: Packages known to work105303
+Node: Packages known not to work111708
+Node: Hyperlinks112470
+Node: Introduction to hyperlinks113053
+Node: Explicit hyperlinks118609
+Node: Implicit hyperlinks120899
+Node: General hyperlinks122721
+Node: URL hyperlinks124189
+Node: Citation hyperlinks126218
+Node: List hyperlinks126950
+Node: Cross-reference hyperlinks127344
+Node: Page reference hyperlinks128724
+Node: Equation reference hyperlinks129388
+Node: Index hyperlinks130786
+Node: Exact destinations for index terms132550
+Node: Page destinations for index terms134726
+Node: Choosing destination placement137354
+Node: Index page list and page range parsers138146
+Node: Hyperlinks in see and see also entries138699
+Node: Footnote hyperlinks139498
+Node: Contents hyperlinks140696
+Node: Hyperlink drivers141079
+Node: Options supported by all drivers141714
+Node: Hyperlink driver hypertex144518
+Node: Destination types for hypertex147470
+Node: Destination options for hypertex148509
+Node: Link types for hypertex148991
+Node: Link options for hypertex151012
+Node: Hyperlink drivers pdftex and dvipdfm152036
+Node: Destination types for pdftex and dvipdfm152682
+Node: Destination options for pdftex and dvipdfm156181
+Node: Link types for pdftex and dvipdfm158636
+Node: Link options for pdftex and dvipdfm162175
+Node: Hyperlink driver nolinks165814
+Node: Setting hyperlink types and options168226
+Node: Setting default types and options169228
+Node: Setting group types170657
+Node: Setting group options171850
+Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off174340
+Node: Turning low-level commands on/off174978
+Node: Turning hyperlinks on/off for a group175491
+Node: Arrow theoretic diagrams176648
+Node: Slanted lines and vectors177015
+Node: Commutative diagrams179097
+Node: Arrows and morphisms179696
+Node: Construction of commutative diagrams184174
+Node: Commutative diagram parameters191366
+Node: Programming definitions193185
+Node: Category codes194186
+Node: Allocation macros196796
+Node: Iteration198944
+Node: Macro arguments200603
+Node: Converting to characters203102
+Node: Expansion204494
+Node: \csn and \ece205057
+Node: \edefappend205623
+Node: Hooks206172
+Node: Properties208358
+Node: \expandonce209443
+Node: \ifundefined209892
+Node: \ifempty210456
+Node: \ifinteger and \isinteger211199
+Node: \futurenonspacelet212237
+Node: Obeying spaces212836
+Node: Writing out numbers213867
+Node: Mode-specific penalties214190
+Node: Auxiliary files214922
+Node: User-defined environments215845
+Node: Page list and page range parsers217060
+Node: Demo files219197
+Node: Hyperlinks (xhyper.tex)219765
+Node: Highlighting TeX comments in listings (lscommnt.tex)228114
+Node: Macro index230570
+Node: Concept index293087

End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/fontname.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/fontname.info
index 2fc234d0122..ff1b5a430d8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/fontname.info
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/fontname.info
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
-This is fontname.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from
+This is fontname.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.11 from
fontname.texi.
- This document is in the public domain and may be used freely.
+This document is in the public domain and may be used freely.
INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ Encodings
* 8a:: Adobe standard.
* 8r:: TeX base.
-* cork:: Cork (aka EC, TeX Latin 1, tex256).
* dvips:: Dvips.
+* ec:: EC (aka Cork, TeX Latin 1, tex256).
* qx:: QX, from GUST.
* t5:: Vietnamese, from vntex.
* texmext:: TeX math extension.
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Related files and distributions:
* The TeX Directory Structure (TDS) standard, available at
(`ftp://tug.org/tex/tds' and `CTAN:/tds') specifies a directory
tree for all TeX library files. The directory names given in
- *Note Suppliers:: and *Note Typefaces:: are intended to mesh with
+ *note Suppliers:: and *note Typefaces:: are intended to mesh with
that standard.
* The `modes.mf' file (`ftp://tug.org/tex/modes.mf') contains
@@ -299,10 +299,12 @@ directory name, and comment.
n ibm IBM
o corel Corel
p adobe Adobe (`p' for PostScript)
+ q texgyre TeX Gyre fonts from GUST Typefoundry
r - raw (for [obsolete] use with virtual fonts)
s sun Storm Type
t paragrap ParaGraph
u urw URW
+ v sil SIL
w wolfram Wolfram
z - bizarre (fontname is nonstandard)
- autofont Eddie Kohler's autofont program
@@ -367,618 +369,651 @@ a comment in roman. The `FontName' may be preceded by a letter S and a
and we've used that abbreviation for the given `FontName' from that
supplier.
- a1 arial Arial
- a2 amasis Amasis
- a3 adlib AdLib
- a4 altgoth2 AlternateGothicNo2
- a5 allegro Allegro
- a6 amelia Amelia
- a7 amertext AmericanText
- a8 aurora Aurora
- a9 adsans Adsans b:Humanist970BT
- aa aachen Aachen
- ab aboeckli ArnoldBoecklin
- ac acaslon ACaslon Adobe Caslon
- ad agaramon AGaramond Adobe Garamond
- ae andalemo AndaleMono
- ag avantgar AvantGarde m:MAvantGardeGothicPS u:URWGothicL
- ah ashleysc AshleyScript
- ai abadi Abadi
- aj ajenson AJenson
- ak arkona Arkona
- al albertus Albertus b:Flareserif821BT
- am amercana Americana b:Americana
- an anna Anna
- ao atqolive AntiqueOlive b:Incised901BT
- ap apollo Apollo
- aq antiqua Antiqua u:URWAntiqua m:BookAntiqua
- ar arcadia Arcadia
- as aldus Aldus
- at atypewri AmericanTypewriter
- au auriol Auriol b:Freeform721
- av avenir Avenir
- ax alexa Alexa
- az azdzgrot AkzidenzGrotesk b:Gothic725BT
- b0 blackoak Blackoak
- b1 blado Blado
- b2 binnyos BinnyOldStyle
- b3 braggado Braggadocio
- b4 bison Bison b:Brush738BT
- b5 binghams BinghamScript b:Freehand591BT
- b6 block Block b:Gothic821
- b7 bernhard Bernhard BernhardModern
- b8 blippo Blippo
- b9 bremen Bremen
- ba barmeno Barmeno
- bb bembo Bembo b:Aldine401BT
- bc banco Banco
- bd bodoni Bodoni u:URWBodoni
- be bell Bell
- bf biffo Biffo
- bg benguiat Benguiat
- bh bauhaus Bauhaus
- bi birch Birch
- bj birka Birka
- bk bookman Bookman m:MBookmanPS u:URWBookmanL
- bl belwe Belwe
- bm bulmer Bulmer
- bn bernard Bernard
- bo balloon Balloon
- bp bodocamp BodoniCampanile b:Modern735
- br berling Berling b:Revival565BT
- bs bakersig BakerSignet
- bt boton Boton
- bu brush BrushScript
- bv baskervi Baskerville u:URWBasker
- bw broadway Broadway
- by berkeley Berkeley
- bz balzano Balzano
- c0 carolina Carolina
- c1 calisto Calisto
- c2 casln224 CaslonTwoTwentyFour
- c3 caslon3 CaslonThree
- c4 chicago Chicago
- c5 casln540 CaslonFiveForty
- c6 clarion Clarion
- c7 compacta Compacta
- c8 calvert Calvert
- c9 codex Codex b:Calligraphic421BT
- ca caslon Caslon
- cb cooper Cooper
- cc cascade Cascade b:Freehand471BT
- cd clarendo Clarendon u:URWClarendon
- ce centenni Centennial
- cf clearfac Clearface
- cg charlema Charlemagne
- ch charter Charter
- ci candida Candida
- ck caslonbe CaslonBookBE
- cl cloister Cloister
- cm cm Computer Modern
- cn century Century
- co cochin Cochin
- cp copperpl Copperplate
- cq cheq Cheq
- cr courier Courier m:MCourierPS m:CourierTwelveMT u:NimbusMonL
- cs cntursbk CenturySchoolbook
- ct cheltenh Cheltenham
- cu centuros CenturyOldStyle
- cv clairvx Clairvaux
- cw cottonwd Cottonwood
- cx caxton Caxton
- cy city City b:SquareSlabserif711BT
- cz choc Choc b:Staccato555BT
- d0 davida DavidaBold
- dc domcasl Dom DomCasual DomDiagonal
- dd ducberry DucDeBerry
- de dellarob DellaRobbia
- di diotima Diotima b:Calligraphic810BT
- dj delta Delta
- dk diskus Diskus
- dl dolores Dolores
- dm delima Delima
- do didot DidotLH
- dr doric Doric
- ds dorchesc DorchesterScript
- dt dante Dante
- dy academy Academy
- e0 embassy Embassy
- e1 empire Empire
- e2 metatwo Meta2
- ea electra Electra b:Transitional521BT
- eb baskerbe BaskervilleBE
- ec applecha e:AppleChancery
- ee egyptian Egyptian EgyptianExtended
- ef egyptien EgyptienneF u:URWEgyptienne
- eg stgaramo StempelGaramond b:OriginalGaramondBT
- eh engsft Engschrift
- ei esprit Esprit
- ek eckmann Eckmann b:Freeform710
- el ellingtn Ellington
- en engraver Engravers
- eo amerigo Amerigo b:AmerigoBT
- er eras Eras
- es eurostil Eurostile b:Square721BT k:Minima
- et ehrhardt Ehrhardt
- eu euler Euler
- ev mrseaves MrsEaves
- ex exclsior Excelsior
- f0 flemishs FlemishScript
- f1 fournier Fournier
- f2 facade Facade
- f3 festival Festival
- f4 footligh Footlight
- f5 french FrenchScript
- f9 frutigernext FrutgerNext
- fa formata Formata
- fc freestyl FreeStyleScript
- fe forte Forte
- ff fairfld Fairfield b:Transitional551BT
- fg frankgth FranklinGothic
- fi figaro Figaro
- fl flora Flora
- fn fenice Fenice
- fo folio Folio
- fq frizquad FrizQuadrata
- fr frutiger Frutiger b:Humanist777BT
- fs falstaff Falstaff
- ft fettefrk FetteFraktur Fraktur
- fu futura Futura
- fx felixttl FelixTitling
- fy flyer Flyer
- g0 gando Gando
- g1 gothic13 GothicThirteen
- g2 giddyup Giddyup
- g3 garamon3 GaramondThree b:AmericanGaramondBT Garamond No. 3
- g4 gymodern GoudyModern
- g5 gycatalg GoudyCatalogue
- g6 gorilla GorillaITC
- g9 ugaramon GaramondRetrospective
- ga gillsana GillSana
- gb gothicbb GothicBBB
- gd garuda Garuda
- ge geneva e:Geneva
- gg garthgra GarthGraphic
- gh galahad Galahad
- gi georgia Georgia
- gj granjon Granjon b:ElegantGaramondBT
- gl galliard Galliard
- gm garamond Garamond u:URWGaramond
- go gyoldsty GoudyOldStyle
- gp glypha Glypha
- gq grotesq Grotesque u:URWGrotesk
- gr gloucest Gloucester
- gs gillsans GillSans m:GillAltOneMT b:Humanist521BT
- gt goudytxt GoudyText
- gu guardi Guardi
- gv giovanni Giovanni
- gy goudy Goudy
- gz gazette GazetteLH
- h0 handelgo HandelGothic
- ha hadriano Hadriano
- hb hobo Hobo Tramp
- hc herculnm Herculanum
- hd headline Headline
- hg hiroshig Hiroshige
- hh highland Highlander
- hi hvinsera HelveticaInserat b:Swiss921BT
- hm charme Charme
- hn hvneue HelveticaNeue
- ho horleyos HorleyOldStyle
- hr hvround HelveticaRounded
- hs hnseati Hanseatic B:Swiss924BT
- ht hoeflert e:HoeflerText
- hv helvetic Helvetica u:NimbusSans u:NimbusSanL b:Swiss721BT b:Monospace821BT b:Swiss911BT d:Sans Newton n:SonoranSansSerif
- hw schadow Schadow
- hx huxleyvr HuxleyVertical
- i0 commscr CommercialScript
- i1 impress Impress
- i2 impuls Impuls
- i3 imperial Imperial u:URWImperial
- ia insignia Insignia
- ib ibycus Ibycus
- ic impact Impact
- id isadora Isadora
- if inflex Inflex
- ig scgaramo SimonciniGaramond b:ItalianGaramond
- ii imprint Imprint
- il caecilia Caecilia
- im imago Imago
- in industri Industria
- io ionic Ionic b:News701BT
- ip impressm Impressum
- is italnos ItalianOldStyle
- it italia Italia
- iw ironwood Ironwood
- iy iowanold IowanOldStyle
- iz isabella Isabella
- jf jeffersn Jefferson b:Freehand575BT
- jn janson Janson
- jo joanna Joanna
- jp juniper Juniper
- kb kabel Kabel
- kg bankgoth BankGothic
- kl klang Klang
- kn kino Kino
- ko bookmano BookmanOldStyle
- kp kepler Kepler
- kr korinna Korinna
- ks kuenstsc KuenstlerScript
- ku kaufmann Kaufmann
- kw kolo Kolo
- kx kigali Kigali
- l0 lineart LinearT u:URWLinear
- l1 liberty Liberty
- l2 libra Libra
- l3 lucia Lucia
- l4 lucian Lucian
- l5 baltica Baltica
- l6 literatu Literaturnaya
- l7 luxiseri LuxiSerif
- l8 luxisans LuxiSans
- l9 luximono LuxiMono
- lb lubaling LubalinGraph
- lc lucida Lucida
- le legacy Legacy
- lf life Life
- lg lettrgth LetterGothic ISILGothic
- lh lubright LucidaBright
- li latin Latin
- ll linolett LinoLetter
- ln lino Lino
- lo lithos Lithos
- ls lucsans LucidaSans
- lt lutetia Lutetia
- lw leawood Leawood
- lx lucidfax LucidaFax
- ly lydian Lydian
- lz legacysans LegacySans
- m0 monospac Monospace
- m1 monolisc MonolineScript
- m2 metro Metro b:Geometric415BT
- m3 mirarae Mirarae
- m4 mrearl MisterEarl
- m5 murrayhl MurrayHill
- m6 mittlsft Mittelschrift
- m7 matura Matura
- m8 monotyos MonotypeOldStyle
- ma mandate Mandate b:Freehand521BT
- mc monaco e:Monaco
- md meridien Meridien
- me mercursc MercuriusScript
- mg marigold Marigold
- mh machine Machine
- mi medici Medici
- mj mojo Mojo
- ml melior Melior b:ZapfElliptical711BT
- mn minion Minion
- mo modern Modern b:Modern20BT
- mp memphis Memphis b:GeometricSlab703BT
- mq mesquite Mesquite
- mr madrone Madrone
- ms mistral Mistral b:Staccato222BT
- mt minister Minister
- mv malvern Malvern
- mx maximus Maximus
- my myriad Myriad
- mz amazone Amazone
- n0 normande Normande
- n1 binner Binner not really a family
- n7 news706 News706
- na newaster NewAster
- nb nbaskerv NewBaskerville
- nc ncntrsbk NewCenturySchlbk u:CenturySchL
- nd ncaledon NewCaledonia
- nf nofret Nofret
- ng newsgth NewsGothic
- ni nimrod Nimrod
- nk neograph Neographik
- nl neuland Neuland b:Informal011BT
- nm nimbus Nimbus
- nn nclarend NewClarendon
- no notredam NotreDame
- np nsplanti NewsPlantin
- nr nberolin NewBerolina
- ns timesnps TimesNewRomanPS
- nt timesnew TimesNewRoman m:TimesNR n:SonoranSerif
- nu nuptial Nuptial
- nv novarese Novarese
- nw neueunzi NeueHammerUnziale
- nx nyx Nyx
- nz neuzeits NeuzeitS
- o0 oldreadf OldDreadfulNo7
- o1 oranda Oranda
- o2 orbitb OrbitB
- o3 colonna Colonna
- o4 oceansan OceanSans
- o5 comic Comic
- o7 oldsty7 OldStyleSeven
- o8 officina Officina
- oa ocra OCR-A
- ob ocrb OCR-B
- oc concorde Concorde
- oe oldengli OldEnglish
- of oxford Oxford
- oi ondine Ondine Mermaid b:FormalScript421BT
- oj oldclaud OldClaude
- ol colmcill Colmcille
- om omnia Omnia
- on corona Corona
- op optima Optima d:Optimum b:ZapfHumanist601BT Omega
- oq ouch Ouch
- or orator Orator
- os oldstyle OldStyle
- ot coronet Coronet b:Ribbon131BT
- ov octavian Octavian
- ox onyx Onyx
- oy olympian Olympian l:OlympicLH
- oz ozhandcr OzHandicraft
- p0 poplar Poplar
- p1 palacesc PalaceScript
- p2 pepita Pepita
- p3 palette Palette b:Brush445BT
- p4 pioneer PioneerITC
- p5 piranesi Piranesi
- p6 blueprin Blueprint
- p7 petersbu Petersburg
- pa parkave ParkAvenue
- pb ptbarnum PtBarnum
- pc poetica PoeticaChancery s:Scriptoria
- pd placard Placard
- pe prestige PrestigeElite
- pf profile Profile Profil b:Decorated035BT
- pg peignot Peignot b:Exotic350BT
- ph photina Photina
- pi pi pi fonts--see text and `*.map' files
- pj pompeija Pompeijana
- pl palatino Palatino d:Palton b:ZapfCalligraphic801BT u:URWPalladioL Palmspring k:Palindrome
- pm postmed PostMediaeval
- pn plantin Plantin b:Aldine721BT
- po ponderos Ponderosa
- pp perpetua Perpetua b:Lapidary333BT
- pq postatqa PostAntiqua
- pr popplres PopplResidenz
- ps parisian Parisian
- pt present Present
- pu popplaud PopplLaudatio
- pw perrywoo Perrywood
- px popplpfx PopplPontifex
- py playbill Playbill
- pz poliphil Poliphilus
- qr quorum Quorum
- qs bellevue Bellevue
- qt boulevar Boulevard
- r0 romana Romana
- r1 rotis RotisSemiSerif
- r2 cantoria Cantoria
- r3 rotis RotisSemiSans
- r4 rotis RotisSansSerif
- ra raleigh Raleigh
- rc romic Romic
- rm carmina Carmina
- rn rotation Rotation
- ro rotis RotisSerif
- rp reporter Reporter
- rq russelsq RussellSquare
- rr raphael Raphael
- rs arrus Arrus
- rt carta Carta
- ru runic Runic
- rv revue Revue
- rw rockwell Rockwell Slate b:GeometricSlab712BT
- rc rustican Rusticana
- ry ryumin Ryumin
- rz ruzicka RuzickaFreehandLH
- s0 sanmarco SanMarco
- s1 scotchro ScotchRoman
- s2 script Script
- s3 seagull Seagull
- s4 shotgun Shotgun ShotgunBlanks
- s5 snell Snell
- s6 stuyvesa Stuyvesant
- s7 sassoon Sassoon
- s8 stonesan StoneSans
- sa scala Scala
- sb sabon Sabon b:ClassicalGaramondBT
- sc slimbach Slimbach
- se shelley Shelley
- sf serifa Serifa
- sg serifgth SerifGothic
- sh shannon Shannon
- si stoneinf StoneInformal
- sk skia e:Skia
- sl stencil Stencil
- sm spectrum Spectrum
- sn spartan Spartan
- so sonata Sonata
- sp serpenti Serpentine
- sr snellrnd SnellRoundhand
- ss stschnei StempelSchneidler
- st stone StoneSerif
- sv souvenir Souvenir
- sw swing Swing
- sx syntax Syntax
- sy symbol Symbol m:MSymbolPS u:StandardSymL
- t0 tango Tango
- t1 thunderb Thunderbird
- t2 typo TypoUpright
- tb bebodoni BodoniBE BBodoni Berthold Bodoni
- te timeseur TimesEuropa
- tf tiffany Tiffany
- tg tradegth TradeGothic
- th tahoma Tahoma
- ti techphon TechPhonetic
- tj trajan Trajan
- tk tekton Tekton
- tl castella Castellar
- tm times Times u:NimbusRoman u:NimbusRomNo9L b:Dutch801BT
- tn norasi Norasi
- to torino Torino b:Industrial736BT
- tp tempo Tempo
- tr trebuche Trebuchet
- tv trumpmed TrumpMediaeval b:Kuenstler480BT
- tw twentyc TwentiethCentury
- ty typewrit Typewriter u:URWTypewriter
- u0 columbus Columbus
- ub babodoni BauerBodoni
- ud studio Studio
- ug bengugth BenguiatGothic
- uh cushing Cushing
- ul universa Universal
- um umbra Umbra
- un univers Univers b:ZurichBT
- ur centaur Centaur b:Venetian301BT
- ut utopia Utopia
- uw usherwoo Usherwood
- uy universi University
- v0 vineta Vineta
- va activa Activa
- vc vectora Vectora
- vd vandijck VanDijck
- ve veraseri VeraSerif
- vg visigoth Visigoth
- vi victoria Victoria
- vj veljovic Veljovic
- vm veramono VeraSansMono
- vn verdana Verdana
- vl versaill Versailles
- vr vagrnd VAGRounded
- vs verasans VeraSans
- vv viva Viva
- w0 weddingt WeddingT
- w1 wiesbswi WiesbadenSwing
- wb walbaum Walbaum
- wc snowcap SnowCap
- wd weideman Weidemann
- wg wlklgth WilhelmKlingsporGotisch
- wh wendy Wendy
- wi wingding Wingdings
- wk wilke Wilke
- wn windsor Windsor
- wr wittenbe WitternbergerFrakt
- ws weiss Weiss
- wt watertit WatersTitling
- ww willow Willow
- xc eccentri Eccentric
- xp exponto ExPonto
- yg centuryg CenturyGothic
- yh strayhor Strayhorn
- ym stymie Stymie
- ys goudysan GoudySans
- za zantiqua ZAntiqua
- zc zapfchan ZapfChancery m:ZapfChanceryPS u:URWChanceryL
- zd zapfding ZapfDingbats m:ZapfDingbatsPS u:Dingbats
- zg neuzeitg NeuzeitGrotesk b:Geometric706BT
- zp ziptydo ZiptyDo
- zt zeitgeis Zeitgeist
- __ agbook AGBookStencil
- __ agbookrn AGBookRounded
- __ agoldfac AGOldFace
- __ agschlbk AGSchoolbook
- __ aja Aja
- __ albertin AlbertinaMT
- __ amigo Amigo
- __ andreas Andreas
- __ ariadne Ariadne
- __ banshee Banshee
- __ beesknee Beesknees
- __ bellcent BellCentenial
- __ berlgrot BerlinerGrotesk
- __ bermuda BermudaLP
- __ berthold BertholdScript
- __ bickham BickhamScript
- __ blueisla BlueIsland
- __ bodoniof BodoniOldFaceBE
- __ bossanov BossaNovaMVB
- __ briemaka BriemAkademi
- __ briemscr BriemScript
- __ buffalog BuffaloGalMT
- __ caflisch CaflischScript
- __ caliban Caliban
- __ catull Catull
- __ celestia CelestiaAntiqua
- __ cerigo Cerigo
- __ chaparra Chaparral
- __ christia Christiana
- __ colossal Colossalis
- __ comenius ComeniusAntiqua
- __ concorde ConcordeNova
- __ congabra CongaBrava
- __ copal Copal
- __ coriande Coriander
- __ cosmos Cosmos
- __ cremona Cremona
- __ critter Critter
- __ cronos Cronos
- __ ctmercur CTMercurius
- __ curlz CurlzMT
- __ cutout Cutout
- __ delphin Delphin
- __ elgreco ElGreco
- __ else ElseNPL
- __ emmascri Emmascript
- __ flood Flood
- __ florens FlorensLP
- __ fusaka Fusaka
- __ gallia MonotypeGallia
- __ garamobe GaramondBE
- __ gillfaci GillFaciaMT
- __ gillflor GillFloriatedCapsMT
- __ graphite Graphite
- __ greymant GreymantleMVB
- __ hardwood HardwoodLP
- __ immi505 Immi505
- __ jimbo Jimbo
- __ khaki Khaki
- __ kidprint KidprintMT
- __ kinesis Kinesis
- __ kochantq KochAntiqua
- __ legault Legault
- __ lightlin LightlineGothicMT
- __ lotype LoType
- __ magnesiu MagnesiumMVB
- __ magnolia MagnoliaMVB
- __ mahsuri MahsuriSansMT
- __ manito ManitoLP
- __ mendoza MendozaRoman
- __ mezz Mezz
- __ micr MICR
- __ monalisa MonaLisa
- __ motterco MotterCorpus
- __ mythos Mythos
- __ nueva Nueva
- __ oceansan OceanSans
- __ origami Origami
- __ ozwald Ozwald
- __ pastonch PastonchiMT
- __ pelican Pelican
- __ penumbra Penumbra
- __ pepperwo Pepperwood
- __ poetica Poetica
- __ pompeia Pompeia
- __ popplexq PopplExquisit
- __ postino Postino
- __ quake Quake
- __ rad Rad
- __ reliq Reliq
- __ rosewood Rosewood
- __ rulngscr RulingScript
- __ russlobl RusselOblique
- __ sanvito Sanvito
- __ sassafra Sassafras
- __ serlio SerlioLH
- __ sho Sho
- __ shuriken Shuriken
- __ smaragd Smaragd
- __ spring SpringLP
- __ spumoni SpumoniLP
- __ studz Studz
- __ tiepolo Tiepolo
- __ toolbox Toolbox
- __ verve Verve
- __ volutasc VolutaScript
- __ zebrawoo Zebrawood
- __ shouyi Shouyi for mnm
+@c @mapfile{
+@c email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+@c date = "21feb08",
+@c url = "http://tug.org/fontname/typeface.map",
+@c supported = "yes",
+@c docstring = "Typeface abbreviations for the TeX Fontname scheme.",
+@c license = "public domain",
+@c }
+@c
+@c
+a0 arnopro ArnoPro
+a1 arial Arial
+a2 amasis Amasis
+a3 adlib AdLib
+a4 altgoth2 AlternateGothicNo2
+a5 allegro Allegro
+a6 amelia Amelia
+a7 amertext AmericanText
+a8 aurora Aurora
+a9 adsans Adsans b:Humanist970BT
+aa aachen Aachen
+ab aboeckli ArnoldBoecklin
+ac acaslon ACaslon @r{Adobe Caslon}
+ad agaramon AGaramond @r{Adobe Garamond}
+ae andalemo AndaleMono
+ag avantgar AvantGarde m:MAvantGardeGothicPS u:URWGothicL
+ah ashleysc AshleyScript
+ai abadi Abadi
+aj ajenson AJenson
+ak arkona Arkona
+al albertus Albertus b:Flareserif821BT
+am amercana Americana b:Americana
+an anna Anna
+ao atqolive AntiqueOlive b:Incised901BT
+ap apollo Apollo
+aq antiqua Antiqua u:URWAntiqua m:BookAntiqua
+ar arcadia Arcadia
+as aldus Aldus
+at atypewri AmericanTypewriter
+au auriol Auriol b:Freeform721
+av avenir Avenir
+ax alexa Alexa
+az azdzgrot AkzidenzGrotesk b:Gothic725BT
+b0 blackoak Blackoak
+b1 blado Blado
+b2 binnyos BinnyOldStyle
+b3 braggado Braggadocio
+b4 bison Bison b:Brush738BT
+b5 binghams BinghamScript b:Freehand591BT
+b6 block Block b:Gothic821
+b7 bernhard Bernhard BernhardModern
+b8 blippo Blippo
+b9 bremen Bremen
+ba barmeno Barmeno
+bb bembo Bembo b:Aldine401BT
+bc banco Banco
+bd bodoni Bodoni u:URWBodoni
+be bell Bell
+bf biffo Biffo
+bg benguiat Benguiat
+bh bauhaus Bauhaus
+bi birch Birch
+bj birka Birka
+bk bookman Bookman m:MBookmanPS u:URWBookmanL
+bl belwe Belwe
+bm bulmer Bulmer
+bn bernard Bernard
+bo balloon Balloon
+bp bodocamp BodoniCampanile b:Modern735
+br berling Berling b:Revival565BT
+bs bakersig BakerSignet
+bt boton Boton
+bu brush BrushScript
+bv baskervi Baskerville u:URWBasker
+bw broadway Broadway
+by berkeley Berkeley
+bz balzano Balzano
+c0 carolina Carolina
+c1 calisto Calisto
+c2 casln224 CaslonTwoTwentyFour
+c3 caslon3 CaslonThree
+c4 chicago Chicago
+c5 casln540 CaslonFiveForty
+c6 clarion Clarion
+c7 compacta Compacta
+c8 calvert Calvert
+c9 codex Codex b:Calligraphic421BT
+ca caslon Caslon
+cb cooper Cooper
+cc cascade Cascade b:Freehand471BT
+cd clarendo Clarendon u:URWClarendon
+ce centenni Centennial
+cf clearfac Clearface
+cg charlema Charlemagne
+ch charter Charter
+ci candida Candida
+cj charis SILCharis TeXChariot
+ck caslonbe CaslonBookBE
+cl cloister Cloister
+cm cm @r{Computer Modern}
+cn century Century
+co cochin Cochin
+cp copperpl Copperplate
+cq cheq Cheq
+cr courier Courier m:MCourierPS m:CourierTwelveMT u:NimbusMonL
+cs cntursbk CenturySchoolbook
+ct cheltenh Cheltenham
+cu centuros CenturyOldStyle
+cv clairvx Clairvaux
+cw cottonwd Cottonwood
+cx caxton Caxton
+cy city City b:SquareSlabserif711BT
+cz choc Choc b:Staccato555BT
+d0 davida DavidaBold
+dc domcasl Dom DomCasual DomDiagonal
+dd ducberry DucDeBerry
+de dellarob DellaRobbia
+dg dogma Dogma
+di diotima Diotima b:Calligraphic810BT
+dj delta Delta
+dk diskus Diskus
+dl dolores Dolores
+dm delima Delima
+do didot DidotLH
+dr doric Doric
+ds dorchesc DorchesterScript
+dt dante Dante
+dy academy Academy
+e0 embassy Embassy
+e1 empire Empire
+e2 metatwo Meta2
+ea electra Electra b:Transitional521BT
+eb baskerbe BaskervilleBE
+ec applecha e:AppleChancery
+ee egyptian Egyptian EgyptianExtended
+ef egyptien EgyptienneF u:URWEgyptienne
+eg stgaramo StempelGaramond b:OriginalGaramondBT
+eh engsft Engschrift
+ei esprit Esprit
+ek eckmann Eckmann b:Freeform710
+el ellingtn Ellington
+en engraver Engravers
+eo amerigo Amerigo b:AmerigoBT
+er eras Eras
+es eurostil Eurostile b:Square721BT k:Minima
+et ehrhardt Ehrhardt
+eu euler Euler
+ev mrseaves MrsEaves
+ex exclsior Excelsior
+f0 flemishs FlemishScript
+f1 fournier Fournier
+f2 facade Facade
+f3 festival Festival
+f4 footligh Footlight
+f5 french FrenchScript
+f9 frutigernext FrutgerNext
+fa formata Formata
+fc freestyl FreeStyleScript
+fe forte Forte
+ff fairfld Fairfield b:Transitional551BT
+fg frankgth FranklinGothic
+fi figaro Figaro
+fl flora Flora
+fn fenice Fenice
+fo folio Folio
+fq frizquad FrizQuadrata
+fr frutiger Frutiger b:Humanist777BT
+fs falstaff Falstaff
+ft fettefrk FetteFraktur Fraktur
+fu futura Futura
+fv futurans FuturaNoStarchPress
+fx felixttl FelixTitling
+fy flyer Flyer
+g0 gando Gando
+g1 gothic13 GothicThirteen
+g2 giddyup Giddyup
+g3 garamon3 GaramondThree b:AmericanGaramondBT @r{Garamond No.@: 3}
+g4 gymodern GoudyModern
+g5 gycatalg GoudyCatalogue
+g6 gorilla GorillaITC
+g9 ugaramon GaramondRetrospective
+ga gillsana GillSana
+gb gothicbb GothicBBB
+gd garuda Garuda
+ge geneva e:Geneva
+gg garthgra GarthGraphic
+gh galahad Galahad
+gi georgia Georgia
+gj granjon Granjon b:ElegantGaramondBT
+gl galliard Galliard
+gm garamond Garamond u:URWGaramond
+gn gentium Gentium
+go gyoldsty GoudyOldStyle
+gp glypha Glypha
+gq grotesq Grotesque u:URWGrotesk
+gr gloucest Gloucester
+gs gillsans GillSans m:GillAltOneMT b:Humanist521BT
+gt goudytxt GoudyText
+gu guardi Guardi
+gv giovanni Giovanni
+gy goudy Goudy
+gz gazette GazetteLH
+h0 handelgo HandelGothic
+ha hadriano Hadriano
+hb hobo Hobo Tramp
+hc herculnm Herculanum
+hd headline Headline
+hg hiroshig Hiroshige
+hh highland Highlander
+hi hvinsera HelveticaInserat b:Swiss921BT
+hm charme Charme
+hn hvneue HelveticaNeue
+ho horleyos HorleyOldStyle
+hr hvround HelveticaRounded
+hs hnseati Hanseatic B:Swiss924BT
+ht hoeflert e:HoeflerText
+hv helvetic Helvetica u:NimbusSans u:NimbusSanL b:Swiss721BT b:Monospace821BT b:Swiss911BT d:Sans Newton n:SonoranSansSerif
+hw schadow Schadow
+hx huxleyvr HuxleyVertical
+i0 commscr CommercialScript
+i1 impress Impress
+i2 impuls Impuls
+i3 imperial Imperial u:URWImperial
+i4 inconsol Inconsolata
+ia insignia Insignia
+ib ibycus Ibycus
+ic impact Impact
+id isadora Isadora
+if inflex Inflex
+ig scgaramo SimonciniGaramond b:ItalianGaramond
+ii imprint Imprint
+il caecilia Caecilia
+im imago Imago
+in industri Industria
+io ionic Ionic b:News701BT
+ip impressm Impressum
+is italnos ItalianOldStyle
+it italia Italia
+iw ironwood Ironwood
+iy iowanold IowanOldStyle
+iz isabella Isabella
+jf jeffersn Jefferson b:Freehand575BT
+jn janson Janson
+jo joanna Joanna
+jp juniper Juniper
+k0 calibri Calibri
+k1 cambria Cambria
+k2 candara Candara
+k3 consolas Consolas
+k4 constant Constantia
+k5 corbel Corbel
+kb kabel Kabel
+kg bankgoth BankGothic
+kl klang Klang
+kn kino Kino
+ko bookmano BookmanOldStyle
+kp kepler Kepler
+kr korinna Korinna
+ks kuenstsc KuenstlerScript
+ku kaufmann Kaufmann
+kw kolo Kolo
+kx kigali Kigali
+l0 lineart LinearT u:URWLinear
+l1 liberty Liberty
+l2 libra Libra
+l3 lucia Lucia
+l4 lucian Lucian
+l5 baltica Baltica
+l6 literatu Literaturnaya
+l7 luxiseri LuxiSerif
+l8 luxisans LuxiSans
+l9 luximono LuxiMono
+lb lubaling LubalinGraph
+lc lucida Lucida
+le legacy Legacy
+lf life Life
+lg lettrgth LetterGothic ISILGothic
+lh lubright LucidaBright
+li latin Latin
+ll linolett LinoLetter
+lm lmodern LatinModern
+ln lino Lino
+lo lithos Lithos
+ls lucsans LucidaSans
+lt lutetia Lutetia
+lw leawood Leawood
+lx lucidfax LucidaFax
+ly lydian Lydian
+lz legacysans LegacySans
+m0 monospac Monospace
+m1 monolisc MonolineScript
+m2 metro Metro b:Geometric415BT
+m3 mirarae Mirarae
+m4 mrearl MisterEarl
+m5 murrayhl MurrayHill
+m6 mittlsft Mittelschrift
+m7 matura Matura
+m8 monotyos MonotypeOldStyle
+ma mandate Mandate b:Freehand521BT
+mc monaco e:Monaco
+md meridien Meridien
+me mercursc MercuriusScript
+mg marigold Marigold
+mh machine Machine
+mi medici Medici
+mj mojo Mojo
+ml melior Melior b:ZapfElliptical711BT
+mn minion Minion
+mo modern Modern b:Modern20BT
+mp memphis Memphis b:GeometricSlab703BT
+mq mesquite Mesquite
+mr madrone Madrone
+ms mistral Mistral b:Staccato222BT
+mt minister Minister
+mv malvern Malvern
+mx maximus Maximus
+my myriad Myriad
+mz amazone Amazone
+n0 normande Normande
+n1 binner Binner @r{not really a family}
+n7 news706 News706
+na newaster NewAster
+nb nbaskerv NewBaskerville
+nc ncntrsbk NewCenturySchlbk u:CenturySchL
+nd ncaledon NewCaledonia
+nf nofret Nofret
+ng newsgth NewsGothic
+ni nimrod Nimrod
+nk neograph Neographik
+nl neuland Neuland b:Informal011BT
+nm nimbus Nimbus
+nn nclarend NewClarendon
+no notredam NotreDame
+np nsplanti NewsPlantin
+nr nberolin NewBerolina
+ns timesnps TimesNewRomanPS
+nt timesnew TimesNewRoman m:TimesNR n:SonoranSerif
+nu nuptial Nuptial
+nv novarese Novarese
+nw neueunzi NeueHammerUnziale
+nx nyx Nyx
+ny nyala Nyala
+nz neuzeits NeuzeitS
+o0 oldreadf OldDreadfulNo7
+o1 oranda Oranda
+o2 orbitb OrbitB
+o3 colonna Colonna
+o4 oceansan OceanSans
+o5 comic Comic
+o6 colombine Colombine l:ColombineLT
+o7 oldsty7 OldStyleSeven
+o8 officina Officina
+oa ocra OCR-A
+ob ocrb OCR-B
+oc concorde Concorde
+oe oldengli OldEnglish
+of oxford Oxford
+oi ondine Ondine Mermaid b:FormalScript421BT
+oj oldclaud OldClaude
+ol colmcill Colmcille
+om omnia Omnia
+on corona Corona
+op optima Optima d:Optimum b:ZapfHumanist601BT Omega u:Classico
+oq ouch Ouch
+or orator Orator
+os oldstyle OldStyle
+ot coronet Coronet b:Ribbon131BT
+ov octavian Octavian
+ox onyx Onyx
+oy olympian Olympian l:OlympicLH
+oz ozhandcr OzHandicraft
+p0 poplar Poplar
+p1 palacesc PalaceScript
+p2 pepita Pepita
+p3 palette Palette b:Brush445BT
+p4 pioneer PioneerITC
+p5 piranesi Piranesi
+p6 blueprin Blueprint
+p7 petersbu Petersburg
+pa parkave ParkAvenue
+pb ptbarnum PtBarnum
+pc poetica PoeticaChancery s:Scriptoria
+pd placard Placard
+pe prestige PrestigeElite
+pf profile Profile Profil b:Decorated035BT
+pg peignot Peignot b:Exotic350BT
+ph photina Photina
+pi pi @r{pi fonts---see text and @file{*.map} files}
+pj pompeija Pompeijana
+pl palatino Palatino d:Palton b:ZapfCalligraphic801BT u:URWPalladioL Palmspring k:Palindrome
+pm postmed PostMediaeval
+pn plantin Plantin b:Aldine721BT
+po ponderos Ponderosa
+pp perpetua Perpetua b:Lapidary333BT
+pq postatqa PostAntiqua
+pr popplres PopplResidenz
+ps parisian Parisian
+pt present Present
+pu popplaud PopplLaudatio
+pw perrywoo Perrywood
+px popplpfx PopplPontifex
+py playbill Playbill
+pz poliphil Poliphilus
+qr quorum Quorum
+qs bellevue Bellevue
+qt boulevar Boulevard
+r0 romana Romana
+r1 rotis RotisSemiSerif
+r2 cantoria Cantoria
+r3 rotis RotisSemiSans
+r4 rotis RotisSansSerif
+ra raleigh Raleigh
+rc romic Romic
+re requiem Requiem
+rm carmina Carmina
+rn rotation Rotation
+ro rotis RotisSerif
+rp reporter Reporter
+rq russelsq RussellSquare
+rr raphael Raphael
+rs arrus Arrus
+rt carta Carta
+ru runic Runic
+rv revue Revue
+rw rockwell Rockwell Slate b:GeometricSlab712BT
+rc rustican Rusticana
+ry ryumin Ryumin
+rz ruzicka RuzickaFreehandLH
+s0 sanmarco SanMarco
+s1 scotchro ScotchRoman
+s2 script Script
+s3 seagull Seagull
+s4 shotgun Shotgun ShotgunBlanks
+s5 snell Snell
+s6 stuyvesa Stuyvesant
+s7 sassoon Sassoon
+s8 stonesan StoneSans
+s9 segoescr SegoeScript
+sa scala Scala
+sb sabon Sabon b:ClassicalGaramondBT
+sc slimbach Slimbach
+se shelley Shelley
+sf serifa Serifa
+sg serifgth SerifGothic
+sh shannon Shannon
+si stoneinf StoneInformal
+sk skia e:Skia
+sl stencil Stencil
+sm spectrum Spectrum
+sn spartan Spartan
+so sonata Sonata
+sp serpenti Serpentine
+sr snellrnd SnellRoundhand
+ss stschnei StempelSchneidler
+st stone StoneSerif
+sv souvenir Souvenir
+sw swing Swing
+sx syntax Syntax
+sy symbol Symbol m:MSymbolPS u:StandardSymL
+t0 tango Tango
+t1 thunderb Thunderbird
+t2 typo TypoUpright
+tb bebodoni BodoniBE BBodoni @r{Berthold Bodoni}
+te timeseur TimesEuropa
+tf tiffany Tiffany
+tg tradegth TradeGothic
+th tahoma Tahoma
+ti techphon TechPhonetic
+tj trajan Trajan
+tk tekton Tekton
+tl castella Castellar
+tm times Times u:NimbusRoman u:NimbusRomNo9L b:Dutch801BT
+tn norasi Norasi
+to torino Torino b:Industrial736BT
+tp tempo Tempo
+tr trebuche Trebuchet
+ts thesansm TheSansMono
+tu doulos SILDoulos TeXToulouse
+tv trumpmed TrumpMediaeval b:Kuenstler480BT
+tw twentyc TwentiethCentury
+ty typewrit Typewriter u:URWTypewriter
+u0 columbus Columbus
+ub babodoni BauerBodoni
+ud studio Studio
+ug bengugth BenguiatGothic
+uh cushing Cushing
+ul universa Universal
+um umbra Umbra
+un univers Univers b:ZurichBT
+ur centaur Centaur b:Venetian301BT
+ut utopia Utopia
+uw usherwoo Usherwood
+uy universi University
+v0 vineta Vineta
+va activa Activa
+vc vectora Vectora
+vd vandijck VanDijck
+ve veraseri VeraSerif
+vg visigoth Visigoth
+vi victoria Victoria
+vj veljovic Veljovic
+vm veramono VeraSansMono
+vn verdana Verdana
+vl versaill Versailles
+vr vagrnd VAGRounded
+vs verasans VeraSans
+vv viva Viva
+w0 weddingt WeddingT
+w1 wiesbswi WiesbadenSwing
+w9 wastrel Wastrel
+wb walbaum Walbaum
+wc snowcap SnowCap
+wd weideman Weidemann
+wg wlklgth WilhelmKlingsporGotisch
+wh wendy Wendy
+wi wingding Wingdings
+wk wilke Wilke
+wn windsor Windsor
+wp warnockp WarnockPro
+wr wittenbe WitternbergerFrakt
+ws weiss Weiss
+wt watertit WatersTitling
+ww willow Willow
+xc eccentri Eccentric
+xl linuxlib LinuxLibertine
+xp exponto ExPonto
+yg centuryg CenturyGothic
+yh strayhor Strayhorn
+ym stymie Stymie
+ys goudysan GoudySans
+za zantiqua ZAntiqua l:ZapfRenaisSH l:ZapfRenaisSB l:ZapfRenSwaSH
+zc zapfchan ZapfChancery m:ZapfChanceryPS u:URWChanceryL
+zd zapfding ZapfDingbats m:ZapfDingbatsPS u:Dingbats
+zf zapfino Zapinfo l:LinotypeZapfino-{One,Two,Three,Four,Ligature,Ornaments}
+zg neuzeitg NeuzeitGrotesk b:Geometric706BT
+zp ziptydo ZiptyDo
+zt zeitgeis Zeitgeist
+__ agbook AGBookStencil
+__ agbookrn AGBookRounded
+__ agoldfac AGOldFace
+__ agschlbk AGSchoolbook
+__ aja Aja
+__ albertin AlbertinaMT
+__ amigo Amigo
+__ andreas Andreas
+__ ariadne Ariadne
+__ banshee Banshee
+__ beesknee Beesknees
+__ bellcent BellCentenial
+__ berlgrot BerlinerGrotesk
+__ bermuda BermudaLP
+__ berthold BertholdScript
+__ bickham BickhamScript
+__ blueisla BlueIsland
+__ bodoniof BodoniOldFaceBE
+__ bossanov BossaNovaMVB
+__ briemaka BriemAkademi
+__ briemscr BriemScript
+__ buffalog BuffaloGalMT
+__ caflisch CaflischScript
+__ caliban Caliban
+__ catull Catull
+__ celestia CelestiaAntiqua
+__ cerigo Cerigo
+__ chaparra Chaparral
+__ christia Christiana
+__ colossal Colossalis
+__ comenius ComeniusAntiqua
+__ concorde ConcordeNova
+__ congabra CongaBrava
+__ copal Copal
+__ coriande Coriander
+__ cosmos Cosmos
+__ cremona Cremona
+__ critter Critter
+__ cronos Cronos
+__ ctmercur CTMercurius
+__ curlz CurlzMT
+__ cutout Cutout
+__ delphin Delphin
+__ elgreco ElGreco
+__ else ElseNPL
+__ emmascri Emmascript
+__ flood Flood
+__ florens FlorensLP
+__ fusaka Fusaka
+__ gallia MonotypeGallia
+__ garamobe GaramondBE
+__ gillfaci GillFaciaMT
+__ gillflor GillFloriatedCapsMT
+__ graphite Graphite
+__ greymant GreymantleMVB
+__ hardwood HardwoodLP
+__ immi505 Immi505
+__ jimbo Jimbo
+__ khaki Khaki
+__ kidprint KidprintMT
+__ kinesis Kinesis
+__ kochantq KochAntiqua
+__ legault Legault
+__ lightlin LightlineGothicMT
+__ lotype LoType
+__ magnesiu MagnesiumMVB
+__ magnolia MagnoliaMVB
+__ mahsuri MahsuriSansMT
+__ manito ManitoLP
+__ mendoza MendozaRoman
+__ mezz Mezz
+__ micr MICR
+__ monalisa MonaLisa
+__ motterco MotterCorpus
+__ mythos Mythos
+__ nueva Nueva
+__ oceansan OceanSans
+__ origami Origami
+__ ozwald Ozwald
+__ pastonch PastonchiMT
+__ pelican Pelican
+__ penumbra Penumbra
+__ pepperwo Pepperwood
+__ poetica Poetica
+__ pompeia Pompeia
+__ popplexq PopplExquisit
+__ postino Postino
+__ quake Quake
+__ rad Rad
+__ reliq Reliq
+__ rosewood Rosewood
+__ rulngscr RulingScript
+__ russlobl RusselOblique
+__ sanvito Sanvito
+__ sassafra Sassafras
+__ serlio SerlioLH
+__ sho Sho
+__ shuriken Shuriken
+__ smaragd Smaragd
+__ spring SpringLP
+__ spumoni SpumoniLP
+__ studz Studz
+__ tiepolo Tiepolo
+__ toolbox Toolbox
+__ verve Verve
+__ volutasc VolutaScript
+__ zebrawoo Zebrawood
+__ shouyi Shouyi @r{for mnm}

File: fontname.info, Node: Weights, Next: Variants, Prev: Typefaces, Up: Filenames for fonts
@@ -1103,7 +1138,7 @@ generate small caps fonts.
are obsolete; future fonts in different scripts should be assigned
an appropriate encoding abbreviation. These are not currently
standardized, due to ignorance of the appropriate encodings.
- Please send suggestions for abbreviations to the address in *Note
+ Please send suggestions for abbreviations to the address in *note
Introduction::.
`m'
@@ -1153,7 +1188,7 @@ PostScript `Encoding' name.
0 inferior
1 superior
- obsolete [2=>7c] Fraktur encoding
+ 2 proportional digits, not tabular
obsolete [3=>7f] Fraction
obsolete [4 fax; now typeface `lx', Lucida Fax]
5 escape for (presently) phonetic encodings
@@ -1167,7 +1202,7 @@ PostScript `Encoding' name.
d Display Titling Caption Headline TallCaps SwashCaps LombardicCaps Festive
e Engraved Copperplate Elite
f Fraktur Gothic OldEnglish Handtooled (`gothic' can also be sans)
- g SmallText designed for small sizes [was grooved, as in the IBM logo]
+ g SmallText lc only, or designed for small sizes [was grooved, as in the IBM logo]
h Shadow
i Italic Kursiv Ital text italic
j old-style digits [was invisible]
@@ -1181,9 +1216,9 @@ PostScript `Encoding' name.
r roman or sans; often omitted, see text
s Gothic sans serif
t Monospace fixed-width typewriter
- u unslanted italic
+ u underline or unslanted italic
v MathExtension
- w Script Handwritten Swash Calligraphy Cursive Tango
+ w Script Handwritten Swash Calligraphy Cursive Tango Ligature
x built with Adobe expert encoding [was expert-encoded]
y MathSymbol
z Cyrillic font-dependent Cyrillic
@@ -1223,14 +1258,15 @@ PostScript `Encoding' name.
8c TeXTextCompanion LaTeX TS1
8e CE Adobe CE
8f TeXAfricanLatin LaTeX T4
+ 8g groff
8i TS0 Intersection of TS1/Adobe Standard
8m Macintosh standard encoding
8n LM1 Textures
8q encqxoosix QX, from GUST
8r TeXBase1Encoding (*note 8r::)
- 8t CorkEncoding (*note cork::), aka tex256.enc
+ 8t ECEncoding CorkEncoding (*note ec::), aka tex256.enc
8u XT2Encoding cmtt + Latin 2, see `xl2.enc'
- 8v TeXVietnamese to be defined
+ 8v TeXVietnamese T5
8w Windows 3.1 ANSI encoding
8x Expert expert encoding
8y LY1 texnansi
@@ -1258,7 +1294,7 @@ font. Arranged from narrowest to widest (more or less):
ultra compressed, extra condensed, compressed, condensed, narrow
regular
- extended, expanded, wide
+ semiextended, extended, expanded, wide
Expansion or compression of fonts is sometimes done automatically
(as by the PostScript `scale' operator), and sometimes done by humans.
@@ -1275,7 +1311,7 @@ and any parts of a PostScript `FontName' which use that abbreviation.
c Condensed Cond
e Expanded
- n Narrow
+ n Narrow Semicondensed
o UltraCondensed
p Compressed Compact
q ExtraCompressed ExtraCondensed
@@ -1285,6 +1321,7 @@ and any parts of a PostScript `FontName' which use that abbreviation.
v ExtraExpanded more than Expanded, less than Wide
w Wide
x Extended Elongated
+ y Semiexpanded

File: fontname.info, Node: Long names, Next: Font name lists, Prev: Filenames for fonts, Up: Top
@@ -11524,6 +11561,9 @@ font (*note Changing font encodings: (dvips)Changing font encodings.).
ones for use with `fontinst' in particular, see
`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/utilities/fontinst/doc/encspecs'.
+ A tutorial on character code issues in general is available at
+`http://www.cs.tut.fi/~jkorpela/chars.html'.
+
Naming specific characters is a tangled and difficult area. Here are
some links to character tables for Unicode, Adobe, and WGL4, for your
researching pleasure (thanks to Boguslaw Jackowski for the list):
@@ -11542,10 +11582,12 @@ researching pleasure (thanks to Boguslaw Jackowski for the list):
* Menu:
+* 6w:: CP-1251 (Cyrillic).
* 8a:: Adobe standard.
* 8r:: TeX base.
-* cork:: Cork (aka EC, TeX Latin 1, tex256).
* dvips:: Dvips.
+* ec:: EC (aka COrk, TeX Latin 1, tex256).
+* groff:: 8g.
* t5:: Vietnamese, from vntex.
* qx:: QX, from GUST.
* texmext:: TeX math extension.
@@ -11557,9 +11599,285 @@ researching pleasure (thanks to Boguslaw Jackowski for the list):
* xt2:: Typewriter version of xl2.

-File: fontname.info, Node: 8a, Next: 8r, Up: Encodings
+File: fontname.info, Node: 6w, Next: 8a, Up: Encodings
+
+B.1 `6w.enc': Cyrillic CP-1251
+==============================
+
+% @psencodingfile{
+% author = "Adobe",
+% version = "1.1",
+% date = "12jun05",
+% filename = "8a.enc",
+% license = "public domain",
+% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
+% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+% docstring = "Adobe StandardEncoding as an afm2tfm/dvips .enc file."
+% }
+% 12jun05 - comment changes only.
+/StandardEncoding [
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/space
+/exclam
+/quotedbl
+/numbersign
+/dollar
+/percent
+/ampersand
+/quoteright
+/parenleft
+/parenright
+/asterisk
+/plus
+/comma
+/hyphen
+/period
+/slash
+/zero
+/one
+/two
+/three
+/four
+/five
+/six
+/seven
+/eight
+/nine
+/colon
+/semicolon
+/less
+/equal
+/greater
+/question
+/at
+/A
+/B
+/C
+/D
+/E
+/F
+/G
+/H
+/I
+/J
+/K
+/L
+/M
+/N
+/O
+/P
+/Q
+/R
+/S
+/T
+/U
+/V
+/W
+/X
+/Y
+/Z
+/bracketleft
+/backslash
+/bracketright
+/asciicircum
+/underscore
+/quoteleft
+/a
+/b
+/c
+/d
+/e
+/f
+/g
+/h
+/i
+/j
+/k
+/l
+/m
+/n
+/o
+/p
+/q
+/r
+/s
+/t
+/u
+/v
+/w
+/x
+/y
+/z
+/braceleft
+/bar
+/braceright
+/asciitilde
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/exclamdown
+/cent
+/sterling
+/fraction
+/yen
+/florin
+/section
+/currency
+/quotesingle
+/quotedblleft
+/guillemotleft
+/guilsinglleft
+/guilsinglright
+/fi
+/fl
+/.notdef
+/endash
+/dagger
+/daggerdbl
+/periodcentered
+/.notdef
+/paragraph
+/bullet
+/quotesinglbase
+/quotedblbase
+/quotedblright
+/guillemotright
+/ellipsis
+/perthousand
+/.notdef
+/questiondown
+/.notdef
+/grave
+/acute
+/circumflex
+/tilde
+/macron
+/breve
+/dotaccent
+/dieresis
+/.notdef
+/ring
+/cedilla
+/.notdef
+/hungarumlaut
+/ogonek
+/caron
+/emdash
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/AE
+/.notdef
+/ordfeminine
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/Lslash
+/Oslash
+/OE
+/ordmasculine
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/ae
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/dotlessi
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/lslash
+/oslash
+/oe
+/germandbls
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+/.notdef
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info, Node: 8a, Next: 8r, Prev: 6w, Up: Encodings
-B.1 `8a.enc': Adobe standard encoding
+B.2 `8a.enc': Adobe standard encoding
=====================================
% @psencodingfile{
@@ -11833,9 +12151,9 @@ B.1 `8a.enc': Adobe standard encoding
] def

-File: fontname.info, Node: 8r, Next: cork, Prev: 8a, Up: Encodings
+File: fontname.info, Node: 8r, Next: dvips, Prev: 8a, Up: Encodings
-B.2 `8r.enc': TeX base encoding
+B.3 `8r.enc': TeX base encoding
===============================
% File 8r.enc TeX Base 1 Encoding Revision 2.0 2002-10-30
@@ -11844,7 +12162,7 @@ B.2 `8r.enc': TeX base encoding
% author = "S. Rahtz, P. MacKay, Alan Jeffrey, B. Horn, K. Berry,
% W. Schmidt, P. Lehman",
% version = "2.0",
-% date = "30 October 2002",
+% date = "27nov06",
% filename = "8r.enc",
% email = "tex-fonts@@tug.org",
% docstring = "This is the encoding vector for Type1 and TrueType
@@ -11954,7 +12272,7 @@ B.2 `8r.enc': TeX base encoding
/currency /yen /brokenbar /section
/dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guillemotleft
/logicalnot /hyphen /registered /macron
-% 0xD0
+% 0xB0
/degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior
/acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered
/cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guillemotright
@@ -11982,24 +12300,95 @@ B.2 `8r.enc': TeX base encoding
] def

-File: fontname.info, Node: cork, Next: dvips, Prev: 8r, Up: Encodings
+File: fontname.info, Node: dvips, Next: ec, Prev: 8r, Up: Encodings
-B.3 `cork.enc': Cork encoding
-=============================
+B.4 `dvips.enc': Dvips encoding
+===============================
% @psencodingfile{
-% version = "1.0",
+% author = "T. Rokicki, K. Berry",
+% version = "2.1",
% date = "12jun05",
-% filename = "cork.enc",
-% license = "public domain",
+% filename = "dvips.enc",
% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "This is the Cork encoding, aka TeX Latin 1, aka tex256, as
-% described in TTN 1(4), December 1992, and TUGboat 11(4), November
-% 1990, page 514. EC is the name of the Computer Modern-based fonts in
-% this encoding. NFSS and Fontinst know it as `T1'."
+% docstring = "An encoding for PostScript fonts to be used with TeX.
+%
+% This is almost the default encoding produced by the afm2tfm program
+% that comes with the dvips distribution, when it is applied to a
+% StandardEncoding PostScript font. The positions of the accented
+% characters (which afm2tfm assigned more or less randomly in the
+% previous set of fonts) have been held fixed.
+%
+% It is almost upward-compatible with TeX text. (The primary exceptions
+% are dotaccent and hungarumlaut.) Some of the ligatures are also in
+% different positions, but this is not important, since ligature
+% positions are defined in the TFM file, not by macros.
+%
+% The character positions were assigned in this order:
+% 1) non-composite characters in the afm2tfm encoding (except dotlessj
+% was included in its plain TeX position);
+% 2) available characters in the Cork (EC) encoding;
+% 3) remaining composite characters in the base encoding (starting at
+% position 130 decimal). We don't include all the other base
+% characters because that changes the height/depth/width tables in
+% the TFM files (because more characters mean more distinct values).
+%
+% We leave the initial positions open for the Greek letters in Times-Roman.
+% "
% }
-% 12jun05 - Don't use Texinfo @'s in LIGKERN's.
+% 12jun05 - don't use extra @'s for Texinfo any more.
+%
+/DvipsEncoding [
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /quotesingle /exclamdown /questiondown
+ /dotlessi /dotlessj /grave /acute /caron /breve /macron /ring
+ /cedilla /germandbls /ae /oe /oslash /AE /OE /Oslash
+ /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
+ /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash
+ /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven
+ /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question
+ /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G
+ /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O
+ /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W
+ /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /circumflex /underscore
+ /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g
+ /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o
+ /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w
+ /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /tilde /dieresis
+ /asciicircum /asciitilde /Ccedilla /Iacute
+ /Icircumflex /atilde /edieresis /egrave
+ /scaron /zcaron /Eth /ff /ffi /ffl /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /.notdef /Scaron /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ /Ydieresis /.notdef /Zcaron /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /.notdef /cent /sterling /fraction /yen /florin /section
+ /currency /copyright /quotedblleft /guillemotleft
+ /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl
+ /degree /endash /dagger /daggerdbl /periodcentered /.notdef /paragraph /bullet
+ /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /quotedblright /guillemotright
+ /ellipsis /perthousand /.notdef /.notdef
+ /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /.notdef /dotaccent
+ /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
+ /Igrave /hungarumlaut /ogonek /Idieresis
+ /emdash /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /.notdef
+ /.notdef /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /.notdef
+ /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /ordfeminine
+ /adieresis /aring /.notdef /ccedilla
+ /Lslash /eacute /ecircumflex /ordmasculine
+ /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
+ /.notdef /ntilde /ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /.notdef
+ /lslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
+] def
+
+
+File: fontname.info, Node: ec, Next: groff, Prev: dvips, Up: Encodings
+
+B.5 `ec.enc': Cork encoding
+===========================
+
+%
+% This is the EC encoding.
%
% These are the ligs and kerns in addition to those found in the
% AFM file. (The only ligs in the Times-Roman.afm file are the
@@ -12011,7 +12400,7 @@ B.3 `cork.enc': Cork encoding
% LIGKERN quoteleft quoteleft =: quotedblleft ;
% LIGKERN quoteright quoteright =: quotedblright ;
%
-% We remove kerns to and from spaces (TeX doesn't have a
+% We blow away kerns to and from spaces (TeX doesn't have a
% space) and also remove any kerns from the numbers (although
% the only kern pair that mentions a number in Times-Roman.afm
% is one one.)
@@ -12025,15 +12414,15 @@ B.3 `cork.enc': Cork encoding
% LIGKERN comma comma =: quotedblbase ; less less =: guillemotleft ;
% LIGKERN greater greater =: guillemotright ;
%
-/CorkEncoding [ % now 256 chars follow
+/ECEncoding [ % now 256 chars follow
% 0x00
/grave /acute /circumflex /tilde /dieresis /hungarumlaut /ring /caron
/breve /macron /dotaccent /cedilla
/ogonek /quotesinglbase /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright
% 0x10
/quotedblleft /quotedblright /quotedblbase /guillemotleft
- /guillemotright /endash /emdash /compwordmark
- /perthousandzero /dotlessi /dotlessj /ff /fi /fl /ffi /ffl
+ /guillemotright /endash /emdash /cwm
+ /zeroinferior /dotlessi /dotlessj /ff /fi /fl /ffi /ffl
% 0x20
/visualspace /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign
/dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
@@ -12064,8 +12453,7 @@ B.3 `cork.enc': Cork encoding
% 0xB0
/rcaron /sacute /scaron /scedilla
/tquoteright /tcedilla /uhungarumlaut /uring
- /ydieresis /zacute /zcaron /zdotaccent
- /ij /exclamdown /questiondown /sterling
+ /ydieresis /zacute /zcaron /zdotaccent /ij /exclamdown /questiondown /sterling
% 0xC0
/Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla
/Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
@@ -12083,91 +12471,114 @@ B.3 `cork.enc': Cork encoding
] def

-File: fontname.info, Node: dvips, Next: t5, Prev: cork, Up: Encodings
+File: fontname.info, Node: groff, Next: t5, Prev: ec, Up: Encodings
-B.4 `dvips.enc': Dvips encoding
+B.6 `groff.enc': groff encoding
===============================
-% @psencodingfile{
-% author = "T. Rokicki, K. Berry",
-% version = "2.1",
-% date = "12jun05",
-% filename = "dvips.enc",
-% email = "tex-fonts@tug.org",
-% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
-% docstring = "An encoding for PostScript fonts to be used with TeX.
-%
-% This is almost the default encoding produced by the afm2tfm program
-% that comes with the dvips distribution, when it is applied to a
-% StandardEncoding PostScript font. The positions of the accented
-% characters (which afm2tfm assigned more or less randomly in the
-% previous set of fonts) have been held fixed.
-%
-% It is almost upward-compatible with TeX text. (The primary exceptions
-% are dotaccent and hungarumlaut.) Some of the ligatures are also in
-% different positions, but this is not important, since ligature
-% positions are defined in the TFM file, not by macros.
-%
-% The character positions were assigned in this order:
-% 1) non-composite characters in the afm2tfm encoding (except dotlessj
-% was included in its plain TeX position);
-% 2) available characters in the Cork (EC) encoding;
-% 3) remaining composite characters in the base encoding (starting at
-% position 130 decimal). We don't include all the other base
-% characters because that changes the height/depth/width tables in
-% the TFM files (because more characters mean more distinct values).
+%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-Encoding
%
-% We leave the initial positions open for the Greek letters in Times-Roman.
-% "
+% @psencodingfile{
+% author = "Werner Lemberg, Michail Vidiassov",
+% version = "1.0",
+% date = "2006-Feb-03",
+% filename = "groff.enc",
+% license = "public domain",
+% email = "groff@gnu.org",
+% docstring = "Groff default text encoding. Used with MetaPost."
% }
-% 12jun05 - don't use extra @'s for Texinfo any more.
-%
-/DvipsEncoding [
- /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /quotesingle /exclamdown /questiondown
- /dotlessi /dotlessj /grave /acute /caron /breve /macron /ring
- /cedilla /germandbls /ae /oe /oslash /AE /OE /Oslash
- /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
- /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus /comma /hyphen /period /slash
- /zero /one /two /three /four /five /six /seven
- /eight /nine /colon /semicolon /less /equal /greater /question
- /at /A /B /C /D /E /F /G
- /H /I /J /K /L /M /N /O
- /P /Q /R /S /T /U /V /W
- /X /Y /Z /bracketleft /backslash /bracketright /circumflex /underscore
- /quoteleft /a /b /c /d /e /f /g
- /h /i /j /k /l /m /n /o
- /p /q /r /s /t /u /v /w
- /x /y /z /braceleft /bar /braceright /tilde /dieresis
- /asciicircum /asciitilde /Ccedilla /Iacute
- /Icircumflex /atilde /edieresis /egrave
- /scaron /zcaron /Eth /ff /ffi /ffl /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /.notdef /Scaron /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /Ydieresis /.notdef /Zcaron /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
- /.notdef /.notdef /cent /sterling /fraction /yen /florin /section
- /currency /copyright /quotedblleft /guillemotleft
- /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl
- /degree /endash /dagger /daggerdbl /periodcentered /.notdef /paragraph /bullet
- /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /quotedblright /guillemotright
- /ellipsis /perthousand /.notdef /.notdef
- /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /.notdef /dotaccent
- /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
- /Igrave /hungarumlaut /ogonek /Idieresis
- /emdash /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /.notdef
- /.notdef /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /.notdef
- /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /ordfeminine
- /adieresis /aring /.notdef /ccedilla
- /Lslash /eacute /ecircumflex /ordmasculine
- /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
- /.notdef /ntilde /ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /.notdef
- /lslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
+
+%%BeginResource: encoding groffEncoding
+/groffEncoding [
+% 0x00 | 0
+ /asciicircum /asciitilde /Scaron /Zcaron
+ /scaron /zcaron /Ydieresis /trademark
+ /quotesingle /Euro /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+% 0x10 | 16
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef
+% 0x20 | 32
+ /space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign
+ /dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright
+ /parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus
+ /comma /hyphen /period /slash
+% 0x30 | 48
+ /zero /one /two /three
+ /four /five /six /seven
+ /eight /nine /colon /semicolon
+ /less /equal /greater /question
+% 0x40 | 64
+ /at /A /B /C
+ /D /E /F /G
+ /H /I /J /K
+ /L /M /N /O
+% 0x50 | 80
+ /P /Q /R /S
+ /T /U /V /W
+ /X /Y /Z /bracketleft
+ /backslash /bracketright /circumflex /underscore
+% 0x60 | 96
+ /quoteleft /a /b /c
+ /d /e /f /g
+ /h /i /j /k
+ /l /m /n /o
+% 0x70 | 112
+ /p /q /r /s
+ /t /u /v /w
+ /x /y /z /braceleft
+ /bar /braceright /tilde /.notdef
+% 0x80 | 128
+ /quotesinglbase /guillemotleft /guillemotright /bullet
+ /florin /fraction /perthousand /dagger
+ /daggerdbl /endash /emdash /ff
+ /fi /fl /ffi /ffl
+% 0x90 | 144
+ /dotlessi /dotlessj /grave /hungarumlaut
+ /dotaccent /breve /caron /ring
+ /ogonek /quotedblleft /quotedblright /oe
+ /lslash /quotedblbase /OE /Lslash
+% 0xA0 | 160
+ /.notdef /exclamdown /cent /sterling
+ /currency /yen /brokenbar /section
+ /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine /guilsinglleft
+ /logicalnot /minus /registered /macron
+% 0xB0 | 176
+ /degree /plusminus /twosuperior /threesuperior
+ /acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered
+ /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine /guilsinglright
+ /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters /questiondown
+% 0xC0 | 192
+ /Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex /Atilde
+ /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla
+ /Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis
+ /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis
+% 0xD0 | 208
+ /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute
+ /Ocircumflex /Otilde /Odieresis /multiply
+ /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex
+ /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls
+% 0xE0 | 224
+ /agrave /aacute /acircumflex /atilde
+ /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla
+ /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis
+ /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis
+% 0xF0 | 240
+ /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute
+ /ocircumflex /otilde /odieresis /divide
+ /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex
+ /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis
] def
+%%EndResource
+
+% eof

-File: fontname.info, Node: t5, Next: qx, Prev: dvips, Up: Encodings
+File: fontname.info, Node: t5, Next: qx, Prev: groff, Up: Encodings
-B.5 `t5.enc': T5 encoding
+B.7 `t5.enc': T5 encoding
=========================
% Copyright 2000-2005 Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org>.
@@ -12432,7 +12843,7 @@ B.5 `t5.enc': T5 encoding

File: fontname.info, Node: qx, Next: texmext, Prev: t5, Up: Encodings
-B.6 `qx.enc'
+B.8 `qx.enc'
============
From GUST.
@@ -13281,7 +13692,7 @@ with QX ver. 0.06.

File: fontname.info, Node: texmext, Next: texmsym, Prev: qx, Up: Encodings
-B.7 `texmext.enc': TeX math extension encoding
+B.9 `texmext.enc': TeX math extension encoding
==============================================
% @psencodingfile{
@@ -13484,8 +13895,8 @@ B.7 `texmext.enc': TeX math extension encoding

File: fontname.info, Node: texmsym, Next: texmital, Prev: texmext, Up: Encodings
-B.8 `texmsym.enc': TeX math symbol encoding
-===========================================
+B.10 `texmsym.enc': TeX math symbol encoding
+============================================
% @psencodingfile{
% author = "Donald Knuth",
@@ -13685,8 +14096,8 @@ B.8 `texmsym.enc': TeX math symbol encoding

File: fontname.info, Node: texmital, Next: texnansi, Prev: texmsym, Up: Encodings
-B.9 `texmital.enc': TeX math italic encoding
-============================================
+B.11 `texmital.enc': TeX math italic encoding
+=============================================
% @psencodingfile{
% author = "Donald Knuth",
@@ -13887,7 +14298,7 @@ B.9 `texmital.enc': TeX math italic encoding

File: fontname.info, Node: texnansi, Next: texnansx, Prev: texmital, Up: Encodings
-B.10 `texnansi.enc'
+B.12 `texnansi.enc'
===================
From Y&Y.
@@ -14213,7 +14624,7 @@ From Y&Y.

File: fontname.info, Node: texnansx, Next: xl2, Prev: texnansi, Up: Encodings
-B.11 `texnansx.enc'
+B.13 `texnansx.enc'
===================
From Y&Y. `texnansi' without repeats.
@@ -14495,7 +14906,7 @@ From Y&Y. `texnansi' without repeats.

File: fontname.info, Node: xl2, Next: xt2, Prev: texnansx, Up: Encodings
-B.12 `xl2.enc': OT1 + ISO Latin 2 extended
+B.14 `xl2.enc': OT1 + ISO Latin 2 extended
==========================================
% @psencodingfile{
@@ -14829,7 +15240,7 @@ B.12 `xl2.enc': OT1 + ISO Latin 2 extended

File: fontname.info, Node: xt2, Prev: xl2, Up: Encodings
-B.13 `xt2.enc': typewriter OT1 + ISO Latin 2 extended
+B.15 `xt2.enc': typewriter OT1 + ISO Latin 2 extended
=====================================================
% @psencodingfile{
@@ -15238,6 +15649,7 @@ General index
* 35 standard PostScript fonts: Standard PostScript fonts.
(line 6)
+* 62.enc: 6w. (line 6)
* 7-bit encodings: Variants. (line 44)
* 8-bit encodings: Variants. (line 44)
* 8a.enc: 8a. (line 6)
@@ -15266,9 +15678,10 @@ General index
* compression: Widths. (line 6)
* contributors: History. (line 30)
* copyright on fonts: Font legalities. (line 6)
-* Cork encoding: cork. (line 6)
-* cork.enc: cork. (line 6)
+* Cork encoding: ec. (line 6)
+* CP-1251 encoding: 6w. (line 6)
* Cugley, Damian: History. (line 30)
+* Cyrillic encoding: 6w. (line 6)
* Cyrillic encodings: Variants. (line 44)
* Cyrillic fonts: Variants. (line 86)
* design size specification: Filenames for fonts. (line 40)
@@ -15279,18 +15692,21 @@ General index
* Dvips encoding: dvips. (line 6)
* Dvips translator: References. (line 24)
* dvips.enc: dvips. (line 6)
-* EC encoding: cork. (line 6)
+* EC encoding: ec. (line 6)
+* ec.enc: ec. (line 6)
* eight-character limitation: Filenames for fonts. (line 6)
* encoding files: Introduction. (line 16)
* encoding vectors: Encodings. (line 6)
* encoding, Dvips: dvips. (line 6)
+* encoding, Groff: groff. (line 6)
* encoding, T5: t5. (line 6)
* encodings, Adobe standard: 8a. (line 6)
-* encodings, Cork: cork. (line 6)
-* encodings, EC: cork. (line 6)
+* encodings, Cork: ec. (line 6)
+* encodings, Cyrillic CP-1251: 6w. (line 6)
+* encodings, EC: ec. (line 6)
* encodings, qx: qx. (line 6)
* encodings, TeX base: 8r. (line 6)
-* encodings, TeX Latin 1: cork. (line 6)
+* encodings, TeX Latin 1: ec. (line 6)
* encodings, TeX math italic: texmital. (line 6)
* encodings, TeX math symbol <1>: texmsym. (line 6)
* encodings, TeX math symbol: texmext. (line 6)
@@ -15321,6 +15737,8 @@ General index
* Germany, font design protection law: Font legalities. (line 43)
* Grandjean, Philippe: Font legalities. (line 62)
* Greek fonts: Variants. (line 86)
+* Groff encoding: groff. (line 6)
+* groff.enc: groff. (line 6)
* hexadecimal design size: Filenames for fonts. (line 40)
* history: History. (line 6)
* Holmes, Kris: Font legalities. (line 6)
@@ -15406,7 +15824,7 @@ General index
* terminology: References. (line 34)
* TeX base encoding: 8r. (line 6)
* TeX Directory Structure standard: References. (line 8)
-* TeX Latin 1 encoding: cork. (line 6)
+* TeX Latin 1 encoding: ec. (line 6)
* TeX math extension encoding: texmext. (line 6)
* TeX math italic encoding: texmital. (line 6)
* TeX math symbol encoding: texmsym. (line 6)
@@ -15446,44 +15864,46 @@ General index

Tag Table:
-Node: Top262
-Node: Introduction2039
-Node: History3106
-Node: References4921
-Node: Filenames for fonts6472
-Node: Suppliers8075
-Node: Typefaces10527
-Node: Weights33366
-Node: Variants34179
-Node: Widths44318
-Node: Long names45678
-Node: Name mapping file46237
-Node: Long naming scheme47815
-Node: Font name lists49571
-Node: Standard PostScript fonts50030
-Node: Adobe fonts51492
-Node: Apple fonts241472
-Node: Bitstream fonts241806
-Node: DTC fonts302570
-Node: ITC fonts303487
-Node: Linotype fonts349127
-Node: Monotype fonts605153
-Node: URW fonts691710
-Node: Encodings694909
-Node: 8a696787
-Node: 8r699286
-Node: cork704277
-Node: dvips708285
-Node: t5712093
-Node: qx720044
-Node: texmext761516
-Node: texmsym765372
-Node: texmital768553
-Node: texnansi771285
-Node: texnansx778364
-Node: xl2783343
-Node: xt2788330
-Node: Font legalities792957
-Node: General index796780
+Node: Top260
+Node: Introduction2037
+Node: History3104
+Node: References4919
+Node: Filenames for fonts6470
+Node: Suppliers8073
+Node: Typefaces10608
+Node: Weights31449
+Node: Variants32262
+Node: Widths42471
+Node: Long names43879
+Node: Name mapping file44438
+Node: Long naming scheme46016
+Node: Font name lists47772
+Node: Standard PostScript fonts48231
+Node: Adobe fonts49693
+Node: Apple fonts239673
+Node: Bitstream fonts240007
+Node: DTC fonts300771
+Node: ITC fonts301688
+Node: Linotype fonts347328
+Node: Monotype fonts603354
+Node: URW fonts689911
+Node: Encodings693110
+Node: 6w695170
+Node: 8a697655
+Node: 8r700165
+Node: dvips705149
+Node: ec708955
+Node: groff712470
+Node: t5717404
+Node: qx725355
+Node: texmext766827
+Node: texmsym770683
+Node: texmital773866
+Node: texnansi776600
+Node: texnansx783679
+Node: xl2788658
+Node: xt2793645
+Node: Font legalities798272
+Node: General index802095

End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/info-stnd.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/info-stnd.info
index f238b24f13a..cc941f82faa 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/info-stnd.info
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/info-stnd.info
@@ -1,24 +1,29 @@
-This is info-stnd.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.7 from
+This is info-stnd.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.12 from
info-stnd.texi.
- This manual is for GNU Info (version 4.7, 23 March 2004), a program
-for viewing documents in Info format (usually created from Texinfo
-source files).
+This manual is for GNU Info (version 4.12, 5 March 2008), a program for
+viewing documents in Info format (usually created from Texinfo source
+files).
- Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003,
-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003,
+2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
- Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
- being "A GNU Manual," and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
+ being "A GNU Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
- "GNU Free Documentation License."
+ "GNU Free Documentation License' in the Texinfo manual.
+
+ (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have the freedom to copy
+ and modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF supports
+ it in developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
- (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have freedom to copy and
- modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by
- the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development."
+ This document is part of a collection distributed under the GNU Free
+Documentation License. If you want to distribute this document
+separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the
+license to the document, as described in section 6 of the license.
INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
@@ -32,30 +37,12 @@ File: info-stnd.info, Node: Top, Next: What is Info, Up: (dir)
GNU Info
********
-This manual is for GNU Info (version 4.7, 23 March 2004), a program for
-viewing documents in Info format (usually created from Texinfo source
-files).
-
- Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003,
-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
- Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
- Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
- being "A GNU Manual," and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
- below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
- "GNU Free Documentation License."
-
- (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have freedom to copy and
- modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by
- the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development."
-
- This documentation is different from the documentation for the Info
-reader that is part of GNU Emacs. If you do not know how to use Info,
-but have a working Info reader, you should read the Emacs documentation
-first, as it includes more background information and a thorough
-tutorial.
+If you do not know how to use Info, but have a working Info reader, you
+should read the Info manual before this one (*note Getting Started:
+(info)Top.), as it includes more background information and a thorough
+tutorial. This documentation describes the standalone Info reader that
+is part of the Texinfo distribution, not the Info reader that is part
+of GNU Emacs.
* Menu:
@@ -71,10 +58,8 @@ tutorial.
* Miscellaneous Commands:: A few commands that defy categories.
* Variables:: How to change the default behavior of Info.
* Custom Key Bindings:: How to define your own key-to-command bindings.
-* Copying This Manual:: The GNU Free Documentation License.
-* Index:: Global index containing keystrokes,
- command names, variable names,
- and general concepts.
+* Index:: Global index with keystrokes, command names,
+ variable names, and general concepts.

File: info-stnd.info, Node: What is Info, Next: Invoking Info, Prev: Top, Up: Top
@@ -82,13 +67,24 @@ File: info-stnd.info, Node: What is Info, Next: Invoking Info, Prev: Top, Up
1 What is Info?
***************
-"Info" is a program which is used to view Info files on an ASCII
-terminal. "Info files" are the result of processing Texinfo files with
-the program `makeinfo' or with one of the Emacs commands, such as `M-x
-texinfo-format-buffer'. Texinfo itself is a documentation system that
-uses a single source file to produce both on-line information and
-printed output. You can typeset and print the files that you read in
-Info.
+The "Info" program is a standalone program, part of the Texinfo
+distribution, which is used to view Info files on an ASCII terminal.
+"Info files" are typically the result of processing Texinfo files with
+the program `makeinfo' (also in the Texinfo distribution)
+
+ Texinfo itself is a documentation system that uses a single source
+file to produce both on-line information and printed output. You can
+typeset and print the files that you read in Info.
+
+ GNU Emacs also provides an Info reader (just type `M-x info' in
+Emacs). Emacs Info and standalone Info have nearly identical user
+interfaces, although customization and other details are different
+(this manual explains the standalone Info reader). The Emacs Info
+reader supports the X Window System and other such bitmapped
+interfaces, not just plain ASCII, so if you want the prettiest display
+for Info files, you should try it. You can use Emacs Info without
+using Emacs for anything else. (Type `C-x C-c' to exit; this also
+works in the standalone Info reader.)

File: info-stnd.info, Node: Invoking Info, Next: Cursor Commands, Prev: What is Info, Up: Top
@@ -102,18 +98,19 @@ is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell:
info [OPTION]... [MENU-ITEM...]
- The program accepts the following options:
+ The program accepts the following options:
`--apropos=STRING'
+`-k STRING'
Specify a string to search in every index of every Info file
installed on your system. Info looks up the named STRING in all
the indices it can find, prints the results to standard output,
and then exits. If you are not sure which Info file explains
- certain issues, this option is your friend. Note that if your
- system has a lot of Info files installed, searching all of them
- might take some time.
+ certain issues, this option is your friend. (If your system has a
+ lot of Info files installed, searching all of them might take some
+ time!)
- You can invoke the apropos command from inside Info; see *Note
+ You can invoke the apropos command from inside Info; see *note
Searching Commands::.
`--directory DIRECTORY-PATH'
@@ -178,7 +175,7 @@ is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell:
online help, or as a quick way of starting to read an Info file at
a certain node when you don't know the exact name of that node.
- This command can also be invoked from inside Info; see *Note
+ This command can also be invoked from inside Info; see *note
Searching Commands::.
`--node NODENAME'
@@ -269,28 +266,32 @@ is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell:
first selects the menu item `Emacs' in the node `(dir)Top', and
then selects the menu item `Buffers' in the node `(emacs)Top'.
- To avoid searching the `dir' files and just show some arbitrary file,
-use `-f' and the filename, as in `info -f ./foo.info'.
+ To avoid searching the `dir' files and just show some arbitrary
+file, use `-f' and the filename, as in `info -f ./foo.info'.
- The index search and the search for the node which describes program
+ The index search and the search for the node which describes program
invocation and command-line options begins _after_ processing all the
command-line menu items. Therefore, the Info file searched for the
index or the invocation node is the file where Info finds itself after
following all the menu items given on the command line. This is so
`info emacs --show-options' does what you'd expect.
- ---------- Footnotes ----------
+ Finally, Info defines many default key bindings and variables.
+*Note Custom Key Bindings::, for information on how to customize these
+settings.
- (1) `.info', `-info', `/index', and `.inf'.
+ ---------- Footnotes ----------
- (2) The MS-DOS version allows for the Info extension, such as `.inf',
-and the short compressed file extensions, such as `.z' and `.gz', to be
-merged into a single extension, since DOS doesn't allow more than a
-single dot in the basename of a file. Thus, on MS-DOS, if Info looks
-for `bison', file names like `bison.igz' and `bison.inz' will be found
-and decompressed by `gunzip'.
+ (1) `.info', `-info', `/index', and `.inf'.
- (3) Of course, you can specify both the file and node in a `--node'
+ (2) The MS-DOS version allows for the Info extension, such as
+`.inf', and the short compressed file extensions, such as `.z' and
+`.gz', to be merged into a single extension, since DOS doesn't allow
+more than a single dot in the basename of a file. Thus, on MS-DOS, if
+Info looks for `bison', file names like `bison.igz' and `bison.inz'
+will be found and decompressed by `gunzip'.
+
+ (3) Of course, you can specify both the file and node in a `--node'
command; but don't forget to escape the open and close parentheses and
whitespace from the shell as in: `info --node "(emacs)Buffers"'.
@@ -309,11 +310,11 @@ describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs
manual, and the GNU Readline manual. *Note User Input: (emacs)User
Input, if you are unfamiliar with the notation.(1)
- The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info.
+ The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info.
Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the
cursor movement, the `M-x'(2) command name (displayed in parentheses),
and a short description of what the command does. All of the cursor
-motion commands can take a "numeric" argument (see *Note
+motion commands can take a "numeric" argument (see *note
`universal-argument': Miscellaneous Commands. With a numeric argument,
the motion commands are simply executed that many times; for example, a
numeric argument of 4 given to `next-line' causes the cursor to move
@@ -370,14 +371,14 @@ cause the cursor to move _up_ 4 lines.
in the center of the window. With a numeric argument of N, `M-r'
moves the cursor to the start of the Nth line in the window.
- ---------- Footnotes ----------
+ ---------- Footnotes ----------
- (1) Here's a short summary. `C-X' means press the `CTRL' key and the
-key X. `M-X' means press the `META' key and the key X. On many
+ (1) Here's a short summary. `C-X' means press the `CTRL' key and
+the key X. `M-X' means press the `META' key and the key X. On many
terminals th `META' key is known as the `ALT' key. `SPC' is the space
bar. The other keys are usually called by the names imprinted on them.
- (2) `M-x' is also a command; it invokes `execute-extended-command'.
+ (2) `M-x' is also a command; it invokes `execute-extended-command'.
*Note Executing an extended command: (emacs)M-x, for more detailed
information.
@@ -392,9 +393,10 @@ current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen. The
commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the
current node is visible on the screen.
- Scrolling commands are bound differently when `--vi-keys' operation
+ Scrolling commands are bound differently when `--vi-keys' operation
is in effect (*note --vi-keys::). These key bindings are designated
-with "vi-like operation".
+with "vi-like operation". *Note Custom Key Bindings::, for information
+on arbitrarily customizing key bindings and variable settings.
<SPC> (`scroll-forward')
Shift the text in this window up. That is, show more of the node
@@ -485,21 +487,20 @@ with "vi-like operation".
the new default number of lines to scroll for subsequent `u' and
`d' commands.
- The `scroll-forward' and `scroll-backward' commands can also move
+ The `scroll-forward' and `scroll-backward' commands can also move
forward and backward through the node structure of the file. If you
press <SPC> while viewing the end of a node, or <DEL> while viewing the
beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the variable
-`scroll-behavior'. *Note `scroll-behavior': Variables, for more
-information.
+`scroll-behavior' (*note scroll-behavior::).
- The `scroll-forward-page-only' and `scroll-backward-page-only'
+ The `scroll-forward-page-only' and `scroll-backward-page-only'
commands never scroll beyond the current node.
- The <PREVIOUS> key is the <PageUp> key on many keyboards. Emacs
+ The <PREVIOUS> key is the <PageUp> key on many keyboards. Emacs
refers to it by the name <PRIOR>. When you use <PRIOR> or <PageUp> to
scroll, Info never scrolls beyond the beginning of the current node.
- If your keyboard lacks the <DEL> key, look for a key called <BS>, or
+ If your keyboard lacks the <DEL> key, look for a key called <BS>, or
`BackSpace', sometimes designated with an arrow which points to the
left, which should perform the same function.
@@ -532,12 +533,12 @@ File: info-stnd.info, Node: Node Commands, Next: Searching Commands, Prev: Sc
This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node
to view in the current window.
- The most basic node commands are `n', `p', `u', and `l'. Note that
+ The most basic node commands are `n', `p', `u', and `l'. Note that
the commands to select nodes are mapped differently when `--vi-keys' is
in effect; these keybindings are designated below as "vi-like
operation".
- When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some
+ When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some
Info "pointers" which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes
are. Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file
when you use the following commands:
@@ -560,14 +561,14 @@ when you use the following commands:
`C-x <u>', vi-like operation
Select the `Up' node.
- You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this
-window by using the `l' command - this name stands for "last", and
+ You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this
+window by using the `l' command--this name stands for "last", and
actually moves backwards through the history of visited nodes for this
window. This is handy when you followed a reference to another node,
possibly to read about a related issue, and would like then to resume
reading at the same place where you started the excursion.
- Each node where you press `l' is discarded from the history. Thus,
+ Each node where you press `l' is discarded from the history. Thus,
by the time you get to the first node you visited in a window, the
entire history of that window is discarded.
@@ -577,7 +578,7 @@ entire history of that window is discarded.
Pop the most recently selected node in this window from the node
history.
- Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly
+ Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly
selected nodes; they are `t' and `d'.
<t> (`top-node')
@@ -588,8 +589,8 @@ selected nodes; they are `t' and `d'.
<M-d>, vi-like operation
Select the directory node (i.e., the node `(dir)').
- Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection
-of a different node in the current window:
+ Here are some other commands which immediately result in the
+selection of a different node in the current window:
<<> (`first-node')
<g>, vi-like operation
@@ -618,9 +619,9 @@ of a different node in the current window:
Otherwise, if the node has an `Up' pointer, that node is selected,
and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected.
- You can get the same behavior as `global-next-node' and
+ You can get the same behavior as `global-next-node' and
`global-prev-node' while simply scrolling through the file with <SPC>
-and <DEL>; *Note `scroll-behavior': Variables, for more information.
+and <DEL> (*note scroll-behavior::).
<g> (`goto-node')
`C-x <g>', vi-like operation
@@ -666,7 +667,7 @@ and <DEL>; *Note `scroll-behavior': Variables, for more information.
node, etc. In other words, you can specify a complete path which
descends through the menu hierarchy of a particular Info file
starting at the `(dir)' node. This has the same effect as if you
- typed the menu item sequence on Info's command line, see *Note
+ typed the menu item sequence on Info's command line, see *note
Info command-line arguments processing: command-line menu items.
For example,
@@ -716,8 +717,9 @@ areas within an Info file which discuss a particular topic.
<s> (`search')
</>
- Read a string in the echo area and search for it. If the string
- includes upper-case characters, the Info file is searched
+ Read a string in the echo area and search for it, either as a
+ regular expression (by default) or a literal string. If the
+ string includes upper-case characters, the Info file is searched
case-sensitively; otherwise Info ignores the letter case. With a
numeric argument of N, search for Nth occurrence of the string.
Negative arguments search backwards.
@@ -730,6 +732,12 @@ areas within an Info file which discuss a particular topic.
search for Nth occurrence of the string. Negative arguments
search forward.
+<R> (`toggle-regexp')
+ Toggle between using regular expressions and literal strings for
+ searching. Info uses so-called `extended' regular expression
+ syntax, similar to Emacs (*note Using Regular Expressions:
+ (emacs)Regexps.).
+
<S> (`search-case-sensitively'
Read a string in the echo area and search for it case-sensitively,
even if the string includes only lower-case letters. With a
@@ -771,7 +779,7 @@ areas within an Info file which discuss a particular topic.
Grovel the indices of all the known Info files on your system for a
string, and build a menu of the possible matches.
- The most basic searching command is `s' or `/' (`search'). The `s'
+ The most basic searching command is `s' or `/' (`search'). The `s'
command prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then searches
the remainder of the Info file for an occurrence of that string. If
the string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the cursor
@@ -781,19 +789,19 @@ pressing <RET> instead of typing a new string will use the default
search string. Under `--vi-keys' (*note --vi-keys::), using the `n' or
`N' commands is a faster way of searching for the same string.
- "Incremental searching" is similar to basic searching, but the string
-is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until the
-entire search string has been specified.
+ "Incremental searching" is similar to basic searching, but the
+string is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until
+the entire search string has been specified.
- Both incremental and non-incremental search by default ignore the case
-of letters when comparing the Info file text with the search string.
-However, an uppercase letter in the search string makes the search
-case-sensitive. You can force a case-sensitive non-incremental search,
-even for a string that includes only lower-case letters, by using the
-`S' command (`search-case-sensitively'). The `n' and `N' commands
-operate case-sensitively if the last search command was `S'.
+ Both incremental and non-incremental search by default ignore the
+case of letters when comparing the Info file text with the search
+string. However, an uppercase letter in the search string makes the
+search case-sensitive. You can force a case-sensitive non-incremental
+search, even for a string that includes only lower-case letters, by
+using the `S' command (`search-case-sensitively'). The `n' and `N'
+commands operate case-sensitively if the last search command was `S'.
- The most efficient means of finding something quickly in a manual is
+ The most efficient means of finding something quickly in a manual is
the `i' command (`index-search'). This command prompts for a string,
and then looks for that string in all the indices of the current Info
manual. If it finds a matching index entry, it displays the node to
@@ -802,10 +810,10 @@ echo area. You can press `,' (`next-index-match') to find more
matches. A good Info manual has all of its important concepts indexed,
so the `i' command lets you use a manual as a reference.
- If you don't know what manual documents something, try the `M-x
+ If you don't know what manual documents something, try the `M-x
index-apropos' command. It prompts for a string and then looks up that
string in all the indices of all the Info documents installed on your
-system. It can also be invoked from the command line; see *Note
+system. It can also be invoked from the command line; see *note
--apropos::.

@@ -836,36 +844,36 @@ Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the
reference, and the second is the "target"; it is the full name of the
node that the cross reference points to.
- The target is separated from the label by a colon `:'; first the
+ The target is separated from the label by a colon `:'; first the
label appears, and then the target. For example, in the sample menu
cross reference below, the single colon separates the label from the
target.
* Foo Label: Foo Target. More information about Foo.
- Note the `.' which ends the name of the target. The `.' is not part
+ Note the `.' which ends the name of the target. The `.' is not part
of the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target name
ends.
- A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to
-stand for a target name which is the same as the label name:
+ A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons
+to stand for a target name which is the same as the label name:
* Foo Commands:: Commands pertaining to Foo.
- In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name
+ In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name
of the label, in this case `Foo Commands'.
- You will normally see two types of cross reference while viewing
+ You will normally see two types of cross reference while viewing
nodes: "menu" references, and "note" references. Menu references
appear within a node's menu; they begin with a `*' at the beginning of
a line, and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which
describes what the contents of the node pointed to contains.
- Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin
+ Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin
with `*Note', and continue with a label and a target.
- Like `Next', `Prev', and `Up' pointers, cross references can point to
-any valid node. They are used to refer you to a place where more
+ Like `Next', `Prev', and `Up' pointers, cross references can point
+to any valid node. They are used to refer you to a place where more
detailed information can be found on a particular subject. Here is a
cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo
documentation: *Note Writing an Xref: (texinfo)xref, for more
@@ -903,7 +911,7 @@ The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items.
`M-x find-menu'
Move the cursor to the start of this node's menu.
- This table lists the Info commands which operate on cross references.
+ This table lists the Info commands which operate on cross references.
<f> (`xref-item')
<r>
@@ -914,7 +922,7 @@ The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items.
selects its node. Completion is available while reading the cross
reference label. *Note completion: The Echo Area.
- Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references
+ Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references
alike:
<TAB> (`move-to-next-xref')
@@ -945,7 +953,7 @@ A "window" is a place to show the text of a node. Windows have a view
area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated "mode
line", which briefly describes the node being viewed.
- GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each
+ GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each
window is separated from the next by its modeline. At any time, there
is only one "active" window, that is, the window in which the cursor
appears. There are commands available for creating windows, changing
@@ -973,31 +981,31 @@ also tell you if the indirect tags table for this Info file needs to be
updated, and whether or not the Info file was compressed when stored on
disk.
- Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed
+ Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed
file named `dir', showing the node `Top'.
-----Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top-------------------------------------
^^ ^ ^^^ ^^
(file)Node #lines where
- When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is
+ When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is
indicated in the mode line with two small `z''s. In addition, if the
Info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name of
the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well:
--zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z-------------
- Truncation of long lines (as opposed to wrapping them to the next
+ Truncation of long lines (as opposed to wrapping them to the next
display line, *note toggle-wrap: Scrolling Commands.) is indicated by a
`$' at the left edge of the mode line:
--$--Info: (texinfo)Top, 480 lines --Top-- Subfile: texinfo-1-----------
- When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding
-info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks
-(`*'). The name itself tells you what the contents of the window are;
-the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node showing
-possible completions:
+ When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no
+corresponding info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by
+asterisks (`*'). The name itself tells you what the contents of the
+window are; the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed
+node showing possible completions:
-----Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All---------------------------------
@@ -1031,8 +1039,8 @@ window (*note `history-node': Node Commands.).
node. Each window is one half the size of the original window,
and the cursor remains in the original window. The variable
`automatic-tiling' can cause all of the windows on the screen to
- be resized for you automatically, please *note automatic-tiling:
- Variables. for more information.
+ be resized for you automatically (*note automatic-tiling:
+ Variables.).
`C-x <0>' (`delete-window')
Delete the current window from the screen. If you have made too
@@ -1147,8 +1155,8 @@ PRINTING CHARACTER (`echo-area-insert')
<C-t> (`echo-area-transpose-chars')
Transpose the characters at the cursor.
- The next group of commands deal with "killing", and "yanking"
-text(1). For an in-depth discussion of killing and yanking, see *Note
+ The next group of commands deal with "killing", and "yanking"
+text(1). For an in-depth discussion of killing and yanking, see *note
Killing and Deleting: (emacs)Killing.
<M-d> (`echo-area-kill-word')
@@ -1174,16 +1182,17 @@ Killing and Deleting: (emacs)Killing.
<M-y> (`echo-area-yank-pop')
Yank back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first.
- Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed
-input will only accept one of a list of several choices. The choices
-represent the "possible completions", and you must respond with one of
-them. Since there are a limited number of responses you can make, Info
-allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the
-response as is necessary to uniquely identify it. In addition, you can
-request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this is
-called "completion".
+ Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that
+needed input will only accept one of a list of several choices. The
+choices represent the "possible completions", and you must respond with
+one of them. Since there are a limited number of responses you can
+make, Info allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much
+of the response as is necessary to uniquely identify it. In addition,
+you can request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible;
+this is called "completion".
- The following commands are available when completing in the echo area:
+ The following commands are available when completing in the echo
+area:
<TAB> (`echo-area-complete')
<SPC>
@@ -1217,9 +1226,9 @@ called "completion".
Scroll the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other"
window if not.
- ---------- Footnotes ----------
+ ---------- Footnotes ----------
- (1) Some people are used to calling these operations "cut" and
+ (1) Some people are used to calling these operations "cut" and
"paste", respectively.

@@ -1286,7 +1295,7 @@ h, vi-like operation
course, the file must first be processed with `makeinfo', and then
placed into the location of your Info directory.
- Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument:
+ Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument:
<C-u> (`universal-argument')
Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument. `C-u' is a
@@ -1324,16 +1333,16 @@ h, vi-like operation
to be able to insert the `-' character itself; use `M--' instead,
if you need to specify negative arguments in the echo area.
- `C-g' is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key sequence,
-to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and to
-cancel reading input in the echo area.
+ `C-g' is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key
+sequence, to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and
+to cancel reading input in the echo area.
<C-g> (`abort-key')
<C-u>, vi-like operation
Cancel current operation.
- The `q' command of Info simply quits running Info. Under `--vi-keys'
-(*note --vi-keys::), you can also exit with `:q' or `ZZ'.
+ The `q' command of Info simply quits running Info. Under
+`--vi-keys' (*note --vi-keys::), you can also exit with `:q' or `ZZ'.
<q> (`quit')
`C-x C-c'
@@ -1341,7 +1350,7 @@ cancel reading input in the echo area.
`ZZ', vi-like operation
Exit GNU Info.
- If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines
+ If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines
tall, and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info
that the operating system is correct.
@@ -1349,10 +1358,10 @@ that the operating system is correct.
Read a height value in the echo area and set the height of the
displayed screen to that value.
- On MS-DOS/MS-Windows, this command actually tries to change the
+ On MS-DOS/MS-Windows, this command actually tries to change the
dimensions of the visible screen to the value you type in the echo area.
- Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which
+ Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which
might be associated with the current node that you are viewing:
<ESC C-f> (`show-footnotes')
@@ -1373,7 +1382,7 @@ various Info commands. You can change the values of these variables,
and thus change the behavior of Info to more closely match your
environment and Info file reading manner.
- There are two ways to set the value of a variable: interactively,
+ There are two ways to set the value of a variable: interactively,
using the `set-variable' command described below, or in the `#var'
section of the `.infokey' file. *Note Custom Key Bindings::.
@@ -1390,7 +1399,7 @@ section of the `.infokey' file. *Note Custom Key Bindings::.
Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a
brief description of what the variable affects.
- Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info.
+ Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info.
`automatic-footnotes'
When set to `On', footnotes appear and disappear automatically;
@@ -1416,6 +1425,13 @@ section of the `.infokey' file. *Note Custom Key Bindings::.
_not_ resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original
size.
+`cursor-movement-scrolls'
+ Normally, cursor movement commands (*note Cursor Commands::) stop
+ when top or bottom of a node is reached. When this variable is
+ set to `On', cursor movement commands act as scrolling ones and
+ their behavior is controlled by the `scroll-behavior' variable
+ (see below).
+
`errors-ring-bell'
When set to `On', errors cause the bell to ring. The default
setting of this variable is `On'.
@@ -1443,6 +1459,7 @@ section of the `.infokey' file. *Note Custom Key Bindings::.
characters to Info, as well as display them.
`scroll-behavior'
+`scroll-behaviour'
Control what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the
end of a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the
beginning of a node. The default value for this variable is
@@ -1454,6 +1471,30 @@ section of the `.infokey' file. *Note Custom Key Bindings::.
`Up'. This behavior is identical to using the `]'
(`global-next-node') and `[' (`global-prev-node') commands.
+ `scroll-last-node'
+ Control what happens when a scrolling command is issued at
+ the end of the last node. Possible values are:
+
+ `Stop'
+ Do not scroll. Display the `No more nodes within this
+ document.' message. This is the default.
+
+ `Scroll'
+ Scroll as usual. Since the last node is usually an
+ index, this means that the very first node from the menu
+ will be selected.
+
+ `Top'
+ Go to the top node of this document.
+
+ This variable is in effect only if `scroll-behaviour' is set
+ to `Continuous'.
+
+ Notice that the default behavior has changed in version 4.12.
+ Previous versions behaved as if `scroll-last-node=Scroll' was
+ set. This behavior was counter-intuitive, therefore since
+ version 4.12 the default is to stop at the last node.
+
`Next Only'
Only try to get the `Next' node.
@@ -1462,6 +1503,13 @@ section of the `.infokey' file. *Note Custom Key Bindings::.
`Page Only', no scrolling command can change the node that is
being viewed.
+ This variable normally affects only scrolling commands. *Note
+ cursor-movement-scrolls::, for information on how to widen its
+ scope.
+
+ The two names, `scroll-behavior' and `scroll-behaviour', are a
+ historical accident. They are merely synonyms.
+
`scroll-step'
The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the
window. Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved
@@ -1495,23 +1543,22 @@ section of the `.infokey' file. *Note Custom Key Bindings::.

-File: info-stnd.info, Node: Custom Key Bindings, Next: Copying This Manual, Prev: Variables, Up: Top
+File: info-stnd.info, Node: Custom Key Bindings, Next: Index, Prev: Variables, Up: Top
12 Customizing Key Bindings and Variables
*****************************************
-For those whose editor/pager of choice is not Emacs and who are not
-entirely satisfied with the -vi-keys option (*note --vi-keys::), GNU
-Info provides a way to define different key-to-command bindings and
-variable settings from the defaults described in this document.
+GNU Info provides a way to define arbitrary key-to-command bindings and
+variable settings, overriding the defaults described in this document.
+(The `--vi-keys' option rebinds many keys at once; *note --vi-keys::.)
- On startup, GNU Info looks for a configuration file in the invoker's
+ On startup, GNU Info looks for a configuration file in the invoker's
HOME directory called `.info'(1). If it is present, and appears to
contain Info configuration data, and was created with the current
version of the `infokey' command, then Info adopts the key bindings and
variable settings contained therein.
- The `.info' file contains compact, non-textual data for reasons of
+ The `.info' file contains compact, non-textual data for reasons of
efficiency and because its design was lifted wholesale from the GNU Less
program, which also does it that way. It must be created by compiling a
textual source file using the `infokey' command.
@@ -1521,9 +1568,9 @@ textual source file using the `infokey' command.
* Invoking infokey::
* infokey source format::
- ---------- Footnotes ----------
+ ---------- Footnotes ----------
- (1) Due to the limitations of DOS filesystems, the MS-DOS version of
+ (1) Due to the limitations of DOS filesystems, the MS-DOS version of
Info looks for a file `_info' instead. If the `HOME' variable is not
defined, Info additionally looks in the current directory.
@@ -1540,13 +1587,13 @@ default key bindings and variable definitions. Synopsis:
infokey [OPTION...] [INPUT-FILE]
- Besides the standard `--help' and `--version', the only option is
+ Besides the standard `--help' and `--version', the only option is
`--output FILE'. This tells `infokey' to write the binary data to FILE
instead of `$HOME/.info'.
- ---------- Footnotes ----------
+ ---------- Footnotes ----------
- (1) This file is named `_infokey' in the MS-DOS version, and is
+ (1) This file is named `_infokey' in the MS-DOS version, and is
looked for in the current directory if `HOME' is undefined.

@@ -1586,7 +1633,7 @@ source file suitable for aficionados of `vi' or `less':
#var
scroll-step=1
- The source file consists of one or more "sections". Each section
+ The source file consists of one or more "sections". Each section
starts with a line that identifies the type of section. Possible
sections are:
@@ -1670,10 +1717,10 @@ sections are:
variable name and the `=', and all characters following the `=',
including white space, are included in the value.
- Blank lines and lines starting with `#' are ignored, except for the
+ Blank lines and lines starting with `#' are ignored, except for the
special section header lines.
- Key bindings defined in the `.info' file take precedence over GNU
+ Key bindings defined in the `.info' file take precedence over GNU
Info's default key bindings, whether or not `--vi-keys' is used. A
default key binding may be disabled by overriding it in the `.info'
file with the action `invalid'. In addition, _all_ default key
@@ -1682,475 +1729,33 @@ section:
#stop
- This will cause GNU Info to ignore all the default key commands for
+ This will cause GNU Info to ignore all the default key commands for
that section.
- Beware: `#stop' can be dangerous. Since it disables all default key
+ Beware: `#stop' can be dangerous. Since it disables all default key
bindings, you must supply enough new key bindings to enable all
necessary actions. Failure to bind any key to the `quit' command, for
example, can lead to frustration.
- The order in which key bindings are defined in the `.info' file is
+ The order in which key bindings are defined in the `.info' file is
not important, except that the command summary produced by the
`get-help-window' command only displays the _first_ key that is bound
to each command.

-File: info-stnd.info, Node: Copying This Manual, Next: Index, Prev: Custom Key Bindings, Up: Top
-
-Appendix A Copying This Manual
-******************************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+File: info-stnd.info, Node: Index, Prev: Custom Key Bindings, Up: Top
-
-File: info-stnd.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Copying This Manual
-
-A.1 GNU Free Documentation License
-==================================
-
- Version 1.2, November 2002
-
- Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
-
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- 0. PREAMBLE
-
- The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
- functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
- assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
- with or without modifying it, either commercially or
- noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
- author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
- being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
-
- This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
- works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
- It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
- license designed for free software.
-
- We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
- free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
- free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
- that the software does. But this License is not limited to
- software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
- of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book.
- We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
- instruction or reference.
-
- 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
-
- This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
- that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it
- can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
- grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
- to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The
- "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member
- of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You
- accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a
- way requiring permission under copyright law.
-
- A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
- Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
- modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
- A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
- of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
- publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
- subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
- fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document
- is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
- explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
- historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
- of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
- regarding them.
-
- The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
- titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in
- the notice that says that the Document is released under this
- License. If a section does not fit the above definition of
- Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant.
- The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document
- does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
-
- The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
- listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
- that says that the Document is released under this License. A
- Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
- be at most 25 words.
-
- A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
- represented in a format whose specification is available to the
- general public, that is suitable for revising the document
- straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images
- composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some
- widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to
- text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of
- formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an
- otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of
- markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent
- modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is
- not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A
- copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
-
- Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
- ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
- SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
- standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for
- human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include
- PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that
- can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
- XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally
- available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF
- produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
-
- The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
- plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
- material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
- works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
- Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
- work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
- A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
- whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
- following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ
- stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
- "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
- To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
- Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
- to this definition.
-
- The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
- which states that this License applies to the Document. These
- Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
- this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
- implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
- has no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
- 2. VERBATIM COPYING
-
- You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
- commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
- copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
- applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
- add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You
- may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
- or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However,
- you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
- distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow
- the conditions in section 3.
-
- You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
- and you may publicly display copies.
-
- 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
-
- If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
- have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
- the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
- enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
- these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
- Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly
- and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The
- front cover must present the full title with all words of the
- title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material
- on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the
- covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and
- satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in
- other respects.
-
- If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
- legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
- reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
- adjacent pages.
-
- If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
- numbering more than 100, you must either include a
- machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or
- state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from
- which the general network-using public has access to download
- using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent
- copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the
- latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you
- begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that
- this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
- location until at least one year after the last time you
- distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or
- retailers) of that edition to the public.
-
- It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
- the Document well before redistributing any large number of
- copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated
- version of the Document.
-
- 4. MODIFICATIONS
-
- You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
- under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
- release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with
- the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
- licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to
- whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these
- things in the Modified Version:
-
- A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
- distinct from that of the Document, and from those of
- previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed
- in the History section of the Document). You may use the
- same title as a previous version if the original publisher of
- that version gives permission.
-
- B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
- entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
- the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
- principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
- authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
- from this requirement.
-
- C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
- Modified Version, as the publisher.
-
- D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-
- E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-
- F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
- notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
- Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
- the Addendum below.
-
- G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
- Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
- license notice.
-
- H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-
- I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
- and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
- authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on
- the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in
- the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors,
- and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page,
- then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in
- the previous sentence.
-
- J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
- for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
- likewise the network locations given in the Document for
- previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in
- the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a
- work that was published at least four years before the
- Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version
- it refers to gives permission.
-
- K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
- Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the
- section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
- acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
-
- L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
- unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
- or the equivalent are not considered part of the section
- titles.
-
- M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
- may not be included in the Modified Version.
-
- N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
- "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
- Section.
-
- O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
-
- If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
- appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
- material copied from the Document, you may at your option
- designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this,
- add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified
- Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any
- other section titles.
-
- You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
- nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
- parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
- has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
- definition of a standard.
-
- You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
- and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end
- of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one
- passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be
- added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the
- Document already includes a cover text for the same cover,
- previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity
- you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
- replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
- publisher that added the old one.
-
- The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
- License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
- assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
- 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
-
- You may combine the Document with other documents released under
- this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
- modified versions, provided that you include in the combination
- all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
- unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
- combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
- their Warranty Disclaimers.
-
- The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
- multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
- copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
- but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
- by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
- original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
- unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
- the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
- combined work.
-
- In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
- "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
- Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
- "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You
- must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
-
- 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
-
- You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
- documents released under this License, and replace the individual
- copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
- that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
- rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
- documents in all other respects.
-
- You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
- a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow
- this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of
- that document.
-
- 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
-
- A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
- separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of
- a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
- copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
- legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
- works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
- License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
- are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
-
- If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
- copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
- of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
- on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
- electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
- form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
- the whole aggregate.
-
- 8. TRANSLATION
-
- Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
- distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
- 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
- permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
- translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
- original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
- translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
- Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
- include the original English version of this License and the
- original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
- disagreement between the translation and the original version of
- this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
- prevail.
-
- If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
- "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
- Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
- actual title.
-
- 9. TERMINATION
-
- You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
- except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other
- attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is
- void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
- License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights,
- from you under this License will not have their licenses
- terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
-
- The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
- the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
- versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
- differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
- `http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/'.
-
- Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
- number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
- version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
- have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
- that specified version or of any later version that has been
- published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
- the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
- you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the
- Free Software Foundation.
-
-A.1.1 ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
-----------------------------------------------------------
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
-notices just after the title page:
-
- Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
- Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
- Free Documentation License''.
-
- If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
-Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
-
- with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
- the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
- being LIST.
-
- If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
-
- If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to
-permit their use in free software.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info, Node: Index, Prev: Copying This Manual, Up: Top
-
-Appendix B Index
+Appendix A Index
****************
* Menu:
* ', vi-like operation: Node Commands. (line 51)
-* ,: Searching Commands. (line 60)
+* ,: Searching Commands. (line 67)
* -: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 68)
-* --subnodes, command line option: Invoking Info. (line 145)
+* --subnodes, command line option: Invoking Info. (line 146)
* .info: Custom Key Bindings. (line 6)
* .infokey: Custom Key Bindings. (line 6)
* .infokey source format: infokey source format.
@@ -2164,8 +1769,8 @@ Appendix B Index
* >: Node Commands. (line 77)
* ?, in Info windows: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 28)
-* ?, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 131)
-* ?, vi-like operation: Searching Commands. (line 19)
+* ?, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 132)
+* ?, vi-like operation: Searching Commands. (line 20)
* [: Node Commands. (line 90)
* ]: Node Commands. (line 83)
* _info file (MS-DOS): Custom Key Bindings. (line 6)
@@ -2174,15 +1779,15 @@ Appendix B Index
(line 83)
* add-digit-to-numeric-arg: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 55)
-* ANSI escape sequences in documents: Invoking Info. (line 107)
-* Apropos, in Info files: Invoking Info. (line 15)
+* ANSI escape sequences in documents: Invoking Info. (line 108)
+* Apropos, in Info files: Invoking Info. (line 16)
* arguments, command line: Invoking Info. (line 6)
* arguments, negative: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 68)
* automatic-footnotes: Variables. (line 31)
* automatic-tiling: Variables. (line 44)
* b, in Info windows: Cursor Commands. (line 63)
-* b, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 62)
+* b, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 63)
* BackTab, in Info windows: Selecting Xrefs. (line 57)
* BackTab, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 82)
* backward-char: Cursor Commands. (line 49)
@@ -2194,17 +1799,17 @@ Appendix B Index
* C-a, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 27)
* C-b, in Info windows: Cursor Commands. (line 49)
* C-b, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 23)
-* C-b, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 62)
+* C-b, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 63)
* C-CENTER: Node Commands. (line 51)
* C-d, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 48)
-* C-d, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 92)
+* C-d, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 93)
* C-e, in Info windows: Cursor Commands. (line 41)
* C-e, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 31)
-* C-e, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 78)
+* C-e, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 79)
* C-End: Cursor Commands. (line 68)
* C-f, in Info windows: Cursor Commands. (line 45)
* C-f, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 18)
-* C-f, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 37)
+* C-f, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 38)
* C-g, in Info windows: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 83)
* C-g, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 59)
@@ -2212,32 +1817,32 @@ Appendix B Index
(line 28)
* C-Home: Cursor Commands. (line 63)
* C-k, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 104)
-* C-k, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 87)
+* C-k, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 88)
* C-l: Scrolling Commands. (line 123)
* C-LEFT: Cursor Commands. (line 57)
* C-LEFT, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 44)
* C-n: Cursor Commands. (line 29)
-* C-n, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 78)
+* C-n, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 79)
* C-NEXT: Node Commands. (line 22)
* C-p: Cursor Commands. (line 33)
-* C-p, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 87)
+* C-p, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 88)
* C-PgDn: Node Commands. (line 24)
* C-PgUp: Node Commands. (line 30)
* C-PREVIOUS: Node Commands. (line 28)
* C-q, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 69)
-* C-r: Searching Commands. (line 51)
+* C-r: Searching Commands. (line 58)
* C-RIGHT: Cursor Commands. (line 53)
* C-RIGHT, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 38)
-* C-s: Searching Commands. (line 46)
+* C-s: Searching Commands. (line 53)
* C-t, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 86)
* C-u: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 42)
* C-u cancels typeahead, vi-like operation: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 83)
* C-u, in the echo area, vi-like operation: The Echo Area. (line 59)
-* C-u, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 99)
+* C-u, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 100)
* C-UP: Node Commands. (line 35)
-* C-v: Scrolling Commands. (line 37)
+* C-v: Scrolling Commands. (line 38)
* C-v, in the echo area, vi-like operation: The Echo Area. (line 69)
* C-w: Scrolling Commands. (line 130)
* C-x 0: Basic Windows. (line 34)
@@ -2252,34 +1857,34 @@ Appendix B Index
* C-x DEL, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 107)
* C-x g, vi-like operation: Node Commands. (line 101)
* C-x k: Node Commands. (line 158)
-* C-x N: Searching Commands. (line 40)
-* C-x n: Searching Commands. (line 34)
+* C-x N: Searching Commands. (line 47)
+* C-x n: Searching Commands. (line 41)
* C-x n, vi-like operation: Node Commands. (line 22)
* C-x o: Basic Windows. (line 12)
* C-x r, vi-like operation: Selecting Xrefs. (line 39)
* C-x t: Basic Windows. (line 52)
* C-x u, vi-like operation: Node Commands. (line 35)
* C-y, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 110)
-* C-y, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 87)
+* C-y, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 88)
* cancelling the current operation: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 83)
* cancelling typeahead: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 83)
-* case-sensitive search: Searching Commands. (line 27)
-* case-sensitivity, and search: Searching Commands. (line 81)
-* colors in documents: Invoking Info. (line 107)
+* case-sensitive search: Searching Commands. (line 34)
+* case-sensitivity, and search: Searching Commands. (line 88)
+* colors in documents: Invoking Info. (line 108)
* command line options: Invoking Info. (line 6)
-* command-line options, how to find: Invoking Info. (line 124)
+* command-line options, how to find: Invoking Info. (line 125)
* commands, describing: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 9)
* completion: The Echo Area. (line 115)
-* compressed Info files: Invoking Info. (line 62)
+* compressed Info files: Invoking Info. (line 63)
* cursor, moving: Cursor Commands. (line 6)
* customizing key bindings: Custom Key Bindings. (line 6)
* d: Node Commands. (line 63)
-* d, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 92)
+* d, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 93)
* default key bindings, overriding: Custom Key Bindings. (line 6)
-* DEL, in Info windows: Scrolling Commands. (line 49)
+* DEL, in Info windows: Scrolling Commands. (line 50)
* DEL, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 51)
* delete-window: Basic Windows. (line 34)
* describe-command: Miscellaneous Commands.
@@ -2288,10 +1893,10 @@ Appendix B Index
(line 13)
* describe-variable: Variables. (line 25)
* dir-node: Node Commands. (line 63)
-* directory path: Invoking Info. (line 26)
+* directory path: Invoking Info. (line 27)
* DOWN (an arrow key): Cursor Commands. (line 29)
-* DOWN, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 78)
-* down-line: Scrolling Commands. (line 78)
+* DOWN, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 79)
+* down-line: Scrolling Commands. (line 79)
* e, in Info windows: Cursor Commands. (line 68)
* echo area: The Echo Area. (line 6)
* echo-area-abort: The Echo Area. (line 59)
@@ -2300,7 +1905,7 @@ Appendix B Index
* echo-area-backward-kill-word: The Echo Area. (line 98)
* echo-area-backward-word: The Echo Area. (line 42)
* echo-area-beg-of-line: The Echo Area. (line 27)
-* echo-area-complete: The Echo Area. (line 128)
+* echo-area-complete: The Echo Area. (line 129)
* echo-area-delete: The Echo Area. (line 48)
* echo-area-end-of-line: The Echo Area. (line 31)
* echo-area-forward: The Echo Area. (line 18)
@@ -2309,10 +1914,10 @@ Appendix B Index
* echo-area-kill-line: The Echo Area. (line 104)
* echo-area-kill-word: The Echo Area. (line 94)
* echo-area-newline: The Echo Area. (line 65)
-* echo-area-possible-completions: The Echo Area. (line 131)
+* echo-area-possible-completions: The Echo Area. (line 132)
* echo-area-quoted-insert: The Echo Area. (line 69)
* echo-area-rubout: The Echo Area. (line 51)
-* echo-area-scroll-completions-window: The Echo Area. (line 155)
+* echo-area-scroll-completions-window: The Echo Area. (line 156)
* echo-area-tab-insert: The Echo Area. (line 80)
* echo-area-transpose-chars: The Echo Area. (line 86)
* echo-area-yank: The Echo Area. (line 110)
@@ -2320,20 +1925,18 @@ Appendix B Index
* End: Cursor Commands. (line 41)
* end-of-line: Cursor Commands. (line 41)
* end-of-node: Cursor Commands. (line 68)
-* errors-ring-bell: Variables. (line 55)
+* errors-ring-bell: Variables. (line 62)
* ESC C-f: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 109)
* ESC C-v, in Info windows: Basic Windows. (line 42)
-* ESC C-v, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 155)
+* ESC C-v, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 156)
* f: Selecting Xrefs. (line 39)
-* f, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 37)
+* f, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 38)
* F1: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 28)
-* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License.
- (line 6)
-* file names, relative: Invoking Info. (line 53)
-* file, outputting to: Invoking Info. (line 102)
-* files, compressed: Invoking Info. (line 62)
+* file names, relative: Invoking Info. (line 54)
+* file, outputting to: Invoking Info. (line 103)
+* files, compressed: Invoking Info. (line 63)
* find-menu: Selecting Xrefs. (line 30)
* finding the Invocation node: Node Commands. (line 115)
* first-node: Node Commands. (line 70)
@@ -2345,11 +1948,11 @@ Appendix B Index
* forward-word: Cursor Commands. (line 53)
* functions, describing: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 9)
-* g: Node Commands. (line 101)
* G: Node Commands. (line 133)
+* g: Node Commands. (line 101)
* G, vi-like operation: Node Commands. (line 77)
* g, vi-like operation: Node Commands. (line 70)
-* gc-compressed-files: Variables. (line 59)
+* gc-compressed-files: Variables. (line 66)
* get-help-window: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 28)
* get-info-help-node: Miscellaneous Commands.
@@ -2365,46 +1968,46 @@ Appendix B Index
(line 28)
* history-node: Node Commands. (line 51)
* Home: Cursor Commands. (line 37)
-* i: Searching Commands. (line 56)
+* i: Searching Commands. (line 63)
* I: Node Commands. (line 115)
-* incremental search: Searching Commands. (line 46)
+* incremental search: Searching Commands. (line 53)
* index search, selecting from the command line: Invoking Info.
- (line 78)
-* index, searching: Searching Commands. (line 56)
-* index-apropos: Searching Commands. (line 64)
-* index-search: Searching Commands. (line 56)
-* Info file, selecting: Invoking Info. (line 49)
-* Info files, compressed: Invoking Info. (line 62)
-* Info files, relative: Invoking Info. (line 53)
-* Info files, searching all indices: Invoking Info. (line 15)
-* Info manual location: Invoking Info. (line 160)
+ (line 79)
+* index, searching: Searching Commands. (line 63)
+* index-apropos: Searching Commands. (line 71)
+* index-search: Searching Commands. (line 63)
+* Info file, selecting: Invoking Info. (line 50)
+* Info files, compressed: Invoking Info. (line 63)
+* Info files, relative: Invoking Info. (line 54)
+* Info files, searching all indices: Invoking Info. (line 16)
+* Info manual location: Invoking Info. (line 161)
* Info, invoking: Invoking Info. (line 6)
* INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable: Printing Nodes. (line 13)
* infokey: Custom Key Bindings. (line 6)
* infokey source format: infokey source format.
(line 6)
* infokey, invoking: Invoking infokey. (line 6)
-* invocation description, how to find: Invoking Info. (line 124)
+* invocation description, how to find: Invoking Info. (line 125)
* invoking Info: Invoking Info. (line 6)
* invoking infokey: Invoking infokey. (line 6)
-* isearch-backward: Searching Commands. (line 51)
-* isearch-forward: Searching Commands. (line 46)
-* ISO Latin characters: Variables. (line 74)
-* ISO-Latin: Variables. (line 74)
-* k, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 87)
+* isearch-backward: Searching Commands. (line 58)
+* isearch-forward: Searching Commands. (line 53)
+* ISO Latin characters: Variables. (line 81)
+* ISO-Latin: Variables. (line 81)
+* k, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 88)
* keep-one-window: Basic Windows. (line 39)
* key bindings, customizing: Custom Key Bindings. (line 6)
* keys, describing: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 13)
-* keystrokes, recording: Invoking Info. (line 42)
+* keystrokes, recording: Invoking Info. (line 43)
* kill-node: Node Commands. (line 158)
* l: Node Commands. (line 51)
* last-menu-item: Selecting Xrefs. (line 22)
* last-node: Node Commands. (line 77)
* LEFT (an arrow key): Cursor Commands. (line 49)
* LEFT, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 23)
-* Less-like key bindings: Invoking Info. (line 154)
-* LFD, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 78)
+* Less-like key bindings: Invoking Info. (line 155)
+* LFD, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 79)
* list-visited-nodes: Node Commands. (line 172)
* local printer device: Printing Nodes. (line 18)
* m: Selecting Xrefs. (line 25)
@@ -2434,16 +2037,16 @@ Appendix B Index
(line 34)
* M-l, in the echo area, vi-like operation: The Echo Area. (line 23)
* M-r: Cursor Commands. (line 71)
-* M-SPC, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 37)
+* M-SPC, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 38)
* M-t, vi-like operation: Node Commands. (line 59)
* M-TAB, in Info windows: Selecting Xrefs. (line 54)
* M-TAB, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 80)
-* M-v: Scrolling Commands. (line 62)
+* M-v: Scrolling Commands. (line 63)
* M-w, in the echo area, vi-like operation: The Echo Area. (line 36)
-* M-x, in the echo area, vi-like operation: The Echo Area. (line 48)
* M-X, in the echo area, vi-like operation: The Echo Area. (line 94)
+* M-x, in the echo area, vi-like operation: The Echo Area. (line 48)
* M-y, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 113)
-* menu, following: Invoking Info. (line 167)
+* menu, following: Invoking Info. (line 168)
* menu, following, from inside Info: Node Commands. (line 133)
* menu-digit: Selecting Xrefs. (line 12)
* menu-item: Selecting Xrefs. (line 25)
@@ -2453,32 +2056,32 @@ Appendix B Index
* move-to-window-line: Cursor Commands. (line 71)
* moving the cursor: Cursor Commands. (line 6)
* n: Node Commands. (line 22)
-* n, vi-like operation: Searching Commands. (line 34)
+* n, vi-like operation: Searching Commands. (line 41)
* negative arguments: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 68)
-* NEXT: Scrolling Commands. (line 37)
-* next-index-match: Searching Commands. (line 60)
+* NEXT: Scrolling Commands. (line 38)
+* next-index-match: Searching Commands. (line 67)
* next-line: Cursor Commands. (line 29)
* next-node: Node Commands. (line 22)
* next-window: Basic Windows. (line 12)
-* node, selecting from the command line: Invoking Info. (line 93)
+* node, selecting from the command line: Invoking Info. (line 94)
* nodes, selection of: Node Commands. (line 6)
* numeric arguments: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 42)
* numeric arguments, negative: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 68)
* O: Node Commands. (line 115)
-* online help, using Info as: Invoking Info. (line 78)
+* online help, using Info as: Invoking Info. (line 79)
* options, command line: Invoking Info. (line 6)
-* outputting to a file: Invoking Info. (line 102)
+* outputting to a file: Invoking Info. (line 103)
* overriding default key bindings: Custom Key Bindings. (line 6)
* p: Node Commands. (line 28)
-* PageDown: Scrolling Commands. (line 41)
+* PageDown: Scrolling Commands. (line 42)
* PageUp: Scrolling Commands. (line 114)
* prev-line: Cursor Commands. (line 33)
* prev-node: Node Commands. (line 28)
* prev-window: Basic Windows. (line 22)
-* PREVIOUS: Scrolling Commands. (line 62)
+* PREVIOUS: Scrolling Commands. (line 63)
* print-node: Printing Nodes. (line 13)
* printing: Printing Nodes. (line 6)
* printing characters, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 74)
@@ -2490,43 +2093,47 @@ Appendix B Index
* quitting: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 92)
* r: Selecting Xrefs. (line 39)
+* R: Searching Commands. (line 28)
* redraw-display: Scrolling Commands. (line 123)
-* relative Info file names: Invoking Info. (line 53)
-* remembering user keystrokes: Invoking Info. (line 42)
-* repeated search: Searching Commands. (line 34)
-* replaying recorded keystrokes: Invoking Info. (line 118)
+* regular expression search: Searching Commands. (line 12)
+* relative Info file names: Invoking Info. (line 54)
+* remembering user keystrokes: Invoking Info. (line 43)
+* repeated search: Searching Commands. (line 41)
+* replaying recorded keystrokes: Invoking Info. (line 119)
* RET, in Info windows: Selecting Xrefs. (line 62)
* RET, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 65)
-* RET, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 78)
+* RET, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 79)
* RIGHT (an arrow key): Cursor Commands. (line 45)
* RIGHT, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 18)
-* S: Searching Commands. (line 27)
+* S: Searching Commands. (line 34)
* s: Searching Commands. (line 12)
* screen, changing the height of: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 99)
-* scroll-backward: Scrolling Commands. (line 49)
-* scroll-backward-page-only: Scrolling Commands. (line 62)
-* scroll-backward-page-only-set-window: Scrolling Commands. (line 69)
-* scroll-behavior: Variables. (line 81)
-* scroll-forward: Scrolling Commands. (line 16)
-* scroll-forward-page-only: Scrolling Commands. (line 37)
-* scroll-forward-page-only-set-window: Scrolling Commands. (line 44)
-* scroll-half-screen-down: Scrolling Commands. (line 92)
-* scroll-half-screen-up: Scrolling Commands. (line 99)
+* scroll-backward: Scrolling Commands. (line 50)
+* scroll-backward-page-only: Scrolling Commands. (line 63)
+* scroll-backward-page-only-set-window: Scrolling Commands. (line 70)
+* scroll-behavior: Variables. (line 89)
+* scroll-behaviour: Variables. (line 89)
+* scroll-forward: Scrolling Commands. (line 17)
+* scroll-forward-page-only: Scrolling Commands. (line 38)
+* scroll-forward-page-only-set-window: Scrolling Commands. (line 45)
+* scroll-half-screen-down: Scrolling Commands. (line 93)
+* scroll-half-screen-up: Scrolling Commands. (line 100)
+* scroll-last-node: Variables. (line 101)
* scroll-other-window: Basic Windows. (line 42)
-* scroll-step: Variables. (line 101)
+* scroll-step: Variables. (line 140)
* scrolling: Scrolling Commands. (line 6)
-* scrolling through node structure: Scrolling Commands. (line 104)
+* scrolling through node structure: Scrolling Commands. (line 105)
* search: Searching Commands. (line 12)
-* search, and case-sensitivity: Searching Commands. (line 81)
-* search, case-sensitive: Searching Commands. (line 27)
-* search-backward: Searching Commands. (line 19)
-* search-case-sensitively: Searching Commands. (line 27)
-* search-next: Searching Commands. (line 34)
-* search-previous: Searching Commands. (line 40)
+* search, and case-sensitivity: Searching Commands. (line 88)
+* search, case-sensitive: Searching Commands. (line 34)
+* search-backward: Searching Commands. (line 20)
+* search-case-sensitively: Searching Commands. (line 34)
+* search-next: Searching Commands. (line 41)
+* search-previous: Searching Commands. (line 47)
* searching: Searching Commands. (line 6)
-* Searching all indices: Invoking Info. (line 15)
-* searching, in the indices: Searching Commands. (line 56)
+* Searching all indices: Invoking Info. (line 16)
+* searching, in the indices: Searching Commands. (line 63)
* select-reference-this-line: Selecting Xrefs. (line 62)
* select-visited-node: Node Commands. (line 177)
* set-screen-height: Miscellaneous Commands.
@@ -2536,34 +2143,35 @@ Appendix B Index
* Shift-TAB, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 80)
* show-footnotes: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 109)
-* show-index-match: Variables. (line 115)
-* SPC, in Info windows: Scrolling Commands. (line 16)
-* SPC, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 128)
-* speech synthesizers: Invoking Info. (line 135)
+* show-index-match: Variables. (line 154)
+* SPC, in Info windows: Scrolling Commands. (line 17)
+* SPC, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 129)
+* speech synthesizers: Invoking Info. (line 136)
* split-window: Basic Windows. (line 26)
* t: Node Commands. (line 59)
* TAB, in Info windows: Selecting Xrefs. (line 47)
-* TAB, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 128)
+* TAB, in the echo area: The Echo Area. (line 129)
* tile-windows: Basic Windows. (line 52)
* tiling: Basic Windows. (line 52)
+* toggle-regexp: Searching Commands. (line 28)
* toggle-wrap: Scrolling Commands. (line 130)
* top-node: Node Commands. (line 59)
* u: Node Commands. (line 35)
-* u, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 99)
+* u, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 100)
* universal-argument: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 42)
* UP (an arrow key): Cursor Commands. (line 33)
-* UP, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 87)
-* up-line: Scrolling Commands. (line 87)
+* UP, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 88)
+* up-line: Scrolling Commands. (line 88)
* up-node: Node Commands. (line 35)
* variables, describing: Variables. (line 25)
* variables, setting: Variables. (line 16)
-* version information: Invoking Info. (line 152)
-* vi-like key bindings: Invoking Info. (line 154)
+* version information: Invoking Info. (line 153)
+* vi-like key bindings: Invoking Info. (line 155)
* view-file: Node Commands. (line 166)
-* visible-bell: Variables. (line 124)
-* w, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 69)
-* Where is an Info manual?: Invoking Info. (line 160)
+* visible-bell: Variables. (line 163)
+* w, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 70)
+* Where is an Info manual?: Invoking Info. (line 161)
* where-is: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 21)
* windows, creating: Basic Windows. (line 26)
@@ -2571,50 +2179,50 @@ Appendix B Index
* windows, manipulating: Window Commands. (line 6)
* windows, selecting: Basic Windows. (line 12)
* xref-item: Selecting Xrefs. (line 39)
-* y, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 87)
-* z, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 44)
+* y, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 88)
+* z, vi-like operation: Scrolling Commands. (line 45)
* ZZ, vi-like operation: Miscellaneous Commands.
(line 92)

Tag Table:
-Node: Top1237
-Node: What is Info3658
-Node: Invoking Info4202
-Ref: --apropos4625
-Ref: --show-options9978
-Ref: --vi-keys11290
-Ref: command-line menu items11719
-Ref: Invoking Info-Footnote-112826
-Ref: Invoking Info-Footnote-212873
-Ref: Invoking Info-Footnote-313257
-Node: Cursor Commands13464
-Ref: Cursor Commands-Footnote-116236
-Ref: Cursor Commands-Footnote-216517
-Node: Scrolling Commands16668
-Node: Node Commands23034
-Ref: goto-node26801
-Ref: goto-invocation27376
-Node: Searching Commands30701
-Node: Xref Commands35605
-Node: Parts of an Xref36224
-Node: Selecting Xrefs38191
-Node: Window Commands40375
-Node: The Mode Line41316
-Node: Basic Windows43222
-Node: The Echo Area45745
-Ref: The Echo Area-Footnote-151204
-Node: Printing Nodes51293
-Node: Miscellaneous Commands52448
-Node: Variables56705
-Node: Custom Key Bindings63177
-Ref: Custom Key Bindings-Footnote-164312
-Node: Invoking infokey64513
-Ref: Invoking infokey-Footnote-165172
-Node: infokey source format65299
-Node: Copying This Manual69722
-Node: GNU Free Documentation License69968
-Node: Index92377
+Node: Top1549
+Node: What is Info3022
+Node: Invoking Info4172
+Ref: --apropos4596
+Ref: --show-options9953
+Ref: --vi-keys11265
+Ref: command-line menu items11694
+Ref: Invoking Info-Footnote-112952
+Ref: Invoking Info-Footnote-213000
+Ref: Invoking Info-Footnote-313385
+Node: Cursor Commands13593
+Ref: Cursor Commands-Footnote-116367
+Ref: Cursor Commands-Footnote-216649
+Node: Scrolling Commands16801
+Node: Node Commands23248
+Ref: goto-node26989
+Ref: goto-invocation27564
+Node: Searching Commands30889
+Node: Xref Commands36116
+Node: Parts of an Xref36735
+Node: Selecting Xrefs38709
+Node: Window Commands40895
+Node: The Mode Line41837
+Node: Basic Windows43747
+Node: The Echo Area46243
+Ref: The Echo Area-Footnote-151706
+Node: Printing Nodes51796
+Node: Miscellaneous Commands52951
+Node: Variables57214
+Ref: cursor-movement-scrolls59804
+Ref: scroll-behavior61482
+Node: Custom Key Bindings65226
+Ref: Custom Key Bindings-Footnote-166295
+Node: Invoking infokey66497
+Ref: Invoking infokey-Footnote-167158
+Node: infokey source format67286
+Node: Index71715

End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/info.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/info.info
index 2c483e6e47c..cd23db5383a 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/info.info
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/info.info
@@ -1,22 +1,23 @@
-This is info.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.7 from info.texi.
+This is info.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.12 from info.texi.
- This file describes how to use Info, the on-line, menu-driven GNU
+This file describes how to use Info, the on-line, menu-driven GNU
documentation system.
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1992, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1992, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
- Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
- being "A GNU Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
+ being "A GNU Manual," and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
"GNU Free Documentation License" in the Emacs manual.
(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have freedom to copy and
- modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by
- the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development."
+ modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Buying copies from GNU
+ Press supports the FSF in developing GNU and promoting software
+ freedom."
This document is part of a collection distributed under the GNU
Free Documentation License. If you want to distribute this
@@ -39,44 +40,48 @@ The GNU Project distributes most of its on-line manuals in the "Info
format", which you read using an "Info reader". You are probably using
an Info reader to read this now.
- If you are new to the Info reader and want to learn how to use it,
+ There are two primary Info readers: `info', a stand-alone program
+designed just to read Info files, and the `info' package in GNU Emacs,
+a general-purpose editor. At present, only the Emacs reader supports
+using a mouse.
+
+ If you are new to the Info reader and want to learn how to use it,
type the command `h' now. It brings you to a programmed instruction
sequence.
- To read about expert-level Info commands, type `n' twice. This
-brings you to `Info for Experts', skipping over the `Getting Started'
+ To read about advanced Info commands, type `n' twice. This brings
+you to `Advanced Info Commands', skipping over the `Getting Started'
chapter.
* Menu:
* Getting Started:: Getting started using an Info reader.
+* Advanced:: Advanced Info commands.
* Expert Info:: Info commands for experts.
-* Creating an Info File:: How to make your own Info file.
* Index:: An index of topics, commands, and variables.

-File: info.info, Node: Getting Started, Next: Expert Info, Prev: Top, Up: Top
+File: info.info, Node: Getting Started, Next: Advanced, Prev: Top, Up: Top
1 Getting Started
*****************
-This first part of the Info manual describes how to get around inside
+This first part of this Info manual describes how to get around inside
of Info. The second part of the manual describes various advanced Info
-commands, and how to write an Info as distinct from a Texinfo file.
-The third part briefly explains how to generate Info files from Texinfo
-files.
+commands. The third part briefly explains how to generate Info files
+from Texinfo files, and describes how to write an Info file by hand.
* Menu:
-* Help-Small-Screen:: Starting Info on a Small Screen
-* Help:: How to use Info
-* Help-P:: Returning to the Previous node
+* Help-Small-Screen:: Starting Info on a Small Screen.
+* Help:: How to use Info.
+* Help-P:: Returning to the Previous node.
* Help-^L:: The Space, DEL, B and ^L commands.
* Help-Inv:: Invisible text in Emacs Info.
-* Help-M:: Menus
-* Help-Xref:: Following cross-references
-* Help-Int:: Some intermediate Info commands
-* Help-Q:: Quitting Info
+* Help-M:: Menus.
+* Help-Xref:: Following cross-references.
+* Help-Int:: Some intermediate Info commands.
+* Help-Q:: Quitting Info.

File: info.info, Node: Help-Small-Screen, Next: Help, Up: Getting Started
@@ -87,15 +92,17 @@ File: info.info, Node: Help-Small-Screen, Next: Help, Up: Getting Started
Since your terminal has a relatively small number of lines on its
screen, it is necessary to give you special advice at the beginning.
- If you see the text `--All----' near the bottom right corner of the
-screen, it means the entire text you are looking at fits on the screen.
-If you see `--Top----' instead, it means that there is more text below
-that does not fit. To move forward through the text and see another
-screen full, press <SPC>, the Space bar. To move back up, press the
-key labeled `Backspace' or `DEL' (on some keyboards, this key might be
-labeled `Delete').
-
- Here are 40 lines of junk, so you can try <SPC> and <DEL> and see
+ If the entire text you are looking at fits on the screen, the text
+`All' will be displayed at the bottom of the screen. In the
+stand-alone Info reader, it is displayed at the bottom right corner of
+the screen; in Emacs, it is displayed on the modeline. If you see the
+text `Top' instead, it means that there is more text below that does
+not fit. To move forward through the text and see another screen full,
+press <SPC>, the Space bar. To move back up, press the key labeled
+`Backspace' or `DEL' (on some keyboards, this key might be labeled
+`Delete').
+
+ Here are 40 lines of junk, so you can try <SPC> and <DEL> and see
what they do. At the end are instructions of what you should do next.
This is line 20
@@ -139,11 +146,11 @@ This is line 57
This is line 58
This is line 59
- If you have managed to get here, go back to the beginning with `DEL'
+ If you have managed to get here, go back to the beginning with `DEL'
(or <BACKSPACE>), and come back here again, then you understand the
-about the `Space' and `Backspace' keys. So now type an `n' --just one
+about the `Space' and `Backspace' keys. So now type an `n'--just one
character; don't type the quotes and don't type the Return key
-afterward-- to get to the normal start of the course.
+afterward--to get to the normal start of the course.

File: info.info, Node: Help, Next: Help-P, Prev: Help-Small-Screen, Up: Getting Started
@@ -153,27 +160,27 @@ File: info.info, Node: Help, Next: Help-P, Prev: Help-Small-Screen, Up: Gett
You are talking to the program Info, for reading documentation.
- There are two ways to use Info: from within Emacs or as a stand-alone
-reader that you can invoke from a shell using the command `info'.
+ There are two ways to use Info: from within Emacs or as a
+stand-alone reader that you can invoke from a shell using the command
+`info'.
- Right now you are looking at one "Node" of Information. A node
+ Right now you are looking at one "Node" of Information. A node
contains text describing a specific topic at a specific level of
detail. This node's topic is "how to use Info". The mode line says
that this is node `Help' in the file `info'.
- The top line of a node is its "header". This node's header (look at
+ The top line of a node is its "header". This node's header (look at
it now) says that the `Next' node after this one is the node called
`Help-P'. An advanced Info command lets you go to any node whose name
you know. In the stand-alone Info reader program, the header line
-shows the names of this node and the info file as well. In Emacs, the
-header line is duplicated in a special typeface, and the duplicate
-remains at the top of the window all the time even if you scroll
-through the node.
+shows the names of this node and the Info file as well. In Emacs, the
+header line is displayed with a special typeface, and remains at the
+top of the window all the time even if you scroll through the node.
- Besides a `Next', a node can have a `Previous' or an `Up' links, or
-both. As you can see, this node has all of these links.
+ Besides a `Next', a node can have a `Previous' link, or an `Up'
+link, or both. As you can see, this node has all of these links.
- Now it is time to move on to the `Next' node, named `Help-P'.
+ Now it is time to move on to the `Next' node, named `Help-P'.
>> Type `n' to move there. Type just one character;
do not type the quotes and do not type a <RET> afterward.
@@ -181,7 +188,7 @@ both. As you can see, this node has all of these links.
`>>' in the margin means it is really time to try a command.
>> If you are in Emacs and have a mouse, and if you already practiced
- typing `n' to get to the next node, click now with the middle
+ typing `n' to get to the next node, click now with the left
mouse button on the `Next' link to do the same "the mouse way".

@@ -194,22 +201,22 @@ This node is called `Help-P'. The `Previous' node, as you see, is
`Help', which is the one you just came from using the `n' command.
Another `n' command now would take you to the next node, `Help-^L'.
->> But do not type `n' yet. First, try the `p' command,
- or click the middle mouse button on the `Prev' link. That
- takes you to the `Previous' node. Then use `n' to return here.
+>> But do not type `n' yet. First, try the `p' command, or
+ (in Emacs) click on the `Prev' link. That takes you to
+ the `Previous' node. Then use `n' to return here.
- If you read this in Emacs, you will see an `Info' item in the menu
+ If you read this in Emacs, you will see an `Info' item in the menu
bar, close to its right edge. Clicking the mouse on the `Info'
-menu-bar item opens a menu of commands which include `Next' and `Prev'
-(and also some others which you didn't yet learn about).
+menu-bar item opens a menu of commands which include `Next' and
+`Previous' (and also some others which you didn't yet learn about).
- This all probably seems insultingly simple so far, but _please don't_
-start skimming. Things will get complicated soon enough! Also, please
-do not try a new command until you are told it is time to. You could
-make Info skip past an important warning that was coming up.
+ This all probably seems insultingly simple so far, but _please
+don't_ start skimming. Things will get complicated soon enough! Also,
+please do not try a new command until you are told it is time to. You
+could make Info skip past an important warning that was coming up.
->> Now do an `n', or click the middle mouse button on the `Next'
- link, to get to the node `Help-^L' and learn more.
+>> Now do an `n', or (in Emacs) click the middle mouse button on
+ the `Next' link, to get to the node `Help-^L' and learn more.

File: info.info, Node: Help-^L, Next: Help-Inv, Prev: Help-P, Up: Getting Started
@@ -222,12 +229,11 @@ the header line tells you that `p' would get you back to `Help-P'. The
node's title is highlighted and may be underlined as well; it says what
the node is about.
- This is a big node and it does not all fit on your display screen.
+ This is a big node and it does not all fit on your display screen.
You can tell that there is more that is not visible because you can see
-the string `--Top-----' rather than `--All----' near the bottom right
-corner of the screen.
+the text `Top' rather than `All' near the bottom of the screen.
- The <SPC>, <BACKSPACE> (or <DEL>)(1) and `b' commands exist to allow
+ The <SPC>, <BACKSPACE> (or <DEL>)(1) and `b' commands exist to allow
you to "move around" in a node that does not all fit on the screen at
once. <SPC> moves forward, to show what was below the bottom of the
screen. <DEL> or <BACKSPACE> moves backward, to show what was above
@@ -237,19 +243,19 @@ have typed some spaces).
>> Now try typing a <SPC> (afterward, type a <BACKSPACE> to
return here).
- When you type the <SPC>, the two lines that were at the bottom of the
-screen appear at the top, followed by more lines. <DEL> or <BACKSPACE>
-takes the two lines from the top and moves them to the bottom,
-_usually_, but if there are not a full screen's worth of lines above
-them they may not make it all the way to the bottom.
+ When you type the <SPC>, the two lines that were at the bottom of
+the screen appear at the top, followed by more lines. <DEL> or
+<BACKSPACE> takes the two lines from the top and moves them to the
+bottom, _usually_, but if there are not a full screen's worth of lines
+above them they may not make it all the way to the bottom.
- If you are reading this in Emacs, note that the header line is always
-visible, never scrolling off the display. That way, you can always see
-the `Next', `Prev', and `Up' links, and you can conveniently go to one
-of these links at any time by clicking the middle mouse button on the
-link.
+ If you are reading this in Emacs, note that the header line is
+always visible, never scrolling off the display. That way, you can
+always see the `Next', `Prev', and `Up' links, and you can conveniently
+go to one of these links at any time by clicking the middle mouse
+button on the link.
- <SPC> and <DEL> not only move forward and backward through the
+ <SPC> and <DEL> not only move forward and backward through the
current node. They also move between nodes. <SPC> at the end of a
node moves to the next node; <DEL> (or <BACKSPACE>) at the beginning of
a node moves to the previous node. In effect, these commands scroll
@@ -258,26 +264,26 @@ You can read an entire manual top to bottom by just typing <SPC>, and
move backward through the entire manual from bottom to top by typing
<DEL> (or <BACKSPACE>).
- In this sequence, a node's subnodes appear following their parent.
+ In this sequence, a node's subnodes appear following their parent.
If a node has a menu, <SPC> takes you into the subnodes listed in the
menu, one by one. Once you reach the end of a node, and have seen all
of its subnodes, <SPC> takes you to the next node or to the parent's
next node.
- Many keyboards nowadays have two scroll keys labeled `PageUp' and
+ Many keyboards nowadays have two scroll keys labeled `PageUp' and
`PageDown' (or maybe `Prior' and `Next'). If your keyboard has these
keys, you can use them to move forward and backward through the text of
one node, like <SPC> and <BACKSPACE> (or <DEL>). However, <PAGEUP> and
<PAGEDOWN> keys never scroll beyond the beginning or the end of the
current node.
- If your screen is ever garbaged, you can tell Info to display it
-again by typing `C-l' (`Control-L', that is--hold down <CTRL> and type
+ If your screen is ever garbaged, you can tell Info to display it
+again by typing `C-l' (`Control-L'--that is, hold down <CTRL> and type
`L' or `l').
>> Type `C-l' now.
- To move back to the beginning of the node you are on, you can type
+ To move back to the beginning of the node you are on, you can type
the <BACKSPACE> key (or <DEL>) many times. You can also type `b' just
once. `b' stands for "beginning."
@@ -286,35 +292,30 @@ once. `b' stands for "beginning."
isn't enough. You may need to shrink your Emacs or Info window.)
Then come back, by typing <SPC> one or more times.
- If your screen is very tall, all of this node might fit at once. In
-that case, `b' won't do anything. But you could observe the effect of
-the `b' key if you use a smaller window.
-
- You have just learned a considerable number of commands. If you want
-to use one but have trouble remembering which, you should type a `?'
-(in Emacs it runs the `Info-summary' command) which displays a brief
-list of commands. When you are finished looking at the list, make it
-go away by typing a <SPC> repeatedly.
+ You have just learned a considerable number of commands. If you
+want to use one but have trouble remembering which, you should type
+`?', which displays a brief list of commands. When you are finished
+looking at the list, make it go away by typing <SPC> repeatedly.
>> Type a <?> now. Press <SPC> to see consecutive screenfuls of
the list until finished. Then type <SPC> several times. If
you are using Emacs, the help will then go away automatically.
- (If you are using the stand-alone Info reader, type `C-x 0' to return
-here, that is--press and hold <CTRL>, type an `x', then release <CTRL>
-and `x', and press `0'--a zero, not the letter "o".)
+ (If you are using the stand-alone Info reader, type `C-x 0' to
+return here, that is--press and hold <CTRL>, type an `x', then release
+<CTRL> and `x', and press `0'; that's a zero, not the letter "o".)
- From now on, you will encounter large nodes without warning, and will
-be expected to know how to use <SPC> and <BACKSPACE> to move around in
-them without being told. Since not all terminals have the same size
-screen, it would be impossible to warn you anyway.
+ From now on, you will encounter large nodes without warning, and
+will be expected to know how to use <SPC> and <BACKSPACE> to move
+around in them without being told. Since not all terminals have the
+same size screen, it would be impossible to warn you anyway.
>> Now type `n', or click the middle mouse button on the `Next' link,
to visit the next node.
- ---------- Footnotes ----------
+ ---------- Footnotes ----------
- (1) The key which we call "Backspace or DEL" in this manual is
+ (1) The key which we call "Backspace or DEL" in this manual is
labeled differently on different keyboards. Look for a key which is a
little ways above the <ENTER> or <RET> key and which you normally use
outside Emacs to erase the character before the cursor, i.e. the
@@ -331,19 +332,19 @@ Before discussing menus, we need to make some remarks that are only
relevant to users reading Info using Emacs. Users of the stand-alone
version can skip this node by typing `]' now.
- In Emacs, certain text that appears in the stand-alone version is
+ In Emacs, certain text that appears in the stand-alone version is
normally hidden, technically because it has the `invisibility'
property. Invisible text is really a part of the text. It becomes
visible (by default) after killing and yanking, it appears in printed
output, it gets saved to file just like any other text, and so on.
Thus it is useful to know it is there.
- You can make invisible text visible by using the command `M-x
+ You can make invisible text visible by using the command `M-x
visible-mode'. Visible mode is a minor mode, so using the command a
second time will make the text invisible again. Watch the effects of
the command on the "menu" below and the top line of this node.
- If you prefer to _always_ see the invisible text, you can set
+ If you prefer to _always_ see the invisible text, you can set
`Info-hide-note-references' to `nil'. Enabling Visible mode
permanently is not a real alternative, because Emacs Info also uses
(although less extensively) another text property that can change the
@@ -351,7 +352,7 @@ text being displayed, the `display' property. Only the invisibility
property is affected by Visible mode. When, in this tutorial, we refer
to the `Emacs' behavior, we mean the _default_ Emacs behavior.
- Now type `]', to learn about the `]' and `[' commands.
+ Now type `]', to learn about the `]' and `[' commands.
* Menu:
@@ -375,7 +376,7 @@ be at a lower level. It is the only node in the previous node's menu
(even though it was listed three times). Hence it has no next or
previous node that `n' or `p' could move to.
- If you systematically move through a manual by typing `n', you run
+ If you systematically move through a manual by typing `n', you run
the risk of skipping many nodes. You do not run this risk if you
systematically use `<SPC>', because, when you scroll to the bottom of a
node and type another `<SPC>', then this carries you to the following
@@ -383,14 +384,15 @@ node in the manual _regardless of level_. If you immediately want to
go to that node, without having to scroll to the bottom of the screen
first, you can type `]'.
- Similarly, `<BACKSPACE>' carries you to the preceding node regardless
-of level, after you scrolled to the beginning of the present node. If
-you want to go to the preceding node immediately, you can type `['.
+ Similarly, `<BACKSPACE>' carries you to the preceding node
+regardless of level, after you scrolled to the beginning of the present
+node. If you want to go to the preceding node immediately, you can
+type `['.
- For instance, typing this sequence will come back here in three steps:
-`[ n ['. To do the same backward, type `] p ]'.
+ For instance, typing this sequence will come back here in three
+steps: `[ n ['. To do the same backward, type `] p ]'.
- Now type `]' to go to the next node and learn about menus.
+ Now type `]' to go to the next node and learn about menus.

File: info.info, Node: Help-M, Next: Help-Xref, Prev: Help-Inv, Up: Getting Started
@@ -409,7 +411,7 @@ which starts that way. The only menu you can use at any moment is the
one in the node you are in. To use a menu in any other node, you must
move to that node first.
- After the start of the menu, each line that starts with a `*'
+ After the start of the menu, each line that starts with a `*'
identifies one subtopic. The line usually contains a brief name for
the subtopic (followed by a `:', normally hidden in Emacs), the name of
the node that talks about that subtopic (again, normally hidden in
@@ -420,7 +422,7 @@ subtopics. Here is an example:
* Foo: Node about FOO. This tells about FOO.
- The subtopic name is Foo, and the node describing it is `Node about
+ The subtopic name is Foo, and the node describing it is `Node about
FOO'. The rest of the line is just for the reader's Information. [[
But this line is not a real menu item, simply because there is no line
above it which starts with `* Menu:'. Also, in a real menu item, the
@@ -428,7 +430,7 @@ above it which starts with `* Menu:'. Also, in a real menu item, the
"normally hidden" text in Emacs, namely `: Node about FOO.', is
actually visible in this example, even when Visible mode is off.]]
- When you use a menu to go to another node (in a way that will be
+ When you use a menu to go to another node (in a way that will be
described soon), what you specify is the subtopic name, the first thing
in the menu line. Info uses it to find the menu line, extracts the
node name from it, and goes to that node. The reason that there is
@@ -450,21 +452,21 @@ both `Foo'. (The `::' is normally hidden in Emacs.)
by looking at it, then the node does not have a menu and the
`m' command is not available.
- If you keep typing <SPC> once the menu appears on the screen, it will
-move to another node (the first one in the menu). If that happens,
-type <BACKSPACE> to come back.
+ If you keep typing <SPC> once the menu appears on the screen, it
+will move to another node (the first one in the menu). If that
+happens, type <BACKSPACE> to come back.
- The command to go to one of the subnodes is `m'. This is very
+ The command to go to one of the subnodes is `m'. This is very
different from the commands you have used: it is a command that prompts
you for more input.
- The Info commands you know do not need additional input; when you
+ The Info commands you know do not need additional input; when you
type one of them, Info processes it instantly and then is ready for
another command. The `m' command is different: it needs to know the
"name of the subtopic". Once you have typed `m', Info tries to read
the subtopic name.
- Now, in the stand-alone Info, look for the line containing many
+ Now, in the stand-alone Info, look for the line containing many
dashes near the bottom of the screen. (This is the stand-alone
equivalent for the mode line in Emacs.) There is one more line beneath
that one, but usually it is blank. (In Emacs, this is the echo area.)
@@ -477,12 +479,12 @@ type `Control-g' to cancel the command. When you have done one of
those things, the input entry line becomes blank again. Then you can
type Info commands again.
- The command to go to a subnode via a menu is `m'. After you type the
-`m', the line at the bottom of the screen says `Menu item: '. You must
-then type the name of the subtopic you want, and end it with a <RET>.
-In Emacs, `m' runs the command `Info-menu'.
+ The command to go to a subnode via a menu is `m'. After you type
+the `m', the line at the bottom of the screen says `Menu item: '. You
+must then type the name of the subtopic you want, and end it with a
+<RET>.
- You can abbreviate the subtopic name. If the abbreviation is not
+ You can abbreviate the subtopic name. If the abbreviation is not
unique, the first matching subtopic is chosen. Some menus put the
shortest possible abbreviation for each subtopic name in capital
letters, so you can see how much you need to type. It does not matter
@@ -490,17 +492,17 @@ whether you use upper case or lower case when you type the subtopic.
You should not put any spaces at the end, or inside of the item name,
except for one space where a space appears in the item in the menu.
- You can also use the "completion" feature to help enter the subtopic
+ You can also use the "completion" feature to help enter the subtopic
name. If you type the <TAB> key after entering part of a name, it will
fill in more of the name--as much as Info can deduce from the part you
have entered.
- If you move the cursor to one of the menu subtopic lines, then you do
+ If you move the cursor to one of the menu subtopic lines, then you do
not need to type the argument: you just type a <RET>, and it stands for
the subtopic of the line you are on. You can also click the middle
mouse button directly on the subtopic line to go there.
- Here is a menu to give you a chance to practice. This menu gives you
+ Here is a menu to give you a chance to practice. This menu gives you
three ways of going to one place, Help-FOO:
* Menu:
@@ -509,14 +511,14 @@ three ways of going to one place, Help-FOO:
* Bar: Help-FOO. We have made two ways to get to the same place.
* Help-FOO:: And yet another!
- (Turn Visible mode on if you are using Emacs.)
+ (Turn Visible mode on if you are using Emacs.)
>> Now type just an `m' and see what happens:
- Now you are "inside" an `m' command. Commands cannot be used now;
+ Now you are "inside" an `m' command. Commands cannot be used now;
the next thing you will type must be the name of a subtopic.
- You can change your mind about doing the `m' by typing `Control-g'.
+ You can change your mind about doing the `m' by typing `Control-g'.
>> Try that now; notice the bottom line clear.
@@ -524,7 +526,7 @@ the next thing you will type must be the name of a subtopic.
>> Now type `BAR', the item name. Do not type <RET> yet.
- While you are typing the item name, you can use the <DEL> (or
+ While you are typing the item name, you can use the <DEL> (or
<BACKSPACE>) key to cancel one character at a time if you make a
mistake.
@@ -534,35 +536,37 @@ mistake.
>> Now you are ready to go. Type a <RET>.
- After visiting `Help-FOO', you should return here.
+ After visiting `Help-FOO', you should return here.
- Another way to move to the menu subtopic lines and between them is to
-type <TAB>. Each time you type a <TAB>, you move to the next subtopic
-line. To move to a previous subtopic line, type `M-<TAB>'--that is,
-press and hold the <META> key and then press <TAB>. (On some
-keyboards, the <META> key might be labeled `Alt'.)
+ Another way to move to the menu subtopic lines and between them is
+to type <TAB>. Each time you type a <TAB>, you move to the next
+subtopic line. To move to a previous subtopic line in the stand-alone
+reader, type `M-<TAB>'--that is, press and hold the <META> key and then
+press <TAB>. (On some keyboards, the <META> key might be labeled
+`Alt'.) In Emacs Info, type `S-<TAB>' to move to a previous subtopic
+line (press and hold the <Shift> key and then press <TAB>).
- Once you move cursor to a subtopic line, press <RET> to go to that
+ Once you move cursor to a subtopic line, press <RET> to go to that
subtopic's node.
- If your terminal supports a mouse, you have yet another way of going
+ If your terminal supports a mouse, you have yet another way of going
to a subtopic. Move your mouse pointer to the subtopic line, somewhere
between the beginning `*' and the colon `:' which ends the subtopic's
brief name. You will see the subtopic's name change its appearance
(usually, its background color will change), and the shape of the mouse
pointer will change if your platform supports that. After a while, if
you leave the mouse on that spot, a small window will pop up, saying
-"Mouse-2: go to that node", or the same message may appear at the
+"Mouse-2: go to that node," or the same message may appear at the
bottom of the screen.
- `Mouse-2' is the second button of your mouse counting from the
+ `Mouse-2' is the second button of your mouse counting from the
left--the middle button on a 3-button mouse. (On a 2-button mouse, you
may have to press both buttons together to "press the middle button".)
The message tells you pressing `Mouse-2' with the current position of
the mouse pointer (on subtopic in the menu) will go to that subtopic.
- More generally, `Mouse-2' in an Info buffer finds the nearest link to
-another node and goes there. For example, near a cross reference it
+ More generally, `Mouse-2' in an Info buffer finds the nearest link
+to another node and goes there. For example, near a cross reference it
acts like `f', in a menu it acts like `m', on the node's header line it
acts like `n', `p', or `u', etc. At end of the node's text `Mouse-2'
moves to the next node, or up if there's no next node.
@@ -582,13 +586,13 @@ lead back to the menu. Menus move Down in the tree, and `Up' moves Up.
`Previous', on the other hand, is usually used to "stay on the same
level but go backwards".
- You can go back to the node `Help-M' by typing the command `u' for
-"Up" (the Emacs command run by `u' is `Info-up'). That puts you at the
-_front_ of the node--to get back to where you were reading you have to
-type some <SPC>s. (Some Info readers, such as the one built into
-Emacs, put you at the same place where you were reading in `Help-M'.)
+ You can go back to the node `Help-M' by typing the command `u' for
+"Up". This puts you at the menu subtopic line pointing to the subnode
+that the `u' command brought you from. (Some Info readers may put you
+at the _front_ of the node instead--to get back to where you were
+reading, you have to type some <SPC>s.)
- Another way to go Up is to click `Mouse-2' on the `Up' pointer shown
+ Another way to go Up is to click `Mouse-2' on the `Up' pointer shown
in the header line (provided that you have a mouse).
>> Now type `u' to move back up to `Help-M'.
@@ -605,28 +609,30 @@ real, live cross reference, whose name is `Cross' and which points to
the node named `Help-Cross'. (The node name is hidden in Emacs. Do
`M-x visible-mode' to show or hide it.)
- There are two ways to follow a cross reference. You can move the
-cursor to it and press <RET>, just as in a menu. <RET> follows the
-cross reference that the cursor is on. Or you can type `f' and then
-specify the name of the cross reference (in this case, `Cross') as an
-argument. In Emacs Info, `f' runs `Info-follow-reference',
+ You can follow a cross reference by moving the cursor to it and
+press <RET>, just as in a menu. In Emacs, you can also click `Mouse-1'
+on a cross reference to follow it; you can see that the cross reference
+is mouse-sensitive by moving the mouse pointer to the reference and
+watching how the underlying text and the mouse pointer change in
+response.
- In the `f' command, you select the cross reference with its name, so
-it does not matter where the cursor was. If the cursor is on or near a
-cross reference, `f' suggests that reference name in parentheses as the
-default; typing <RET> will follow that reference. However, if you type
-a different reference name, `f' will follow the other reference which
-has that name.
+ Another way to follow a cross reference is to type `f' and then
+specify the name of the cross reference (in this case, `Cross') as an
+argument. For this command, it does not matter where the cursor was.
+If the cursor is on or near a cross reference, `f' suggests that
+reference name in parentheses as the default; typing <RET> will follow
+that reference. However, if you type a different reference name, `f'
+will follow the other reference which has that name.
>> Type `f', followed by `Cross', and then <RET>.
- As you enter the reference name, you can use the <DEL> (or
+ As you enter the reference name, you can use the <DEL> (or
<BACKSPACE>) key to edit your input. If you change your mind about
following any reference, you can use `Control-g' to cancel the command.
Completion is available in the `f' command; you can complete among all
the cross reference names in the current node by typing a <TAB>.
- To get a list of all the cross references in the current node, you
+ To get a list of all the cross references in the current node, you
can type `?' after an `f'. The `f' continues to await a cross
reference name even after displaying the list, so if you don't actually
want to follow a reference, you should type a `Control-g' to cancel the
@@ -635,43 +641,30 @@ want to follow a reference, you should type a `Control-g' to cancel the
>> Type `f?' to get a list of the cross references in this node. Then
type a `Control-g' and see how the `f' gives up.
- The <TAB> and `M-<TAB>' key, which move between menu items in a menu,
-also move between cross references outside of menus.
+ The <TAB>, `M-<TAB>' and `S-<TAB>' keys, which move between menu
+items in a menu, also move between cross references outside of menus.
- Sometimes a cross reference (or a node) can lead to another file (in
+ Sometimes a cross reference (or a node) can lead to another file (in
other words another "manual"), or, on occasion, even a file on a remote
machine (although Info files distributed with Emacs or the stand-alone
Info avoid using remote links). Such a cross reference looks like
this: *Note Overview of Texinfo: (texinfo)Top. (After following this
link, type `l' to get back to this node.) Here the name `texinfo'
-between parentheses (shown in the stand-alone version) refers to the
-file name. This file name appears in cross references and node names
-if it differs from the current file. In Emacs, the file name is hidden
-(along with other text). (Use `M-x visible-mode' to show or hide it.)
-
- The remainder of this node applies only to the Emacs version. If you
-use the stand-alone version, you can type `n' immediately.
-
- To some users, switching manuals is a much bigger switch than
-switching sections. These users like to know that they are going to be
-switching to another manual (and which one) before actually doing so,
-especially given that, if one does not notice, Info commands like `t'
-(see the next node) can have confusing results.
-
- If you put your mouse over the cross reference and if the cross
-reference leads to a different manual, then the information appearing
-in a separate box (tool tip) or in the echo area, will mention the file
-the cross reference will carry you to (between parentheses). This is
-also true for menu subtopic names. If you have a mouse, just leave it
-over the `Overview' cross reference above and watch what happens.
-
- If you always like to have that information available without having
-to move your mouse over the cross reference, set
-`Info-hide-note-references' to a value other than t (*note Emacs Info
-Variables::). You might also want to do that if you have a lot of
-cross references to files on remote machines and have non-permanent or
-slow access, since otherwise you might not be able to distinguish
-between local and remote links.
+between parentheses refers to the file name. This file name appears in
+cross references and node names if it differs from the current file, so
+you can always know that you are going to be switching to another
+manual and which one.
+
+ However, Emacs normally hides some other text in cross-references.
+If you put your mouse over the cross reference, then the information
+appearing in a separate box (tool tip) or in the echo area will show
+the full cross-reference including the file name and the node name of
+the cross reference. If you have a mouse, just leave it over the cross
+reference *Note Overview of Texinfo: (texinfo)Top, and watch what
+happens. If you always like to have that information visible without
+having to move your mouse over the cross reference, use `M-x
+visible-mode', or set `Info-hide-note-references' to a value other than
+`t' (*note Emacs Info Variables::).
>> Now type `n' to learn more commands.
@@ -684,41 +677,48 @@ File: info.info, Node: Help-Int, Next: Help-Q, Prev: Help-Xref, Up: Getting
The introductory course is almost over; please continue a little longer
to learn some intermediate-level commands.
- Most Info files have an index, which is actually a large node
+ Most Info files have an index, which is actually a large node
containing little but a menu. The menu has one menu item for each
topic listed in the index. (As a special feature, menus for indices
may also include the line number within the node of the index entry.
This allows Info readers to go to the exact line of an entry, not just
the start of the containing node.)
- You can get to the index from the main menu of the file with the `m'
-command; then you can use the `m' command again in the index node to go
-to the node that describes the topic you want.
+ You can get to the index from the main menu of the file with the `m'
+command and the name of the index node; then you can use the `m'
+command again in the index node to go to the node that describes the
+topic you want.
- There is also a short-cut Info command, `i', which does all of that
+ There is also a short-cut Info command, `i', which does all of that
for you. It searches the index for a given topic (a string) and goes
-to the node which is listed in the index for that topic. *Note Info
-Search::, for a full explanation.
+to the node which is listed in the index for that topic. *Note Search
+Index::, for a full explanation.
- If you have been moving around to different nodes and wish to retrace
-your steps, the `l' command (`l' for "last") will do that, one
+ If you have been moving around to different nodes and wish to
+retrace your steps, the `l' command (`l' for "last") will do that, one
node-step at a time. As you move from node to node, Info records the
nodes where you have been in a special history list. The `l' command
revisits nodes in the history list; each successive `l' command moves
one step back through the history.
- In Emacs, `l' runs the command `Info-last'.
-
>> Try typing `p p n' and then three `l''s, pausing in between
to see what each `l' does. You should wind up right back here.
- Note the difference between `l' and `p': `l' moves to where _you_
+ Note the difference between `l' and `p': `l' moves to where _you_
last were, whereas `p' always moves to the node which the header says
is the `Previous' node (from this node, the `Prev' link leads to
`Help-Xref').
- The `d' command (`Info-directory' in Emacs) gets you instantly to the
-Directory node. This node, which is the first one you saw when you
+ You can use the `r' command (`Info-history-forward' in Emacs) to
+revisit nodes in the history list in the forward direction, so that `r'
+will return you to the node you came from by typing `l'.
+
+ The `L' command (`Info-history' in Emacs) creates a virtual node
+that contains a list of all nodes you visited. You can select a
+previously visited node from this menu to revisit it.
+
+ The `d' command (`Info-directory' in Emacs) gets you instantly to
+the Directory node. This node, which is the first one you saw when you
entered Info, has a menu which leads (directly or indirectly, through
other menus), to all the nodes that exist. The Directory node lists
all the manuals and other Info documents that are, or could be,
@@ -727,81 +727,183 @@ installed on your system.
>> Try doing a `d', then do an `l' to return here (yes,
_do_ return).
- The `t' command moves to the `Top' node of the manual. This is
+ The `t' command moves to the `Top' node of the manual. This is
useful if you want to browse the manual's main menu, or select some
specific top-level menu item. The Emacs command run by `t' is
`Info-top-node'.
- Clicking `Mouse-2' on or near a cross reference also follows the
-reference. You can see that the cross reference is mouse-sensitive by
-moving the mouse pointer to the reference and watching how the
-underlying text and the mouse pointer change in response.
-
>> Now type `n' to see the last node of the course.
- *Note Expert Info::, for more advanced Info features.
+ *Note Advanced::, for more advanced Info features.

-File: info.info, Node: Expert Info, Next: Creating an Info File, Prev: Getting Started, Up: Top
+File: info.info, Node: Help-Q, Prev: Help-Int, Up: Getting Started
-2 Info for Experts
-******************
+1.9 Quitting Info
+=================
-This chapter describes various Info commands for experts. (If you are
+To get out of Info, back to what you were doing before, type `q' for
+"Quit". This runs `Info-exit' in Emacs.
+
+ This is the end of the basic course on using Info. You have learned
+how to move in an Info document, and how to follow menus and cross
+references. This makes you ready for reading manuals top to bottom, as
+new users should do when they learn a new package.
+
+ Another set of Info commands is useful when you need to find
+something quickly in a manual--that is, when you need to use a manual
+as a reference rather than as a tutorial. We urge you to learn these
+search commands as well. If you want to do that now, follow this cross
+reference to *note Advanced::.
+
+ Yet another set of commands are meant for experienced users; you can
+find them by looking in the Directory node for documentation on Info.
+Finding them will be a good exercise in using Info in the usual manner.
+
+>> Type `d' to go to the Info directory node; then type
+ `mInfo' and Return, to get to the node about Info and
+ see what other help is available.
+
+
+File: info.info, Node: Advanced, Next: Expert Info, Prev: Getting Started, Up: Top
+
+2 Advanced Info Commands
+************************
+
+This chapter describes various advanced Info commands. (If you are
using a stand-alone Info reader, there are additional commands specific
-to it, which are documented in several chapters of *Note GNU Info:
+to it, which are documented in several chapters of *note GNU Info:
(info-stnd)Top.)
- This chapter also explains how to write an Info as distinct from a
-Texinfo file. (However, in most cases, writing a Texinfo file is
-better, since you can use it to make a printed manual or produce other
-formats, such as HTML and DocBook, as well as for generating Info
-files.) *Note Overview of Texinfo: (texinfo)Top.
+ One advanced command useful with most of the others described here
+is `C-q', which "quotes" the next character so that it is entered
+literally (*note Inserting Text: (emacs)Inserting Text.). For example,
+pressing `?' ordinarily brings up a list of completion possibilities.
+If you want to (for example) search for an actual `?' character, the
+simplest way is to insert it using `C-q ?'. This works the same in
+Emacs and stand-alone Info.
* Menu:
-* Advanced:: Advanced Info commands: g, e, and 1 - 9.
-* Info Search:: How to search Info documents for specific subjects.
-* Add:: Describes how to add new nodes to the hierarchy.
- Also tells what nodes look like.
-* Menus:: How to add to or create menus in Info nodes.
-* Cross-refs:: How to add cross-references to Info nodes.
-* Tags:: How to make tags tables for Info files.
-* Checking:: Checking an Info File
+* Search Text:: How to search Info documents.
+* Search Index:: How to search the indices for specific subjects.
+* Go to node:: How to go to a node by name.
+* Choose menu subtopic:: How to choose a menu subtopic by its number.
+* Create Info buffer:: How to create a new Info buffer in Emacs.
* Emacs Info Variables:: Variables modifying the behavior of Emacs Info.

-File: info.info, Node: Advanced, Next: Info Search, Up: Expert Info
+File: info.info, Node: Search Text, Next: Search Index, Up: Advanced
+
+2.1 `s' searches Info documents
+===============================
+
+The commands which move between and inside nodes allow you to read the
+entire manual or its large portions. But what if you need to find some
+information in the manual as fast as you can, and you don't know or
+don't remember in what node to look for it? This need arises when you
+use a manual as a "reference", or when it is impractical to read the
+entire manual before you start using the programs it describes.
+
+ Info has powerful searching facilities that let you find things
+quickly. You can search either the manual text or its indices.
+
+ The `s' command allows you to search a whole Info file for a string.
+It switches to the next node if and when that is necessary. You type
+`s' followed by the string to search for, terminated by <RET>. To
+search for the same string again, just `s' followed by <RET> will do.
+The file's nodes are scanned in the order they are in the file, which
+has no necessary relationship to the order that they may be in the tree
+structure of menus and `next' pointers. But normally the two orders
+are not very different. In any case, you can always look at the mode
+line to find out what node you have reached, if the header is not
+visible (this can happen, because `s' puts your cursor at the
+occurrence of the string, not at the beginning of the node).
+
+ In Emacs, `Meta-s' is equivalent to `s'. That is for compatibility
+with other GNU packages that use `M-s' for a similar kind of search
+command. Both `s' and `M-s' run in Emacs the command `Info-search'.
+
+ Instead of using `s' in Emacs Info and in the stand-alone Info, you
+can use an incremental search started with `C-s' or `C-r'. It can
+search through multiple Info nodes. *Note Incremental Search:
+(emacs)Incremental Search. In Emacs, you can disable this behavior by
+setting the variable `Info-isearch-search' to `nil' (*note Emacs Info
+Variables::).
+
+
+File: info.info, Node: Search Index, Next: Go to node, Prev: Search Text, Up: Advanced
+
+2.2 `i' searches the indices for specific subjects
+==================================================
+
+Since most topics in the manual should be indexed, you should try the
+index search first before the text search. The `i' command prompts you
+for a subject and then looks up that subject in the indices. If it
+finds an index entry with the subject you typed, it goes to the node to
+which that index entry points. You should browse through that node to
+see whether the issue you are looking for is described there. If it
+isn't, type `,' one or more times to go through additional index
+entries which match your subject.
+
+ The `i' command and subsequent `,' commands find all index entries
+which include the string you typed _as a substring_. For each match,
+Info shows in the echo area the full index entry it found. Often, the
+text of the full index entry already gives you enough information to
+decide whether it is relevant to what you are looking for, so we
+recommend that you read what Info shows in the echo area before looking
+at the node it displays.
+
+ Since `i' looks for a substring, you can search for subjects even if
+you are not sure how they are spelled in the index. For example,
+suppose you want to find something that is pertinent to commands which
+complete partial input (e.g., when you type <TAB>). If you want to
+catch index entries that refer to "complete," "completion," and
+"completing," you could type `icomplet<RET>'.
-2.1 Advanced Info Commands
-==========================
+ Info documents which describe programs should index the commands,
+options, and key sequences that the program provides. If you are
+looking for a description of a command, an option, or a key, just type
+their names when `i' prompts you for a topic. For example, if you want
+to read the description of what the `C-l' key does, type `iC-l<RET>'
+literally.
-Here are some more Info commands that make it easier to move around.
+ If you aren't sure which manual documents the topic you are looking
+for, try the `M-x info-apropos' command in Emacs, or the `M-x
+index-apropos' command in the stand-alone reader. It prompts for a
+string and then looks up that string in all the indices of all the Info
+documents installed on your system.
-`g' goes to a node by name
---------------------------
+
+File: info.info, Node: Go to node, Next: Choose menu subtopic, Prev: Search Index, Up: Advanced
+
+2.3 `g' goes to a node by name
+==============================
If you know a node's name, you can go there by typing `g', the name,
and <RET>. Thus, `gTop<RET>' would go to the node called `Top' in this
-file. (This is equivalent to `t', see *Note Help-Int::.)
-`gAdvanced<RET>' would come back here. `g' in Emacs runs the command
-`Info-goto-node'.
+file. (This is equivalent to `t', see *note Help-Int::.) `gGo to
+node<RET>' would come back here.
- Unlike `m', `g' does not allow the use of abbreviations. But it does
-allow completion, so you can type <TAB> to complete a partial node name.
+ Unlike `m', `g' does not allow the use of abbreviations. But it
+does allow completion, so you can type <TAB> to complete a partial node
+name.
- To go to a node in another file, you can include the file name in the
+ To go to a node in another file, you can include the file name in the
node name by putting it at the front, in parentheses. Thus,
`g(dir)Top<RET>' would go to the Info Directory node, which is the node
`Top' in the Info file `dir'. Likewise, `g(emacs)Top<RET>' goes to the
top node of the Emacs manual.
- The node name `*' specifies the whole file. So you can look at all
+ The node name `*' specifies the whole file. So you can look at all
of the current file by typing `g*<RET>' or all of any other file with
-`g(FILENAME)<RET>'.
+`g(FILENAME)*<RET>'.
+
+
+File: info.info, Node: Choose menu subtopic, Next: Create Info buffer, Prev: Go to node, Up: Advanced
-`1' - `9' choose a menu subtopic by its number
-----------------------------------------------
+2.4 `1'-`9' choose a menu subtopic by its number
+================================================
If you begrudge each character of type-in which your system requires,
you might like to use the commands `1', `2', `3', `4', ..., `9'. They
@@ -809,121 +911,161 @@ are short for the `m' command together with a name of a menu subtopic.
`1' goes through the first item in the current node's menu; `2' goes
through the second item, etc. In the stand-alone reader, `0' goes
through the last menu item; this is so you need not count how many
-entries are there. In Emacs, the digit keys run the command
-`Info-nth-menu-item'.
+entries are there.
- If your display supports multiple fonts, colors or underlining, and
+ If your display supports multiple fonts, colors or underlining, and
you are using Emacs' Info mode to read Info files, the third, sixth and
ninth menu items have a `*' that stands out, either in color or in some
other attribute, such as underline; this makes it easy to see at a
glance which number to use for an item.
- Some terminals don't support either multiple fonts, colors or
+ Some terminals don't support either multiple fonts, colors or
underlining. If you need to actually count items, it is better to use
`m' instead, and specify the name, or use <TAB> to quickly move between
menu items.
-`e' makes Info document editable
---------------------------------
-
-The Info command `e' changes from Info mode to an ordinary Emacs
-editing mode, so that you can edit the text of the current node. Type
-`C-c C-c' to switch back to Info. The `e' command is allowed only if
-the variable `Info-enable-edit' is non-`nil'.
-
- The `e' command only works in Emacs, where it runs the command
-`Info-edit'. The stand-alone Info reader doesn't allow you to edit the
-Info file, so typing `e' there goes to the end of the current node.
+
+File: info.info, Node: Create Info buffer, Next: Emacs Info Variables, Prev: Choose menu subtopic, Up: Advanced
-`M-n' creates a new independent Info buffer in Emacs
-----------------------------------------------------
+2.5 `M-n' creates a new independent Info buffer in Emacs
+========================================================
If you are reading Info in Emacs, you can select a new independent Info
-buffer in another window by typing `M-n'. The new buffer starts out as
-an exact copy of the old one, but you will be able to move
+buffer in a new Emacs window by typing `M-n'. The new buffer starts
+out as an exact copy of the old one, but you will be able to move
independently between nodes in the two buffers. (In Info mode, `M-n'
runs the Emacs command `clone-buffer'.)
- In Emacs Info, you can also produce new Info buffers by giving a
+ In Emacs Info, you can also produce new Info buffers by giving a
numeric prefix argument to the `m' and `g' commands. `C-u m' and `C-u
g' go to a new node in exactly the same way that `m' and `g' do, but
they do so in a new Info buffer which they select in another window.
+ Another way to produce new Info buffers in Emacs is to use a numeric
+prefix argument for the `C-h i' command (`info') which switches to the
+Info buffer with that number. Thus, `C-u 2 C-h i' switches to the
+buffer `*info*<2>', creating it if necessary.
+

-File: info.info, Node: Info Search, Next: Add, Prev: Advanced, Up: Expert Info
+File: info.info, Node: Emacs Info Variables, Prev: Create Info buffer, Up: Advanced
-2.2 How to search Info documents for specific subjects
-======================================================
+2.6 Emacs Info-mode Variables
+=============================
-The commands which move between and inside nodes allow you to read the
-entire manual or its large portions. But what if you need to find some
-information in the manual as fast as you can, and you don't know or
-don't remember in what node to look for it? This need arises when you
-use a manual as a "reference", or when it is impractical to read the
-entire manual before you start using the programs it describes.
+The following variables may modify the behavior of Info-mode in Emacs;
+you may wish to set one or several of these variables interactively, or
+in your init file. *Note Examining and Setting Variables:
+(emacs)Examining. The stand-alone Info reader program has its own set
+of variables, described in *note Manipulating Variables:
+(info-stnd)Variables.
- Info has powerful searching facilities that let you find things
-quickly. You can search either the manual indices or its text.
-
- Since most subjects related to what the manual describes should be
-indexed, you should try the index search first. The `i' command
-prompts you for a subject and then looks up that subject in the
-indices. If it finds an index entry with the subject you typed, it
-goes to the node to which that index entry points. You should browse
-through that node to see whether the issue you are looking for is
-described there. If it isn't, type `,' one or more times to go through
-additional index entries which match your subject.
-
- The `i' command finds all index entries which include the string you
-typed _as a substring_. For each match, Info shows in the echo area
-the full index entry it found. Often, the text of the full index entry
-already gives you enough information to decide whether it is relevant
-to what you are looking for, so we recommend that you read what Emacs
-shows in the echo area before looking at the node it displays.
-
- Since `i' looks for a substring, you can search for subjects even if
-you are not sure how they are spelled in the index. For example,
-suppose you want to find something that is pertinent to commands which
-complete partial input (e.g., when you type <TAB>). If you want to
-catch index entries that refer to "complete", "completion", and
-"completing", you could type `icomplet<RET>'.
+`Info-directory-list'
+ The list of directories to search for Info files. Each element is
+ a string (directory name) or `nil' (try default directory). If not
+ initialized Info uses the environment variable `INFOPATH' to
+ initialize it, or `Info-default-directory-list' if there is no
+ `INFOPATH' variable in the environment.
- Info documents which describe programs should index the commands,
-options, and key sequences that the program provides. If you are
-looking for a description of a command, an option, or a key, just type
-their names when `i' prompts you for a topic. For example, if you want
-to read the description of what the `C-f' key does, type `i C - f
-<RET>'. Here `C-f' are 3 literal characters `C', `-', and `f', not the
-"Control-f" command key you type inside Emacs to run the command bound
-to `C-f'.
-
- In Emacs, `i' runs the command `Info-index'.
-
- If you don't know what manual documents something, try the `M-x
-info-apropos' command. It prompts for a string and then looks up that
-string in all the indices of all the Info documents installed on your
-system.
-
- The `s' command allows you to search a whole file for a string. It
-switches to the next node if and when that is necessary. You type `s'
-followed by the string to search for, terminated by <RET>. To search
-for the same string again, just `s' followed by <RET> will do. The
-file's nodes are scanned in the order they are in in the file, which
-has no necessary relationship to the order that they may be in the tree
-structure of menus and `next' pointers. But normally the two orders
-are not very different. In any case, you can always do a `b' to find
-out what node you have reached, if the header is not visible (this can
-happen, because `s' puts your cursor at the occurrence of the string,
-not at the beginning of the node).
+ If you wish to customize the Info directory search list for both
+ Emacs Info and stand-alone Info, it is best to set the `INFOPATH'
+ environment variable, since that applies to both programs.
- In Emacs, `Meta-s' is equivalent to `s'. That is for compatibility
-with other GNU packages that use `M-s' for a similar kind of search
-command. Both `s' and `M-s' run in Emacs the command `Info-search'.
+`Info-additional-directory-list'
+ A list of additional directories to search for Info documentation
+ files. These directories are not searched for merging the `dir'
+ file.
+
+`Info-mode-hook'
+ Hooks run when `Info-mode' is called. By default, it contains the
+ hook `turn-on-font-lock' which enables highlighting of Info files.
+ You can change how the highlighting looks by customizing the faces
+ `info-node', `info-xref', `info-xref-visited', `info-header-xref',
+ `info-header-node', `info-menu-header', `info-menu-star', and
+ `info-title-N' (where N is the level of the section, a number
+ between 1 and 4). To customize a face, type `M-x customize-face
+ <RET> FACE <RET>', where FACE is one of the face names listed here.
+
+`Info-fontify-maximum-menu-size'
+ Maximum size of menu to fontify if `font-lock-mode' is non-`nil'.
+
+`Info-fontify-visited-nodes'
+ If non-`nil', menu items and cross-references pointing to visited
+ nodes are displayed in the `info-xref-visited' face.
+
+`Info-use-header-line'
+ If non-`nil', Emacs puts in the Info buffer a header line showing
+ the `Next', `Prev', and `Up' links. A header line does not scroll
+ with the rest of the buffer, making these links always visible.
+
+`Info-hide-note-references'
+ As explained in earlier nodes, the Emacs version of Info normally
+ hides some text in menus and cross-references. You can completely
+ disable this feature, by setting this option to `nil'. Setting it
+ to a value that is neither `nil' nor `t' produces an intermediate
+ behavior, hiding a limited amount of text, but showing all text
+ that could potentially be useful.
+
+`Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes'
+ If set to a non-`nil' value, <SPC> and <BACKSPACE> (or <DEL>) keys
+ in a menu visit subnodes of the current node before scrolling to
+ its end or beginning, respectively. For example, if the node's
+ menu appears on the screen, the next <SPC> moves to a subnode
+ indicated by the following menu item. Setting this option to
+ `nil' results in behavior similar to the stand-alone Info reader
+ program, which visits the first subnode from the menu only when you
+ hit the end of the current node. The default is `nil'.
+
+`Info-isearch-search'
+ If non-`nil', isearch in Info searches through multiple nodes.
+
+`Info-enable-active-nodes'
+ When set to a non-`nil' value, allows Info to execute Lisp code
+ associated with nodes. The Lisp code is executed when the node is
+ selected. The Lisp code to be executed should follow the node
+ delimiter (the `DEL' character) and an `execute: ' tag, like this:
+
+ ^_execute: (message "This is an active node!")

-File: info.info, Node: Add, Next: Menus, Prev: Info Search, Up: Expert Info
+File: info.info, Node: Expert Info, Next: Index, Prev: Advanced, Up: Top
-2.3 Adding a new node to Info
+3 Info for Experts
+******************
+
+This chapter explains how to write an Info file by hand. However, in
+most cases, writing a Texinfo file is better, since you can use it to
+make a printed manual or produce other formats, such as HTML and
+DocBook, as well as for generating Info files.
+
+ The `makeinfo' command converts a Texinfo file into an Info file;
+`texinfo-format-region' and `texinfo-format-buffer' are GNU Emacs
+functions that do the same.
+
+ *Note Overview of Texinfo: (texinfo)Top, for how to write a Texinfo
+file.
+
+ *Note Creating an Info File: (texinfo)Creating an Info File, for how
+to create an Info file from a Texinfo file.
+
+ *Note Installing an Info File: (texinfo)Installing an Info File, for
+how to install an Info file after you have created one.
+
+ However, if you want to edit an Info file manually and install it
+manually, here is how.
+
+* Menu:
+
+* Add:: Describes how to add new nodes to the hierarchy.
+ Also tells what nodes look like.
+* Menus:: How to add to or create menus in Info nodes.
+* Cross-refs:: How to add cross-references to Info nodes.
+* Tags:: How to make tags tables for Info files.
+* Checking:: Checking an Info File.
+
+
+File: info.info, Node: Add, Next: Menus, Up: Expert Info
+
+3.1 Adding a new node to Info
=============================
To add a new topic to the list in the Info directory, you must:
@@ -932,37 +1074,30 @@ To add a new topic to the list in the Info directory, you must:
2. Put that topic in the menu in the directory. *Note Menu: Menus.
- Usually, the way to create the nodes is with Texinfo (*note Overview
-of Texinfo: (texinfo)Top.); this has the advantage that you can also
-make a printed manual or HTML from them. You would use the
-`@dircategory' and `@direntry' commands to put the manual into the Info
-directory. However, if you want to edit an Info file manually and
-install it manually, here is how.
-
- The new node can live in an existing documentation file, or in a new
+ The new node can live in an existing documentation file, or in a new
one. It must have a `^_' character before it (invisible to the user;
this node has one but you cannot see it), and it ends with either a
`^_', a `^L' ("formfeed"), or the end of file.(1)
- The `^_' starting a node must be followed by a newline or a `^L'
+ The `^_' starting a node must be followed by a newline or a `^L'
newline, after which comes the node's header line. The header line
must give the node's name (by which Info finds it), and state the names
of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' nodes (if there are any). As you
can see, this node's `Up' node is the node `Expert Info'. The `Next'
node is `Menus'.
- The keywords "Node", "Next", "Previous", and "Up" may appear in any
+ The keywords "Node", "Next", "Previous", and "Up" may appear in any
order, anywhere in the header line, but the recommended order is the
one in this sentence. Each keyword must be followed by a colon, spaces
and tabs, and then the appropriate name. The name may be terminated
with a tab, a comma, or a newline. A space does not end it; node names
may contain spaces. The case of letters in the names is insignificant.
- A node name has two forms. A node in the current file is named by
+ A node name has two forms. A node in the current file is named by
what appears after the `Node: ' in that node's first line. For
example, this node's name is `Add'. A node in another file is named by
`(FILENAME)NODE-WITHIN-FILE', as in `(info)Add' for this node. If the
-file name starts with "./", then it is relative to the current
+file name starts with `./', then it is relative to the current
directory; otherwise, it is relative starting from the standard
directory for Info files of your site. The name `(FILENAME)Top' can be
abbreviated to just `(FILENAME)'. By convention, the name `Top' is used
@@ -972,24 +1107,24 @@ out of the file. The `Directory' node is `(dir)', it points to a file
on your site. The `Top' node of a document file listed in the
`Directory' should have an `Up: (dir)' in it.
- The node name `*' is special: it refers to the entire file. Thus,
+ The node name `*' is special: it refers to the entire file. Thus,
`g*' shows you the whole current file. The use of the node `*' is to
make it possible to make old-fashioned, unstructured files into nodes
of the tree.
- The `Node:' name, in which a node states its own name, must not
+ The `Node:' name, in which a node states its own name, must not
contain a file name, since when Info searches for a node, it does not
expect a file name to be there. The `Next', `Previous' and `Up' names
may contain them. In this node, since the `Up' node is in the same
file, it was not necessary to use one.
- Note that the nodes in this file have a file name in the header line.
-The file names are ignored by Info, but they serve as comments to help
-identify the node for the user.
+ Note that the nodes in this file have a file name in the header
+line. The file names are ignored by Info, but they serve as comments
+to help identify the node for the user.
- ---------- Footnotes ----------
+ ---------- Footnotes ----------
- (1) If you put in a `^L' to end a new node, be sure that there is a
+ (1) If you put in a `^L' to end a new node, be sure that there is a
`^_' after it to start the next one, since `^L' cannot _start_ a node.
Also, a nicer way to make a node boundary be a page boundary as well is
to put a `^L' _right after_ the `^_'.
@@ -997,16 +1132,16 @@ to put a `^L' _right after_ the `^_'.

File: info.info, Node: Menus, Next: Cross-refs, Prev: Add, Up: Expert Info
-2.4 How to Create Menus
+3.2 How to Create Menus
=======================
Any node in the Info hierarchy may have a "menu"--a list of subnodes.
The `m' command searches the current node's menu for the topic which it
reads from the terminal.
- A menu begins with a line starting with `* Menu:'. The rest of the
+ A menu begins with a line starting with `* Menu:'. The rest of the
line is a comment. After the starting line, every line that begins
-with a `* ' lists a single topic. The name of the topic-what the user
+with a `* ' lists a single topic. The name of the topic--what the user
must type at the `m''s command prompt to select this topic--comes right
after the star and space, and is followed by a colon, spaces and tabs,
and the name of the node which discusses that topic. The node name,
@@ -1014,44 +1149,46 @@ like node names following `Next', `Previous' and `Up', may be
terminated with a tab, comma, or newline; it may also be terminated
with a period.
- If the node name and topic name are the same, then rather than giving
-the name twice, the abbreviation `* NAME::' may be used (and should be
-used, whenever possible, as it reduces the visual clutter in the menu).
+ If the node name and topic name are the same, then rather than
+giving the name twice, the abbreviation `* NAME::' may be used (and
+should be used, whenever possible, as it reduces the visual clutter in
+the menu).
- It is considerate to choose the topic names so that they differ from
+ It is considerate to choose the topic names so that they differ from
each other very near the beginning--this allows the user to type short
abbreviations. In a long menu, it is a good idea to capitalize the
beginning of each item name which is the minimum acceptable
abbreviation for it (a long menu is more than 5 or so entries).
- The nodes listed in a node's menu are called its "subnodes", and it
+ The nodes listed in a node's menu are called its "subnodes," and it
is their "superior". They should each have an `Up:' pointing at the
superior. It is often useful to arrange all or most of the subnodes in
a sequence of `Next' and `Previous' pointers so that someone who wants
to see them all need not keep revisiting the Menu.
- The Info Directory is simply the menu of the node `(dir)Top'--that
+ The Info Directory is simply the menu of the node `(dir)Top'--that
is, node `Top' in file `.../info/dir'. You can put new entries in that
menu just like any other menu. The Info Directory is _not_ the same as
the file directory called `info'. It happens that many of Info's files
live in that file directory, but they do not have to; and files in that
directory are not automatically listed in the Info Directory node.
- Also, although the Info node graph is claimed to be a "hierarchy", in
-fact it can be _any_ directed graph. Shared structures and pointer
+ Also, although the Info node graph is claimed to be a "hierarchy,"
+in fact it can be _any_ directed graph. Shared structures and pointer
cycles are perfectly possible, and can be used if they are appropriate
to the meaning to be expressed. There is no need for all the nodes in
a file to form a connected structure. In fact, this file has two
connected components. You are in one of them, which is under the node
`Top'; the other contains the node `Help' which the `h' command goes
-to. In fact, since there is no garbage collector, nothing terrible
-happens if a substructure is not pointed to, but such a substructure is
-rather useless since nobody can ever find out that it exists.
+to. In fact, since there is no garbage collector on the node graph,
+nothing terrible happens if a substructure is not pointed to, but such
+a substructure is rather useless since nobody can ever find out that it
+exists.

File: info.info, Node: Cross-refs, Next: Tags, Prev: Menus, Up: Expert Info
-2.5 Creating Cross References
+3.3 Creating Cross References
=============================
A cross reference can be placed anywhere in the text, unlike a menu
@@ -1074,12 +1211,12 @@ exist!

File: info.info, Node: Help-Cross, Up: Cross-refs
-2.5.1 The node reached by the cross reference in Info
+3.3.1 The node reached by the cross reference in Info
-----------------------------------------------------
This is the node reached by the cross reference named `Cross'.
- While this node is specifically intended to be reached by a cross
+ While this node is specifically intended to be reached by a cross
reference, most cross references lead to nodes that "belong" someplace
else far away in the structure of an Info document. So you cannot
expect this node to have a `Next', `Previous' or `Up' links pointing
@@ -1089,37 +1226,9 @@ only way to get back there.
>> Type `l' to return to the node where the cross reference was.

-File: info.info, Node: Help-Q, Prev: Help-Int, Up: Getting Started
-
-2.6 Quitting Info
-=================
-
-To get out of Info, back to what you were doing before, type `q' for
-"Quit". This runs `Info-exit' in Emacs.
-
- This is the end of the basic course on using Info. You have learned
-how to move in an Info document, and how to follow menus and cross
-references. This makes you ready for reading manuals top to bottom, as
-new users should do when they learn a new package.
-
- Another set of Info commands is useful when you need to find
-something quickly in a manual--that is, when you need to use a manual
-as a reference rather than as a tutorial. We urge you to learn these
-search commands as well. If you want to do that now, follow this cross
-reference to *Note Info Search::.
-
- Yet another set of commands are meant for experienced users; you can
-find them by looking in the Directory node for documentation on Info.
-Finding them will be a good exercise in using Info in the usual manner.
-
->> Type `d' to go to the Info directory node; then type
- `mInfo' and Return, to get to the node about Info and
- see what other help is available.
-
-
File: info.info, Node: Tags, Next: Checking, Prev: Cross-refs, Up: Expert Info
-2.7 Tags Tables for Info Files
+3.4 Tags Tables for Info Files
==============================
You can speed up the access to nodes of a large Info file by giving it
@@ -1127,19 +1236,19 @@ a tags table. Unlike the tags table for a program, the tags table for
an Info file lives inside the file itself and is used automatically
whenever Info reads in the file.
- To make a tags table, go to a node in the file using Emacs Info mode
+ To make a tags table, go to a node in the file using Emacs Info mode
and type `M-x Info-tagify'. Then you must use `C-x C-s' to save the
file. Info files produced by the `makeinfo' command that is part of
the Texinfo package always have tags tables to begin with.
- Once the Info file has a tags table, you must make certain it is up
+ Once the Info file has a tags table, you must make certain it is up
to date. If you edit an Info file directly (as opposed to editing its
Texinfo source), and, as a result of deletion of text, any node moves
back more than a thousand characters in the file from the position
recorded in the tags table, Info will no longer be able to find that
node. To update the tags table, use the `Info-tagify' command again.
- An Info file tags table appears at the end of the file and looks like
+ An Info file tags table appears at the end of the file and looks like
this:
^_^L
@@ -1155,9 +1264,9 @@ beginning of the node's header (ending just after the node name), a
beginning of the node.

-File: info.info, Node: Checking, Next: Emacs Info Variables, Prev: Tags, Up: Expert Info
+File: info.info, Node: Checking, Prev: Tags, Up: Expert Info
-2.8 Checking an Info File
+3.5 Checking an Info File
=========================
When creating an Info file, it is easy to forget the name of a node when
@@ -1171,104 +1280,11 @@ any `Next' which does not have a `Previous' pointing back is reported.
Only pointers within the file are checked, because checking pointers to
other files would be terribly slow. But those are usually few.
- To check an Info file, do `M-x Info-validate' while looking at any
+ To check an Info file, do `M-x Info-validate' while looking at any
node of the file with Emacs Info mode.

-File: info.info, Node: Emacs Info Variables, Prev: Checking, Up: Expert Info
-
-2.9 Emacs Info-mode Variables
-=============================
-
-The following variables may modify the behavior of Info-mode in Emacs;
-you may wish to set one or several of these variables interactively, or
-in your `~/.emacs' init file. *Note Examining and Setting Variables:
-(emacs)Examining. The stand-alone Info reader program has its own set
-of variables, described in *Note Manipulating Variables:
-(info-stnd)Variables.
-
-`Info-directory-list'
- The list of directories to search for Info files. Each element is
- a string (directory name) or `nil' (try default directory). If not
- initialized Info uses the environment variable `INFOPATH' to
- initialize it, or `Info-default-directory-list' if there is no
- `INFOPATH' variable in the environment.
-
- If you wish to customize the Info directory search list for both
- Emacs info and stand-alone Info, it is best to set the `INFOPATH'
- environment variable, since that applies to both programs.
-
-`Info-additional-directory-list'
- A list of additional directories to search for Info documentation
- files. These directories are not searched for merging the `dir'
- file.
-
-`Info-fontify'
- When set to a non-`nil' value, enables highlighting of Info files.
- The default is `t'. You can change how the highlighting looks by
- customizing the faces `info-node', `info-xref',
- `info-header-xref', `info-header-node', `info-menu-5',
- `info-menu-header', and `info-title-N-face' (where N is the level
- of the section, a number between 1 and 4). To customize a face,
- type `M-x customize-face <RET> FACE <RET>', where FACE is one of
- the face names listed here.
-
-`Info-use-header-line'
- If non-`nil', Emacs puts in the Info buffer a header line showing
- the `Next', `Prev', and `Up' links. A header line does not scroll
- with the rest of the buffer, making these links always visible.
-
-`Info-hide-note-references'
- As explained in earlier nodes, the Emacs version of Info normally
- hides some text in menus and cross-references. You can completely
- disable this feature, by setting this option to `nil'. Setting it
- to a value that is neither `nil' nor `t' produces an intermediate
- behavior, hiding a limited amount of text, but showing all text
- that could potentially be useful.
-
-`Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes'
- If set to a non-`nil' value, <SPC> and <BACKSPACE> (or <DEL>) keys
- in a menu visit subnodes of the current node before scrolling to
- its end or beginning, respectively. For example, if the node's
- menu appears on the screen, the next <SPC> moves to a subnode
- indicated by the following menu item. Setting this option to
- `nil' results in behavior similar to the stand-alone Info reader
- program, which visits the first subnode from the menu only when you
- hit the end of the current node. The default is `nil'.
-
-`Info-enable-active-nodes'
- When set to a non-`nil' value, allows Info to execute Lisp code
- associated with nodes. The Lisp code is executed when the node is
- selected. The Lisp code to be executed should follow the node
- delimiter (the `DEL' character) and an `execute: ' tag, like this:
-
- ^_execute: (message "This is an active node!")
-
-`Info-enable-edit'
- Set to `nil', disables the `e' (`Info-edit') command. A non-`nil'
- value enables it. *Note Edit: Add.
-
-
-File: info.info, Node: Creating an Info File, Next: Index, Prev: Expert Info, Up: Top
-
-3 Creating an Info File from a Texinfo File
-*******************************************
-
-`makeinfo' is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info file;
-`texinfo-format-region' and `texinfo-format-buffer' are GNU Emacs
-functions that do the same.
-
- *Note Overview of Texinfo: (texinfo)Top, to learn how to write a
-Texinfo file.
-
- *Note Creating an Info File: (texinfo)Creating an Info File, to learn
-how to create an Info file from a Texinfo file.
-
- *Note Installing an Info File: (texinfo)Installing an Info File, to
-learn how to install an Info file after you have created one.
-
-
-File: info.info, Node: Index, Prev: Creating an Info File, Up: Top
+File: info.info, Node: Index, Prev: Expert Info, Up: Top
Index
*****
@@ -1279,132 +1295,151 @@ topics discussed in this document.
* Menu:
-* 1 through 9 (Info mode): Advanced. (line 33)
-* ? (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 79)
+* 1 through 9 (Info mode): Choose menu subtopic.
+ (line 6)
+* ? (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 74)
* abbreviating Info subnodes: Help-M. (line 90)
-* b (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 66)
-* BACKSPACE (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 16)
-* C-l (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 60)
-* clone-buffer: Advanced. (line 68)
+* b (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 65)
+* BACKSPACE (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 15)
+* C-l (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 59)
+* C-q (Info mode): Advanced. (line 11)
+* C-r (Info mode): Search Text. (line 32)
+* C-s (Info mode): Search Text. (line 32)
+* clone-buffer: Create Info buffer. (line 6)
* completion of Info node names: Help-M. (line 98)
* cross reference format: Cross-refs. (line 6)
* cross references in Info documents: Help-Xref. (line 6)
-* d (Info mode): Help-Int. (line 42)
-* DEL (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 16)
-* Directory node: Add. (line 38)
-* e (Info mode): Advanced. (line 56)
-* edit Info document: Advanced. (line 56)
+* d (Info mode): Help-Int. (line 49)
+* DEL (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 15)
+* Directory node: Add. (line 31)
* f (Info mode): Help-Xref. (line 12)
-* format of node headers: Add. (line 31)
-* g (Info mode): Advanced. (line 11)
-* go to a node by name: Advanced. (line 11)
-* go to another Info file: Advanced. (line 20)
-* go to Directory node: Help-Int. (line 42)
-* go to Top node: Help-Int. (line 52)
-* going back in Info mode: Help-Int. (line 25)
-* header of Info node: Help. (line 16)
-* i (Info mode): Info Search. (line 16)
-* Info document as a reference: Info Search. (line 6)
-* Info documents as tutorials: Help-^L. (line 38)
+* format of node headers: Add. (line 24)
+* g (Info mode): Go to node. (line 6)
+* go to a node by name: Go to node. (line 6)
+* go to another Info file: Go to node. (line 15)
+* go to Directory node: Help-Int. (line 49)
+* go to Top node: Help-Int. (line 59)
+* going back in Info history: Help-Int. (line 26)
+* going forward in Info history: Help-Int. (line 41)
+* header of Info node: Help. (line 17)
+* history list of visited nodes: Help-Int. (line 45)
+* i (Info mode): Search Index. (line 6)
+* index-apropos: Search Index. (line 37)
+* Info document as a reference: Search Text. (line 6)
+* Info documents as tutorials: Help-^L. (line 37)
* Info menus: Help-M. (line 6)
* Info-additional-directory-list: Emacs Info Variables.
(line 24)
-* info-apropos: Info Search. (line 50)
-* Info-directory: Help-Int. (line 42)
+* info-apropos: Search Index. (line 37)
+* Info-directory: Help-Int. (line 49)
* Info-directory-list: Emacs Info Variables.
(line 13)
-* Info-edit: Advanced. (line 56)
* Info-enable-active-nodes: Emacs Info Variables.
- (line 62)
-* Info-enable-edit: Emacs Info Variables.
- (line 70)
+ (line 72)
* Info-exit: Help-Q. (line 6)
* Info-follow-reference: Help-Xref. (line 12)
-* Info-fontify: Emacs Info Variables.
- (line 29)
-* Info-goto-node: Advanced. (line 11)
+* Info-fontify-maximum-menu-size: Emacs Info Variables.
+ (line 39)
+* Info-fontify-visited-nodes: Emacs Info Variables.
+ (line 42)
+* Info-goto-node: Go to node. (line 6)
* Info-hide-note-references: Emacs Info Variables.
- (line 44)
-* Info-index: Info Search. (line 16)
-* Info-last: Help-Int. (line 25)
+ (line 51)
+* Info-history: Help-Int. (line 45)
+* Info-history-back: Help-Int. (line 26)
+* Info-history-forward: Help-Int. (line 41)
+* Info-index: Search Index. (line 6)
+* Info-isearch-search: Emacs Info Variables.
+ (line 69)
* Info-menu: Help-M. (line 85)
-* Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node: Help-M. (line 169)
-* Info-nth-menu-item: Advanced. (line 33)
-* Info-scroll-down: Help-^L. (line 16)
+* Info-mode-hook: Emacs Info Variables.
+ (line 29)
+* Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node: Help-M. (line 171)
+* Info-nth-menu-item: Choose menu subtopic.
+ (line 6)
+* Info-scroll-down: Help-^L. (line 15)
* Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes: Emacs Info Variables.
- (line 52)
-* Info-scroll-up: Help-^L. (line 16)
-* Info-search: Info Search. (line 55)
-* Info-summary: Help-^L. (line 79)
+ (line 59)
+* Info-scroll-up: Help-^L. (line 15)
+* Info-search: Search Text. (line 16)
+* Info-summary: Help-^L. (line 74)
* Info-tagify: Tags. (line 11)
-* Info-top-node: Help-Int. (line 52)
+* Info-top-node: Help-Int. (line 59)
* Info-up: Help-FOO. (line 13)
* Info-use-header-line: Emacs Info Variables.
- (line 39)
+ (line 46)
* Info-validate: Checking. (line 17)
* invisible text in Emacs: Help-Inv. (line 10)
-* l (Info mode): Help-Int. (line 25)
+* isearch: Search Text. (line 32)
+* L (Info mode): Help-Int. (line 45)
+* l (Info mode): Help-Int. (line 26)
* m (Info mode): Help-M. (line 62)
-* M-n (Info mode): Advanced. (line 68)
-* M-s (Info mode): Info Search. (line 67)
+* M-n (Info mode): Create Info buffer. (line 6)
+* M-s (Info mode): Search Text. (line 28)
* menu and menu entry format: Menus. (line 10)
* menus in an Info document: Help-M. (line 6)
-* mouse support in Info mode: Help-M. (line 153)
-* Mouse-2 (Info mode): Help-M. (line 153)
-* multiple Info buffers: Advanced. (line 68)
+* mouse support in Info mode: Help-M. (line 155)
+* Mouse-2 (Info mode): Help-M. (line 155)
+* multiple Info buffers: Create Info buffer. (line 6)
* n (Info mode): Help. (line 28)
-* node delimiters: Add. (line 19)
-* node header line format: Add. (line 31)
-* node name format: Add. (line 38)
-* node, in Info documents: Help. (line 11)
+* node delimiters: Add. (line 12)
+* node header line format: Add. (line 24)
+* node name format: Add. (line 31)
+* node, in Info documents: Help. (line 12)
* p (Info mode): Help-P. (line 6)
-* PAGEDOWN (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 53)
-* PAGEUP (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 53)
+* PAGEDOWN (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 52)
+* PAGEUP (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 52)
* q (Info mode): Help-Q. (line 6)
* quitting Info mode: Help-Q. (line 6)
-* reading Info documents top to bottom: Help-^L. (line 38)
-* s (Info mode): Info Search. (line 55)
-* searching Info documents: Info Search. (line 6)
-* select N'th menu item: Advanced. (line 33)
+* r (Info mode): Help-Int. (line 41)
+* reading Info documents top to bottom: Help-^L. (line 37)
+* s (Info mode): Search Text. (line 16)
+* searching Info documents: Search Text. (line 6)
+* searching Info indices: Search Index. (line 6)
+* select N'th menu item: Choose menu subtopic.
+ (line 6)
* small screen, moving around: Help-Small-Screen. (line 6)
-* SPC (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 16)
+* SPC (Info mode): Help-^L. (line 15)
* stale tags tables: Tags. (line 16)
-* t (Info mode): Help-Int. (line 52)
-* tags tables in info files: Tags. (line 6)
+* t (Info mode): Help-Int. (line 59)
+* tags tables in Info files: Tags. (line 6)
* u (Info mode): Help-FOO. (line 13)
-* unstructured documents: Add. (line 52)
+* unstructured documents: Add. (line 45)
* update Info tags table: Tags. (line 16)
* visible-mode: Help-Inv. (line 17)

Tag Table:
-Node: Top1407
-Node: Getting Started2269
-Node: Help-Small-Screen3130
-Node: Help4970
-Node: Help-P6628
-Node: Help-^L7832
-Ref: Help-^L-Footnote-112609
-Node: Help-Inv12981
-Node: Help-]14661
-Node: Help-M16222
-Node: Help-FOO24654
-Node: Help-Xref25648
-Node: Help-Int29790
-Node: Expert Info32684
-Node: Advanced33987
-Node: Info Search37504
-Node: Add41282
-Ref: Add-Footnote-144669
-Node: Menus44921
-Node: Cross-refs47788
-Node: Help-Cross48564
-Node: Help-Q49232
-Node: Tags50390
-Node: Checking51903
-Node: Emacs Info Variables52858
-Node: Creating an Info File56360
-Node: Index57045
+Node: Top1450
+Node: Getting Started2534
+Node: Help-Small-Screen3392
+Node: Help5351
+Node: Help-P7004
+Node: Help-^L8212
+Ref: Help-^L-Footnote-112748
+Node: Help-Inv13121
+Node: Help-]14805
+Node: Help-M16370
+Node: Help-FOO24928
+Node: Help-Xref25893
+Node: Help-Int29470
+Node: Help-Q32480
+Node: Advanced33638
+Node: Search Text34851
+Node: Search Index36855
+Node: Go to node39074
+Node: Choose menu subtopic40101
+Node: Create Info buffer41288
+Node: Emacs Info Variables42375
+Node: Expert Info46162
+Node: Add47516
+Ref: Add-Footnote-150518
+Node: Menus50771
+Node: Cross-refs53663
+Node: Help-Cross54439
+Node: Tags55108
+Node: Checking56624
+Node: Index57551

End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/kpathsea.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/kpathsea.info
index 11b984ebd45..52e8fdc336f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/kpathsea.info
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/kpathsea.info
@@ -1,21 +1,10 @@
-This is kpathsea.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from
+This is kpathsea.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.12 from
kpathsea.texi.
-INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Kpathsea: (kpathsea). File lookup along search paths.
-* kpsewhich: (kpathsea)Invoking kpsewhich. TeX file searching.
-* mktexmf: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. MF source generation.
-* mktexpk: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. PK bitmap generation.
-* mktextex: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. TeX source generation.
-* mktextfm: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. TeX font metric generation.
-* mktexlsr: (kpathsea)Filename database. Update ls-R.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
- This file documents the Kpathsea library for path searching.
+This file documents the Kpathsea library for path searching.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-2005, 2007 Karl Berry & Olaf Weber.
+2005, 2007, 2008 Karl Berry & Olaf Weber.
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
@@ -31,6 +20,18 @@ manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
+INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+* Kpathsea: (kpathsea). File lookup along search paths.
+* kpsewhich: (kpathsea)Invoking kpsewhich. TeX file searching.
+* mktexfmt: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. Format (fmt/base/mem) generation.
+* mktexlsr: (kpathsea)Filename database. Update ls-R.
+* mktexmf: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. MF source generation.
+* mktexpk: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. PK bitmap generation.
+* mktextex: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. TeX source generation.
+* mktextfm: (kpathsea)mktex scripts. TeX font metric generation.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+

File: kpathsea.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir)
@@ -38,8 +39,8 @@ Kpathsea library
****************
This manual documents how to install and use the Kpathsea library for
-filename lookup. It corresponds to version 3.5.6, released in
-January 2007.
+filename lookup. It corresponds to version 3.5.7, released in
+July 2008.
* Menu:
@@ -59,8 +60,8 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev: Top, Up:
1 Introduction
**************
-This manual corresponds to version 3.5.6 of the Kpathsea library,
-released in January 2007.
+This manual corresponds to version 3.5.7 of the Kpathsea library,
+released in July 2008.
The library's fundamental purpose is to return a filename from a
list of directories specified by the user, similar to what shells do
@@ -199,7 +200,7 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: Installation, Next: Path searching, Prev: Introduc
(A copy of this chapter is in the distribution file `kpathsea/INSTALL'.)
The procedure for Kpathsea (and Web2c, etc.) configuration and
-installation follows. If you encounter trouble, see *Note Common
+installation follows. If you encounter trouble, see *note Common
problems::, a copy of which is in the file `kpathsea/BUGS'.
* Menu:
@@ -219,7 +220,7 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: Simple installation, Next: Custom installation, Up
Installing TeX and friends for the first time can be a daunting
experience. Thus, you may prefer to skip this whole thing and just get
-precompiled executables: see *Note unixtex.ftp::.
+precompiled executables: see *note unixtex.ftp::.
This section explains what to do if you wish to take the defaults for
everything, and generally to install in the simplest possible way. Most
@@ -268,13 +269,13 @@ everything is to be installed.
8. Set up a cron job to rebuild the filename database that makes
searching faster. This line will rebuild it every midnight:
0 0 * * * cd /usr/local/share/texmf && /BINDIR/mktexlsr
- *Note Filename database generation::, and *Note Filename
+ *Note Filename database generation::, and *note Filename
database::.
9. If you're installing Dvips, you also need to set up configuration
files for your printers and make any additional PostScript fonts
available. *Note Installation: (dvips)Installation. If you have
- any color printers, see *Note Color device configuration:
+ any color printers, see *note Color device configuration:
(dvips)Color device configuration.
10. The first time you run a DVI driver, a bunch of PK fonts will be
@@ -286,7 +287,7 @@ everything is to be installed.
By default, `mktexpk' will create these fonts in a hierarchy under
`/var/tmp/texfonts'; it simply assumes that `/var/tmp' exists and
is globally writable. If you need a different arrangement, see
- *Note mktex configuration::.
+ *note mktex configuration::.
*Note mktex scripts::.
@@ -562,14 +563,14 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: configure options, Next: configure environment, Pr
...........................
For a complete list of all `configure' options, run `configure --help'
-or see *Note Running `configure' scripts: (autoconf)Invoking configure,
+or see *note Running `configure' scripts: (autoconf)Invoking configure,
(a copy is in the file `kpathsea/README.CONFIGURE'). The generic
options are listed first in the `--help' output, and the
package-specific options come last. The environment variables
`configure' pays attention to are listed below.
Options particularly likely to be useful are `--prefix',
-`--datadir', and the like; see *Note configure scenarios::.
+`--datadir', and the like; see *note configure scenarios::.
This section gives pointers to descriptions of the `--with' and
`--enable' options to `configure' that Kpathsea-using programs accept.
@@ -674,7 +675,7 @@ Here are some common installation scenarios:
* To compile with optimization (to compile without debugging, remove
the `-g'):
env CFLAGS="-g -O" sh configure ...
- For a potential problem if you optimize, see *Note TeX or Metafont
+ For a potential problem if you optimize, see *note TeX or Metafont
failing: TeX or Metafont failing.

@@ -699,12 +700,6 @@ IRIX or Linux, use `-rpath${prefix}/lib'. (Unfortunately, making this
happen by default is very difficult, because of interactions with an
existing installed shared library.)
- Currently, shared library support is implemented only on Linux,
-SunOS 4 (Solaris 1), SunOS 5 (Solaris 2), IRIX 5, and IRIX 6. If you're
-interested and willing in adding support for other systems, please see
-the `configure' mode in the `klibtool' script, especially the
-host-specific case statement around line 250.
-

File: kpathsea.info, Node: Running make, Next: Installing files, Prev: Running configure, Up: Custom installation
@@ -854,11 +849,18 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: mktex scripts, Next: Installation testing, Prev: F
If Kpathsea cannot otherwise find a file, for some file types it is
configured by default to invoke an external program to create it
-dynamically (*note mktex configuration::). This is most useful for
-fonts (bitmaps, TFM's, and arbitrarily-sizable Metafont sources such as
-the Sauter and EC fonts), since any given document can use fonts never
-before referenced. Trying to build all fonts in advance is therefore
-impractical, if not impossible.
+dynamically (*note mktex configuration::). These are collectively
+known as "`mktex' scripts", since most of them are named `mktex...'.
+
+ For example, this is useful for fonts (bitmaps, TFM's, and
+arbitrarily-sizable Metafont sources such as the Sauter and EC fonts),
+since any given document can use fonts never before referenced.
+Building all fonts in advance is therefore impractical, if not
+impossible.
+
+ It is also useful for the TeX `.fmt' (and Metafont `.base' and
+Metapost `.mem' files, *note Memory dumps: (Web2c)Memory dumps.), where
+pre-generating every format consumes a lot of both time and space.
The script is passed the name of the file to create and possibly
other arguments, as explained below. It must echo the full pathname of
@@ -867,9 +869,9 @@ diagnostics to standard error.
* Menu:
-* mktex configuration::
-* mktex script names::
-* mktex script arguments::
+* config: mktex configuration.
+* names: mktex script names.
+* args: mktex script arguments.

File: kpathsea.info, Node: mktex configuration, Next: mktex script names, Up: mktex scripts
@@ -877,15 +879,16 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: mktex configuration, Next: mktex script names, Up:
2.2.9.1 `mktex' configuration
.............................
-The following file types can run an external program to create missing
-files: `pk', `tfm', `mf', `tex'; the scripts are named `mktexpk',
-`mktextfm', `mktexmf', and `mktextex'.
-
- In the absence of `configure' options specifying otherwise,
-everything but `mktextex' will be enabled by default. The `configure'
-options to change the defaults are:
+The list of file types and program names that can run an external
+program to create missing files is listed in the next section. In the
+absence of `configure' options specifying otherwise, everything but
+`mktextex' will be enabled by default. The `configure' options to
+change the defaults are:
+ --without-mktexfmt-default
--without-mktexmf-default
+ --without-mktexocp-default
+ --without-mktexofm-default
--without-mktexpk-default
--without-mktextfm-default
--with-mktextex-default
@@ -894,6 +897,11 @@ options to change the defaults are:
configuration file value named for the script is set; e.g., `MKTEXPK'
(*note mktex script arguments::).
+ `mktexfmt' reads a file `fmtutil.cnf', typically located in
+`texmf/web2c/' to glean its configuration information. The rest of the
+files and features in this section are primarily intended for the font
+generation scripts.
+
As distributed, all the scripts source a file
`texmf/web2c/mktex.cnf' if it exists, so you can override various
defaults. See `mktex.opt', for instance, which defines the default
@@ -907,6 +915,7 @@ installed anywhere).
In addition, you can configure a number of features with the
`MT_FEATURES' variable, which you can define:
+
* in `mktex.opt', as just mentioned;
* by editing the file `mktex.opt', either before `make install' (in
@@ -1003,24 +1012,34 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: mktex script names, Next: mktex script arguments,
2.2.9.2 `mktex' script names
............................
-The following table shows the default name of the script for each
-possible file types. (The source is the variable `kpse_make_specs' in
-`kpathsea/tex-make.c'.)
+The following table shows the default name of the script for each of
+the file types which support runtime generation.
+
+`mktexfmt'
+ (`.fmt', `.base', `.mem') TeX/Metafont/MetaPost formats. This
+ script is also named `fmtutil', and reads `fmtutil.cnf' for
+ configuration information.
+
+`mktexmf'
+ (`.mf') Metafont input files.
+
+`mkocp'
+ (`.ocp') Omega compiled process files.
+
+`mkofm'
+ (`.ofm') Omega font metric files.
`mktexpk'
- Glyph fonts.
+ (`pk') Glyph fonts.
`mktextex'
- TeX input files.
-
-`mktexmf'
- Metafont input files.
+ (`.tex') TeX input files (disabled by default).
`mktextfm'
- TFM files.
+ (`.tfm') TFM files.
-These names are overridden by an environment variable specific to the
-program--for example, `DVIPSMAKEPK' for Dvipsk.
+These names can be overridden by an environment variable specific to
+the program--for example, `DVIPSMAKEPK' for Dvipsk.
If a `mktex...' script fails, the invocation is appended to a file
`missfont.log' (by default) in the current directory. You can then
@@ -1070,7 +1089,7 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: Installation testing, Prev: mktex scripts, Up: Cus
2.2.10 Installation testing
---------------------------
-Besides the tests listed in *Note Simple installation::, you can try
+Besides the tests listed in *note Simple installation::, you can try
running `make check'. This includes the torture tests (trip, trap, and
mptrap) that come with Web2c (*note Triptrap: (web2c)Triptrap.).
@@ -1092,8 +1111,8 @@ closed by default, but you can be permissive if you so desire in
the same issue.
Dvips, Xdvi, and TeX can also execute shell commands under some
-circumstances. To disable this, see the `-R' option in *Note Option
-details: (dvips)Option details, the xdvi man page, and *Note tex
+circumstances. To disable this, see the `-R' option in *note Option
+details: (dvips)Option details, the xdvi man page, and *note tex
invocation: (web2c)tex invocation, respectively.
Another security issue arises because it's very useful--almost
@@ -1147,7 +1166,7 @@ mirrors. The TDS document is available from `CTAN:/tex-archive/tds'
paths::). One common desire is to put everything (binaries and all)
under a single top-level directory such as `/usr/local/texmf' or
`/opt/texmf'--in the terms used below, make PREFIX and TEXMF the same.
-For specific instructions on doing that, see *Note configure
+For specific instructions on doing that, see *note configure
scenarios::.
Here is a skeleton of the default directory structure, extracted from
@@ -1254,7 +1273,7 @@ information and the membership registration form, and
`http://www.tug.org/usergroups.html' for a listing of all user groups.
For actual installation instructions after obtaining the necessary
-sources, see *Note Installation::. A copy is in the distribution file
+sources, see *note Installation::. A copy is in the distribution file
`kpathsea/INSTALL'.
* Menu:
@@ -1422,8 +1441,7 @@ Before reporting a bug, please check below to be sure it isn't already
known (*note Common problems::).
Bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to
-<tex-k@mail.tug.org>, or by postal mail to 135 Center Hill Road /
-Plymouth, MA 02360 / USA.
+<tex-k@mail.tug.org>.
The general principle is that a good bug report includes all the
information necessary for reproduction. Therefore, to enable
@@ -1469,12 +1487,6 @@ investigation, your report should include the following:
files are helpful, but the DVI file is necessary, because that's
the actual program input.
- GNU `shar', available from `ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu' is a
- convenient way of packaging multiple (possibly binary) files for
- electronic mail. If you feel your input files are too big to send
- by email, you can ftp them to `ftp://ftp.tug.org/incoming' (that
- directory is writable, but not readable).
-
* If you are sending a patch (do so if you can!), please do so in
the form of a context diff (`diff -c') against the original
distribution source. Any other form of diff is either not as
@@ -1674,6 +1686,14 @@ The second word is the filename.
Only filenames that are absolute are recorded, to preserve some
semblance of privacy.
+ In addition to this Kpathsea-specific logging, `pdftex' provides an
+option `-recorder' to write the names of all files accessed during a
+run to the file `BASEFILE.fls'.
+
+ Finally, most systems provide a general tool to output each system
+call, thus including opening and closing files. It might be named
+`strace', `truss', `struss', or something else.
+

File: kpathsea.info, Node: Common problems, Prev: Logging, Up: Reporting bugs
@@ -1854,7 +1874,7 @@ to run the program under the debugger and see where it's failing.
Also, if you have trouble with a system C compiler, I advise trying
the GNU C compiler. And vice versa, unfortunately; but in that case I
-also recommend reporting a bug to the GCC mailing list; see *Note Bugs:
+also recommend reporting a bug to the GCC mailing list; see *note Bugs:
(gcc)Bugs.
To report compiler bugs effectively requires perseverance and
@@ -1970,7 +1990,7 @@ There are several fixes:
* Statically link the `Xmu' library into the executable.
- * Avoid using `Xmu' at all. If you are compiling Metafont, see *Note
+ * Avoid using `Xmu' at all. If you are compiling Metafont, see *note
Online Metafont graphics: (web2c)Online Metafont graphics. If you
are compiling Xdvi, see the `-DNOTOOL' option in `xdvik/INSTALL'.
@@ -2055,10 +2075,10 @@ same directory, the directory in which a file is found is floated to the
top of the directory list.)
The "file must exist" condition comes into play with VF files and
-input files read by the TeX `\openin' command. These files may not
-exist (consider `cmr10.vf'), and so it would be wrong to search the
-disk for them. Therefore, if you fail to update `ls-R' when you
-install a new VF file, it will never be found.
+input files read by the TeX `\openin' command. These files might very
+well not exist (consider `cmr10.vf'), and so it would be wrong to
+search the disk for them. Therefore, if you fail to update `ls-R' when
+you install a new VF file, it will not be found.
Each path element is checked in turn: first the database, then the
disk. If a match is found, the search stops and the result is
@@ -2081,15 +2101,15 @@ absolute or explicitly relative, i.e., starts with `/' or `./' or
Ordinarily, if Kpathsea tries to access a file or directory that
cannot be read, it gives a warning. This is so you will be alerted to
-directories or files that accidentally lack read permission (for
-example, a `lost+found'). If you prefer not to see these warnings,
-include the value `readable' in the `TEX_HUSH' environment variable or
-config file value.
+directories or files that accidentally lack any read permission (for
+example, a `lost+found' directory). If you prefer not to see these
+warnings, include the value `readable' in the `TEX_HUSH' environment
+variable or config file value.
This generic path searching algorithm is implemented in
`kpathsea/pathsearch.c'. It is employed by a higher-level algorithm
when searching for a file of a particular type (*note File lookup::,
-and *Note Glyph lookup::).
+and *note Glyph lookup::).

File: kpathsea.info, Node: Path sources, Next: Path expansion, Prev: Searching overview, Up: Path searching
@@ -2141,6 +2161,11 @@ the first one found; definitions in earlier files override those in
later files. Thus, if the search path is `.:$TEXMF', values from
`./texmf.cnf' override those from `$TEXMF/texmf.cnf'.
+ If Kpathsea cannot find any `texmf.cnf' file, it reports a warning
+including all the directories it checked. If you don't want to see
+this warning, set the environment variable `KPATHSEA_WARNING' to the
+single character `0' (zero, not oh).
+
While (or instead of) reading this description, you may find it
helpful to look at the distributed `texmf.cnf', which uses or at least
mentions most features. The format of `texmf.cnf' files follows:
@@ -2315,7 +2340,8 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: Tilde expansion, Next: Brace expansion, Prev: Vari
---------------------
A leading `~' in a path element is replaced by the value of the
-environment variable `HOME', or `.' if `HOME' is not set.
+environment variable `HOME', or `.' if `HOME' is not set. On Windows,
+the environment variable `USERPROFILE' is checked instead of `HOME'.
A leading `~USER' in a path element is replaced by USER's home
directory from the system `passwd' database.
@@ -2374,7 +2400,7 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: KPSE_DOT expansion, Next: Subdirectory expansion,
When `KPSE_DOT' is defined in the environment, it names a directory
that should be considered the current directory for the purpose of
looking up files in the search paths. This feature is needed by the
-`mktex...' scripts *Note mktex scripts::, because these change the
+`mktex...' scripts *note mktex scripts::, because these change the
working directory. You should not ever define it yourself.

@@ -2435,16 +2461,13 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: Filename database, Next: Invoking kpsewhich, Prev:
==============================
Kpathsea goes to some lengths to minimize disk accesses for searches
-(*note Subdirectory expansion::). Nevertheless, at installations with
-enough directories, searching each possible directory for a given file
-can take an excessively long time (depending on the speed of the disk,
-whether it's NFS-mounted, how patient you are, etc.).
+(*note Subdirectory expansion::). Nevertheless, in practice searching
+each possible directory in typical TeX installations takes an
+excessively long time.
- In practice, a font tree containing the standard PostScript and PCL
-fonts is large enough for searching to be noticeably slow on typical
-systems these days. Therefore, Kpathsea can use an externally-built
-"database" file named `ls-R' that maps files to directories, thus
-avoiding the need to exhaustively search the disk.
+ Therefore, Kpathsea can use an externally-built "filename database"
+file named `ls-R' that maps files to directories, thus avoiding the
+need to exhaustively search the disk.
A second database file `aliases' allows you to give additional names
to the files listed in `ls-R'. This can be helpful to adapt to "8.3"
@@ -2485,7 +2508,7 @@ below). GNU `ls', for example, outputs in this format. Also presuming
your `ls' hasn't been aliased in a system file (e.g., `/etc/profile')
to something problematic, e.g., `ls --color=tty'. In that case, you
will have to disable the alias before generating `ls-R'. For the
-precise definition of the file format, see *Note Database format::.
+precise definition of the file format, see *note Database format::.
Regardless of whether you use the supplied script or your own, you
will almost certainly want to invoke it via `cron', so when you make
@@ -2613,23 +2636,26 @@ accepted.
* Menu:
* Path searching options:: Changing the mode, resolution, etc.
+* Specially-recognized files:: Default formats for texmf.cnf, etc.
* Auxiliary tasks:: Path and variable expansion.
* Standard options:: --help and --version.

-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Path searching options, Next: Auxiliary tasks, Up: Invoking kpsewhich
+File: kpathsea.info, Node: Path searching options, Next: Specially-recognized files, Up: Invoking kpsewhich
3.5.1 Path searching options
----------------------------
Kpsewhich looks up each non-option argument on the command line as a
-filename, and returns the first file found. There is no option to
-return all the files with a particular name (you can run the Unix
-`find' utility for that, *note Invoking find: (findutils)Invoking
-find.).
+filename, and returns the first file found.
Various options alter the path searching behavior:
+`--all'
+ Report all matches found, one per line. By default, if there is
+ more than one match, just one will be reported (chosen effectively
+ at random).
+
`--dpi=NUM'
Set the resolution to NUM; this only affects `gf' and `pk'
lookups. `-D' is a synonym, for compatibility with Dvips.
@@ -2640,6 +2666,17 @@ find.).
engine name is used in some search paths to allow files with the
same name but used by different engines to coexist.
+ In particular, since the memory dump files (`.fmt'/`.base'/`.mem')
+ are now stored in subdirectories named for the engine (`tex',
+ `pdftex', `xetex', etc.), you must specify an engine name in order
+ to find them. For example, `cont-en.fmt' typically exists for both
+ `pdftex' and `xetex'. With the default path settings, you can use
+ `--engine=/' to look for any dump file, regardless of engine; if a
+ dump file exists for more than one engine, it's indeterminate
+ which one is returned. (The `/' ends up specifying a normal
+ recursive search along the path where the dumps are stored, namely
+ `$TEXMF/web2c{/$engine,}'.)
+
`--format=NAME'
Set the format for lookup to NAME. By default, the format is
guessed from the filename, with `tex' being used if nothing else
@@ -2735,17 +2772,129 @@ find.).
usual expansions are supported (*note Path expansion::). This
option and `--format' are mutually exclusive. To output the
complete directory expansion of a path, instead of doing a
- one-shot lookup, see `--expand-path' in the following section.
+ one-shot lookup, see `--expand-path' and `--show-path' in the
+ following section.
`--progname=NAME'
Set the program name to NAME; default is `kpsewhich'. This can
affect the search paths via the `.PROGNAM' feature in
configuration files (*note Config files::).
+`--subdir=STRING'
+ Report only those matches whose directory part _ends_ with STRING
+ (compared literally, except case is ignored on a case-insensitive
+ operating system). For example, suppose there are two matches for
+ a given name:
+
+ kpsewhich foo.sty
+ => /some/where/foo.sty
+ /another/place/foo.sty
+
+ Then we can narrow the result to what we are interested in with
+ `--subdir':
+
+ kpsewhich --subdir=where foo.sty
+ => /some/where/foo.sty
+
+ kpsewhich --subdir=place foo.sty
+ => /another/place/foo.sty
+
+ The string to match must be at the end of the directory part of the
+ match, and it is taken literally, with no pattern matching:
+
+ kpsewhich --subdir=another foo.sty
+ =>
+
+ The string to match may cross directory components:
+
+ kpsewhich --subdir=some/where foo.sty
+ => /some/where/foo.sty
+
+ `--subdir' implies `--all'; if there is more than one match, they
+ will all be reported (in our example, both `where' and `place' end
+ in `e'):
+
+ kpsewhich --subdir=e
+ => /some/where/foo.sty
+ /another/place/foo.sty
+
+ Because of the above rules, the presence of a leading `/' is
+ important, since it "anchors" the match to a full component name:
+
+ kpsewhich --subdir=/lace foo.sty
+ =>
+
+ However, a trailing `/' is immaterial (and ignored), since the
+ match always takes place at the end of the directory part:
+
+ kpsewhich --subdir=lace/ foo.sty
+ => /another/place/foo.sty
+
+ The purpose of these rules is to make it convenient to find results
+ only within a particular area of the tree. For instance, a given
+ script named `foo.lua' might exist within both
+ `texmf-dist/scripts/pkg1/' and `texmf-dist/scripts/pkg2/'. By
+ specifying, say, `--subdir=/pkg1', you can be sure of getting the
+ one you are interested in.
+
+ We only match at the end because a site might happen to install TeX
+ in `/some/coincidental/pkg1/path/', and we wouldn't want
+ `texmf-dist/scripts/pkg2/' to match that when searching for
+ `/pkg1'.
+
+

-File: kpathsea.info, Node: Auxiliary tasks, Next: Standard options, Prev: Path searching options, Up: Invoking kpsewhich
+File: kpathsea.info, Node: Specially-recognized files, Next: Auxiliary tasks, Prev: Path searching options, Up: Invoking kpsewhich
+
+3.5.2 Specially-recognized files for `kpsewhich'
+------------------------------------------------
+
+`kpsewhich' recognizes a few special filenames on the command line and
+defaults to using the `known' file formats for them, merely to save the
+time and trouble of specifying the format. This is only a feature of
+`kpsewhich'; when using the Kpathsea library itself, none of these
+special filenames are recognized, and it's still up to the caller to
+specify the desired format.
+
+ Here is the list of special filenames to `kpsewhich', along with
+their corresponding format:
+
+`config.ps'
+ `dvips config'
+
+`dvipdfmx.cfg'
+ `other text files'
+
+`fmtutil.cnf'
+ `web2c files'
+
+`glyphlist.txt'
+ `map'
+
+`mktex.cnf'
+ `web2c files'
+
+`pdfglyphlist.txt'
+ `map'
+
+`pdftex.cfg'
+ `pdftex config' (although `pdftex.cfg' is not used any more; look
+ for the file `pdftexconfig.tex' instead.)
+
+`texmf.cnf'
+ `cnf'
-3.5.2 Auxiliary tasks
+
+ A user-specified format will override the above defaults.
+
+ Another useful configuration file in this regard is `tcfmgr.map',
+found in `texmf/texconfig/tcfmgr.map', which records various
+information about the above configuration files (among others).
+
+
+File: kpathsea.info, Node: Auxiliary tasks, Next: Standard options, Prev: Specially-recognized files, Up: Invoking kpsewhich
+
+3.5.3 Auxiliary tasks
---------------------
Kpsewhich provides some additional features not strictly related to path
@@ -2754,21 +2903,26 @@ lookup:
* `--debug=NUM' sets the debugging options to NUM. *Note
Debugging::.
- * `--var-value=VARIABLE' output the value of VARIABLE.
+ * `--var-value=VARIABLE' outputs the value of VARIABLE, expanding
+ `$' (*note Variable expansion:: and `~' (*note Tilde expansion::)
+ constructs, but not performing other expansions.
* `--expand-braces=STRING' outputs the variable and brace expansion
of STRING. *Note Path expansion::.
- * `--expand-var=STRING' outputs the variable expansion of STRING.
- For example, the `mktex...' scripts run `kpsewhich
+ * `--expand-var=STRING' outputs the variable and tilde expansion of
+ STRING. For example, the `mktex...' scripts run `kpsewhich
--expand-var='$TEXMF'' to find the root of the TeX system
hierarchy. *Note Path expansion::.
- * `--expand-path=STRING' outputs the complete expansion of STRING as
- a colon-separated path. This is useful to construct a search path
- for a program that doesn't accept recursive subdirectory
- specifications. Nonexistent directories are culled from the
- output:
+ * `--expand-path=STRING' outputs the complete expansion of STRING,
+ with each element separated by the usual path separator on the
+ current system (`;' on Windows, `:' otherwise). This may be
+ useful to construct a custom search path for a format not
+ otherwise supported. To retrieve the search path for a format
+ that is already supported, see `--show-path', next.
+
+ Nonexistent directories are culled from the output:
$ kpsewhich --expand-path '/tmp'
=> /tmp
@@ -2783,10 +2937,11 @@ lookup:
`.vf', etc.) or an integer can be used, just as with `--format',
described in the previous section.
+

File: kpathsea.info, Node: Standard options, Prev: Auxiliary tasks, Up: Invoking kpsewhich
-3.5.3 Standard options
+3.5.4 Standard options
----------------------
Kpsewhich accepts the standard GNU options:
@@ -3066,23 +3221,34 @@ This section describes how Kpathsea searches for most files (bitmap font
searches are the exception, as described in the next section).
Here is the search strategy for a file NAME:
+
1. If the file format defines default suffixes, and the suffix of
NAME name is not already a known suffix for that format, try the
- name with each default appended, and use alternative names found
- in the fontmaps if necessary. We postpone searching the disk as
- long as possible. Example: given `foo.sty', look for `foo.sty.tex'
- before `foo.sty'. This is unfortunate, but allows us to find
- `foo.bar.tex' before `foo.bar' if both exist and we were given
- `foo.bar'.
+ name with each default appended, and use alternative names found in
+ the fontmaps if necessary. Example: given `foo.bar', look for
+ `foo.bar.tex'.
2. Search for NAME, and if necessary for alternative names found in
- the fontmaps. Again we avoid searching the disk if possible.
- Example: given `foo', we look for `foo'.
+ the fontmaps. Example: given `foo.bar', we also look for
+ `foo.bar'.
3. If the file format defines a program to invoke to create missing
files, run it (*note mktex scripts::).
- This is implemented in the routine `kpse_find_file' in
+ The order in which we search for "suffixed" name (item 1) or the
+"as-is" name (item 2) is controlled by the `try_std_extension_first'
+configuration value. The default set in `texmf.cnf' is true, since
+common suffixes are already recognized: `babel.sty' will only look for
+`babel.sty', not `babel.sty.tex', regardless of this setting.
+
+ When the suffix is unknown (e.g., `foo.bar'), both names are always
+tried; the difference is the order in which they are tried.
+
+ `try_std_extension_first' only affects names being looked up which
+*already* have an extension. A name without an extension (e.g., `tex
+story') will always have an extension added first.
+
+ This algorithm is implemented in the routine `kpse_find_file' in
`kpathsea/tex-file.c'. You can watch it in action with the debugging
options (*note Debugging::).
@@ -3348,19 +3514,22 @@ this:
`NULL', the value of the first argument is used. This function
must be called before any other use of the Kpathsea library.
- If necessary, `kpse_set_program_name' sets the global variables
+ `kpse_set_program_name' always sets the global variables
`program_invocation_name' and `program_invocation_short_name'.
These variables are used in the error message macros defined in
`kpathsea/lib.h'. It sets the global variable `kpse_program_name'
- to the program name it uses. It also initializes debugging
- options based on the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' (if
- that is set). Finally, it sets the variables `SELFAUTOLOC',
- `SELFAUTODIR' and `SELFAUTOPARENT' to the location, parent and
- grandparent directory of the executable, removing `.' and `..'
- path elements and resolving symbolic links. These are used in the
- default configuration file to allow people to invoke TeX from
- anywhere, specifically from a mounted CD-ROM. (You can use
- `--expand-var=\$SELFAUTOLOC', etc., to see the values finds.)
+ to the program name it uses.
+
+ It also initializes debugging options based on the environment
+ variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' (if that is set).
+
+ Finally, it sets the variables `SELFAUTOLOC', `SELFAUTODIR' and
+ `SELFAUTOPARENT' to the location, parent and grandparent directory
+ of the executable, removing `.' and `..' path elements and
+ resolving symbolic links. These are used in the default
+ configuration file to allow people to invoke TeX from anywhere.
+ You can use `kpsewhich --expand-var=\$SELFAUTOLOC', etc., to see
+ the values.
2. The `kpse_set_progname' is deprecated. A call to
`kpse_set_progname' with `argv[0]' is equivalent to a call of
@@ -3491,56 +3660,63 @@ Index
* !! in path specifications: ls-R. (line 52)
* $ expansion: Variable expansion. (line 6)
+* --all: Path searching options.
+ (line 12)
* --color=tty: ls-R. (line 21)
* --debug=NUM: Auxiliary tasks. (line 9)
* --disable-static: configure options. (line 31)
* --dpi=NUM: Path searching options.
- (line 15)
+ (line 17)
* --enable options: configure options. (line 16)
* --enable-maintainer-mode: configure options. (line 34)
* --enable-shared <1>: Shared library. (line 6)
* --enable-shared: configure options. (line 27)
* --engine=NAME: Path searching options.
- (line 20)
-* --expand-braces=STRING: Auxiliary tasks. (line 14)
-* --expand-path=STRING: Auxiliary tasks. (line 22)
-* --expand-var=STRING: Auxiliary tasks. (line 17)
+ (line 22)
+* --expand-braces=STRING: Auxiliary tasks. (line 16)
+* --expand-path=STRING: Auxiliary tasks. (line 24)
+* --expand-var=STRING: Auxiliary tasks. (line 19)
* --format=NAME: Path searching options.
- (line 25)
+ (line 38)
* --help: Standard options. (line 8)
* --interactive: Path searching options.
- (line 93)
+ (line 106)
* --mode=STRING: Path searching options.
- (line 104)
+ (line 117)
* --must-exist: Path searching options.
- (line 109)
+ (line 122)
* --path=STRING: Path searching options.
- (line 114)
+ (line 127)
* --progname=NAME: Path searching options.
- (line 122)
-* --show-path=NAME: Auxiliary tasks. (line 36)
+ (line 136)
+* --show-path=NAME: Auxiliary tasks. (line 41)
* --srcdir, for building multiple architectures: configure scenarios.
(line 18)
+* --subdir=STRING: Path searching options.
+ (line 141)
* --var-value=VARIABLE: Auxiliary tasks. (line 12)
* --version: Standard options. (line 10)
* --with options: configure options. (line 16)
-* --with-mktextex-default: mktex configuration. (line 14)
-* --without-mktexmf-default: mktex configuration. (line 14)
-* --without-mktexpk-default: mktex configuration. (line 14)
-* --without-mktextfm-default: mktex configuration. (line 14)
+* --with-mktextex-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
+* --without-mktexfmt-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
+* --without-mktexmf-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
+* --without-mktexocp-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
+* --without-mktexofm-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
+* --without-mktexpk-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
+* --without-mktextfm-default: mktex configuration. (line 12)
* -1 debugging value: Debugging. (line 23)
* -A option to ls: ls-R. (line 33)
* -Bdynamic: ShellWidgetClass. (line 45)
* -Bstatic: ShellWidgetClass. (line 45)
* -D NUM: Path searching options.
- (line 15)
+ (line 17)
* -dynamic: ShellWidgetClass. (line 43)
* -g, compiling without: configure scenarios. (line 32)
* -L option to ls: ls-R. (line 38)
* -mktex=FILETYPE: Path searching options.
- (line 98)
+ (line 111)
* -no-mktex=FILETYPE: Path searching options.
- (line 98)
+ (line 111)
* -O, compiling with: configure scenarios. (line 32)
* -static: ShellWidgetClass. (line 43)
* . directories, ignored: ls-R. (line 33)
@@ -3622,21 +3798,21 @@ Index
* .web: Supported file formats.
(line 43)
* / may not be /: Searching overview. (line 13)
-* /, trailing in home directory: Tilde expansion. (line 18)
+* /, trailing in home directory: Tilde expansion. (line 19)
* //: Subdirectory expansion.
(line 6)
* /afs/... , installing into: Installing files. (line 32)
* /etc/profile: Unable to find files.
(line 14)
* /etc/profile and aliases: ls-R. (line 21)
-* /var/tmp/texfonts: mktex configuration. (line 107)
+* /var/tmp/texfonts: mktex configuration. (line 114)
* 2602gf: Unable to generate fonts.
(line 36)
-* 8.3 filenames, using: mktex configuration. (line 62)
+* 8.3 filenames, using: mktex configuration. (line 69)
* : may not be :: Searching overview. (line 13)
* :: expansion: Default expansion. (line 6)
* @VAR@ substitutions: Running configure. (line 6)
-* \, line continuation in texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 26)
+* \, line continuation in texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 31)
* \openin: Searching overview. (line 31)
* \special, suppressing warnings about: Suppressing warnings.
(line 31)
@@ -3653,6 +3829,8 @@ Index
* aliases, for filenames: Filename aliases. (line 6)
* all: Suppressing warnings.
(line 13)
+* all matches, finding: Path searching options.
+ (line 12)
* alphabetical order, not: Subdirectory expansion.
(line 6)
* Amiga support: Custom installation. (line 19)
@@ -3662,7 +3840,7 @@ Index
* ANSI C: TeX or Metafont failing.
(line 30)
* append-only directories and mktexpk: Security. (line 36)
-* appendonlydir: mktex configuration. (line 54)
+* appendonlydir: mktex configuration. (line 61)
* architecture-(in)dependent files, installing only: Installing files.
(line 21)
* architectures, compiling multiple: configure scenarios. (line 18)
@@ -3670,7 +3848,7 @@ Index
(line 6)
* argv[0]: Calling sequence. (line 9)
* ash, losing with configure: configure shells. (line 19)
-* autoconf, recommended: Calling sequence. (line 90)
+* autoconf, recommended: Calling sequence. (line 93)
* automounter, and configuration: configure scenarios. (line 29)
* automounter, and ls-R: ls-R. (line 40)
* auxiliary tasks: Auxiliary tasks. (line 6)
@@ -3680,7 +3858,7 @@ Index
* Bach, Johann Sebastian: Default expansion. (line 41)
* backbone of CTAN: Electronic distribution.
(line 6)
-* backslash-newline: Config files. (line 26)
+* backslash-newline: Config files. (line 31)
* bash, recommended for running configure: configure shells. (line 6)
* basic glyph lookup: Basic glyph lookup. (line 6)
* Berry, Karl: History. (line 12)
@@ -3688,7 +3866,7 @@ Index
(line 28)
* binary mode, for file transfers: Electronic distribution.
(line 20)
-* blank lines, in texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 24)
+* blank lines, in texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 29)
* brace expansion: Brace expansion. (line 6)
* BSD universe: Running make. (line 44)
* bsh, ok with configure: configure shells. (line 14)
@@ -3698,7 +3876,7 @@ Index
* bug checklist: Bug checklist. (line 6)
* bug mailing list: Mailing lists. (line 6)
* bugs, reporting: Reporting bugs. (line 6)
-* c-*.h: Calling sequence. (line 90)
+* c-*.h: Calling sequence. (line 93)
* c-auto.h: Programming overview.
(line 25)
* c-auto.in: Running configure. (line 6)
@@ -3713,24 +3891,24 @@ Index
* CD-ROM distributions: CD-ROM distribution. (line 6)
* CFLAGS: configure environment.
(line 14)
-* ChangeLog entry: Bug checklist. (line 63)
+* ChangeLog entry: Bug checklist. (line 56)
* checklist for bug reports: Bug checklist. (line 6)
* checksum: Suppressing warnings.
(line 16)
* circle fonts: Fontmap. (line 19)
* clean Make target: Cleaning up. (line 15)
-* client_path in kpse_format_info: Calling sequence. (line 45)
+* client_path in kpse_format_info: Calling sequence. (line 48)
* CMAPFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 36)
* cmr10, as fallback font: Fallback font. (line 15)
* cmr10.vf: Searching overview. (line 31)
-* cnf.c: Config files. (line 75)
+* cnf.c: Config files. (line 80)
* cnf.h: Programming with config files.
(line 23)
* code sharing: Shared library. (line 9)
* color printers, configuring: Simple installation. (line 60)
* comments, in fontmap files: Fontmap. (line 28)
-* comments, in texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 22)
+* comments, in texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 27)
* comments, making: Introduction. (line 27)
* common features in glyph lookup: Basic glyph lookup. (line 6)
* common problems: Common problems. (line 6)
@@ -3751,33 +3929,35 @@ Index
* conditions for use: Introduction. (line 31)
* config files: Config files. (line 6)
* config files, for Kpathsea-using programs: Calling sequence.
- (line 45)
+ (line 48)
* config files, programming with: Programming with config files.
(line 6)
* config.h: Programming overview.
(line 25)
-* config.log: Bug checklist. (line 29)
+* config.log: Bug checklist. (line 28)
+* config.ps: Specially-recognized files.
+ (line 16)
* config.ps, search path for: Supported file formats.
(line 47)
-* config.status: Bug checklist. (line 32)
+* config.status: Bug checklist. (line 31)
* configuration: Installation. (line 6)
-* configuration bugs: Bug checklist. (line 32)
+* configuration bugs: Bug checklist. (line 31)
* configuration compiler options: configure environment.
(line 23)
* configuration file, source for path: Path sources. (line 17)
-* configuration files as shell scripts.: Config files. (line 67)
+* configuration files as shell scripts.: Config files. (line 72)
* configuration of mktex scripts: mktex configuration. (line 6)
* configuration of optional features: configure options. (line 16)
* configure error from sed: Empty Makefiles. (line 6)
* configure options: configure options. (line 6)
-* configure options for mktex scripts: mktex configuration. (line 14)
+* configure options for mktex scripts: mktex configuration. (line 12)
* configure, running: Running configure. (line 6)
-* context diff: Bug checklist. (line 63)
-* continuation character: Config files. (line 26)
-* core dumps, reporting: Bug checklist. (line 69)
+* context diff: Bug checklist. (line 56)
+* continuation character: Config files. (line 31)
+* core dumps, reporting: Bug checklist. (line 62)
* CPPFLAGS: configure environment.
(line 22)
-* crashes, reporting: Bug checklist. (line 69)
+* crashes, reporting: Bug checklist. (line 62)
* CTAN, defined: Electronic distribution.
(line 6)
* CTAN.sites: Electronic distribution.
@@ -3789,10 +3969,10 @@ Index
* database, for filenames: Filename database. (line 6)
* database, format of: Database format. (line 6)
* debug.h: Debugging. (line 6)
-* debugger: Bug checklist. (line 69)
+* debugger: Bug checklist. (line 62)
* debugging: Debugging. (line 6)
* debugging options, in Kpathsea-using program: Calling sequence.
- (line 37)
+ (line 40)
* debugging output: Debugging. (line 27)
* debugging with -g, disabling: configure scenarios. (line 32)
* DEC shells and configure: configure shells. (line 25)
@@ -3811,7 +3991,7 @@ Index
(line 29)
* directories, changing default installation: Default path generation.
(line 6)
-* directories, making append-only: mktex configuration. (line 55)
+* directories, making append-only: mktex configuration. (line 62)
* directory permissions: Security. (line 51)
* directory structure, for TeX files: TeX directory structure.
(line 6)
@@ -3834,22 +4014,24 @@ Index
* dlsym.c: dlopen. (line 21)
* doc files: Supported file formats.
(line 158)
-* DOS compatible names: mktex configuration. (line 62)
+* DOS compatible names: mktex configuration. (line 69)
* DOS support: Custom installation. (line 19)
* DOS TeX implementations: Other TeX packages. (line 6)
-* dosnames: mktex configuration. (line 61)
+* dosnames: mktex configuration. (line 68)
* dot files: ls-R. (line 33)
* doubled colons: Default expansion. (line 6)
-* dpiNNN directories: mktex configuration. (line 62)
+* dpiNNN directories: mktex configuration. (line 69)
* DVI drivers: Kpathsea application distributions.
(line 12)
-* DVILJMAKEPK: mktex script names. (line 22)
+* DVILJMAKEPK: mktex script names. (line 32)
* DVILJSIZES: Fallback font. (line 6)
+* dvipdfmx.cfg: Specially-recognized files.
+ (line 19)
* DVIPSFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 227)
* DVIPSHEADERS: Supported file formats.
(line 184)
-* DVIPSMAKEPK: mktex script names. (line 22)
+* DVIPSMAKEPK: mktex script names. (line 32)
* DVIPSSIZES: Fallback font. (line 6)
* dynamic creation of files: mktex scripts. (line 6)
* dynamic linking problems with OpenWin libraries: ShellWidgetClass.
@@ -3863,7 +4045,7 @@ Index
* ENCFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 51)
* engine name: Path searching options.
- (line 20)
+ (line 22)
* environment variable, source for path: Path sources. (line 9)
* environment variables for TeX: Supported file formats.
(line 6)
@@ -3874,7 +4056,7 @@ Index
* error message macros: Calling sequence. (line 16)
* excessive startup time: Slow path searching. (line 6)
* expand.c: Brace expansion. (line 26)
-* expanding symlinks: Calling sequence. (line 16)
+* expanding symlinks: Calling sequence. (line 25)
* expansion, default: Default expansion. (line 6)
* expansion, path element: Searching overview. (line 43)
* expansion, search path: Path expansion. (line 6)
@@ -3883,10 +4065,11 @@ Index
* expansion, tilde: Tilde expansion. (line 6)
* expansion, variable: Variable expansion. (line 6)
* explicitly relative filenames: Searching overview. (line 52)
+* extensions, filename: File lookup. (line 24)
* externally-built filename database: Filename database. (line 6)
* extra colons: Default expansion. (line 6)
* extraclean Make target: Cleaning up. (line 23)
-* failed mktex... script invocation: mktex script names. (line 25)
+* failed mktex... script invocation: mktex script names. (line 35)
* fallback font: Fallback font. (line 6)
* fallback resolutions: Fallback font. (line 6)
* fallback resolutions, overriding: Running make. (line 10)
@@ -3912,14 +4095,18 @@ Index
(line 6)
* filesystem search: Searching overview. (line 22)
* floating directories: Searching overview. (line 22)
+* fmtutil: mktex script names. (line 10)
+* fmtutil.cnf: Specially-recognized files.
+ (line 22)
+* fmtutils.cnf: mktex configuration. (line 24)
* font alias files: Fontmap. (line 6)
* font generation failures: Unable to generate fonts.
(line 6)
* font of last resort: Fallback font. (line 6)
* font set, infinite: mktex scripts. (line 6)
* fontmap files: Fontmap. (line 6)
-* fontmaps: mktex configuration. (line 80)
-* fontname: mktex configuration. (line 81)
+* fontmaps: mktex configuration. (line 87)
+* fontname: mktex configuration. (line 88)
* fontnames, arbitrary length: Fontmap. (line 15)
* fonts, being created: Simple installation. (line 79)
* FOOINPUTS: Supported file formats.
@@ -3936,7 +4123,7 @@ Index
* fundamental purpose of Kpathsea: Introduction. (line 6)
* gcc, compiling with: configure environment.
(line 11)
-* gdb, recommended: Bug checklist. (line 69)
+* gdb, recommended: Bug checklist. (line 62)
* generation of filename database: Filename database generation.
(line 6)
* get_applicationShellWidgetClass: ShellWidgetClass. (line 6)
@@ -3950,13 +4137,15 @@ Index
* glyph lookup bitmap tolerance: Basic glyph lookup. (line 15)
* GLYPHFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 58)
+* glyphlist.txt: Specially-recognized files.
+ (line 25)
* GNU C compiler bugs: TeX or Metafont failing.
(line 19)
* GNU General Public License: Introduction. (line 31)
* group-writable directories: Security. (line 40)
* GSFTOPK_DEBUG (128): Debugging. (line 88)
* hash table buckets, printing: Debugging. (line 105)
-* hash table routines: Calling sequence. (line 83)
+* hash table routines: Calling sequence. (line 86)
* hash_summary_only variable for debugging: Debugging. (line 105)
* help, mailing list for general TeX: Mailing lists. (line 29)
* HIER: Default path features.
@@ -3966,14 +4155,14 @@ Index
* HOME, as ~ expansion: Tilde expansion. (line 6)
* HP-UX, compiling on: TeX or Metafont failing.
(line 30)
-* identifiers, characters valid in: Config files. (line 36)
+* identifiers, characters valid in: Config files. (line 41)
* illegal pointer combination warnings: Pointer combination warnings.
(line 6)
* include fontmap directive: Fontmap. (line 33)
* INDEXSTYLE: Supported file formats.
(line 67)
* info-tex@shsu.edu: Mailing lists. (line 29)
-* input lines, reading: Calling sequence. (line 83)
+* input lines, reading: Calling sequence. (line 86)
* install-data Make target: Installing files. (line 28)
* install-exec Make target: Installing files. (line 23)
* installation: Installation. (line 6)
@@ -3989,7 +4178,7 @@ Index
* installation, simple: Simple installation. (line 6)
* installing files: Installing files. (line 6)
* interactive query: Path searching options.
- (line 93)
+ (line 106)
* interface, not frozen: Introduction. (line 27)
* introduction: Introduction. (line 6)
* kdebug:: Debugging. (line 105)
@@ -4008,11 +4197,12 @@ Index
* kpathsea/HIER: Default path features.
(line 41)
* kpathsea/README.CONFIGURE: Running configure. (line 15)
-* KPATHSEA_DEBUG: Calling sequence. (line 16)
+* KPATHSEA_DEBUG: Calling sequence. (line 22)
* kpathsea_debug: Debugging. (line 18)
* KPATHSEA_DEBUG: Debugging. (line 18)
* kpathsea_debug: Debugging. (line 6)
-* kpathsea_debug variable: Calling sequence. (line 37)
+* kpathsea_debug variable: Calling sequence. (line 40)
+* KPATHSEA_WARNING: Config files. (line 18)
* KPSE_BITMAP_TOLERANCE: Basic glyph lookup. (line 15)
* kpse_cnf_get: Programming with config files.
(line 23)
@@ -4025,19 +4215,18 @@ Index
* KPSE_DEBUG_VARS (64): Debugging. (line 83)
* KPSE_DOT expansion: KPSE_DOT expansion. (line 6)
* kpse_fallback_font: Fallback font. (line 15)
-* kpse_find_*: Calling sequence. (line 60)
-* kpse_find_file <1>: Calling sequence. (line 60)
-* kpse_find_file: File lookup. (line 26)
+* kpse_find_*: Calling sequence. (line 63)
+* kpse_find_file <1>: Calling sequence. (line 63)
+* kpse_find_file: File lookup. (line 37)
* kpse_find_glyph_format: Glyph lookup. (line 26)
-* kpse_format_info: Calling sequence. (line 45)
+* kpse_format_info: Calling sequence. (line 48)
* kpse_format_info_type: Debugging. (line 61)
-* kpse_init_prog: Calling sequence. (line 51)
+* kpse_init_prog: Calling sequence. (line 54)
* kpse_init_prog, and MAKETEX_MODE: Default path features.
(line 25)
-* kpse_make_specs: mktex script names. (line 6)
-* kpse_open_file: Calling sequence. (line 74)
+* kpse_open_file: Calling sequence. (line 77)
* kpse_program_name: Calling sequence. (line 16)
-* kpse_set_progname: Calling sequence. (line 30)
+* kpse_set_progname: Calling sequence. (line 33)
* kpse_set_program_name: Calling sequence. (line 9)
* kpse_var_value: Programming with config files.
(line 10)
@@ -4067,8 +4256,8 @@ Index
* license for using the library: Introduction. (line 31)
* LIGFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 71)
-* lines, reading arbitrary-length: Calling sequence. (line 83)
-* Linux File System Standard: mktex configuration. (line 107)
+* lines, reading arbitrary-length: Calling sequence. (line 86)
+* Linux File System Standard: mktex configuration. (line 114)
* Linux shells and configure: configure shells. (line 19)
* Linux, using Web2c: CD-ROM distribution. (line 16)
* lndir for building symlink trees: configure scenarios. (line 18)
@@ -4103,8 +4292,8 @@ Index
* MAKETEX_FINE_DEBUG (1024): Debugging. (line 100)
* MAKETEX_MODE: Default path features.
(line 19)
-* memory allocation routines: Calling sequence. (line 83)
-* metafont driver files: mktex configuration. (line 87)
+* memory allocation routines: Calling sequence. (line 86)
+* metafont driver files: mktex configuration. (line 94)
* Metafont failures: TeX or Metafont failing.
(line 6)
* Metafont installation: Unable to generate fonts.
@@ -4127,24 +4316,29 @@ Index
(line 100)
* mismatched checksum warnings: Suppressing warnings.
(line 17)
-* missfont.log: mktex script names. (line 25)
-* MISSFONT_LOG: mktex script names. (line 30)
+* missfont.log: mktex script names. (line 35)
+* MISSFONT_LOG: mktex script names. (line 40)
* missing character warnings: Suppressing warnings.
(line 20)
+* mkocp: mktex script names. (line 18)
+* mkofm: mktex script names. (line 21)
* mktex script configuration: mktex configuration. (line 6)
* mktex script names: mktex script names. (line 6)
* mktex scripts: mktex scripts. (line 6)
-* mktex.cnf: mktex configuration. (line 23)
-* mktex.opt: mktex configuration. (line 34)
-* mktexdir: mktex configuration. (line 55)
-* mktexmf: mktex script names. (line 17)
-* mktexpk: mktex script names. (line 11)
+* mktex.cnf <1>: Specially-recognized files.
+ (line 28)
+* mktex.cnf: mktex configuration. (line 29)
+* mktex.opt: mktex configuration. (line 29)
+* mktexdir: mktex configuration. (line 62)
+* mktexfmt: mktex script names. (line 10)
+* mktexmf: mktex script names. (line 15)
+* mktexpk: mktex script names. (line 24)
* mktexpk , initial runs: Simple installation. (line 79)
* mktexpk can't guess mode: Unable to generate fonts.
(line 12)
-* mktextex: mktex script names. (line 14)
-* mktextfm: mktex script names. (line 20)
-* mode directory, omitting: mktex configuration. (line 92)
+* mktextex: mktex script names. (line 27)
+* mktextfm: mktex script names. (line 30)
+* mode directory, omitting: mktex configuration. (line 99)
* Morgan, Tim: History. (line 12)
* mostlyclean Make target: Cleaning up. (line 10)
* MPINPUTS: Supported file formats.
@@ -4155,7 +4349,7 @@ Index
(line 108)
* MPSUPPORT: Supported file formats.
(line 84)
-* MT_FEATURES: mktex configuration. (line 34)
+* MT_FEATURES: mktex configuration. (line 40)
* multiple architectures, compiling on: configure scenarios. (line 18)
* multiple architectures, directories for: configure scenarios.
(line 23)
@@ -4173,14 +4367,14 @@ Index
* NFS and ls-R: ls-R. (line 40)
* NFS CTAN access: Electronic distribution.
(line 17)
-* nomfdrivers: mktex configuration. (line 86)
-* nomode: mktex configuration. (line 91)
+* nomfdrivers: mktex configuration. (line 93)
+* nomode: mktex configuration. (line 98)
* non-English typesetting: Kpathsea application distributions.
(line 28)
* non-Unix operating systems: Custom installation. (line 19)
* none: Suppressing warnings.
(line 23)
-* null pointers, dereferencing: Bug checklist. (line 69)
+* null pointers, dereferencing: Bug checklist. (line 62)
* numeric debugging values: Debugging. (line 34)
* obtaining TeX: unixtex.ftp. (line 6)
* obtaining Web2c by ftp: Electronic distribution.
@@ -4236,8 +4430,14 @@ Index
(line 13)
* PDF generation: Kpathsea application distributions.
(line 16)
+* pdfglyphlist.txt: Specially-recognized files.
+ (line 31)
+* pdftex.cfg: Specially-recognized files.
+ (line 34)
* PDFTEXCONFIG: Supported file formats.
(line 136)
+* pdftexconfig.tex: Specially-recognized files.
+ (line 34)
* permission denied: Searching overview. (line 56)
* permissions, directory: Security. (line 51)
* permissions, file: Security. (line 47)
@@ -4261,7 +4461,7 @@ Index
* problems, common: Common problems. (line 6)
* proginit.c: Default path features.
(line 25)
-* proginit.h: Calling sequence. (line 51)
+* proginit.h: Calling sequence. (line 54)
* program-varying paths: Supported file formats.
(line 12)
* program_invocation_name: Calling sequence. (line 16)
@@ -4280,7 +4480,7 @@ Index
* quoting variable values: Variable expansion. (line 17)
* readable: Suppressing warnings.
(line 26)
-* reading arbitrary-length lines: Calling sequence. (line 83)
+* reading arbitrary-length lines: Calling sequence. (line 86)
* README.CONFIGURE: Running configure. (line 15)
* README.mirrors: Electronic distribution.
(line 13)
@@ -4288,14 +4488,14 @@ Index
* relative filenames: Searching overview. (line 52)
* relative filenames in ls-R: Installing files. (line 40)
* reporting bugs: Reporting bugs. (line 6)
-* resident.c: Calling sequence. (line 45)
+* resident.c: Calling sequence. (line 48)
* resolution, setting: Path searching options.
- (line 15)
+ (line 17)
* resolutions, last-resort: Fallback font. (line 6)
* retrieving TeX: unixtex.ftp. (line 6)
-* right-hand side of variable assignments: Config files. (line 44)
+* right-hand side of variable assignments: Config files. (line 49)
* Rokicki, Tom: History. (line 12)
-* root user: Tilde expansion. (line 18)
+* root user: Tilde expansion. (line 19)
* runtime configuration files: Config files. (line 6)
* runtime debugging: Debugging. (line 6)
* Sauter fonts, and dynamic source creation: mktex scripts. (line 6)
@@ -4310,23 +4510,22 @@ Index
* searching the disk: Searching overview. (line 22)
* security considerations: Security. (line 6)
* sed error from configure: Empty Makefiles. (line 6)
-* SELFAUTODIR: Calling sequence. (line 16)
-* SELFAUTOLOC: Calling sequence. (line 16)
-* SELFAUTOPARENT: Calling sequence. (line 16)
-* sending patches: Bug checklist. (line 63)
+* SELFAUTODIR: Calling sequence. (line 25)
+* SELFAUTOLOC: Calling sequence. (line 25)
+* SELFAUTOPARENT: Calling sequence. (line 25)
+* sending patches: Bug checklist. (line 56)
* setgid scripts: Security. (line 40)
* SFDFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 149)
* sh5, ok with configure: configure shells. (line 25)
-* shar, recommended: Bug checklist. (line 57)
* shared library, making: Shared library. (line 6)
-* shell scripts as configuration files: Config files. (line 67)
+* shell scripts as configuration files: Config files. (line 72)
* shell variables: Variable expansion. (line 17)
* shell_escape, example for code: Programming with config files.
(line 10)
* shells and configure: configure shells. (line 6)
* simple installation: Simple installation. (line 6)
-* site overrides for mktex...: mktex configuration. (line 23)
+* site overrides for mktex...: mktex configuration. (line 29)
* size of distribution archives: Disk space. (line 6)
* skeleton TeX directory: TeX directory structure.
(line 6)
@@ -4339,23 +4538,24 @@ Index
(line 30)
* st_nlink: Subdirectory expansion.
(line 26)
-* stack trace: Bug checklist. (line 69)
+* stack trace: Bug checklist. (line 62)
* standalone path searching: Invoking kpsewhich. (line 6)
* standard error and debugging output: Debugging. (line 27)
* standard options: Standard options. (line 6)
* startup time, excessive: Slow path searching. (line 6)
* static linking: ShellWidgetClass. (line 39)
* static linking and dlsym: dlopen. (line 6)
-* string routines: Calling sequence. (line 83)
-* strip: mktex configuration. (line 101)
-* stripsupplier: mktex configuration. (line 95)
-* striptypeface: mktex configuration. (line 98)
+* string routines: Calling sequence. (line 86)
+* strip: mktex configuration. (line 108)
+* stripsupplier: mktex configuration. (line 102)
+* striptypeface: mktex configuration. (line 105)
* subdirectory searching: Subdirectory expansion.
(line 6)
+* suffixes, filename: File lookup. (line 24)
* suggestions, making: Introduction. (line 27)
* Sun 2: History. (line 12)
* Sun OpenWin patches: ShellWidgetClass. (line 29)
-* supplier directory, omitting: mktex configuration. (line 96)
+* supplier directory, omitting: mktex configuration. (line 103)
* supported file formats: Supported file formats.
(line 6)
* suppressing warnings: Suppressing warnings.
@@ -4365,7 +4565,7 @@ Index
* symbolic links not found: Unable to find files.
(line 21)
* symbolic links, and ls-R: ls-R. (line 38)
-* symlinks, resolving: Calling sequence. (line 16)
+* symlinks, resolving: Calling sequence. (line 25)
* system C compiler bugs: TeX or Metafont failing.
(line 19)
* system dependencies: Running configure. (line 6)
@@ -4376,6 +4576,8 @@ Index
(line 184)
* T42FONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 189)
+* tcfmgr.map: Specially-recognized files.
+ (line 44)
* TDS: TeX directory structure.
(line 6)
* testing, post-installation: Installation testing.
@@ -4397,7 +4599,7 @@ Index
* TeX support: TeX support. (line 6)
* TeX Users Group: Introduction. (line 39)
* tex-archive@math.utah.edu: Mailing lists. (line 25)
-* tex-file.c: File lookup. (line 26)
+* tex-file.c: File lookup. (line 37)
* tex-file.h: Programming overview.
(line 16)
* tex-glyph.c: Glyph lookup. (line 26)
@@ -4405,7 +4607,6 @@ Index
(line 16)
* tex-k-request@mail.tug.org: Mailing lists. (line 7)
* tex-k@mail.tug.org (bug address): Reporting bugs. (line 8)
-* tex-make.c: mktex script names. (line 6)
* TEX_HUSH <1>: Suppressing warnings.
(line 6)
* TEX_HUSH: Searching overview. (line 56)
@@ -4428,6 +4629,9 @@ Index
(line 62)
* TEXMF: TeX directory structure.
(line 6)
+* texmf.cnf: Specially-recognized files.
+ (line 38)
+* texmf.cnf missing, warning about: Config files. (line 18)
* texmf.cnf, and variable expansion: Variable expansion. (line 6)
* texmf.cnf, creating: Running make. (line 6)
* texmf.cnf, definition for: Config files. (line 6)
@@ -4449,11 +4653,11 @@ Index
* TEXMFINI: Supported file formats.
(line 24)
* TEXMFLOG: Logging. (line 10)
-* TEXMFOUTPUT: mktex script names. (line 30)
+* TEXMFOUTPUT: mktex script names. (line 40)
* TEXMFSCRIPTS: Supported file formats.
(line 164)
-* TEXMFVAR: mktex configuration. (line 117)
-* texmfvar: mktex configuration. (line 116)
+* TEXMFVAR: mktex configuration. (line 124)
+* texmfvar: mktex configuration. (line 123)
* TEXPICTS: Supported file formats.
(line 62)
* TEXPKS: Supported file formats.
@@ -4468,29 +4672,30 @@ Index
* TFMFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 172)
* tilde expansion: Tilde expansion. (line 6)
-* tilde.c: Tilde expansion. (line 24)
+* tilde.c: Tilde expansion. (line 25)
* time system call: Logging. (line 15)
* tolerance for glyph lookup: Basic glyph lookup. (line 15)
* total disk space: Disk space. (line 6)
-* trailing / in home directory: Tilde expansion. (line 18)
+* trailing / in home directory: Tilde expansion. (line 19)
* trailing colons: Default expansion. (line 6)
* TRFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 177)
* trick for detecting leaf directories: Subdirectory expansion.
(line 22)
* trojan horse attack: Security. (line 10)
+* try_std_extension_first: File lookup. (line 24)
* TTFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 181)
* tug.org: unixtex.ftp. (line 6)
* tug@tug.org: Introduction. (line 46)
-* typeface directory, omitting: mktex configuration. (line 99)
+* typeface directory, omitting: mktex configuration. (line 106)
* ucbinclude, avoiding: Running make. (line 44)
* Ultrix shells and configure: configure shells. (line 25)
* unable to find files: Unable to find files.
(line 6)
* unable to generate fonts: Unable to generate fonts.
(line 6)
-* uname: Bug checklist. (line 22)
+* uname: Bug checklist. (line 21)
* universe, BSD vs. system V: Running make. (line 44)
* UNIX_ST_LINK: Subdirectory expansion.
(line 38)
@@ -4502,19 +4707,20 @@ Index
* unreadable files: Searching overview. (line 56)
* unusable ls-R warning: ls-R. (line 45)
* usage patterns, finding: Logging. (line 6)
-* USE_TEXMFVAR: mktex configuration. (line 122)
-* USE_VARTEXFONTS: mktex configuration. (line 112)
+* USE_TEXMFVAR: mktex configuration. (line 129)
+* USE_VARTEXFONTS: mktex configuration. (line 119)
* Usenet TeX newsgroup: Mailing lists. (line 29)
-* varfonts: mktex configuration. (line 106)
+* USERPROFILE, as ~ expansion: Tilde expansion. (line 6)
+* varfonts: mktex configuration. (line 113)
* variable expansion: Variable expansion. (line 6)
* variable.c: Variable expansion. (line 32)
* variable.h: Programming with config files.
(line 10)
-* VARTEXFONTS: mktex configuration. (line 107)
+* VARTEXFONTS: mktex configuration. (line 114)
* VAX 11/750: History. (line 12)
* version number, of Kpathsea: Kpathsea application distributions.
(line 6)
-* version numbers, determining: Bug checklist. (line 17)
+* version numbers, determining: Bug checklist. (line 16)
* VF files, not found: Searching overview. (line 31)
* VFFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 192)
@@ -4523,6 +4729,7 @@ Index
* Vojta, Paul: History. (line 30)
* Walsh, Norman: History. (line 57)
* warning about unusable ls-R: ls-R. (line 45)
+* warning, about missing texmf.cnf: Config files. (line 18)
* warnings, file access: Searching overview. (line 56)
* warnings, pointer combinations: Pointer combination warnings.
(line 6)
@@ -4536,7 +4743,7 @@ Index
(line 196)
* whitespace, in fontmap files: Fontmap. (line 28)
* whitespace, not ignored on continuation lines: Config files.
- (line 26)
+ (line 31)
* Windows TeX implementations: Other TeX packages. (line 6)
* World Wide Web CTAN access: Electronic distribution.
(line 17)
@@ -4550,7 +4757,7 @@ Index
* XDEFS: Running make. (line 23)
* XDVIFONTS: Supported file formats.
(line 227)
-* XDVIMAKEPK: mktex script names. (line 22)
+* XDVIMAKEPK: mktex script names. (line 32)
* XDVISIZES: Fallback font. (line 6)
* XLDFLAGS: Running make. (line 29)
* XLOADLIBES: Running make. (line 32)
@@ -4564,85 +4771,86 @@ Index

Tag Table:
-Node: Top1468
-Node: Introduction2114
-Node: History4093
-Node: Installation8185
-Node: Simple installation8975
-Node: Custom installation12558
-Node: Disk space13732
-Node: Kpathsea application distributions14616
-Node: Changing search paths15731
-Node: Default path features16913
-Node: Default path generation19049
-Node: Running configure20492
-Node: configure shells21543
-Node: configure options22595
-Node: configure environment24102
-Node: configure scenarios25904
-Node: Shared library27490
-Node: Running make28824
-Node: Installing files30871
-Node: Cleaning up32818
-Node: Filename database generation33866
-Node: mktex scripts34433
-Node: mktex configuration35390
-Node: mktex script names40934
-Node: mktex script arguments42032
-Node: Installation testing42922
-Node: Security43286
-Node: TeX directory structure45853
-Node: unixtex.ftp50275
-Node: Electronic distribution52290
-Node: CD-ROM distribution55055
-Node: Other TeX packages56025
-Node: Reporting bugs57321
-Node: Bug checklist58061
-Node: Mailing lists62162
-Node: Debugging63521
-Node: Logging68593
-Node: Common problems70104
-Node: Unable to find files70935
-Node: Slow path searching73346
-Node: Unable to generate fonts74723
-Node: TeX or Metafont failing77232
-Node: Empty Makefiles79110
-Node: XtStrings80340
-Node: dlopen81176
-Node: ShellWidgetClass81994
-Node: Pointer combination warnings83626
-Node: Path searching84015
-Node: Searching overview84662
-Node: Path sources88034
-Node: Config files89105
-Node: Path expansion92505
-Node: Default expansion93454
-Node: Variable expansion95524
-Node: Tilde expansion96927
-Node: Brace expansion97825
-Node: KPSE_DOT expansion98930
-Node: Subdirectory expansion99443
-Node: Filename database101792
-Node: ls-R103106
-Node: Filename aliases106000
-Node: Database format107178
-Node: Invoking kpsewhich108191
-Node: Path searching options109068
-Node: Auxiliary tasks113205
-Node: Standard options114713
-Node: TeX support115033
-Node: Supported file formats116324
-Node: File lookup123472
-Node: Glyph lookup124763
-Node: Basic glyph lookup125890
-Node: Fontmap126769
-Node: Fallback font129386
-Node: Suppressing warnings130351
-Node: Programming131456
-Node: Programming overview131969
-Node: Calling sequence134245
-Node: Program-specific files139274
-Node: Programming with config files140312
-Node: Index141612
+Node: Top1552
+Node: Introduction2195
+Node: History4171
+Node: Installation8263
+Node: Simple installation9053
+Node: Custom installation12636
+Node: Disk space13810
+Node: Kpathsea application distributions14694
+Node: Changing search paths15809
+Node: Default path features16991
+Node: Default path generation19127
+Node: Running configure20570
+Node: configure shells21621
+Node: configure options22673
+Node: configure environment24180
+Node: configure scenarios25982
+Node: Shared library27568
+Node: Running make28582
+Node: Installing files30629
+Node: Cleaning up32576
+Node: Filename database generation33624
+Node: mktex scripts34191
+Node: mktex configuration35468
+Node: mktex script names41287
+Node: mktex script arguments42678
+Node: Installation testing43568
+Node: Security43932
+Node: TeX directory structure46499
+Node: unixtex.ftp50921
+Node: Electronic distribution52936
+Node: CD-ROM distribution55701
+Node: Other TeX packages56671
+Node: Reporting bugs57967
+Node: Bug checklist58707
+Node: Mailing lists62409
+Node: Debugging63768
+Node: Logging68840
+Node: Common problems70710
+Node: Unable to find files71541
+Node: Slow path searching73952
+Node: Unable to generate fonts75329
+Node: TeX or Metafont failing77838
+Node: Empty Makefiles79716
+Node: XtStrings80946
+Node: dlopen81782
+Node: ShellWidgetClass82600
+Node: Pointer combination warnings84232
+Node: Path searching84621
+Node: Searching overview85268
+Node: Path sources88664
+Node: Config files89735
+Node: Path expansion93380
+Node: Default expansion94329
+Node: Variable expansion96399
+Node: Tilde expansion97802
+Node: Brace expansion98782
+Node: KPSE_DOT expansion99887
+Node: Subdirectory expansion100400
+Node: Filename database102749
+Node: ls-R103803
+Node: Filename aliases106697
+Node: Database format107875
+Node: Invoking kpsewhich108888
+Node: Path searching options109833
+Node: Specially-recognized files116853
+Node: Auxiliary tasks118177
+Node: Standard options120002
+Node: TeX support120322
+Node: Supported file formats121613
+Node: File lookup128761
+Node: Glyph lookup130489
+Node: Basic glyph lookup131616
+Node: Fontmap132495
+Node: Fallback font135112
+Node: Suppressing warnings136077
+Node: Programming137182
+Node: Programming overview137695
+Node: Calling sequence139971
+Node: Program-specific files144963
+Node: Programming with config files146001
+Node: Index147301

End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/texinfo.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/texinfo.info
index babfcb3c651..6f00c11e540 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/texinfo.info
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/texinfo.info
@@ -1,58 +1,46 @@
-This is texinfo.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.7 from texinfo.txi.
+This is texinfo, produced by makeinfo version 4.12 from texinfo.txi.
- This manual is for GNU Texinfo (version 4.7, 9 April 2004), a
+This manual is for GNU Texinfo (version 4.12, 9 April 2008), a
documentation system that can produce both online information and a
printed manual from a single source.
Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free
+Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
- Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
- Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
- being "A GNU Manual," and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
+ Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
+ Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts
+ being "A GNU Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
"GNU Free Documentation License."
- (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have freedom to copy and
- modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by
- the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development."
+ (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
+ this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
+ developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format.
* install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. Update info/dir entries.
* texi2dvi: (texinfo)Format with texi2dvi. Print Texinfo documents.
+* texi2pdf: (texinfo)PDF Output. PDF output for Texinfo.
+* pdftexi2dvi: (texinfo)PDF Output. PDF output for Texinfo.
* texindex: (texinfo)Format with tex/texindex. Sort Texinfo index files.
* makeinfo: (texinfo)Invoking makeinfo. Translate Texinfo source.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Top, Next: Copying Conditions, Up: (dir)
+File: texinfo, Node: Top, Next: Copying Conditions, Up: (dir)
Texinfo
*******
-This manual is for GNU Texinfo (version 4.7, 9 April 2004), a
+This manual is for GNU Texinfo (version 4.12, 9 April 2008), a
documentation system that can produce both online information and a
printed manual from a single source.
- Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
- Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software
- Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
- being "A GNU Manual," and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
- below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
- "GNU Free Documentation License."
-
- (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have freedom to copy and
- modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by
- the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development."
-
The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
document, including the @-command and concept indices. The rest of the
menu lists all the lower level nodes in the document.
@@ -91,9 +79,9 @@ menu lists all the lower level nodes in the document.
* Include Files:: How to incorporate other Texinfo files.
* Headings:: How to write page headings and footings.
* Catching Mistakes:: How to find formatting mistakes.
-* Copying This Manual:: The GNU Free Documentation License.
+* GNU Free Documentation License::Copying this manual.
* Command and Variable Index:: A menu containing commands and variables.
-* Concept Index:: A menu covering many topics.
+* General Index:: A menu covering many topics.
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
@@ -273,6 +261,7 @@ Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.
* option:: Indicating option names.
* dfn:: Specifying definitions.
* cite:: Referring to books not in the Info system.
+* abbr:: Indicating abbreviations.
* acronym:: Indicating acronyms.
* indicateurl:: Indicating a World Wide Web reference.
* email:: Indicating an electronic mail address.
@@ -360,15 +349,21 @@ Combining Indices
Special Insertions
* Atsign Braces Comma:: Inserting @ and {} and ,.
+* Inserting Quote Characters:: Inserting left and right quotes, in code.
* Inserting Space:: How to insert the right amount of space
within a sentence.
* Inserting Accents:: How to insert accents and special characters.
+* Inserting Quotation Marks:: How to insert quotation marks.
* Dots Bullets:: How to insert dots and bullets.
* TeX and copyright:: How to insert the TeX logo
and the copyright symbol.
+* euro:: How to insert the Euro currency symbol.
* pounds:: How to insert the pounds currency symbol.
+* textdegree:: How to insert the degrees symbol.
* minus:: How to insert a minus sign.
+* geq leq:: How to insert greater/less-than-or-equal signs.
* math:: How to format a mathematical expression.
+* Click Sequences:: Inserting GUI usage sequences.
* Glyphs:: How to indicate results of evaluation,
expansion of macros, errors, etc.
@@ -383,6 +378,7 @@ Inserting Space
* Not Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes a . doesn't end a sentence.
* Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes it does.
* Multiple Spaces:: Inserting multiple spaces.
+* frenchspacing:: Specifying end-of-sentence spacing.
* dmn:: How to format a dimension.
Inserting Ellipsis and Bullets
@@ -420,6 +416,7 @@ Forcing and Preventing Breaks
* Break Commands:: Summary of break-related commands.
* Line Breaks:: Forcing line breaks.
* - and hyphenation:: Helping TeX with hyphenation points.
+* allowcodebreaks:: Controlling line breaks within @code text.
* w:: Preventing unwanted line breaks in text.
* tie:: Inserting an unbreakable but varying space.
* sp:: Inserting blank lines.
@@ -553,9 +550,7 @@ Sample Texinfo Files
* Verbatim Copying License::
* All-permissive Copying License::
-Copying This Manual
-
-* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
+GNU Free Documentation License
Include Files
@@ -591,15 +586,11 @@ Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
* Tagifying:: How to tagify a file.
* Splitting:: How to split a file manually.
-Copying This Manual
-
-* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
-
Documentation is like sex: when it is good, it is very, very good;
and when it is bad, it is better than nothing. --Dick Brandon

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Copying Conditions, Next: Overview, Prev: Top, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Copying Conditions, Next: Overview, Prev: Top, Up: Top
Texinfo Copying Conditions
**************************
@@ -640,7 +631,7 @@ the GNU Free Documentation License (*note GNU Free Documentation
License::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Overview, Next: Texinfo Mode, Prev: Copying Conditions, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Overview, Next: Texinfo Mode, Prev: Copying Conditions, Up: Top
1 Overview of Texinfo
*********************
@@ -678,7 +669,7 @@ Texinfo as if the `x' were a `k'. Spell "Texinfo" with a capital "T"
and the other letters in lower case.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Reporting Bugs, Next: Using Texinfo, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Reporting Bugs, Next: Using Texinfo, Up: Overview
1.1 Reporting Bugs
==================
@@ -709,16 +700,11 @@ better to include too much than to leave out something important.
Patches are most welcome; if possible, please make them with
`diff -c' (*note Overview: (diff)Top.) and include `ChangeLog' entries
-(*note Change Log: (emacs)Change Log.).
-
- When sending patches, if possible please do not encode or split them
-in any way; it's much easier to deal with one plain text message,
-however large, than many small ones. GNU shar
-(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/sharutils/) is a convenient way of packaging
-multiple and/or binary files for email.
+(*note Change Log: (emacs)Change Log.), and follow the existing coding
+style.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Using Texinfo, Next: Output Formats, Prev: Reporting Bugs, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Using Texinfo, Next: Output Formats, Prev: Reporting Bugs, Up: Overview
1.2 Using Texinfo
=================
@@ -750,7 +736,7 @@ information is available at the GNU documentation web page
(http://www.gnu.org/doc/).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Output Formats, Next: Info Files, Prev: Using Texinfo, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Output Formats, Next: Info Files, Prev: Using Texinfo, Up: Overview
1.3 Output Formats
==================
@@ -772,7 +758,7 @@ Info
Plain text
(Generated via `makeinfo --no-headers'.) This is almost the same
as Info output, except the navigational control characters are
- omitted.
+ omitted. Also, standard output is used by default.
HTML
(Generated via `makeinfo --html'.) This is the Hyper Text Markup
@@ -800,18 +786,21 @@ DVI
`http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/teximpatient'.
PDF
- (Generated via `texi2dvi --pdf'.) This format, based on
- PostScript, was developed by Adobe Systems for document
- interchange. It is intended to be platform-independent and easily
- viewable, among other design goals; for a discussion, see
- `http://tug.org/tugboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72beebeI.pdf'. Texinfo
- uses the `pdftex' program, a variant of TeX, to output pdf; see
- `http://tug.org/applications/pdftex'. *Note PDF Output::.
+ (Generated via `texi2dvi --pdf' or `texi2pdf'.) This format was
+ developed by Adobe Systems for portable document interchange,
+ based on their previous PostScript language. It can represent the
+ exact appearance of a document, including fonts and graphics, and
+ supporting arbitrary scaling. It is intended to be
+ platform-independent and easily viewable, among other design goals;
+ `http://tug.org/TUGboat/Articles/tb22-3/tb72beebe-pdf.pdf' has
+ some background. Texinfo uses the `pdftex' program, a variant of
+ TeX, to output PDF; see `http://tug.org/applications/pdftex'.
+ *Note PDF Output::.
XML
(Generated via `makeinfo --xml'.) XML is a generic syntax
specification usable for any sort of content (see, for example,
- `http://www.w3.org/XML/'). The `makeinfo' xml output, unlike all
+ `http://www.w3.org/XML/'). The `makeinfo' XML output, unlike all
the formats above, interprets very little of the Texinfo source.
Rather, it merely translates the Texinfo markup commands into XML
syntax, for processing by further XML tools. The particular
@@ -853,7 +842,7 @@ language is continually being enhanced and updated. Instead, the best
approach is modify `makeinfo' to generate the new format.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Info Files, Next: Printed Books, Prev: Output Formats, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Info Files, Next: Printed Books, Prev: Output Formats, Up: Overview
1.4 Info Files
==============
@@ -937,7 +926,7 @@ Emacs/W3, for example:
info:emacs#Dissociated%20Press
info://localhost/usr/info/emacs#Dissociated%20Press
- The `info' program itself does not follow URI's of any kind.
+ The `info' program itself does not follow URIs of any kind.
---------- Footnotes ----------
@@ -946,7 +935,7 @@ Occasionally, the last child has the node name of the next following
higher level node as its `Next' pointer.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Printed Books, Next: Formatting Commands, Prev: Info Files, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Printed Books, Next: Formatting Commands, Prev: Info Files, Up: Overview
1.5 Printed Books
=================
@@ -972,15 +961,15 @@ that TeX uses when it typesets a Texinfo file. (`texinfo.tex' tells
TeX how to convert the Texinfo @-commands to TeX commands, which TeX
can then process to create the typeset document.) `texinfo.tex'
contains the specifications for printing a document. You can get the
-latest version of `texinfo.tex' from
-`ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex'.
+latest version of `texinfo.tex' from the Texinfo home page,
+`http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/'.
In the United States, documents are most often printed on 8.5 inch by
11 inch pages (216mm by 280mm); this is the default size. But you can
also print for 7 inch by 9.25 inch pages (178mm by 235mm, the
`@smallbook' size; or on A4 or A5 size paper (`@afourpaper',
`@afivepaper'). (*Note Printing "Small" Books: smallbook. Also, see
-*Note Printing on A4 Paper: A4 Paper.)
+*note Printing on A4 Paper: A4 Paper.)
By changing the parameters in `texinfo.tex', you can change the size
of the printed document. In addition, you can change the style in
@@ -1000,7 +989,7 @@ Texinfo file must be able to present information both on a
character-only terminal in Info form and in a typeset book, the
formatting commands that Texinfo supports are necessarily limited.
- To get a copy of TeX, see *Note How to Obtain TeX: Obtaining TeX.
+ To get a copy of TeX, see *note How to Obtain TeX: Obtaining TeX.
---------- Footnotes ----------
@@ -1011,7 +1000,7 @@ standard GNU distribution and is not maintained or up-to-date with all
the Texinfo features described in this manual.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Formatting Commands, Next: Conventions, Prev: Printed Books, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Formatting Commands, Next: Conventions, Prev: Printed Books, Up: Overview
1.6 @-commands
==============
@@ -1044,7 +1033,7 @@ write @-commands on lines of their own or as part of sentences:
titles.)
* Write a command such as `@dots{}' wherever you wish but usually
- within a sentence. (`@dots{}' creates dots ...)
+ within a sentence. (`@dots{}' creates an ellipsis ...)
* Write a command such as `@code{SAMPLE-CODE}' wherever you wish
(but usually within a sentence) with its argument, SAMPLE-CODE in
@@ -1084,7 +1073,7 @@ assert in a manner against which others may make counter assertions',
which led to the meaning of `argument' as a dispute.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Conventions, Next: Comments, Prev: Formatting Commands, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Conventions, Next: Comments, Prev: Formatting Commands, Up: Overview
1.7 General Syntactic Conventions
=================================
@@ -1107,51 +1096,37 @@ documents.
`@noindent' to inhibit paragraph indentation if required (*note
`@noindent': noindent.).
- * Use doubled single-quote characters to begin and end quotations:
- ``...''. TeX converts two single quotes to left- and right-hand
- doubled quotation marks, and Info converts doubled single-quote
- characters to ASCII double-quotes: ``...'' becomes "...".
-
- You may occasionally need to produce two consecutive single quotes;
- for example, in documenting a computer language such as Maxima
- where '' is a valid command. You can do this with the input
- '@w{}'; the empty `@w' command stops the combination into the
- double-quote characters.
-
- The left quote character (`, ASCII code 96) used in Texinfo is a
- grave accent in ANSI and ISO character set standards. We use it
- as a quote character because that is how TeX is set up, by
- default. We hope to eventually support the various quotation
- characters in Unicode.
+ * Texinfo supports the usual quotation marks used in English, and
+ quotation marks used in other languages, please see *note
+ Inserting Quotation Marks::.
* Use three hyphens in a row, `---', to produce a long dash--like
this (called an "em dash"), used for punctuation in sentences.
- Use two hyphens, `--', to produce a medium dash-like this (called
- an "en dash"), used to separate numeric ranges. Use a single
- hyphen, `-', to produce a standard hyphen used in compound words.
- For display on the screen, Info reduces three hyphens to two and
- two hyphens to one (not transitively!). Of course, any number of
- hyphens in the source remain as they are in literal contexts, such
- as `@code' and `@example'.
-
- * *Caution:* Last and most important, do not use tab characters in a
- Texinfo file (except in verbatim modes)! TeX uses variable-width
- fonts, which means that it is impractical at best to define a tab
- to work in all circumstances. Consequently, TeX treats tabs like
- single spaces, and that is not what they look like in the source.
- Furthermore, `makeinfo' does nothing special with tabs, and thus a
- tab character in your input file will usually appear differently
- in the output.
-
- To avoid this problem, Texinfo mode causes GNU Emacs to insert
- multiple spaces when you press the <TAB> key.
+ Use two hyphens, `--', to produce a medium dash (called an "en
+ dash"), used primarily for numeric ranges, as in "June 25-26".
+ Use a single hyphen, `-', to produce a standard hyphen used in
+ compound words. For display on the screen, Info reduces three
+ hyphens to two and two hyphens to one (not transitively!). Of
+ course, any number of hyphens in the source remain as they are in
+ literal contexts, such as `@code' and `@example'.
+
+ * *Caution:* Last, do not use tab characters in a Texinfo file
+ (except in verbatim modes)! TeX uses variable-width fonts, which
+ means that it is impractical at best to define a tab to work in all
+ circumstances. Consequently, TeX treats tabs like single spaces,
+ and that is not what they look like in the source. Furthermore,
+ `makeinfo' does nothing special with tabs, and thus a tab
+ character in your input file will usually appear differently in the
+ output.
- Also, you can run `untabify' in Emacs to convert tabs in a region
- to multiple spaces, or use the `unexpand' command from the shell.
+ To avoid this problem, Texinfo mode in GNU Emacs inserts multiple
+ spaces when you press the <TAB> key. Also, you can run `untabify'
+ in Emacs to convert tabs in a region to multiple spaces, or use
+ the `unexpand' command from the shell.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Comments, Next: Minimum, Prev: Conventions, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Comments, Next: Minimum, Prev: Conventions, Up: Overview
1.8 Comments
============
@@ -1184,12 +1159,12 @@ the source file; that means that you may still get error messages if
you have invalid Texinfo commands within ignored text.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Minimum, Next: Six Parts, Prev: Comments, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Minimum, Next: Six Parts, Prev: Comments, Up: Overview
1.9 What a Texinfo File Must Have
=================================
-By convention, the namea of a Texinfo file ends with (in order of
+By convention, the name of a Texinfo file ends with (in order of
preference) one of the extensions `.texinfo', `.texi', `.txi', or
`.tex'. The longer extensions are preferred since they describe more
clearly to a human reader the nature of the file. The shorter
@@ -1251,7 +1226,7 @@ But the minimum, which can be useful for short documents, is just the
three lines at the beginning and the one line at the end.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Six Parts, Next: Short Sample, Prev: Minimum, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Six Parts, Next: Short Sample, Prev: Minimum, Up: Overview
1.10 Six Parts of a Texinfo File
================================
@@ -1288,12 +1263,11 @@ sections.
traditional book or encyclopedia, but it may be free form.
6. End
- The "End" segment contains commands for printing indices and
- generating the table of contents, and the `@bye' command on a line
- of its own.
+ The "End" segment may contain commands for printing indices, and
+ closes with the `@bye' command on a line of its own.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Short Sample, Next: History, Prev: Six Parts, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: Short Sample, Next: History, Prev: Six Parts, Up: Overview
1.11 A Short Sample Texinfo File
================================
@@ -1311,7 +1285,7 @@ in GNU manuals.
In the following, the sample text is _indented_; comments on it are
not. The complete file, without interspersed comments, is shown in
-*Note Short Sample Texinfo File::.
+*note Short Sample Texinfo File::.
Part 1: Header
--------------
@@ -1335,7 +1309,7 @@ which it is distributed. *Note GNU Sample Texts::.
@copying
This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file, version 1.0.
- Copyright @copyright{} 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright @copyright{} 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@end copying
Part 3: Titlepage, Contents, Copyright
@@ -1364,17 +1338,16 @@ Part 4: `Top' Node and Master Menu
The `Top' node contains the master menu for the Info file. Since the
printed manual uses a table of contents rather than a menu, it excludes
-the `Top' node. We also include the copying text again for the benefit
-of online readers. Since the copying text begins with a brief
-description of the manual, no other text is needed in this case. The
-`@top' command itself helps `makeinfo' determine the relationships
-between nodes.
+the `Top' node. We repeat the short description from the beginning of
+the `@copying' text, but there's no need to repeat the copyright
+information, so we don't use `@insertcopying' here. The `@top' command
+itself helps `makeinfo' determine the relationships between nodes.
@ifnottex
@node Top
@top Short Sample
- @insertcopying
+ This is a short sample Texinfo file.
@end ifnottex
@menu
@@ -1437,7 +1410,7 @@ Here is what the contents of the first chapter of the sample look like:
2. This is the second item.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: History, Prev: Short Sample, Up: Overview
+File: texinfo, Node: History, Prev: Short Sample, Up: Overview
1.12 History
============
@@ -1463,7 +1436,7 @@ patches and suggestions, they are gratefully acknowledged in the
A bit of history: in the 1970's at CMU, Brian Reid developed a program
and format named Scribe to mark up documents for printing. It used the
`@' character to introduce commands, as Texinfo does. Much more
-consequentially, it strived to describe document contents rather than
+consequentially, it strove to describe document contents rather than
formatting, an idea wholeheartedly adopted by Texinfo.
Meanwhile, people at MIT developed another, not too dissimilar format
@@ -1479,7 +1452,7 @@ up language for text that is intended to be read both online and as
printed hard copy.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Texinfo Mode, Next: Beginning a File, Prev: Overview, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Texinfo Mode, Next: Beginning a File, Prev: Overview, Up: Top
2 Using Texinfo Mode
********************
@@ -1508,7 +1481,7 @@ chapters which describe the Texinfo formatting language in detail.
* Texinfo Mode Summary:: Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Texinfo Mode Overview, Next: Emacs Editing, Up: Texinfo Mode
+File: texinfo, Node: Texinfo Mode Overview, Next: Emacs Editing, Up: Texinfo Mode
2.1 Texinfo Mode Overview
=========================
@@ -1537,7 +1510,7 @@ You can:
frequently used @-commands and for creating node pointers and menus.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Emacs Editing, Next: Inserting, Prev: Texinfo Mode Overview, Up: Texinfo Mode
+File: texinfo, Node: Emacs Editing, Next: Inserting, Prev: Texinfo Mode Overview, Up: Texinfo Mode
2.2 The Usual GNU Emacs Editing Commands
========================================
@@ -1558,7 +1531,7 @@ expression matching the commands for chapters and their equivalents,
such as appendices. With this value for the page delimiter, you can
jump from chapter title to chapter title with the `C-x ]'
(`forward-page') and `C-x [' (`backward-page') commands and narrow to a
-chapter with the `C-x p' (`narrow-to-page') command. (*Note Pages:
+chapter with the `C-x n p' (`narrow-to-page') command. (*Note Pages:
(emacs)Pages, for details about the page commands.)
You may name a Texinfo file however you wish, but the convention is to
@@ -1578,7 +1551,7 @@ change. The keybindings described here are the default or standard
ones.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Inserting, Next: Showing the Structure, Prev: Emacs Editing, Up: Texinfo Mode
+File: texinfo, Node: Inserting, Next: Showing the Structure, Prev: Emacs Editing, Up: Texinfo Mode
2.3 Inserting Frequently Used Commands
======================================
@@ -1646,13 +1619,13 @@ first letter of the @-command:
`M-x texinfo-insert-braces'
Insert `{}' and put the cursor between the braces.
-`C-c C-c }'
-`C-c C-c ]'
+`C-c }'
+`C-c ]'
`M-x up-list'
Move from between a pair of braces forward past the closing brace.
- Typing `C-c C-c ]' is easier than typing `C-c C-c }', which is,
- however, more mnemonic; hence the two keybindings. (Also, you can
- move out from between braces by typing `C-f'.)
+ Typing `C-c ]' is easier than typing `C-c }', which is, however,
+ more mnemonic; hence the two keybindings. (Also, you can move out
+ from between braces by typing `C-f'.)
To put a command such as `@code{...}' around an _existing_ word,
position the cursor in front of the word and type `C-u 1 C-c C-c c'.
@@ -1692,7 +1665,7 @@ use the same words as a node name but a useful description uses
different words.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Showing the Structure, Next: Updating Nodes and Menus, Prev: Inserting, Up: Texinfo Mode
+File: texinfo, Node: Showing the Structure, Next: Updating Nodes and Menus, Prev: Inserting, Up: Texinfo Mode
2.4 Showing the Section Structure of a File
===========================================
@@ -1735,12 +1708,12 @@ information about the narrowing commands.)
Texinfo mode sets the value of the page delimiter variable to match the
chapter-level @-commands. This enables you to use the `C-x ]'
(`forward-page') and `C-x [' (`backward-page') commands to move forward
-and backward by chapter, and to use the `C-x p' (`narrow-to-page')
+and backward by chapter, and to use the `C-x n p' (`narrow-to-page')
command to narrow to a chapter. *Note Pages: (emacs)Pages, for more
information about the page commands.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Updating Nodes and Menus, Next: Info Formatting, Prev: Showing the Structure, Up: Texinfo Mode
+File: texinfo, Node: Updating Nodes and Menus, Next: Info Formatting, Prev: Showing the Structure, Up: Texinfo Mode
2.5 Updating Nodes and Menus
============================
@@ -1765,7 +1738,7 @@ node pointers by hand, which is a tedious task.
nodes in sequence.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Updating Commands, Next: Updating Requirements, Up: Updating Nodes and Menus
+File: texinfo, Node: Updating Commands, Next: Updating Requirements, Up: Updating Nodes and Menus
2.5.1 The Updating Commands
---------------------------
@@ -1896,7 +1869,7 @@ file.
The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
which menu descriptions are indented. By default, the value is 32
-although it is often useful to reduce it to as low as 24. You can set
+although it can be useful to reduce it to as low as 24. You can set
the variable via customization (*note Changing an Option:
(emacs)Changing an Option.) or with the `M-x set-variable' command
(*note Examining and Setting Variables: (emacs)Examining.).
@@ -1908,7 +1881,7 @@ missing `@node' lines into a file. (*Note Other Updating Commands::,
for more information.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Updating Requirements, Next: Other Updating Commands, Prev: Updating Commands, Up: Updating Nodes and Menus
+File: texinfo, Node: Updating Requirements, Next: Other Updating Commands, Prev: Updating Commands, Up: Updating Nodes and Menus
2.5.2 Updating Requirements
---------------------------
@@ -1964,7 +1937,7 @@ commands. (*Note Creating an Info File::, for more information about
commands require that you insert menus in the file.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Other Updating Commands, Prev: Updating Requirements, Up: Updating Nodes and Menus
+File: texinfo, Node: Other Updating Commands, Prev: Updating Requirements, Up: Updating Nodes and Menus
2.5.3 Other Updating Commands
-----------------------------
@@ -2030,7 +2003,7 @@ several less frequently used updating commands:
the nodes in the region.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Info Formatting, Next: Printing, Prev: Updating Nodes and Menus, Up: Texinfo Mode
+File: texinfo, Node: Info Formatting, Next: Printing, Prev: Updating Nodes and Menus, Up: Texinfo Mode
2.6 Formatting for Info
=======================
@@ -2076,7 +2049,7 @@ include a line that has `@setfilename' in its header.
*Note Creating an Info File::, for details about Info formatting.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Printing, Next: Texinfo Mode Summary, Prev: Info Formatting, Up: Texinfo Mode
+File: texinfo, Node: Printing, Next: Texinfo Mode Summary, Prev: Info Formatting, Up: Texinfo Mode
2.7 Printing
============
@@ -2130,7 +2103,7 @@ line with start-of-header and end-of-header lines.)
commands, such as `tex-show-print-queue'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Texinfo Mode Summary, Prev: Printing, Up: Texinfo Mode
+File: texinfo, Node: Texinfo Mode Summary, Prev: Printing, Up: Texinfo Mode
2.8 Texinfo Mode Summary
========================
@@ -2154,9 +2127,9 @@ is quick to type.)
C-c C-c n Insert `@node'.
C-c C-c s Insert `@samp'.
C-c C-c v Insert `@var'.
- C-c C-c { Insert braces.
- C-c C-c ]
- C-c C-c } Move out of enclosing braces.
+ C-c { Insert braces.
+ C-c ]
+ C-c } Move out of enclosing braces.
C-c C-c C-d Insert a node's section title
in the space for the description
@@ -2275,7 +2248,7 @@ they are rarely used.
Insert node pointers in strict sequence.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Beginning a File, Next: Ending a File, Prev: Texinfo Mode, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Beginning a File, Next: Ending a File, Prev: Texinfo Mode, Up: Top
3 Beginning a Texinfo File
**************************
@@ -2307,7 +2280,7 @@ and so on.
have the right to use and share software.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Sample Beginning, Next: Texinfo File Header, Up: Beginning a File
+File: texinfo, Node: Sample Beginning, Next: Texinfo File Header, Up: Beginning a File
3.1 Sample Texinfo File Beginning
=================================
@@ -2358,7 +2331,7 @@ manuals.
@node Top
@top TITLE
- @insertcopying
+ This manual is for PROGRAM, version VERSION.
@end ifnottex
@menu
@@ -2376,7 +2349,7 @@ manuals.
...

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Texinfo File Header, Next: Document Permissions, Prev: Sample Beginning, Up: Beginning a File
+File: texinfo, Node: Texinfo File Header, Next: Document Permissions, Prev: Sample Beginning, Up: Beginning a File
3.2 Texinfo File Header
=======================
@@ -2412,7 +2385,7 @@ Texts::, for complete sample texts.
* End of Header:: Formatting a region requires this.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: First Line, Next: Start of Header, Up: Texinfo File Header
+File: texinfo, Node: First Line, Next: Start of Header, Up: Texinfo File Header
3.2.1 The First Line of a Texinfo File
--------------------------------------
@@ -2437,7 +2410,7 @@ This line serves two functions:
specification tells Emacs to use Texinfo mode.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Start of Header, Next: setfilename, Prev: First Line, Up: Texinfo File Header
+File: texinfo, Node: Start of Header, Next: setfilename, Prev: First Line, Up: Texinfo File Header
3.2.2 Start of Header
---------------------
@@ -2461,7 +2434,7 @@ change it if you wish by setting the `tex-start-of-header' and/or
`tex-end-of-header' Emacs variables. *Note Texinfo Mode Printing::.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: setfilename, Next: settitle, Prev: Start of Header, Up: Texinfo File Header
+File: texinfo, Node: setfilename, Next: settitle, Prev: Start of Header, Up: Texinfo File Header
3.2.3 `@setfilename': Set the output file name
----------------------------------------------
@@ -2510,7 +2483,7 @@ reads `texinfo.cnf' if that file is present on your system (*note
Preparing for TeX: Preparing for TeX.).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: settitle, Next: End of Header, Prev: setfilename, Up: Texinfo File Header
+File: texinfo, Node: settitle, Next: End of Header, Prev: setfilename, Up: Texinfo File Header
3.2.4 `@settitle': Set the document title
-----------------------------------------
@@ -2560,7 +2533,7 @@ Command: headings on off, for more information.)
footings. *Note Headings::, for a detailed discussion of this.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: End of Header, Prev: settitle, Up: Texinfo File Header
+File: texinfo, Node: End of Header, Prev: settitle, Up: Texinfo File Header
3.2.5 End of Header
-------------------
@@ -2573,7 +2546,7 @@ comment that looks like this:
*Note Start of Header::.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Document Permissions, Next: Titlepage & Copyright Page, Prev: Texinfo File Header, Up: Beginning a File
+File: texinfo, Node: Document Permissions, Next: Titlepage & Copyright Page, Prev: Texinfo File Header, Up: Beginning a File
3.3 Document Permissions
========================
@@ -2590,7 +2563,7 @@ appropriate points.
* insertcopying:: Where to insert the permissions.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: copying, Next: insertcopying, Up: Document Permissions
+File: texinfo, Node: copying, Next: insertcopying, Up: Document Permissions
3.3.1 `@copying': Declare Copying Permissions
---------------------------------------------
@@ -2646,16 +2619,17 @@ separated by commas.
the work. In the case of works assigned to the FSF, the owner is `Free
Software Foundation, Inc.'.
- The copyright `line' may actually be split across multiple lines,
-both in the source document and in the output. This often happens for
+ The copyright `line' may actually be split across multiple lines, both
+in the source document and in the output. This often happens for
documents with a long history, having many different years of
-publication.
+publication. If you do use several lines, do not indent any of them
+(or anything else in the `@copying' block) in the source file.
*Note Copyright Notices: (maintain)Copyright Notices, for additional
information.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: insertcopying, Prev: copying, Up: Document Permissions
+File: texinfo, Node: insertcopying, Prev: copying, Up: Document Permissions
3.3.2 `@insertcopying': Include Permissions Text
------------------------------------------------
@@ -2669,30 +2643,22 @@ like this:
legal requirements, it must be used on the copyright page in the printed
manual (*note Copyright::).
- We also strongly recommend using `@insertcopying' in the Top node of
-your manual (*note The Top Node::), although it is not required
-legally. Here's why:
-
The `@copying' command itself causes the permissions text to appear
in an Info file _before_ the first node. The text is also copied into
the beginning of each split Info output file, as is legally necessary.
This location implies a human reading the manual using Info does _not_
-see this text (except when using the advanced Info command `g *').
-Therefore, an explicit `@insertcopying' in the Top node makes it
-apparent to readers that the manual is free.
+see this text (except when using the advanced Info command `g *'), but
+this does not matter for legal purposes, because the text is present.
Similarly, the `@copying' text is automatically included at the
beginning of each HTML output file, as an HTML comment. Again, this
-text is not visible (unless the reader views the HTML source). And
-therefore again, the `@insertcopying' in the Top node is valuable
-because it makes the copying permissions visible and thus promotes
-freedom.
+text is not visible (unless the reader views the HTML source).
The permissions text defined by `@copying' also appears automatically
at the beginning of the XML output file.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Titlepage & Copyright Page, Next: Contents, Prev: Document Permissions, Up: Beginning a File
+File: texinfo, Node: Titlepage & Copyright Page, Next: Contents, Prev: Document Permissions, Up: Beginning a File
3.4 Title and Copyright Pages
=============================
@@ -2727,7 +2693,7 @@ text (`--no-headers'), along with an `@insertcopying'.
and double or single sided printing.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: titlepage, Next: titlefont center sp, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
+File: texinfo, Node: titlepage, Next: titlefont center sp, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
3.4.1 `@titlepage'
------------------
@@ -2756,7 +2722,7 @@ If the manual changes more frequently than the program or is independent
of it, you should also include an edition number(1) for the manual.
This helps readers keep track of which manual is for which version of
the program. (The `Top' node should also contain this information; see
-*Note The Top Node::.)
+*note The Top Node::.)
Texinfo provides two main methods for creating a title page. One
method uses the `@titlefont', `@sp', and `@center' commands to generate
@@ -2786,7 +2752,7 @@ conversation by referring to both the documentation and the software
with the same words.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: titlefont center sp, Next: title subtitle author, Prev: titlepage, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
+File: texinfo, Node: titlefont center sp, Next: title subtitle author, Prev: titlepage, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
3.4.2 `@titlefont', `@center', and `@sp'
----------------------------------------
@@ -2841,7 +2807,7 @@ for more information about the `@sp' command.)
but since they are not logical markup commands, we don't recommend them.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: title subtitle author, Next: Copyright, Prev: titlefont center sp, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
+File: texinfo, Node: title subtitle author, Next: Copyright, Prev: titlefont center sp, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
3.4.3 `@title', `@subtitle', and `@author'
------------------------------------------
@@ -2911,10 +2877,10 @@ be useful if you have a very long title. Here is a real-life example:
@author by Daniel Hagerty, Melissa Weisshaus
@author and Eli Zaretskii
-(The use of `@value' here is explained in *Note value Example::.
+(The use of `@value' here is explained in *note value Example::.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Copyright, Next: end titlepage, Prev: title subtitle author, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
+File: texinfo, Node: Copyright, Next: end titlepage, Prev: title subtitle author, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
3.4.4 Copyright Page
--------------------
@@ -2927,7 +2893,7 @@ should be within `@titlepage' and `@end titlepage' commands.
Use the `@page' command to cause a page break. To push the copyright
notice and the other text on the copyright page towards the bottom of
-the page, use the following incantantion after `@page':
+the page, use the following incantation after `@page':
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@@ -2960,12 +2926,14 @@ credits, and other such information.
@end titlepage

-File: texinfo.info, Node: end titlepage, Next: headings on off, Prev: Copyright, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
+File: texinfo, Node: end titlepage, Next: headings on off, Prev: Copyright, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
3.4.5 Heading Generation
------------------------
-The `@end titlepage' command must be written on a line by itself. It
+Like all `@end' commands (*note Quotations and Examples::), the `@end
+titlepage' command must be written at the beginning of a line by
+itself, with only one space between the `@end' and the `titlepage'. It
not only marks the end of the title and copyright pages, but also
causes TeX to start generating page headings and page numbers.
@@ -2995,7 +2963,7 @@ double-sided format, using `@setchapternewpage odd' for double-sided
printing and no `@setchapternewpage' command for single-sided printing.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: headings on off, Prev: end titlepage, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
+File: texinfo, Node: headings on off, Prev: end titlepage, Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
3.4.6 The `@headings' Command
-----------------------------
@@ -3004,7 +2972,7 @@ The `@headings' command is rarely used. It specifies what kind of page
headings and footings to print on each page. Usually, this is
controlled by the `@setchapternewpage' command. You need the
`@headings' command only if the `@setchapternewpage' command does not
-do what you want, or if you want to turn off pre-defined page headings
+do what you want, or if you want to turn off predefined page headings
prior to defining your own. Write an `@headings' command immediately
after the `@end titlepage' command.
@@ -3017,10 +2985,7 @@ after the `@end titlepage' command.
Turn on page headings appropriate for single-sided printing.
`@headings double'
-`@headings on'
- Turn on page headings appropriate for double-sided printing. The
- two commands, `@headings on' and `@headings double', are
- synonymous.
+ Turn on page headings appropriate for double-sided printing.
`@headings singleafter'
`@headings doubleafter'
@@ -3052,7 +3017,7 @@ which would otherwise cause TeX to print page headings.
*Note Page Headings: Headings, for more information.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Contents, Next: The Top Node, Prev: Titlepage & Copyright Page, Up: Beginning a File
+File: texinfo, Node: Contents, Next: The Top Node, Prev: Titlepage & Copyright Page, Up: Beginning a File
3.5 Generating a Table of Contents
==================================
@@ -3092,7 +3057,7 @@ formatting commands ignore the contents commands. But the contents are
included in plain text output (generated by `makeinfo --no-headers'),
unless `makeinfo' is writing its output to standard output.
- When `makeinfo' writes a short table of contents while producing html
+ When `makeinfo' writes a short table of contents while producing HTML
output, the links in the short table of contents point to corresponding
entries in the full table of contents rather than the text of the
document. The links in the full table of contents point to the main
@@ -3119,28 +3084,28 @@ this without altering the source file at all. For example:
texi2dvi --texinfo=@setcontentsaftertitlepage foo.texi

-File: texinfo.info, Node: The Top Node, Next: Global Document Commands, Prev: Contents, Up: Beginning a File
+File: texinfo, Node: The Top Node, Next: Global Document Commands, Prev: Contents, Up: Beginning a File
3.6 The `Top' Node and Master Menu
==================================
The `Top' node is the node in which a reader enters an Info manual. As
-such, it should begin with the `@insertcopying' command (*note Document
-Permissions::) to provide a brief description of the manual (including
-the version number) and copying permissions, and end with a master menu
-for the whole manual. Of course you should include any other general
-information you feel a reader would find helpful.
+such, it should begin with a brief description of the manual (including
+the version number), and end with a master menu for the whole manual.
+Of course you should include any other general information you feel a
+reader would find helpful.
- It is also conventional to write an `@top' sectioning command line
-containing the title of the document immediately after the `@node Top'
-line (*note The `@top' Sectioning Command: makeinfo top command.).
+ It is conventional and desirable to write an `@top' sectioning
+command line containing the title of the document immediately after the
+`@node Top' line (*note The `@top' Sectioning Command: makeinfo top
+command.).
The contents of the `Top' node should appear only in the online
output; none of it should appear in printed output, so enclose it
between `@ifnottex' and `@end ifnottex' commands. (TeX does not print
either an `@node' line or a menu; they appear only in Info; strictly
speaking, you are not required to enclose these parts between
-`@ifnottex' and `@end ifnottext', but it is simplest to do so. *Note
+`@ifnottex' and `@end ifnottex', but it is simplest to do so. *Note
Conditionally Visible Text: Conditionals.)
* Menu:
@@ -3149,7 +3114,7 @@ Conditionally Visible Text: Conditionals.)
* Master Menu Parts::

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Top Node Example, Next: Master Menu Parts, Up: The Top Node
+File: texinfo, Node: Top Node Example, Next: Master Menu Parts, Up: The Top Node
3.6.1 Top Node Example
----------------------
@@ -3161,6 +3126,7 @@ Here is an example of a Top node.
@top Sample Title
@insertcopying
+ @end ifnottex
Additional general information.
@@ -3172,7 +3138,7 @@ Here is an example of a Top node.
@end menu

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Master Menu Parts, Prev: Top Node Example, Up: The Top Node
+File: texinfo, Node: Master Menu Parts, Prev: Top Node Example, Up: The Top Node
3.6.2 Parts of a Master Menu
----------------------------
@@ -3211,7 +3177,7 @@ information.)
* Overview:: Texinfo in brief.
...
* Command and Variable Index::
- * Concept Index::
+ * General Index::
@detailmenu
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
@@ -3229,7 +3195,7 @@ information.)
@end menu

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Global Document Commands, Next: Software Copying Permissions, Prev: The Top Node, Up: Beginning a File
+File: texinfo, Node: Global Document Commands, Next: Software Copying Permissions, Prev: The Top Node, Up: Beginning a File
3.7 Global Document Commands
============================
@@ -3247,7 +3213,7 @@ generally all given before the Top node, if they are given at all.
* exampleindent:: Specify environment indentation.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: documentdescription, Next: setchapternewpage, Up: Global Document Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: documentdescription, Next: setchapternewpage, Up: Global Document Commands
3.7.1 `@documentdescription': Summary Text
------------------------------------------
@@ -3270,7 +3236,7 @@ This will produce the following output in the `<head>' of the HTML:
document.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: setchapternewpage, Next: paragraphindent, Prev: documentdescription, Up: Global Document Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: setchapternewpage, Next: paragraphindent, Prev: documentdescription, Up: Global Document Commands
3.7.2 `@setchapternewpage':
---------------------------
@@ -3336,7 +3302,7 @@ default option (no blank pages, same headers on all pages) use the
`--texinfo' option to `texi2dvi' to specify the output you want.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: paragraphindent, Next: firstparagraphindent, Prev: setchapternewpage, Up: Global Document Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: paragraphindent, Next: firstparagraphindent, Prev: setchapternewpage, Up: Global Document Commands
3.7.3 `@paragraphindent': Paragraph Indenting
---------------------------------------------
@@ -3375,7 +3341,7 @@ Header::.
paragraphs that contain `@w' or `@*' commands.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: firstparagraphindent, Next: exampleindent, Prev: paragraphindent, Up: Global Document Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: firstparagraphindent, Next: exampleindent, Prev: paragraphindent, Up: Global Document Commands
3.7.4 `@firstparagraphindent': Indenting After Headings
-------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3410,7 +3376,7 @@ formatting commands indent paragraphs as specified. *Note Start of
Header::.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: exampleindent, Prev: firstparagraphindent, Up: Global Document Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: exampleindent, Prev: firstparagraphindent, Up: Global Document Commands
3.7.5 `@exampleindent': Environment Indenting
---------------------------------------------
@@ -3422,7 +3388,8 @@ line followed by either `asis' or a number:
@exampleindent INDENT
- The indentation is according to the value of INDENT:
+ `@exampleindent' is ignored for HTML output. Otherwise, the
+indentation is according to the value of INDENT:
`asis'
Do not change the existing indentation (not implemented in TeX).
@@ -3435,8 +3402,9 @@ N
in TeX.
- The default value of INDENT is 5. `@exampleindent' is ignored for
-HTML output.
+ The default value of INDENT is 5 spaces in Info, and 0.4in in TeX,
+which is somewhat less. (The reduction is to help TeX fit more
+characters onto physical lines.)
It is best to write the `@exampleindent' command before the
end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file, so the region
@@ -3444,7 +3412,7 @@ formatting commands indent paragraphs as specified. *Note Start of
Header::.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Software Copying Permissions, Prev: Global Document Commands, Up: Beginning a File
+File: texinfo, Node: Software Copying Permissions, Prev: Global Document Commands, Up: Beginning a File
3.8 Software Copying Permissions
================================
@@ -3466,7 +3434,7 @@ general, an introduction would follow the licensing and distribution
information, although sometimes people put it earlier in the document.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Ending a File, Next: Structuring, Prev: Beginning a File, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Ending a File, Next: Structuring, Prev: Beginning a File, Up: Top
4 Ending a Texinfo File
***********************
@@ -3490,7 +3458,7 @@ and the `@bye' command to mark the last line to be processed.
* File End:: How to mark the end of a file.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Printing Indices & Menus, Next: File End, Up: Ending a File
+File: texinfo, Node: Printing Indices & Menus, Next: File End, Up: Ending a File
4.1 Printing Indices and Menus
==============================
@@ -3566,7 +3534,7 @@ index last.
output; `makeinfo' generates a warning in this case.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: File End, Prev: Printing Indices & Menus, Up: Ending a File
+File: texinfo, Node: File End, Prev: Printing Indices & Menus, Up: Ending a File
4.2 `@bye' File Ending
======================
@@ -3583,7 +3551,7 @@ list for Emacs. *Note Using Local Variables and the Compile Command:
Compile-Command, for more information.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Structuring, Next: Nodes, Prev: Ending a File, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Structuring, Next: Nodes, Prev: Ending a File, Up: Top
5 Chapter Structuring
*********************
@@ -3622,7 +3590,7 @@ heading at the top of each node--but you don't need to.
* Raise/lower sections:: How to change commands' hierarchical level.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Tree Structuring, Next: Structuring Command Types, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: Tree Structuring, Next: Structuring Command Types, Up: Structuring
5.1 Tree Structure of Sections
==============================
@@ -3655,10 +3623,10 @@ looks like this:
The chapter structuring commands are described in the sections that
follow; the `@node' and `@menu' commands are described in following
-chapters. (*Note Nodes::, and see *Note Menus::.)
+chapters. (*Note Nodes::, and see *note Menus::.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Structuring Command Types, Next: makeinfo top, Prev: Tree Structuring, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: Structuring Command Types, Next: makeinfo top, Prev: Tree Structuring, Up: Structuring
5.2 Structuring Command Types
=============================
@@ -3710,7 +3678,7 @@ In contents In contents In contents Not in contents
`@subsubsection'`@unnumberedsubsubsec' `@appendixsubsubsec' `@subsubheading'

-File: texinfo.info, Node: makeinfo top, Next: chapter, Prev: Structuring Command Types, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: makeinfo top, Next: chapter, Prev: Structuring Command Types, Up: Structuring
5.3 `@top'
==========
@@ -3721,7 +3689,7 @@ after an `@node Top' line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. The
node, so it can use it as the root of the node tree if your manual uses
implicit node pointers. It has the same typesetting effect as
`@unnumbered' (*note `@unnumbered' and `@appendix': unnumbered &
-appendix.). For detailed information, see *Note The `@top' Command:
+appendix.). For detailed information, see *note The `@top' Command:
makeinfo top command.
The `@top' node and its menu (if any) is conventionally wrapped in an
@@ -3729,7 +3697,7 @@ makeinfo top command.
output, not TeX.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: chapter, Next: unnumbered & appendix, Prev: makeinfo top, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: chapter, Next: unnumbered & appendix, Prev: makeinfo top, Up: Structuring
5.4 `@chapter'
==============
@@ -3758,7 +3726,7 @@ Info, the above example produces the following output:
kind of stylistic choice is not usually offered by Texinfo.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: unnumbered & appendix, Next: majorheading & chapheading, Prev: chapter, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: unnumbered & appendix, Next: majorheading & chapheading, Prev: chapter, Up: Structuring
5.5 `@unnumbered' and `@appendix'
=================================
@@ -3766,18 +3734,14 @@ File: texinfo.info, Node: unnumbered & appendix, Next: majorheading & chaphead
Use the `@unnumbered' command to create a chapter that appears in a
printed manual without chapter numbers of any kind. Use the
`@appendix' command to create an appendix in a printed manual that is
-labelled by letter instead of by number.
-
- For Info file output, the `@unnumbered' and `@appendix' commands are
-equivalent to `@chapter': the title is printed on a line by itself with
-a line of asterisks underneath. (*Note `@chapter': chapter.)
+labelled by letter (`A', `B', ...) instead of by number.
- To create an appendix or an unnumbered chapter, write an `@appendix'
-or `@unnumbered' command at the beginning of a line and follow it on
-the same line by the title, as you would if you were creating a chapter.
+ Write an `@appendix' or `@unnumbered' command at the beginning of a
+line and follow it on the same line by the title, as you would if you
+were creating a chapter.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: majorheading & chapheading, Next: section, Prev: unnumbered & appendix, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: majorheading & chapheading, Next: section, Prev: unnumbered & appendix, Up: Structuring
5.6 `@majorheading', `@chapheading'
===================================
@@ -3798,44 +3762,47 @@ equivalent to `@chapter': the title is printed on a line by itself with
a line of asterisks underneath. (*Note `@chapter': chapter.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: section, Next: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, Prev: majorheading & chapheading, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: section, Next: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, Prev: majorheading & chapheading, Up: Structuring
5.7 `@section'
==============
-In a printed manual, an `@section' command identifies a numbered
-section within a chapter. The section title appears in the table of
-contents. In Info, an `@section' command provides a title for a
-segment of text, underlined with `='.
+A `@section' command identifies a section within a chapter unit,
+whether created with `@chapter', `@unnumbered', or `@appendix',
+following the numbering scheme of the chapter-level command. Thus,
+within a `@chapter' chapter numbered `1', the section is numbered like
+`1.2'; within an `@appendix' "chapter" labeled `A', the section is
+numbered like `A.2'; within an `@unnumbered' chapter, the section gets
+no number.
- This section is headed with an `@section' command and looks like this
-in the Texinfo file:
+ For example, this section is headed with an `@section' command and
+looks like this in the Texinfo file:
@section @code{@@section}
To create a section, write the `@section' command at the beginning of
-a line and follow it on the same line by the section title.
+a line and follow it on the same line by the section title. The output
+is underlined with `=' in Info.
Thus,
@section This is a section
-produces
-
- This is a section
- =================
+might produce the following in Info:
-in Info.
+ 5.7 This is a section
+ =====================

-File: texinfo.info, Node: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, Next: subsection, Prev: section, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, Next: subsection, Prev: section, Up: Structuring
5.8 `@unnumberedsec', `@appendixsec', `@heading'
================================================
The `@unnumberedsec', `@appendixsec', and `@heading' commands are,
respectively, the unnumbered, appendix-like, and heading-like
-equivalents of the `@section' command. (*Note `@section': section.)
+equivalents of the `@section' command, as described in the previous
+section.
`@unnumberedsec'
The `@unnumberedsec' command may be used within an unnumbered
@@ -3855,8 +3822,12 @@ equivalents of the `@section' command. (*Note `@section': section.)
section-style heading that will not appear in the table of
contents.
+ `@unnumberedsec' and `@appendixsec' do not need to be used in
+ordinary circumstances, because `@section' may also be used within
+`@unnumbered' and `@appendix' chapters; again, see the previous section.
+

-File: texinfo.info, Node: subsection, Next: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, Prev: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: subsection, Next: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, Prev: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, Up: Structuring
5.9 The `@subsection' Command
=============================
@@ -3869,14 +3840,14 @@ Subsections are to sections as sections are to chapters. (*Note
produces
- This is a subsection
- --------------------
+ 1.2.3 This is a subsection
+ --------------------------
In a printed manual, subsections are listed in the table of contents
and are numbered three levels deep.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, Next: subsubsection, Prev: subsection, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, Next: subsubsection, Prev: subsection, Up: Structuring
5.10 The `@subsection'-like Commands
====================================
@@ -3895,8 +3866,13 @@ a subsection and an `@appendixsubsec' command produces a
subsection-like heading labelled with a letter and numbers; both of
these commands produce headings that appear in the table of contents.
+ `@unnumberedsubsec' and `@appendixsubsec' do not need to be used in
+ordinary circumstances, because `@subsection' may also be used within
+sections of `@unnumbered' and `@appendix' chapters (*note `section':
+section.).
+

-File: texinfo.info, Node: subsubsection, Next: Raise/lower sections, Prev: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: subsubsection, Next: Raise/lower sections, Prev: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, Up: Structuring
5.11 The `subsub' Commands
==========================
@@ -3928,17 +3904,22 @@ The fourth and lowest level sectioning commands in Texinfo are the
Info, subsubheadings look exactly like ordinary subsubsection
headings.
+ `@unnumberedsubsubsec' and `@appendixsubsubsec' do not need to be
+used in ordinary circumstances, because `@subsubsection' may also be
+used within subsections of `@unnumbered' and `@appendix' chapters
+(*note `section': section.).
+
In Info, `subsub' titles are underlined with periods. For example,
@subsubsection This is a subsubsection
produces
- This is a subsubsection
- .......................
+ 1.2.3.4 This is a subsubsection
+ ...............................

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Raise/lower sections, Prev: subsubsection, Up: Structuring
+File: texinfo, Node: Raise/lower sections, Prev: subsubsection, Up: Structuring
5.12 `@raisesections' and `@lowersections'
==========================================
@@ -3988,7 +3969,7 @@ structure won't be correct.
its own.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Nodes, Next: Menus, Prev: Structuring, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Nodes, Next: Menus, Prev: Structuring, Up: Top
6 Nodes
*******
@@ -4018,7 +3999,7 @@ other manuals, from mail archives, and so on.
* anchor:: Defining arbitrary cross-reference targets.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Two Paths, Next: Node Menu Illustration, Up: Nodes
+File: texinfo, Node: Two Paths, Next: Node Menu Illustration, Up: Nodes
6.1 Two Paths
=============
@@ -4049,7 +4030,7 @@ out. Similarly, node pointers and menus are organized to create a
matching structure in the Info output.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Node Menu Illustration, Next: node, Prev: Two Paths, Up: Nodes
+File: texinfo, Node: Node Menu Illustration, Next: node, Prev: Two Paths, Up: Nodes
6.2 Node and Menu Illustration
==============================
@@ -4116,7 +4097,7 @@ section to section (sometimes, as shown, the `Previous' pointer points
up); an `Up' pointer usually leads to a node at the level above (closer
to the `Top' node); and a `Menu' leads to nodes at a level below (closer
to `leaves'). (A cross reference can point to a node at any level; see
-*Note Cross References::.)
+*note Cross References::.)
Usually, an `@node' command and a chapter structuring command are
used in sequence, along with indexing commands. (You may follow the
@@ -4135,7 +4116,7 @@ an `@chapter' line, and then by indexing lines.
@cindex File ending

-File: texinfo.info, Node: node, Next: makeinfo Pointer Creation, Prev: Node Menu Illustration, Up: Nodes
+File: texinfo, Node: node, Next: makeinfo Pointer Creation, Prev: Node Menu Illustration, Up: Nodes
6.3 The `@node' Command
=======================
@@ -4152,33 +4133,38 @@ so a chapter or section may contain any number of nodes. Indeed, a
chapter usually contains several nodes, one for each section,
subsection, and subsubsection.
- To create a node, write an `@node' command at the beginning of a
+ To specify a node, write an `@node' command at the beginning of a
line, and follow it with up to four arguments, separated by commas, on
the rest of the same line. The first argument is required; it is the
-name of this node. The subsequent arguments are the names of the
-`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, in that order, and may be omitted
-if your Texinfo document is hierarchically organized (*note makeinfo
+name of this node (for details of node names, *note Node Line
+Requirements::). The subsequent arguments are the names of the `Next',
+`Previous', and `Up' pointers, in that order, and may be omitted if
+your Texinfo document is hierarchically organized (*note makeinfo
Pointer Creation::).
- You may insert spaces before each name if you wish; the spaces are
-ignored. You must write the name of the node and (if present) the names
-of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers all on the same line.
-Otherwise, the formatters fail. (*note info: (info)Top, for more
-information about nodes in Info.)
+ Whether the node pointers are specified implicitly or explicitly, the
+HTML output from `makeinfo' for each node includes links to the `Next',
+`Previous', and `Up' nodes. The HTML also uses the `accesskey'
+attribute with the values `n', `p', and `u' respectively. This allows
+people using web browsers to follow the nagivation using (typically)
+`M-LETTER', e.g., `M-n' for the `Next' node, from anywhere within the
+node.
+
+ You may insert spaces before each name on the `@node' line if you
+wish; the spaces are ignored. You must write the name of the node and
+(if present) the names of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers all
+on the same line. Otherwise, the formatters fail. (*note info:
+(info)Top, for more information about nodes in Info.)
Usually, you write one of the chapter-structuring command lines
immediately after an `@node' line--for example, an `@section' or
`@subsection' line. (*Note Structuring Command Types::.)
- Note: The GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating commands work only with
- Texinfo files in which `@node' lines are followed by chapter
- structuring lines. *Note Updating Requirements::.
-
TeX uses `@node' lines to identify the names to use for cross
references. For this reason, you must write `@node' lines in a Texinfo
file that you intend to format for printing, even if you do not intend
to format it for Info. (Cross references, such as the one at the end
-of this sentence, are made with `@xref' and related commands; see *Note
+of this sentence, are made with `@xref' and related commands; see *note
Cross References::.)
* Menu:
@@ -4191,20 +4177,21 @@ Cross References::.)
* makeinfo top command:: How to use the `@top' command.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Node Names, Next: Writing a Node, Up: node
+File: texinfo, Node: Node Names, Next: Writing a Node, Up: node
6.3.1 Choosing Node and Pointer Names
-------------------------------------
-The name of a node identifies the node. The pointers enable you to
-reach other nodes and consist simply of the names of those nodes.
+The name of a node identifies the node (for details of node names,
+*note Node Line Requirements::). The pointers enable you to reach
+other nodes and consist simply of the names of those nodes.
Normally, a node's `Up' pointer contains the name of the node whose
menu mentions that node. The node's `Next' pointer contains the name
-of the node that follows that node in that menu and its `Previous'
-pointer contains the name of the node that precedes it in that menu.
-When a node's `Previous' node is the same as its `Up' node, both node
-pointers name the same node.
+of the node that follows the present node in that menu and its
+`Previous' pointer contains the name of the node that precedes it in
+that menu. When a node's `Previous' node is the same as its `Up' node,
+both node pointers name the same node.
Usually, the first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, and its
`Up' and `Previous' pointers point to the `dir' file, which contains
@@ -4219,10 +4206,10 @@ first node of a Texinfo file.
can write the nodes in the Texinfo source file in an arbitrary order!
Because TeX processes the file sequentially, irrespective of node
pointers, you must write the nodes in the order you wish them to appear
-in the printed output.
+in the output.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Writing a Node, Next: Node Line Tips, Prev: Node Names, Up: node
+File: texinfo, Node: Writing a Node, Next: Node Line Tips, Prev: Node Names, Up: node
6.3.2 How to Write an `@node' Line
----------------------------------
@@ -4236,7 +4223,7 @@ beginning of a line and then the name of the node, like this:
provided by Texinfo mode to insert the names of the pointers; or you
can leave the pointers out of the Texinfo file and let `makeinfo'
insert node pointers into the Info file it creates. (*Note Texinfo
-Mode::, and *Note makeinfo Pointer Creation::.)
+Mode::, and *note makeinfo Pointer Creation::.)
Alternatively, you can insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
pointers yourself. If you do this, you may find it helpful to use the
@@ -4251,6 +4238,12 @@ are not familiar with Texinfo.
@node NODE-NAME, NEXT, PREVIOUS, UP
+ The NODE-NAME argument must be present, but the others are optional.
+If you wish to specify some but not others, just insert commas as
+needed, as in: `@node mynode,,,uppernode'. However, we recommend
+leaving off all the pointers and letting `makeinfo' determine them, as
+described above.
+
If you wish, you can ignore `@node' lines altogether in your first
draft and then use the `texinfo-insert-node-lines' command to create
`@node' lines for you. However, we do not recommend this practice. It
@@ -4267,7 +4260,7 @@ to the node in the index. Use them all. This will make it much easier
for people to find the node.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Node Line Tips, Next: Node Line Requirements, Prev: Writing a Node, Up: node
+File: texinfo, Node: Node Line Tips, Next: Node Line Requirements, Prev: Writing a Node, Up: node
6.3.3 `@node' Line Tips
-----------------------
@@ -4289,7 +4282,7 @@ Here are three suggestions:
capitalized; others are not.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Node Line Requirements, Next: First Node, Prev: Node Line Tips, Up: node
+File: texinfo, Node: Node Line Requirements, Next: First Node, Prev: Node Line Tips, Up: node
6.3.4 `@node' Line Requirements
-------------------------------
@@ -4315,7 +4308,7 @@ Here are several requirements for `@node' lines:
punctuation characters that are escaped with a `@', such as `@' and
`{', and accent commands such as `@''. (For a few cases when this
is useful, Texinfo has limited support for using @-commands in
- node names; see *Note Pointer Validation::.) Perhaps this
+ node names; see *note Pointer Validation::.) Perhaps this
limitation will be removed some day.
* Unfortunately, you cannot use periods, commas, colons or
@@ -4344,7 +4337,7 @@ Here are several requirements for `@node' lines:
but with the internal spaces.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: First Node, Next: makeinfo top command, Prev: Node Line Requirements, Up: node
+File: texinfo, Node: First Node, Next: makeinfo top command, Prev: Node Line Requirements, Up: node
6.3.5 The First Node
--------------------
@@ -4367,11 +4360,7 @@ Node::, for more information on the Top node contents and examples.
`dir' file, which contains the main menu for the Info system as a
whole.
- * On the other hand, do not define the `Previous' node of the Top
- node to be `(dir)', as it causes confusing behavior for users: if
- you are in the Top node and hits <DEL> to go backwards, you wind
- up in the middle of the some other entry in the `dir' file, which
- has nothing to do with what you were reading.
+ * The `Prev' node of the Top node should also be your `(dir)' file.
* The `Next' node of the Top node should be the first chapter in your
document.
@@ -4380,16 +4369,13 @@ Node::, for more information on the Top node contents and examples.
*Note Installing an Info File::, for more information about installing
an Info file in the `info' directory.
- For concreteness, here is an example with explicit pointers (which you
-can maintain automatically with the texinfo mode commands):
-
- Or you can leave the pointers off entirely and let the tools
-implicitly define them. This is recommended. Thus:
+ It is usually best to leave the pointers off entirely and let the
+tools implicitly define them, with this simple result:
@node Top

-File: texinfo.info, Node: makeinfo top command, Prev: First Node, Up: node
+File: texinfo, Node: makeinfo top command, Prev: First Node, Up: node
6.3.6 The `@top' Sectioning Command
-----------------------------------
@@ -4420,13 +4406,14 @@ menus.
@top Your Manual Title

-File: texinfo.info, Node: makeinfo Pointer Creation, Next: anchor, Prev: node, Up: Nodes
+File: texinfo, Node: makeinfo Pointer Creation, Next: anchor, Prev: node, Up: Nodes
6.4 Creating Pointers with `makeinfo'
=====================================
The `makeinfo' program has a feature for automatically determining node
-pointers for a hierarchically organized document.
+pointers for a hierarchically organized document. We highly recommend
+using it.
When you take advantage of this feature, you do not need to write the
`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers after the name of a node.
@@ -4442,7 +4429,12 @@ beginning with `@top' to mark the `Top' node in the file. *Note
node) in a menu that is one or more hierarchical levels above the
node's hierarchical level.
- This implicit node pointer insertion feature in `makeinfo' relieves
+ If you use a detailed menu in your master menu (*note Master Menu
+Parts::), mark it with the `@detailmenu @dots{} @end detailmenu'
+environment, or `makeinfo' will get confused, typically about the last
+and/or first node in the document.
+
+ This implicit node pointer creation feature in `makeinfo' relieves
you from the need to update menus and pointers manually or with Texinfo
mode commands. (*Note Updating Nodes and Menus::.)
@@ -4453,10 +4445,10 @@ sectioning commands at all (for example, if you never intend the
document to be printed). The special procedure for handling the short
text before a menu (*note Menus::) also disables this feature, for that
group of nodes. In those cases, you will need to explicitly specify
-the pointers.
+all pointers.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: anchor, Prev: makeinfo Pointer Creation, Up: Nodes
+File: texinfo, Node: anchor, Prev: makeinfo Pointer Creation, Up: Nodes
6.5 `@anchor': Defining Arbitrary Cross-reference Targets
=========================================================
@@ -4485,16 +4477,19 @@ cross-reference commands.
It is best to put `@anchor' commands just before the position you
wish to refer to; that way, the reader's eye is led on to the correct
text when they jump to the anchor. You can put the `@anchor' command
-on a line by itself if that helps readability of the source. Spaces
-are always ignored after `@anchor'.
+on a line by itself if that helps readability of the source.
+Whitespace (including newlines) is ignored after `@anchor'.
Anchor names and node names may not conflict. Anchors and nodes are
given similar treatment in some ways; for example, the `goto-node'
command in standalone Info takes either an anchor name or a node name as
an argument. (*Note goto-node: (info-stnd)goto-node.)
+ Also like node names, anchor names cannot include some characters
+(*note Node Line Requirements::).
+

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Menus, Next: Cross References, Prev: Nodes, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Menus, Next: Cross References, Prev: Nodes, Up: Top
7 Menus
*******
@@ -4504,11 +4499,11 @@ use menus to go to such nodes. Menus have no effect in printed manuals
and do not appear in them.
A node with a menu should not contain much text. If you find yourself
-writing a lot of before a menu, we generally recommend moving most of
-the text into a new subnode--all but a paragraph or two. Otherwise, a
-reader with a terminal that displays only a few lines may miss the menu
-and its associated text. As a practical matter, it is best to locate a
-menu within 20 or so lines of the beginning of the node.
+writing a lot of text before a menu, we generally recommend moving most
+of the text into a new subnode--all but a paragraph or two. Otherwise,
+a reader with a terminal that displays only a few lines may miss the
+menu and its associated text. As a practical matter, it is best to
+locate a menu within 20 or so lines of the beginning of the node.
* Menu:
@@ -4520,7 +4515,7 @@ menu within 20 or so lines of the beginning of the node.
* Other Info Files:: How to refer to a different Info file.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Menu Location, Next: Writing a Menu, Up: Menus
+File: texinfo, Node: Menu Location, Next: Writing a Menu, Up: Menus
7.1 Menu Location
=================
@@ -4547,13 +4542,13 @@ document. Instead, use cross references to refer to arbitrary nodes.
`@ifinfo' conditional instead of the normal sectioning commands after a
very short node with a menu. This had the advantage of making the
printed output look better, because there was no very short text
-between two headings on the page. But aside from not working with
-`makeinfo''s implicit pointer creation, it also makes the XML output
-incorrect, since it does not reflect the true document structure. So,
-unfortunately we can no longer recommend this.
+between two headings on the page. But this also does not work with
+`makeinfo''s implicit pointer creation, and it also makes the XML
+output incorrect, since it does not reflect the true document
+structure. So, regrettably, we can no longer recommend this.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Writing a Menu, Next: Menu Parts, Prev: Menu Location, Up: Menus
+File: texinfo, Node: Writing a Menu, Next: Menu Parts, Prev: Menu Location, Up: Menus
7.2 Writing a Menu
==================
@@ -4580,8 +4575,13 @@ above, the line `Larger Units of Text' is a menu comment line; the two
lines starting with `* ' are menu entries. Space characters in a menu
are preserved as-is; this allows you to format the menu as you wish.
+ In the HTML output from `makeinfo', the `accesskey' attribute is used
+with the values `1'...`9' for the first nine entries. This allows
+people using web browsers to follow the first menu entries using
+(typically) `M-DIGIT', e.g., `M-1' for the first entry.
+

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Menu Parts, Next: Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Prev: Writing a Menu, Up: Menus
+File: texinfo, Node: Menu Parts, Next: Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Prev: Writing a Menu, Up: Menus
7.3 The Parts of a Menu
=======================
@@ -4613,7 +4613,7 @@ authors prefer to indent the second line while others prefer to align it
with the first (and all others). It's up to you.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Next: Menu Example, Prev: Menu Parts, Up: Menus
+File: texinfo, Node: Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Next: Menu Example, Prev: Menu Parts, Up: Menus
7.4 Less Cluttered Menu Entry
=============================
@@ -4634,7 +4634,7 @@ instead of
possible, since it reduces visual clutter in the menu.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Menu Example, Next: Other Info Files, Prev: Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Up: Menus
+File: texinfo, Node: Menu Example, Next: Other Info Files, Prev: Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Up: Menus
7.5 A Menu Example
==================
@@ -4683,7 +4683,7 @@ they must be the names of nodes in the same Info file (*note Referring
to Other Info Files: Other Info Files.).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Other Info Files, Prev: Menu Example, Up: Menus
+File: texinfo, Node: Other Info Files, Prev: Menu Example, Up: Menus
7.6 Referring to Other Info Files
=================================
@@ -4731,7 +4731,7 @@ within the current buffer, so you cannot use them to create menus that
refer to other files. You must write such menus by hand.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Cross References, Next: Marking Text, Prev: Menus, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Cross References, Next: Marking Text, Prev: Menus, Up: Top
8 Cross References
******************
@@ -4753,7 +4753,7 @@ places to which cross references can refer.
* uref:: How to refer to a uniform resource locator.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: References, Next: Cross Reference Commands, Up: Cross References
+File: texinfo, Node: References, Next: Cross Reference Commands, Up: Cross References
8.1 What References Are For
===========================
@@ -4790,7 +4790,7 @@ not be used online, you must nonetheless write `@node' lines to name
the places to which you make cross references.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Cross Reference Commands, Next: Cross Reference Parts, Prev: References, Up: Cross References
+File: texinfo, Node: Cross Reference Commands, Next: Cross Reference Parts, Prev: References, Up: Cross References
8.2 Different Cross Reference Commands
======================================
@@ -4820,7 +4820,7 @@ for which there is no corresponding Info file and, therefore, no node
to which to point. *Note `@cite': cite.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Cross Reference Parts, Next: xref, Prev: Cross Reference Commands, Up: Cross References
+File: texinfo, Node: Cross Reference Parts, Next: xref, Prev: Cross Reference Commands, Up: Cross References
8.3 Parts of a Cross Reference
==============================
@@ -4868,9 +4868,11 @@ in a printed book.
references within the same document.
2. The cross reference name for the Info reference, if it is to be
- different from the node name. If you include this argument, it
- becomes the first part of the cross reference. It is usually
- omitted.
+ different from the node name or the topic description. If you
+ include this argument, it becomes the first part of the cross
+ reference. It is usually omitted; then the topic description
+ (third argument) is used if it was specified; if that was omitted
+ as well, the node name is used.
3. A topic description or section name. Often, this is the title of
the section. This is used as the name of the reference in the
@@ -4901,7 +4903,7 @@ write `@xref' at the beginning of a sentence; write `@pxref' only
within parentheses, and so on.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: xref, Next: Top Node Naming, Prev: Cross Reference Parts, Up: Cross References
+File: texinfo, Node: xref, Next: Top Node Naming, Prev: Cross Reference Parts, Up: Cross References
8.4 `@xref'
===========
@@ -4921,7 +4923,7 @@ reference, or a reference to another book or manual.
* Four and Five Arguments:: `@xref' with four and five arguments.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Reference Syntax, Next: One Argument, Up: xref
+File: texinfo, Node: Reference Syntax, Next: One Argument, Up: xref
8.4.1 What a Reference Looks Like and Requires
----------------------------------------------
@@ -4968,7 +4970,7 @@ cross reference that looks somewhat different.
mistake them for separators.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: One Argument, Next: Two Arguments, Prev: Reference Syntax, Up: xref
+File: texinfo, Node: One Argument, Next: Two Arguments, Prev: Reference Syntax, Up: xref
8.4.2 `@xref' with One Argument
-------------------------------
@@ -5009,7 +5011,7 @@ and
comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Two Arguments, Next: Three Arguments, Prev: One Argument, Up: xref
+File: texinfo, Node: Two Arguments, Next: Three Arguments, Prev: One Argument, Up: xref
8.4.3 `@xref' with Two Arguments
--------------------------------
@@ -5053,7 +5055,7 @@ and
comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Three Arguments, Next: Four and Five Arguments, Prev: Two Arguments, Up: xref
+File: texinfo, Node: Three Arguments, Next: Four and Five Arguments, Prev: Two Arguments, Up: xref
8.4.4 `@xref' with Three Arguments
----------------------------------
@@ -5123,7 +5125,7 @@ are different.
@xref{Regexp, , Regular Expressions as Patterns}.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Four and Five Arguments, Prev: Three Arguments, Up: xref
+File: texinfo, Node: Four and Five Arguments, Prev: Three Arguments, Up: xref
8.4.5 `@xref' with Four and Five Arguments
------------------------------------------
@@ -5201,7 +5203,7 @@ this case, you need to specify only the fourth argument, and not the
fifth.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Top Node Naming, Next: ref, Prev: xref, Up: Cross References
+File: texinfo, Node: Top Node Naming, Next: ref, Prev: xref, Up: Cross References
8.5 Naming a `Top' Node
=======================
@@ -5209,7 +5211,7 @@ File: texinfo.info, Node: Top Node Naming, Next: ref, Prev: xref, Up: Cross
In a cross reference, you must always name a node. This means that in
order to refer to a whole manual, you must identify the `Top' node by
writing it as the first argument to the `@xref' command. (This is
-different from the way you write a menu entry; see *Note Referring to
+different from the way you write a menu entry; see *note Referring to
Other Info Files: Other Info Files.) At the same time, to provide a
meaningful section topic or title in the printed cross reference
(instead of the word `Top'), you must write an appropriate entry for
@@ -5231,7 +5233,7 @@ In this example, `Top' is the name of the first node, and `Overview' is
the name of the first section of the manual.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: ref, Next: pxref, Prev: Top Node Naming, Up: Cross References
+File: texinfo, Node: ref, Next: pxref, Prev: Top Node Naming, Up: Cross References
8.6 `@ref'
==========
@@ -5242,15 +5244,16 @@ useful as the last part of a sentence.
For example,
- For more information, see @ref{Hurricanes}.
+ For more information, @pxref{This}, and @ref{That}.
-produces (in Info):
+produces in Info:
- For more information, see *Note Hurricanes::.
+ For more information, *note This::, and *note That::.
-and (in printed output):
+and in printed output:
- For more information, see Section 8.2 [Hurricanes], page 123.
+ For more information, see Section 1.1 [This], page 1, and Section
+ 1.2 [That], page 2.
The `@ref' command sometimes tempts writers to express themselves in
a manner that is suitable for a printed manual but looks awkward in the
@@ -5263,50 +5266,44 @@ looks ok in the printed output:
Sea surges are described in Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72.
-but is awkward to read in Info:
+but is awkward to read in Info, "note" being a verb:
- Sea surges are described in *Note Hurricanes::.
+ Sea surges are described in *note Hurricanes::.
- Caution: You should write a period or comma immediately after an
- `@ref' command with two or more arguments. Otherwise, Info will
- generate a (grammatically incorrect) period, just so the
- cross-reference doesn't fail completely.
+ You should write a period or comma immediately after an `@ref'
+command with two or more arguments. If there is no such following
+punctuation, `makeinfo' will generate a (grammatically incorrect)
+period in the Info output; otherwise, the cross-reference would fail
+completely, due to the current syntax of Info format.
- As a general rule, you should write a period or comma after every
-`@ref' command. This works best in both the printed and the Info
-output.
+ In general, it is best to use `@ref' only when you need some word
+other than "see" to precede the reference. When "see" (or "See") is
+ok, `@xref' and `@pxref' are preferable.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: pxref, Next: inforef, Prev: ref, Up: Cross References
+File: texinfo, Node: pxref, Next: inforef, Prev: ref, Up: Cross References
8.7 `@pxref'
============
The parenthetical reference command, `@pxref', is nearly the same as
-`@xref', but you use it _only_ inside parentheses and you do _not_ type
-a comma or period after the command's closing brace. The command
-differs from `@xref' in two ways:
+`@xref', but it is best used at the end of a sentence or before a
+closing parenthesis. The command differs from `@xref' in two ways:
1. TeX typesets the reference for the printed manual with a lower case
`see' rather than an upper case `See'.
2. The Info formatting commands automatically end the reference with a
- closing colon or period.
-
- Because one type of formatting automatically inserts closing
-punctuation and the other does not, you should use `@pxref' _only_
-inside parentheses as part of another sentence. Also, you yourself
-should not insert punctuation after the reference, as you do with
-`@xref'.
+ closing colon or period, if necessary.
`@pxref' is designed so that the output looks right and works right
-between parentheses both in printed output and in an Info file. In a
-printed manual, a closing comma or period should not follow a cross
-reference within parentheses; such punctuation is wrong. But in an
-Info file, suitable closing punctuation must follow the cross reference
-so Info can recognize its end. `@pxref' spares you the need to use
-complicated methods to put a terminator into one form of the output and
-not the other.
+at the end of a sentence or parenthetical phrase, both in printed
+output and in an Info file. In a printed manual, a closing comma or
+period should not follow a cross reference within parentheses; such
+punctuation is wrong. But in an Info file, suitable closing
+punctuation must follow the cross reference so Info can recognize its
+end. `@pxref' spares you the need to use complicated methods to put a
+terminator into one form of the output and not the other.
With one argument, a parenthetical cross reference looks like this:
@@ -5314,7 +5311,7 @@ With one argument, a parenthetical cross reference looks like this:
which produces
- ... storms cause flooding (*Note Hurricanes::) ...
+ ... storms cause flooding (*note Hurricanes::) ...
and
@@ -5327,32 +5324,47 @@ and
which produces
- ... (*Note CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME: NODE-NAME.) ...
+ ... (*note CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME: NODE-NAME.) ...
and
... (see Section NNN [NODE-NAME], page PPP) ...
- `@pxref' can be used with up to five arguments just like `@xref'
+ `@pxref' can be used with up to five arguments, just like `@xref'
(*note `@xref': xref.).
- Caution: Use `@pxref' only as a parenthetical reference. Do not
- try to use `@pxref' as a clause in a sentence. It will look bad
- in either the Info file, the printed output, or both.
+ In past versions of Texinfo, it was not allowed to write punctuation
+after a `@pxref', so it could be used _only_ before a right
+parenthesis. This is no longer the case, so now it can be used (for
+example) at the end of a sentence, where a lowercase "see" works best.
+For instance:
+
+ ... For more information, @pxref{More}.
- Parenthetical cross references look best at the ends of sentences.
-Although they technically work in the middle of a sentence, that
-location breaks up the flow of reading.
+which outputs (in Info):
+
+ ... For more information, *note More::.
+
+This works fine. `@pxref' should only be followed by a comma, period,
+or right parenthesis; in other cases, `makeinfo' has to insert a period
+to make the cross-reference work correctly in Info, and that period
+looks wrong.
+
+ As a matter of general style, `@pxref' is best used at the ends of
+sentences. Although it technically works in the middle of a sentence,
+that location breaks up the flow of reading.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: inforef, Next: uref, Prev: pxref, Up: Cross References
+File: texinfo, Node: inforef, Next: uref, Prev: pxref, Up: Cross References
8.8 `@inforef'
==============
-`@inforef' is used for cross references to Info files for which there
-are no printed manuals. Even in a printed manual, `@inforef' generates
-a reference directing the user to look in an Info file.
+`@inforef' is used for making cross references to Info documents--even
+from a printed manual. This might be because you want to refer to
+conditional `@ifinfo' text (*note Conditionals::), or because printed
+output is not available (perhaps because there is no Texinfo source),
+among other possibilities.
The command takes either two or three arguments, in the following
order:
@@ -5371,37 +5383,28 @@ The template is:
@inforef{NODE-NAME, CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME, INFO-FILE-NAME},
-Thus,
+For example,
@inforef{Advanced, Advanced Info commands, info},
for more information.
-produces
+produces (in Info):
*Note Advanced Info commands: (info)Advanced,
for more information.
-and
+and (in the printed output):
See Info file `info', node `Advanced', for more information.
-Similarly,
-
- @inforef{Advanced, , info}, for more information.
-
-produces
-
- *Note (info)Advanced::, for more information.
-
-and
-
- See Info file `info', node `Advanced', for more information.
+ (This particular example is not realistic, since the Info manual is
+written in Texinfo, so all formats are available.)
The converse of `@inforef' is `@cite', which is used to refer to
printed works for which no Info form exists. *Note `@cite': cite.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: uref, Prev: inforef, Up: Cross References
+File: texinfo, Node: uref, Prev: inforef, Up: Cross References
8.9 `@url', `@uref{URL[, TEXT][, REPLACEMENT]}'
===============================================
@@ -5414,7 +5417,7 @@ link you can follow.
`@url' is a synonym for `@uref'. Originally, `@url' had the meaning
of `@indicateurl' (*note `@indicateurl': indicateurl.), but in actual
practice it was misused the vast majority of the time. So we've
-changed the definitions.
+changed the meaning.
The second argument, if specified, is the text to display (the default
is the url itself); in Info and DVI output, but not in HTML output, the
@@ -5456,13 +5459,13 @@ and the HTML output is this:
holds programs and texts.
An example of the three-argument form:
- The @uref{/man.cgi/1/ls,,ls(1)} program ...
+ The @uref{/man.cgi/1/ls,,ls} program ...
produces:
- The ls(1) program ...
+ The ls program ...
but with HTML:
- The <a href="/man.cgi/1/ls">ls(1)</a> program ...
+ The <a href="/man.cgi/1/ls">ls</a> program ...
To merely indicate a url without creating a link people can follow,
use `@indicateurl' (*note `@indicateurl': indicateurl.).
@@ -5477,7 +5480,7 @@ software that tries to detect url's in text already has to detect them
without the `<URL:' to be useful.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Marking Text, Next: Quotations and Examples, Prev: Cross References, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Marking Text, Next: Quotations and Examples, Prev: Cross References, Up: Top
9 Marking Words and Phrases
***************************
@@ -5494,7 +5497,7 @@ program. Also, you can emphasize text, in several different ways.
* Emphasis:: How to emphasize text.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Indicating, Next: Emphasis, Up: Marking Text
+File: texinfo, Node: Indicating, Next: Emphasis, Up: Marking Text
9.1 Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.
==========================================
@@ -5522,21 +5525,22 @@ not something else that should not be changed.
* code:: Indicating program code.
* kbd:: Showing keyboard input.
* key:: Specifying keys.
-* samp:: A literal sequence of characters.
-* verb:: A verbatim sequence of characters.
+* samp:: Indicating a literal sequence of characters.
+* verb:: Indicating a verbatim sequence of characters.
* var:: Indicating metasyntactic variables.
* env:: Indicating environment variables.
* file:: Indicating file names.
* command:: Indicating command names.
* option:: Indicating option names.
* dfn:: Specifying definitions.
-* cite:: Referring to books not in the Info system.
+* cite:: Referring to books not in the Info system.
+* abbr:: Indicating abbreviations.
* acronym:: Indicating acronyms.
-* indicateurl:: Indicating a World Wide Web reference.
+* indicateurl:: Indicating an example URL.
* email:: Indicating an electronic mail address.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Useful Highlighting, Next: code, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: Useful Highlighting, Next: code, Up: Indicating
9.1.1 Highlighting Commands are Useful
--------------------------------------
@@ -5552,50 +5556,61 @@ construct an index of functions if you had not already made the entries.
`@code{SAMPLE-CODE}'
Indicate text that is a literal example of a piece of a program.
+ *Note `@code': code.
`@kbd{KEYBOARD-CHARACTERS}'
- Indicate keyboard input.
+ Indicate keyboard input. *Note `@kbd': kbd.
`@key{KEY-NAME}'
- Indicate the conventional name for a key on a keyboard.
+ Indicate the conventional name for a key on a keyboard. *Note
+ `@key': key.
`@samp{TEXT}'
Indicate text that is a literal example of a sequence of
- characters.
+ characters. *Note `@samp': samp.
+
+`@verb{TEXT}'
+ Write a verbatim sequence of characters. *Note `@verb': verb.
`@var{METASYNTACTIC-VARIABLE}'
- Indicate a metasyntactic variable.
+ Indicate a metasyntactic variable. *Note `@var': var.
`@env{ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLE}'
- Indicate an environment variable.
+ Indicate an environment variable. *Note `@env': env.
`@file{FILE-NAME}'
- Indicate the name of a file.
+ Indicate the name of a file. *Note `@file': file.
`@command{COMMAND-NAME}'
- Indicate the name of a command.
+ Indicate the name of a command. *Note `@command': command.
`@option{OPTION}'
- Indicate a command-line option.
+ Indicate a command-line option. *Note `@option': option.
`@dfn{TERM}'
- Indicate the introductory or defining use of a term.
+ Indicate the introductory or defining use of a term. *Note
+ `@dfn': dfn.
`@cite{REFERENCE}'
- Indicate the name of a book.
+ Indicate the name of a book. *Note `@cite': cite.
+
+`@abbr{ABBREVIATION}'
+ Indicate an abbreviation.
`@acronym{ACRONYM}'
- Indicate an acronym.
+ Indicate an acronym. *Note `@acronym': acronym.
`@indicateurl{UNIFORM-RESOURCE-LOCATOR}'
- Indicate a uniform resource locator for the World Wide Web.
+ Indicate an example (that is, nonfunctional) uniform resource
+ locator. *Note `@indicateurl': indicateurl. (Use `@url' (*note
+ `@url': uref.) for live url's.)
`@email{EMAIL-ADDRESS[, DISPLAYED-TEXT]}'
- Indicate an electronic mail address.
+ Indicate an electronic mail address. *Note `@email': email.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: code, Next: kbd, Prev: Useful Highlighting, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: code, Next: kbd, Prev: Useful Highlighting, Up: Indicating
9.1.2 `@code'{SAMPLE-CODE}
--------------------------
@@ -5625,17 +5640,15 @@ sentence.
In the printed manual, `@code' causes TeX to typeset the argument in
a typewriter face. In the Info file, it causes the Info formatting
-commands to use single quotation marks around the text.
-
- For example,
+commands to use single quotation marks around the text. For example,
The function returns @code{nil}.
-produces this in the printed manual:
+produces this:
The function returns `nil'.
- Here are some cases for which it is preferable not to use `@code':
+ Here are some cases for which it is preferable _not_ to use `@code':
* For shell command names such as `ls' (use `@command').
@@ -5670,8 +5683,12 @@ options, and environment variables. The new commands allow you to
express the markup more precisely, but there is no real harm in using
the older commands, and of course the long-standing manuals do so.
+ Ordinarily, TeX will consider breaking lines at `-' and `_'
+characters within `@code' and related commands. This can be controlled
+with `@allowcodebreaks' (*note `@allowcodebreaks': allowcodebreaks.).
+

-File: texinfo.info, Node: kbd, Next: key, Prev: code, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: kbd, Next: key, Prev: code, Up: Indicating
9.1.3 `@kbd'{KEYBOARD-CHARACTERS}
---------------------------------
@@ -5738,7 +5755,7 @@ explicitly want to mention a space character as one of the characters of
input, write `@key{SPC}' for it.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: key, Next: samp, Prev: kbd, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: key, Next: samp, Prev: kbd, Up: Indicating
9.1.4 `@key'{KEY-NAME}
----------------------
@@ -5752,9 +5769,10 @@ keyboard, as in:
command when the sequence of characters to be typed includes one or
more keys that are described by name.
- For example, to produce `C-x <ESC>' you would type:
+ For example, to produce `C-x <ESC>' and `M-<TAB>' you would type:
@kbd{C-x @key{ESC}}
+ @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
Here is a list of the recommended names for keys:
@@ -5767,7 +5785,7 @@ more keys that are described by name.
LFD
Linefeed (however, since most keyboards nowadays do not have
a Linefeed key, it might be better to call this character
- `C-j'.
+ `C-j')
TAB
Tab
@@ -5778,7 +5796,7 @@ more keys that are described by name.
ESC
Escape
- DEL
+ DELETE
Delete
SHIFT
@@ -5797,8 +5815,11 @@ do not use the `@key' command; but when you are referring to the
modifier key in isolation, use the `@key' command. For example, write
`@kbd{Meta-a}' to produce `Meta-a' and `@key{META}' to produce <META>.
+ As a convention in GNU manuals, `@key' should not be used in index
+entries.
+

-File: texinfo.info, Node: samp, Next: verb, Prev: key, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: samp, Next: verb, Prev: key, Up: Indicating
9.1.5 `@samp'{TEXT}
-------------------
@@ -5838,7 +5859,7 @@ This produces:
`y'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: verb, Next: var, Prev: samp, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: verb, Next: var, Prev: samp, Up: Indicating
9.1.6 `@verb'{<char>TEXT<char>}
-------------------------------
@@ -5863,9 +5884,11 @@ text, where the three characters `@{}' are special. With `@verb',
nothing is special except the delimiter character you choose.
It is not reliable to use `@verb' inside other Texinfo constructs.
+In particular, it does not work to use `@verb' in anything related to
+cross-referencing, such as section titles or figure captions.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: var, Next: env, Prev: verb, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: var, Next: env, Prev: verb, Up: Indicating
9.1.7 `@var'{METASYNTACTIC-VARIABLE}
------------------------------------
@@ -5924,7 +5947,7 @@ modify the sources to `texinfo.tex' and the Info formatting commands to
output the `<...>' format if you wish.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: env, Next: file, Prev: var, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: env, Next: file, Prev: var, Up: Indicating
9.1.8 `@env'{ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLE}
----------------------------------
@@ -5941,7 +5964,7 @@ variables; use `@var' instead (see the previous section).
The `PATH' environment variable ...

-File: texinfo.info, Node: file, Next: command, Prev: env, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: file, Next: command, Prev: env, Up: Indicating
9.1.9 `@file'{FILE-NAME}
------------------------
@@ -5962,7 +5985,7 @@ produces
The `.el' files are in the `/usr/local/emacs/lisp' directory.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: command, Next: option, Prev: file, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: command, Next: option, Prev: file, Up: Indicating
9.1.10 `@command'{COMMAND-NAME}
-------------------------------
@@ -5985,7 +6008,7 @@ such as `Emacs' or `Bison'.
should use either `@samp' or `@code' at your discretion.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: option, Next: dfn, Prev: command, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: option, Next: dfn, Prev: command, Up: Indicating
9.1.11 `@option'{OPTION-NAME}
-----------------------------
@@ -6004,7 +6027,7 @@ example, `-l' or `--version' or `--output=FILENAME'.
effect.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: dfn, Next: cite, Prev: option, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: dfn, Next: cite, Prev: option, Up: Indicating
9.1.12 `@dfn'{TERM}
-------------------
@@ -6028,7 +6051,7 @@ say explicitly that it is a definition, but it should contain the
information of a definition--it should make the meaning clear.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: cite, Next: acronym, Prev: dfn, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: cite, Next: abbr, Prev: dfn, Up: Indicating
9.1.13 `@cite'{REFERENCE}
-------------------------
@@ -6042,28 +6065,68 @@ command since a reader can easily follow such a reference in Info.
*Note `@xref': xref.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: acronym, Next: indicateurl, Prev: cite, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: abbr, Next: acronym, Prev: cite, Up: Indicating
-9.1.14 `@acronym'{ACRONYM[, MEANING]}
+9.1.14 `@abbr'{ABBREVIATION[, MEANING]}
+---------------------------------------
+
+You can use the `@abbr' command for general abbreviations. The
+abbreviation is given as the single argument in braces, as in
+`@abbr{Comput.}'. As a matter of style, or for particular
+abbreviations, you may prefer to omit periods, as in `@abbr{Mr}
+Stallman'.
+
+ `@abbr' accepts an optional second argument, intended to be used for
+the meaning of the abbreviation.
+
+ If the abbreviation ends with a lowercase letter and a period, and is
+not at the end of a sentence, and has no second argument, remember to
+use the `@.' command (*note Not Ending a Sentence::) to get the correct
+spacing. However, you do not have to use `@.' within the abbreviation
+itself; Texinfo automatically assumes periods within the abbreviation
+do not end a sentence.
+
+ In TeX and in the Info output, the first argument is printed as-is;
+if the second argument is present, it is printed in parentheses after
+the abbreviation. In HTML and XML, the `<abbr>' tag is used; in
+Docbook, the `<abbrev>' tag is used. For instance:
+
+ @abbr{Comput. J., Computer Journal}
+
+produces:
+
+ Comput. J. (Computer Journal)
+
+ For abbreviations consisting of all capital letters, you may prefer to
+use the `@acronym' command instead. See the next section for more on
+the usage of these two commands.
+
+
+File: texinfo, Node: acronym, Next: indicateurl, Prev: abbr, Up: Indicating
+
+9.1.15 `@acronym'{ACRONYM[, MEANING]}
-------------------------------------
Use the `@acronym' command for abbreviations written in all capital
letters, such as `NASA'. The abbreviation is given as the single
argument in braces, as in `@acronym{NASA}'. As a matter of style, or
-for particular abbreviations, you may prefer to use periods, as in
-`@acronym{F.B.I.}'.
+for particular acronyms, you may prefer to use periods, as in
+`@acronym{N.A.S.A.}'.
+
+ `@acronym' accepts an optional second argument, intended to be used
+for the meaning of the acronym.
- If the acronym is at the end of a sentence, remember to use the
-special `@.' and similar commands (*note Ending a Sentence::).
+ If the acronym is at the end of a sentence, and if there is no second
+argument, remember to use the `@.' or similar command (*note Ending a
+Sentence::) to get the correct spacing.
In TeX, the acronym is printed in slightly smaller font. In the Info
-output, the argument is printed as-is. In HTML, Docbook, and XML, the
-`<acronym>' tag is used.
+output, the argument is printed as-is. In either format, if the second
+argument is present, it is printed in parentheses after the acronym.
+In HTML, Docbook, and XML, the `<acronym>' tag is used.
- `@acronym' accepts an optional second argument, intended to be used
-for the meaning of the acronym. If present, it is printed in
-parentheses after the acronym. For instance (since GNU is a recursive
-acronym, we use `@acronym' recursively):
+ For instance (since GNU is a recursive acronym, we use `@acronym'
+recursively):
@acronym{GNU, @acronym{GNU}'s Not Unix}
@@ -6075,10 +6138,34 @@ produces:
capitals. Don't use `@acronym' for this, since a name is not an
acronym. Use `@sc' instead (*note Smallcaps::).
+ `@abbr' and `@acronym' are closely related commands: they both signal
+to the reader that a shortened form is being used, and possibly give a
+meaning. When choosing whether to use these two commands, please bear
+the following in mind.
+
+ - In standard English usage, acronyms are a subset of abbreviations:
+ they include pronounceable words like `NATO', `radar', and
+ `snafu', and some sources also include syllable acronyms like
+ `Usenet', hybrids like `SIGGRAPH', and unpronounceable initialisms
+ like `FBI'.
+
+ - In Texinfo, an acronym (but not an abbreviation) should consist
+ only of capital letters and periods, no lowercase.
+
+ - In TeX, an acronym (but not an abbreviation) is printed in a
+ slightly smaller font.
+
+ - Some browsers place a dotted bottom border under abbreviations but
+ not acronyms.
+
+ - It's not essential to use these commands for all abbreviations.
+ Text is perfectly readable without them.
+
+

-File: texinfo.info, Node: indicateurl, Next: email, Prev: acronym, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: indicateurl, Next: email, Prev: acronym, Up: Indicating
-9.1.15 `@indicateurl'{UNIFORM-RESOURCE-LOCATOR}
+9.1.16 `@indicateurl'{UNIFORM-RESOURCE-LOCATOR}
-----------------------------------------------
Use the `@indicateurl' command to indicate a uniform resource locator
@@ -6095,9 +6182,9 @@ which produces:
For example, the url might be <http://example.org/path>.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: email, Prev: indicateurl, Up: Indicating
+File: texinfo, Node: email, Prev: indicateurl, Up: Indicating
-9.1.16 `@email'{EMAIL-ADDRESS[, DISPLAYED-TEXT]}
+9.1.17 `@email'{EMAIL-ADDRESS[, DISPLAYED-TEXT]}
------------------------------------------------
Use the `@email' command to indicate an electronic mail address. It
@@ -6116,7 +6203,7 @@ composition window. For example:
suggestions to the same place <bug-texinfo@gnu.org>.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Emphasis, Prev: Indicating, Up: Marking Text
+File: texinfo, Node: Emphasis, Prev: Indicating, Up: Marking Text
9.2 Emphasizing Text
====================
@@ -6137,7 +6224,7 @@ regular use.
* Fonts:: Various font commands for printed output.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: emph & strong, Next: Smallcaps, Up: Emphasis
+File: texinfo, Node: emph & strong, Next: Smallcaps, Up: Emphasis
9.2.1 `@emph'{TEXT} and `@strong'{TEXT}
---------------------------------------
@@ -6174,7 +6261,7 @@ preceding example.
`@quotation'--`Note' is allowable there.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Smallcaps, Next: Fonts, Prev: emph & strong, Up: Emphasis
+File: texinfo, Node: Smallcaps, Next: Fonts, Prev: emph & strong, Up: Emphasis
9.2.2 `@sc'{TEXT}: The Small Caps Font
--------------------------------------
@@ -6189,7 +6276,7 @@ This produces:
Richard STALLMAN founded GNU.
- As shown here, we recommend using `@acronym' for actual abbreviations
+ As shown here, we recommend using `@acronym' for actual acronyms
(*note acronym::), and reserving `@sc' for special cases where you want
small caps. The output is not the same (`@acronym' prints in a smaller
text font, not the small caps font), but more importantly it describes
@@ -6210,30 +6297,58 @@ output marked with the `<small>' tag to reduce the font size.
We recommend using regular mixed case wherever possible.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Fonts, Prev: Smallcaps, Up: Emphasis
+File: texinfo, Node: Fonts, Prev: Smallcaps, Up: Emphasis
9.2.3 Fonts for Printing, Not Info
----------------------------------
-Texinfo provides four font commands that specify font changes in the
-printed manual and (where possible) in the HTML output, but have no
-effect in the Info file. All four commands apply to an argument that
-follows, surrounded by braces.
+Texinfo provides one command to change the size of the main body font
+in the TeX output for a document: `@fonttextsize'. It has no effect at
+all in other output. It takes a single argument on the remainder of
+the line, which must be either `10' or `11'. For example:
-`@i'
- selects an italic font;
+ @fonttextsize 10
+
+ The effect is to reduce the body font to a 10pt size (the default is
+11pt). Fonts for other elements, such as sections and chapters, are
+reduced accordingly. This should only be used in conjunction with
+`@smallbook' (*note Printing "Small" Books: smallbook.) or similar,
+since 10pt fonts on standard paper (8.5x11 or A4) are too small. One
+reason to use this command is to save pages, and hence printing cost,
+for physical books.
+
+ Texinfo does not at present have commands to switch the font family
+to use, or more general size-changing commands.
+
+ Texinfo also provides a number of font commands that specify font
+changes in the printed manual and (where possible) in the HTML output,
+but have no effect in the Info file. All the commands apply to an
+argument that follows, surrounded by braces.
`@b'
selects bold face;
-`@t'
- selects the fixed-width, typewriter-style font used by `@code';
+`@i'
+ selects an italic font;
`@r'
selects a roman font, which is the usual font in which text is
- printed.
+ printed. It may or may not be seriffed.
+
+`@sansserif'
+ selects a sans serif font;
+
+`@slanted'
+ selects a slanted font;
+
+`@t'
+ selects the fixed-width, typewriter-style font used by `@code';
+ (The commands with longer names were invented much later than the
+others, at which time it did not seem desirable to use very short names
+for such an infrequently needed feature.)
+
Only the `@r' command has much use: in example-like environments, you
can use the `@r' command to write comments in the standard roman font
instead of the fixed-width font. This looks better in printed output,
@@ -6249,26 +6364,27 @@ produces
(+ 2 2) ; Add two plus two.
- In general, you should avoid using the other three font commands. If
-you need to use one, it probably indicates a gap in the Texinfo
-language.
+ In general, you should avoid using the other font commands. Some of
+them are only useful when documenting functionality of specific font
+effects, such as in TeX and related packages.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Quotations and Examples, Next: Lists and Tables, Prev: Marking Text, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Quotations and Examples, Next: Lists and Tables, Prev: Marking Text, Up: Top
10 Quotations and Examples
**************************
Quotations and examples are blocks of text consisting of one or more
whole paragraphs that are set off from the bulk of the text and treated
-differently. They are usually indented.
+differently. They are usually indented in the output.
In Texinfo, you always begin a quotation or example by writing an
@-command at the beginning of a line by itself, and end it by writing
an `@end' command that is also at the beginning of a line by itself.
For instance, you begin an example by writing `@example' by itself at
the beginning of a line and end the example by writing `@end example'
-on a line by itself, at the beginning of that line.
+on a line by itself, at the beginning of that line, and with only one
+space between the `@end' and the `example'.
* Menu:
@@ -6288,7 +6404,7 @@ on a line by itself, at the beginning of that line.
* cartouche:: Drawing rounded rectangles around examples.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Block Enclosing Commands, Next: quotation, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: Block Enclosing Commands, Next: quotation, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.1 Block Enclosing Commands
=============================
@@ -6351,7 +6467,7 @@ rounded corners around it. *Note Drawing Cartouches Around Examples:
cartouche.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: quotation, Next: example, Prev: Block Enclosing Commands, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: quotation, Next: example, Prev: Block Enclosing Commands, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.2 `@quotation': Block quotations
===================================
@@ -6362,10 +6478,9 @@ filled) except that:
* the margins are closer to the center of the page, so the whole of
the quotation is indented;
- * the first lines of paragraphs are indented no more than other
- lines;
+ * and the first lines of paragraphs are indented no more than other
+ lines.
- * in the printed output, interparagraph spacing is reduced.
This is an example of text written between an `@quotation' command
and an `@end quotation' command. An `@quotation' command is most
@@ -6400,7 +6515,7 @@ etc.) instead of the default `<blockquote>'. HTML output always uses
`<blockquote>'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: example, Next: verbatim, Prev: quotation, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: example, Next: verbatim, Prev: quotation, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.3 `@example': Example Text
=============================
@@ -6464,7 +6579,7 @@ displaying them, use the `@code' command or its relatives (*note
normal roman font, you can use the `@r' command (*note Fonts::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: verbatim, Next: verbatiminclude, Prev: example, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: verbatim, Next: verbatiminclude, Prev: example, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.4 `@verbatim': Literal Text
==============================
@@ -6473,18 +6588,12 @@ Use the `@verbatim' environment for printing of text that may contain
special characters or commands that should not be interpreted, such as
computer input or output (`@example' interprets its text as regular
Texinfo commands). This is especially useful for including
-automatically generated output in a Texinfo manual. Here is an example;
-the output you see is just the same as the input, with a line
-`@verbatim' before and a line `@end verbatim' after.
-
+automatically generated files in a Texinfo manual.
-This is an example of text written in a @verbatim
-block. No character substitutions are made. All commands
-are ignored, until `<at>end verbatim'.
-
-In the printed manual, the text is typeset in a
-fixed-width font, and not indented or filled. All
-spaces and blank lines are significant, including tabs.
+ In general, the output will be just the same as the input. No
+character substitutions are made, e.g., all spaces and blank lines are
+significant, including tabs. In the printed manual, the text is
+typeset in a fixed-width font, and not indented or filled.
Write a `@verbatim' command at the beginning of a line by itself.
This line will disappear from the output. Mark the end of the verbatim
@@ -6502,8 +6611,7 @@ expand<TAB>me
@end verbatim
-produces
-
+This produces:
{
@command with strange characters: @'e
@@ -6516,10 +6624,21 @@ and another blank line after the `@end verbatim'. Blank lines between
the beginning `@verbatim' and the ending `@end verbatim' will appear in
the output.
- It is not reliable to use `@verbatim' inside other Texinfo constructs.
+ You can get a "small" verbatim by enclosing the `@verbatim' in an
+`@smallformat' environment, as shown here:
+
+@smallformat
+@verbatim
+... still verbatim, but in a smaller font ...
+@end verbatim
+@end smallformat
+
+
+ Finally, a word of warning: it is not reliable to use `@verbatim'
+inside other Texinfo constructs.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: verbatiminclude, Next: lisp, Prev: verbatim, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: verbatiminclude, Next: lisp, Prev: verbatim, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.5 `@verbatiminclude' FILE: Include a File Verbatim
=====================================================
@@ -6537,15 +6656,17 @@ indentation is added; if you want indentation, enclose the
The name of the file is taken literally, with a single exception:
`@value{VAR}' references are expanded. This makes it possible to
-reliably include files in other directories in a distribution, for
-instance:
+include files in other directories within a distribution, for instance:
- @include @value{top_srcdir}/NEWS
+ @verbatiminclude @value{top_srcdir}/NEWS
(You still have to get `top_srcdir' defined in the first place.)
+ For a method on printing the file contents in a smaller font size, see
+the end of the previous section on `@verbatim'.
+

-File: texinfo.info, Node: lisp, Next: small, Prev: verbatiminclude, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: lisp, Next: small, Prev: verbatiminclude, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.6 `@lisp': Marking a Lisp Example
====================================
@@ -6569,7 +6690,7 @@ Then you can use the Texinfo file as a Lisp library.(1)
similar fashion for C, Fortran, or other languages.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: small, Next: display, Prev: lisp, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: small, Next: display, Prev: lisp, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.7 `@small...' Block Commands
===============================
@@ -6606,16 +6727,17 @@ only one of (for instance) `@example' or `@smallexample' consistently
within a chapter.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: display, Next: format, Prev: small, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: display, Next: format, Prev: small, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.8 `@display' and `@smalldisplay'
===================================
-The `@display' command begins a kind of example. It is like the
-`@example' command except that, in a printed manual, `@display' does
-not select the fixed-width font. In fact, it does not specify the font
-at all, so that the text appears in the same font it would have
-appeared in without the `@display' command.
+The `@display' command begins a kind of example, where each line of
+input produces a line of output, and the output is indented. It is
+thus like the `@example' command except that, in a printed manual,
+`@display' does not select the fixed-width font. In fact, it does not
+specify the font at all, so that the text appears in the same font it
+would have appeared in without the `@display' command.
This is an example of text written between an `@display' command
and an `@end display' command. The `@display' command
@@ -6625,8 +6747,13 @@ appeared in without the `@display' command.
`@display' but uses a smaller font in `@smallbook' format. *Note
small::.
+ The `@table' command (*note table::) does not work inside `@display'.
+Since `@display' is line-oriented, it doesn't make sense to use them
+together. If you want to indent a table, try `@quotation' (*note
+quotation::).
+

-File: texinfo.info, Node: format, Next: exdent, Prev: display, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: format, Next: exdent, Prev: display, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.9 `@format' and `@smallformat'
=================================
@@ -6645,7 +6772,7 @@ the `@format' command does not fill the text.
small::.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: exdent, Next: flushleft & flushright, Prev: format, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: exdent, Next: flushleft & flushright, Prev: format, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.10 `@exdent': Undoing a Line's Indentation
=============================================
@@ -6663,7 +6790,7 @@ line is printed in the roman font.
@exdent This line is exdented.
This line follows the exdented line.
The @@end example comes on the next line.
- @end group
+ @end example
produces
@@ -6677,7 +6804,7 @@ un-indent text by ending the example and returning the page to its
normal width.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: flushleft & flushright, Next: noindent, Prev: exdent, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: flushleft & flushright, Next: noindent, Prev: exdent, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.11 `@flushleft' and `@flushright'
====================================
@@ -6718,7 +6845,7 @@ produces
left end ragged.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: noindent, Next: indent, Prev: flushleft & flushright, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: noindent, Next: indent, Prev: flushleft & flushright, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.12 `@noindent': Omitting Indentation
=======================================
@@ -6769,7 +6896,7 @@ necessary, since `@noindent' is a command used outside of paragraphs
(*note Command Syntax::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: indent, Next: cartouche, Prev: noindent, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: indent, Next: cartouche, Prev: noindent, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.13 `@indent': Forcing Indentation
====================================
@@ -6794,7 +6921,7 @@ since `@indent' is a command used outside of paragraphs (*note Command
Syntax::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: cartouche, Prev: indent, Up: Quotations and Examples
+File: texinfo, Node: cartouche, Prev: indent, Up: Quotations and Examples
10.14 `@cartouche': Rounded Rectangles Around Examples
======================================================
@@ -6833,7 +6960,7 @@ of `makeinfo' may be removed one day.
`@cartouche' also implies `@group' (*note group::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Lists and Tables, Next: Special Displays, Prev: Quotations and Examples, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Lists and Tables, Next: Special Displays, Prev: Quotations and Examples, Up: Top
11 Lists and Tables
*******************
@@ -6851,7 +6978,7 @@ first column; multi-column tables are also supported.
* Multi-column Tables:: How to construct generalized tables.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Introducing Lists, Next: itemize, Up: Lists and Tables
+File: texinfo, Node: Introducing Lists, Next: itemize, Up: Lists and Tables
11.1 Introducing Lists
======================
@@ -6907,7 +7034,7 @@ And here is a two-column table with the same items and their @-commands:
Two-column tables, optionally with indexing.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: itemize, Next: enumerate, Prev: Introducing Lists, Up: Lists and Tables
+File: texinfo, Node: itemize, Next: enumerate, Prev: Introducing Lists, Up: Lists and Tables
11.2 `@itemize': Making an Itemized List
========================================
@@ -6985,7 +7112,7 @@ This produces:
* Second outer item.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: enumerate, Next: Two-column Tables, Prev: itemize, Up: Lists and Tables
+File: texinfo, Node: enumerate, Next: Two-column Tables, Prev: itemize, Up: Lists and Tables
11.3 `@enumerate': Making a Numbered or Lettered List
=====================================================
@@ -7075,7 +7202,7 @@ constructed using `@enumerate' with an argument of `a'.
You can also nest enumerated lists, as in an outline.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Two-column Tables, Next: Multi-column Tables, Prev: enumerate, Up: Lists and Tables
+File: texinfo, Node: Two-column Tables, Next: Multi-column Tables, Prev: enumerate, Up: Lists and Tables
11.4 Making a Two-column Table
==============================
@@ -7093,7 +7220,7 @@ command-line option summaries.
* itemx:: How to put more entries in the first column.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: table, Next: ftable vtable, Up: Two-column Tables
+File: texinfo, Node: table, Next: ftable vtable, Up: Two-column Tables
11.4.1 Using the `@table' Command
---------------------------------
@@ -7164,7 +7291,7 @@ This produces:
text, use the `@itemx' command. (*Note `@itemx': itemx.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: ftable vtable, Next: itemx, Prev: table, Up: Two-column Tables
+File: texinfo, Node: ftable vtable, Next: itemx, Prev: table, Up: Two-column Tables
11.4.2 `@ftable' and `@vtable'
------------------------------
@@ -7187,7 +7314,7 @@ or `@end vtable' command on a line by itself.
See the example for `@table' in the previous section.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: itemx, Prev: ftable vtable, Up: Two-column Tables
+File: texinfo, Node: itemx, Prev: ftable vtable, Up: Two-column Tables
11.4.3 `@itemx'
---------------
@@ -7227,7 +7354,7 @@ This produces:
a two-column table.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Multi-column Tables, Prev: Two-column Tables, Up: Lists and Tables
+File: texinfo, Node: Multi-column Tables, Prev: Two-column Tables, Up: Lists and Tables
11.5 `@multitable': Multi-column Tables
=======================================
@@ -7246,7 +7373,7 @@ completes the table. Details in the sections below.
* Multitable Rows:: Defining multitable rows, with examples.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Multitable Column Widths, Next: Multitable Rows, Up: Multi-column Tables
+File: texinfo, Node: Multitable Column Widths, Next: Multitable Rows, Up: Multi-column Tables
11.5.1 Multitable Column Widths
-------------------------------
@@ -7284,7 +7411,7 @@ entirely on the same line as the `@multitable' command.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Multitable Rows, Prev: Multitable Column Widths, Up: Multi-column Tables
+File: texinfo, Node: Multitable Rows, Prev: Multitable Column Widths, Up: Multi-column Tables
11.5.2 Multitable Rows
----------------------
@@ -7297,7 +7424,8 @@ your source file as necessary.
You can also use `@headitem' instead of `@item' to produce a "heading
row". The TeX output for such a row is in bold, and the HTML, XML, and
-Docbook output uses the `<thead>' tag.
+Docbook output uses the `<thead>' tag. In Info, the heading row is
+followed by a separator line made of dashes (`-' characters).
Here is a complete example of a multi-column table (the text is from
`The GNU Emacs Manual', *note Splitting Windows: (emacs)Split Window.):
@@ -7333,7 +7461,7 @@ C-Mouse-2 In the mode line or scroll
window.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Special Displays, Next: Indices, Prev: Lists and Tables, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Special Displays, Next: Indices, Prev: Lists and Tables, Up: Top
12 Special Displays
*******************
@@ -7356,7 +7484,7 @@ are often included in these displays.
* Footnotes:: Writing footnotes.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Floats, Next: Images, Up: Special Displays
+File: texinfo, Node: Floats, Next: Images, Up: Special Displays
12.1 Floats
===========
@@ -7380,9 +7508,9 @@ simply output at the current location, more or less as if it were an
* listoffloats:: A table of contents for floats.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: float, Next: caption shortcaption, Up: Floats
+File: texinfo, Node: float, Next: caption shortcaption, Up: Floats
-12.1.1 `@float' [TYPE][,LABEL]: Floating material
+12.1.1 `@float' [TYPE][,LABEL]: Floating Material
-------------------------------------------------
To produce floating material, enclose the material you want to be
@@ -7415,8 +7543,8 @@ TYPE
LABEL
Specifies a cross-reference label for this float. If given, this
float is automatically given a number, and will appear in any
- `@listofloats' output (*note listoffloats::). Cross-references to
- LABEL are allowed.
+ `@listoffloats' output (*note listoffloats::). Cross-references
+ to LABEL are allowed.
On the other hand, if LABEL is not given, then the float will not
be numbered and consequently will not appear in the
@@ -7436,7 +7564,7 @@ chapter, are simply numbered consecutively from 1.
These numbering conventions are not, at present, changeable.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: caption shortcaption, Next: listoffloats, Prev: float, Up: Floats
+File: texinfo, Node: caption shortcaption, Next: listoffloats, Prev: float, Up: Floats
12.1.2 `@caption' & `@shortcaption'
-----------------------------------
@@ -7469,12 +7597,22 @@ as specified to the `@float' command (see the previous section).
`@float', and takes a single argument in braces. The short caption
text is used instead of the caption text in a list of floats (see the
next section). Thus, you can write a long caption for the main
-document, and a short title to appear in the list of floats.
+document, and a short title to appear in the list of floats. For
+example:
+
+ @float
+ ... as above ...
+ @shortcaption{Text for list of floats.}
+ @end float
+
+ The text for `@caption' and `@shortcaption' may not contain comments
+(`@c'), verbatim text (`@verb'), environments such as `@example', or
+other complex constructs.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: listoffloats, Prev: caption shortcaption, Up: Floats
+File: texinfo, Node: listoffloats, Prev: caption shortcaption, Up: Floats
-12.1.3 `@listoffloats': Tables of contents for floats
+12.1.3 `@listoffloats': Tables of Contents for Floats
-----------------------------------------------------
You can write a `@listoffloats' command to generate a list of floats
@@ -7511,7 +7649,7 @@ to the float. In printed output, the page number is included.
from the list of floats.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Images, Next: Footnotes, Prev: Floats, Up: Special Displays
+File: texinfo, Node: Images, Next: Footnotes, Prev: Floats, Up: Special Displays
12.2 Inserting Images
=====================
@@ -7527,12 +7665,12 @@ part of a displayed figure or example.
* Image Scaling::

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Image Syntax, Next: Image Scaling, Up: Images
+File: texinfo, Node: Image Syntax, Next: Image Scaling, Up: Images
12.2.1 Image Syntax
-------------------
-Here is the basic synopsis of the `@image' command:
+Here is the synopsis of the `@image' command:
@image{FILENAME[, WIDTH[, HEIGHT[, ALTTEXT[, EXTENSION]]]]}
@@ -7541,7 +7679,10 @@ because the different processors support different formats:
* TeX reads the file `FILENAME.eps' (Encapsulated PostScript format).
- * PDFTeX reads `FILENAME.pdf' (Adobe's Portable Document Format).
+ * pdfTeX reads `FILENAME.png', `FILENAME.jpg', `FILENAME.jpeg', or
+ `FILENAME.pdf' (in that order). It also tries uppercase versions
+ of the extensions. The PDF format cannot support EPS images, so
+ they must be converted first.
* `makeinfo' includes `FILENAME.txt' verbatim for Info output (more
or less as if it was an `@example').
@@ -7556,17 +7697,27 @@ because the different processors support different formats:
The WIDTH and HEIGHT arguments are described in the next section.
- When producing html, `makeinfo' sets the "alt attribute" for inline
+ For TeX output, if an image is the only thing in a paragraph it will
+ordinarily be displayed on a line by itself, respecting the current
+environment indentation, but without the normal paragraph indentation.
+If you want it centered, use `@center' (*note `@titlefont @center @sp':
+titlefont center sp.).
+
+ For HTML output, `makeinfo' sets the "alt attribute" for inline
images to the optional ALTTEXT (fourth) argument to `@image', if
supplied. If not supplied, `makeinfo' uses the full file name of the
-image being displayed. If you want an empty `alt' string, use `@-'.
-The ALTTEXT is taken as Texinfo text, so special characters such as `"'
-and `<' and `&' are escaped in the HTML and XML output.
+image being displayed. The ALTTEXT is taken as Texinfo text, so
+special characters such as `"' and `<' and `&' are escaped in the HTML
+and XML output; also, you can get an empty `alt' string with `@-' (a
+command that produces no output; *note - and hyphenation::).
+
+ For Info output, the `alt' string is also processed as Texinfo text
+and output. In this case, `\' is escaped as `\\' and `"' as `\"'; no
+other escapes are done.
If you do not supply the optional EXTENSION (fifth) argument,
`makeinfo' first tries `FILENAME.png'; if that does not exist, it tries
-`FILENAME.jpg'. If that does not exist either, it complains. (We
-cannot support GIF format directly due to software patents.)
+`FILENAME.jpg'. If that does not exist either, it complains.
In Info output, `makeinfo' writes a reference to the binary image
file (trying FILENAME suffixed with `EXTENSION', `.EXTENSION', `.png',
@@ -7591,7 +7742,7 @@ feature was introduced in Texinfo version 4.6) will display the above
literally, which, although not pretty, should not be harmful.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Image Scaling, Prev: Image Syntax, Up: Images
+File: texinfo, Node: Image Scaling, Prev: Image Syntax, Up: Images
12.2.2 Image Scaling
--------------------
@@ -7653,7 +7804,7 @@ line before the command, or the output will run into the preceding text.
any other sort of output.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Footnotes, Prev: Images, Up: Special Displays
+File: texinfo, Node: Footnotes, Prev: Images, Up: Special Displays
12.3 Footnotes
==============
@@ -7676,7 +7827,7 @@ text. For a thorough discussion of footnotes, see `The Chicago Manual
of Style', which is published by the University of Chicago Press.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Footnote Commands, Next: Footnote Styles, Up: Footnotes
+File: texinfo, Node: Footnote Commands, Next: Footnote Styles, Up: Footnotes
12.3.1 Footnote Commands
------------------------
@@ -7725,7 +7876,7 @@ Two-column Tables::.
(1) Here is the sample footnote.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Footnote Styles, Prev: Footnote Commands, Up: Footnotes
+File: texinfo, Node: Footnote Styles, Prev: Footnote Commands, Up: Footnotes
12.3.2 Footnote Styles
----------------------
@@ -7791,7 +7942,7 @@ their default style. Currently, `texinfo-format-buffer' and
the `end' style.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Indices, Next: Insertions, Prev: Special Displays, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Indices, Next: Insertions, Prev: Special Displays, Up: Top
13 Indices
**********
@@ -7821,7 +7972,7 @@ indices.
* New Indices:: How to define your own indices.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Index Entries, Next: Predefined Indices, Up: Indices
+File: texinfo, Node: Index Entries, Next: Predefined Indices, Up: Indices
13.1 Making Index Entries
=========================
@@ -7845,7 +7996,7 @@ need to do it yourself.
index at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Predefined Indices, Next: Indexing Commands, Prev: Index Entries, Up: Indices
+File: texinfo, Node: Predefined Indices, Next: Indexing Commands, Prev: Index Entries, Up: Indices
13.2 Predefined Indices
=======================
@@ -7899,7 +8050,7 @@ into one output index using the `@synindex' or `@syncodeindex' commands
(*note Combining Indices::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Indexing Commands, Next: Combining Indices, Prev: Predefined Indices, Up: Indices
+File: texinfo, Node: Indexing Commands, Next: Combining Indices, Prev: Predefined Indices, Up: Indices
13.3 Defining the Entries of an Index
=====================================
@@ -7958,7 +8109,7 @@ Text::), and `@r' for the normal roman font (*note Fonts::).
information about the structure of a menu entry.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Combining Indices, Next: New Indices, Prev: Indexing Commands, Up: Indices
+File: texinfo, Node: Combining Indices, Next: New Indices, Prev: Indexing Commands, Up: Indices
13.4 Combining Indices
======================
@@ -7987,7 +8138,7 @@ enclose every one of them between the braces of `@code'.
default font of the merged-to index.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: syncodeindex, Next: synindex, Up: Combining Indices
+File: texinfo, Node: syncodeindex, Next: synindex, Up: Combining Indices
13.4.1 `@syncodeindex'
----------------------
@@ -8046,7 +8197,7 @@ into a concept index, all the function names are printed in the `@code'
font as you would expect.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: synindex, Prev: syncodeindex, Up: Combining Indices
+File: texinfo, Node: synindex, Prev: syncodeindex, Up: Combining Indices
13.4.2 `@synindex'
------------------
@@ -8060,7 +8211,7 @@ command, except that it does not put the `from' index entries into the
index at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: New Indices, Prev: Combining Indices, Up: Indices
+File: texinfo, Node: New Indices, Prev: Combining Indices, Up: Indices
13.5 Defining New Indices
=========================
@@ -8113,7 +8264,7 @@ Texinfo file, and (of course) before any `@synindex' or `@syncodeindex'
commands (*note Texinfo File Header::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Insertions, Next: Breaks, Prev: Indices, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Insertions, Next: Breaks, Prev: Indices, Up: Top
14 Special Insertions
*********************
@@ -8125,20 +8276,26 @@ elements that do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
* Menu:
* Atsign Braces Comma:: Inserting @ and {} and ,.
+* Inserting Quote Characters:: Inserting left and right quotes, in code.
* Inserting Space:: How to insert the right amount of space
within a sentence.
* Inserting Accents:: How to insert accents and special characters.
+* Inserting Quotation Marks:: How to insert quotation marks.
* Dots Bullets:: How to insert dots and bullets.
* TeX and copyright:: How to insert the TeX logo
and the copyright symbol.
+* euro:: How to insert the Euro currency symbol.
* pounds:: How to insert the pounds currency symbol.
+* textdegree:: How to insert the degrees symbol.
* minus:: How to insert a minus sign.
+* geq leq:: How to insert greater/less-than-or-equal signs.
* math:: How to format a mathematical expression.
+* Click Sequences:: Inserting GUI usage sequences.
* Glyphs:: How to indicate results of evaluation,
expansion of macros, errors, etc.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Atsign Braces Comma, Next: Inserting Space, Up: Insertions
+File: texinfo, Node: Atsign Braces Comma, Next: Inserting Quote Characters, Up: Insertions
14.1 Inserting @ and {} and ,
=============================
@@ -8157,7 +8314,7 @@ separates arguments to commands that take multiple arguments.
* Inserting a Comma::

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Inserting an Atsign, Next: Inserting Braces, Up: Atsign Braces Comma
+File: texinfo, Node: Inserting an Atsign, Next: Inserting Braces, Up: Atsign Braces Comma
14.1.1 Inserting `@' with `@@'
------------------------------
@@ -8167,7 +8324,7 @@ File: texinfo.info, Node: Inserting an Atsign, Next: Inserting Braces, Up: At
Do not put braces after an `@@' command.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Inserting Braces, Next: Inserting a Comma, Prev: Inserting an Atsign, Up: Atsign Braces Comma
+File: texinfo, Node: Inserting Braces, Next: Inserting a Comma, Prev: Inserting an Atsign, Up: Atsign Braces Comma
14.1.2 Inserting `{' and `}' with `@{' and `@}'
-----------------------------------------------
@@ -8176,10 +8333,10 @@ File: texinfo.info, Node: Inserting Braces, Next: Inserting a Comma, Prev: In
`@}' stands for a single `}' in either printed or Info output.
- Do not put braces after either an `@{' or an `@}' command.ppp
+ Do not put braces after either an `@{' or an `@}' command.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Inserting a Comma, Prev: Inserting Braces, Up: Atsign Braces Comma
+File: texinfo, Node: Inserting a Comma, Prev: Inserting Braces, Up: Atsign Braces Comma
14.1.3 Inserting `,' with `@comma{}'
------------------------------------
@@ -8193,21 +8350,64 @@ context: some commands, such as `@acronym' (*note acronym::) and
(*note Defining Macros::), can take more than one argument. In these
cases, the comma character is used to separate arguments.
- Since a comma chacter would confuse Texinfo's parsing for these
-commands, you must use the command `,' instead if you want to have an
-actual comma in the output. Here are some examples:
+ Since a comma character would confuse Texinfo's parsing for these
+commands, you must use the command `@comma{}' instead if you want to
+pass an actual comma. Here are some examples:
@acronym{ABC, A Bizarre @comma{}}
@xref{Comma,, The @comma{} symbol}
@mymac{One argument@comma{} containing a comma}
- Although , can be used anywhere, there is no need for it anywhere
-except in this unusual case.
+ Although , can be used nearly anywhere, there is no need for it
+anywhere except in this unusual case.
+
+
+File: texinfo, Node: Inserting Quote Characters, Next: Inserting Space, Prev: Atsign Braces Comma, Up: Insertions
+
+14.2 Inserting Quote Characters
+===============================
+
+As explained in the early section on general Texinfo input conventions
+(*note Conventions::), Texinfo source files use the ASCII character ``'
+(96 decimal) to produce a left quote (`), and ASCII `'' (39 decimal) to
+produce a right quote ('). Doubling these input characters (```' and
+`''') produces double quotes (" and "). These are the conventions used
+by TeX.
+
+ This works all right for text. However, in examples of computer code,
+readers are especially likely to cut and paste the text verbatim--and,
+unfortunately, some document viewers will mangle these characters.
+(The free PDF reader `xpdf' works fine, but other PDF readers, both
+free and nonfree, have problems.)
+
+ If this is a concern for your document, Texinfo provides two special
+settings via `@set':
+
+`@set txicodequoteundirected'
+ causes the output for the `'' character to be the undirected
+ single quote, like this:
+
+ `''.
+
+`@set txicodequotebacktick'
+ Cause the output for the ``' character to be the standalone grave
+ accent, like this:
+
+ ``'.
+
+
+ `xyza`'bc'
+
+ If you want these settings for only part of the document, `@clear'
+will restore the normal behavior, as in `@clear txicodequoteundirected'.
+
+ These settings affect `@code', `@example', and `@verbatim'; they do
+not affect `@samp'. (*Note Useful Highlighting::.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Inserting Space, Next: Inserting Accents, Prev: Atsign Braces Comma, Up: Insertions
+File: texinfo, Node: Inserting Space, Next: Inserting Accents, Prev: Inserting Quote Characters, Up: Insertions
-14.2 Inserting Space
+14.3 Inserting Space
====================
The following sections describe commands that control spacing of various
@@ -8218,12 +8418,13 @@ kinds within and after sentences.
* Not Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes a . doesn't end a sentence.
* Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes it does.
* Multiple Spaces:: Inserting multiple spaces.
+* frenchspacing:: Specifying end-of-sentence spacing.
* dmn:: How to format a dimension.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Not Ending a Sentence, Next: Ending a Sentence, Up: Inserting Space
+File: texinfo, Node: Not Ending a Sentence, Next: Ending a Sentence, Up: Inserting Space
-14.2.1 Not Ending a Sentence
+14.3.1 Not Ending a Sentence
----------------------------
Depending on whether a period or exclamation point or question mark is
@@ -8243,18 +8444,15 @@ sentences.
For example,
- The s.o.p.@: has three parts ...
- The s.o.p. has three parts ...
+ foo vs.@: bar
+ foo vs. bar
produces
- The s.o.p. has three parts ...
- The s.o.p. has three parts ...
+ foo vs. bar
+ foo vs. bar
-(Incidentally, `s.o.p.' is an abbreviation for "Standard Operating
-Procedure".)
-
- `@:' has no effect on the Info and HTML output. In Docbook and XML,
+`@:' has no effect on the Info and HTML output. In Docbook and XML,
the previous punctuation character (.?!:) is output as an entity
instead of as the normal character: `&period; &quest; &excl; &colon;'.
This gives further processors a chance to notice and not add the usual
@@ -8263,9 +8461,9 @@ extra space.
Do not put braces after `@:' (or any non-alphabetic command).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Ending a Sentence, Next: Multiple Spaces, Prev: Not Ending a Sentence, Up: Inserting Space
+File: texinfo, Node: Ending a Sentence, Next: Multiple Spaces, Prev: Not Ending a Sentence, Up: Inserting Space
-14.2.2 Ending a Sentence
+14.3.2 Ending a Sentence
------------------------
Use `@.' instead of a period, `@!' instead of an exclamation point, and
@@ -8292,9 +8490,9 @@ with the Emacs sentence motion commands (*note Sentences:
Do not put braces after any of these commands.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Multiple Spaces, Next: dmn, Prev: Ending a Sentence, Up: Inserting Space
+File: texinfo, Node: Multiple Spaces, Next: frenchspacing, Prev: Ending a Sentence, Up: Inserting Space
-14.2.3 Multiple Spaces
+14.3.3 Multiple Spaces
----------------------
Ordinarily, TeX collapses multiple whitespace characters (space, tab,
@@ -8325,12 +8523,63 @@ produces
Do not follow any of these commands with braces.
- To produce a non-breakable space, see *Note `@tie': tie.
+ To produce a non-breakable space, see *note `@tie': tie.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: dmn, Prev: Multiple Spaces, Up: Inserting Space
+File: texinfo, Node: frenchspacing, Next: dmn, Prev: Multiple Spaces, Up: Inserting Space
+
+14.3.4 `@frenchspacing' VAL: Control sentence spacing
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+In American typography, it is traditional and correct to put extra
+space at the end of a sentence, after a semi-colon, and so on. This is
+the default in Texinfo. In French typography (and many others), this
+extra space is wrong; all spaces are uniform.
+
+ Therefore Texinfo provides the `@frenchspacing' command to control
+the spacing after punctuation. It reads the rest of the line as its
+argument, which must be the single word `on' or `off' (always these
+words, regardless of the language) of the document. Here is an example:
+
+ @frenchspacing on
+ This is text. Two sentences. Three sentences. French spacing.
+
+ @frenchspacing off
+ This is text. Two sentences. Three sentences. Non-French spacing.
+
+produces (there will be no difference in Info):
+
+ This is text. Two sentences. Three sentences. French spacing.
+
+ This is text. Two sentences. Three sentences. Non-French spacing.
+
+ `@frenchspacing' mainly affects the printed output, including the
+output after `@.', `@!', and `@?' (*note Ending a Sentence::).
+
+ In Info, usually space characters in the input are written unaltered
+to the output, and `@frenchspacing' does not change this. It does
+change the one case where `makeinfo' outputs a space on its own: when a
+sentence ends at a newline in the source. Here's an example:
-14.2.4 `@dmn'{DIMENSION}: Format a Dimension
+ Some sentence.
+ Next sentence.
+
+produces in Info output, with `@frenchspacing off' (the default), two
+spaces between the sentences:
+
+ Some sentence. Next sentence.
+
+With `@frenchspacing on', `makeinfo' outputs only a single space:
+
+ Some sentence. Next sentence.
+
+ `@frenchspacing' has no effect on the HTML or Docbook output; for
+XML, it outputs a transliteration of itself (*note Output Formats::).
+
+
+File: texinfo, Node: dmn, Prev: frenchspacing, Up: Inserting Space
+
+14.3.5 `@dmn'{DIMENSION}: Format a Dimension
--------------------------------------------
At times, you may want to write `12pt' or `8.5in' with little or no
@@ -8359,9 +8608,9 @@ the period to prevent TeX from inserting extra whitespace, as shown
here. *Note Not Ending a Sentence::.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Inserting Accents, Next: Dots Bullets, Prev: Inserting Space, Up: Insertions
+File: texinfo, Node: Inserting Accents, Next: Inserting Quotation Marks, Prev: Inserting Space, Up: Insertions
-14.3 Inserting Accents
+14.4 Inserting Accents
======================
Here is a table with the commands Texinfo provides for inserting
@@ -8372,10 +8621,12 @@ as to make the source as convenient to type and read as possible, since
accented characters are very common in some languages.
To get the true accented characters output in Info, and not just the
-ASCII transliterations, you can use the `--enable-encoding' option to
-`makeinfo' (*note makeinfo options::).
+ASCII transliterations, it is necessary to specify `@documentencoding'
+with an encoding which supports the required characters (*note
+`@documentencoding': documentencoding.).
Command Output What
+------------------------------------------------------
@"o o" umlaut accent
@'o o' acute accent
@,{c} c, cedilla accent
@@ -8395,22 +8646,97 @@ Command Output What
This table lists the Texinfo commands for inserting other characters
commonly used in languages other than English.
-@exclamdown{} ! upside-down !
-@questiondown{} ? upside-down ?
-@aa{} @AA{} aa AA a,A with circle
-@ae{} @AE{} ae AE ae,AE ligatures
-@dotless{i} i dotless i
-@dotless{j} j dotless j
-@l{} @L{} /l /L suppressed-L,l
-@o{} @O{} /o /O O,o with slash
-@oe{} @OE{} oe OE oe,OE ligatures
-@ordf{} @ordm{} a o Spanish ordinals
-@ss{} ss es-zet or sharp S
+@exclamdown{} ! upside-down !
+@questiondown{} ? upside-down ?
+@aa{} @AA{} aa AA a,A with circle
+@ae{} @AE{} ae AE ae,AE ligatures
+@dotless{i} i dotless i
+@dotless{j} j dotless j
+@l{} @L{} /l /L suppressed-L,l
+@o{} @O{} /o /O O,o with slash
+@oe{} @OE{} oe OE oe,OE ligatures
+@ordf{} @ordm{} a o Spanish ordinals
+@ss{} ss es-zet or sharp S

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Dots Bullets, Next: TeX and copyright, Prev: Inserting Accents, Up: Insertions
+File: texinfo, Node: Inserting Quotation Marks, Next: Dots Bullets, Prev: Inserting Accents, Up: Insertions
-14.4 Inserting Ellipsis and Bullets
+14.5 Inserting Quotation Marks
+==============================
+
+Use doubled single-quote characters to begin and end quotations:
+``...''. TeX converts two single quotes to left- and right-hand
+doubled quotation marks, and Info converts doubled single-quote
+characters to ASCII double-quotes: ``...'' becomes "...".
+
+ You may occasionally need to produce two consecutive single quotes;
+for example, in documenting a computer language such as Maxima where ''
+is a valid command. You can do this with the input '@w{}'; the empty
+`@w' command stops the combination into the double-quote characters.
+
+ The left quote character (`, ASCII code 96) used in Texinfo is a
+grave accent in ANSI and ISO character set standards. We use it as a
+quote character because that is how TeX is set up, by default.
+
+ Texinfo supports several other quotation marks used in languages other
+than English. Below is a table with the commands Texinfo provides for
+inserting quotation marks.
+
+ In order to get the symbols for the quotation marks in encoded Info
+output, it is necessary to specify `@documentencoding UTF-8'. (*Note
+`@documentencoding': documentencoding.) Double guillemets are also
+present in ISO 8859-1 (aka Latin 1) and ISO 8859-15 (aka Latin 9).
+
+ The standard TeX fonts support the usual quotation marks used in
+English (the ones produced with single and doubled ASCII
+single-quotes). For the other quotation marks, TeX uses European
+Computer Modern (EC) fonts (`ecrm1000' and other variants). These
+fonts are freely available, of course; you can download them from
+`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/ec', among other places.
+
+ The free EC fonts are bitmap fonts created with Metafont. Especially
+for on-line viewing, Type 1 (vector) versions of the fonts are
+preferable; these are available in the CM-Super font package
+(`http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/ps-type1/cm-super').
+
+ Both distributions include installation instructions.
+
+Command Glyph Unicode name (point)
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+@quotedblleft{} `` " Left double quotation mark (U+201C)
+@quotedblright{} '' " Right double quotation mark (U+201D)
+@quoteleft{} ` ` Left single quotation mark (U+2018)
+@quoteright{} ' ' Right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+@quotedblbase{} " Double low-9 quotation mark (U+201E)
+@quotesinglbase{} , Single low-9 quotation mark (U+201A)
+@guillemetleft{} << Left-pointing double angle quotation mark (U+00AB)
+@guillemetright{} >> Right-pointing double angle quotation mark (U+00BB)
+@guilsinglleft{} < Single left-pointing angle quotation mark (U+2039)
+@guilsinglright{} > Single right-pointing angle quotation mark (U+203A)
+
+ For the double angle quotation marks, Adobe and LaTeX glyph names are
+also supported: `@guillemotleft' and `@guillemotright'. These names
+are actually incorrect; a "guillemot" is a bird species (a type of auk).
+
+ Traditions for quotation mark usage vary to a great extent between
+languages
+(`http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark%2C_non-English_usage#Overview').
+Texinfo does not provide commands for typesetting quotation marks
+according to the numerous traditions. Therefore, you have to choose
+the commands appropriate for the language of your manual. Sometimes
+aliases (*note `@alias': alias.) can simplify the usage and make the
+source code more readable. For example, in German, `@quotedblbase' is
+used for the left double quote, and the right double quote is actually
+`@quotedblleft', which is counter-intuitive. Thus, in this case the
+following aliases would be convenient:
+
+ @alias lgqq = quotedblbase
+ @alias rgqq = quotedblleft
+
+
+File: texinfo, Node: Dots Bullets, Next: TeX and copyright, Prev: Inserting Quotation Marks, Up: Insertions
+
+14.6 Inserting Ellipsis and Bullets
===================================
An "ellipsis" (a line of dots) is not typeset as a string of periods,
@@ -8428,10 +8754,10 @@ information.)
* bullet:: How to insert a bullet.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: dots, Next: bullet, Up: Dots Bullets
+File: texinfo, Node: dots, Next: bullet, Up: Dots Bullets
-14.4.1 `@dots'{} (...) and `@enddots'{} (....)
-----------------------------------------------
+14.6.1 `@dots'{} (...) and `@enddots'{} (...)
+---------------------------------------------
Use the `@dots{}' command to generate an ellipsis, which is three dots
in a row, appropriately spaced ... like so. Do not simply write three
@@ -8440,13 +8766,13 @@ but would produce the wrong amount of space between the periods in the
printed manual.
Similarly, the `@enddots{}' command generates an end-of-sentence
-ellipsis, which has different spacing afterwards, .... Look closely to
+ellipsis, which has different spacing afterwards, ... Look closely to
see the difference.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: bullet, Prev: dots, Up: Dots Bullets
+File: texinfo, Node: bullet, Prev: dots, Up: Dots Bullets
-14.4.2 `@bullet'{} (*)
+14.6.2 `@bullet'{} (*)
----------------------
Use the `@bullet{}' command to generate a large round dot, or the
@@ -8458,9 +8784,9 @@ closest possible thing to one. In Info, an asterisk is used.
braces, because `@itemize' supplies them. (*Note `@itemize': itemize.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: TeX and copyright, Next: pounds, Prev: Dots Bullets, Up: Insertions
+File: texinfo, Node: TeX and copyright, Next: euro, Prev: Dots Bullets, Up: Insertions
-14.5 Inserting TeX and Legal Symbols: (C), (R)
+14.7 Inserting TeX and Legal Symbols: (C), (R)
==============================================
The logo `TeX' is typeset in a special fashion and it needs an
@@ -8476,9 +8802,9 @@ braces.
* registered symbol:: The registered symbol (R in a circle).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: tex, Next: copyright symbol, Up: TeX and copyright
+File: texinfo, Node: tex, Next: copyright symbol, Up: TeX and copyright
-14.5.1 `@TeX'{} (TeX) and `@LaTeX'{} (LaTeX)
+14.7.1 `@TeX'{} (TeX) and `@LaTeX'{} (LaTeX)
--------------------------------------------
Use the `@TeX{}' command to generate `TeX'. In a printed manual, this
@@ -8495,18 +8821,18 @@ that it emphasizes logical structure, but much (much) larger.)
that they use both uppercase and lowercase letters.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: copyright symbol, Next: registered symbol, Prev: tex, Up: TeX and copyright
+File: texinfo, Node: copyright symbol, Next: registered symbol, Prev: tex, Up: TeX and copyright
-14.5.2 `@copyright{}' ((C))
+14.7.2 `@copyright{}' ((C))
---------------------------
Use the `@copyright{}' command to generate the copyright symbol, `(C)'.
Where possible, this is a `c' inside a circle; in Info, this is `(C)'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: registered symbol, Prev: copyright symbol, Up: TeX and copyright
+File: texinfo, Node: registered symbol, Prev: copyright symbol, Up: TeX and copyright
-14.5.3 `@registeredsymbol{}' ((R))
+14.7.3 `@registeredsymbol{}' ((R))
----------------------------------
Use the `@registeredsymbol{}' command to generate the registered
@@ -8514,20 +8840,60 @@ symbol, `(R)'. Where possible, this is an `R' inside a circle; in
Info, this is `(R)'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: pounds, Next: minus, Prev: TeX and copyright, Up: Insertions
+File: texinfo, Node: euro, Next: pounds, Prev: TeX and copyright, Up: Insertions
+
+14.8 `@euro'{} (Euro ): Euro Currency Symbol
+============================================
+
+Use the `@euro{}' command to generate `Euro '. Where possible, this is
+the symbol for the Euro currency, invented as part of the European
+economic unification. In plain Info, it is the word `Euro '. A
+trailing space is included in the text transliteration since typically
+no space is desired after the symbol, so it would be inappropriate to
+have a space in the source document.
+
+ Texinfo cannot magically synthesize support for the Euro symbol where
+the underlying system (fonts, software, whatever) does not support it.
+Therefore, in many cases it is preferable to use the word "Euro". (In
+banking circles, the abbreviation for the Euro is EUR.)
-14.6 `@pounds'{} (#): Pounds Sterling
+ In order to get the Euro symbol in encoded Info output, for example,
+it is necessary to specify `@documentencoding ISO-8859-15'. (*Note
+`@documentencoding': documentencoding.) The Euro symbol is in ISO
+8859-15 (aka Latin 9), and is _not_ in the more widely-used and
+supported ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1).
+
+ The Euro symbol does not exist in the standard TeX fonts (which were
+designed before the Euro was legislated into existence). Therefore,
+TeX uses an additional font, named `feymr10' (along with other
+variables). It is freely available, of course; you can download it
+from `http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym', among other
+places. The distribution includes installation instructions.
+
+
+File: texinfo, Node: pounds, Next: textdegree, Prev: euro, Up: Insertions
+
+14.9 `@pounds'{} (#): Pounds Sterling
=====================================
-Use the `@pounds{}' command to generate `#'. In a printed manual, this
-is the symbol for the currency pounds sterling. In Info, it is a `#'.
-Other currency symbols are unfortunately not available.
+Use the `@pounds{}' command to generate `#'. Where possible, this is
+the symbol for the currency pounds sterling. In Info, it is a `#'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: minus, Next: math, Prev: pounds, Up: Insertions
+File: texinfo, Node: textdegree, Next: minus, Prev: pounds, Up: Insertions
-14.7 `@minus'{} (-): Inserting a Minus Sign
-===========================================
+14.10 `@textdegree'{} (o): Degrees Symbol
+=========================================
+
+Use the `@textdegree{}' command to generate `o'. Where possible, this
+is the normal symbol for degrees. In plain text and Info output, it is
+an `o'.
+
+
+File: texinfo, Node: minus, Next: geq leq, Prev: textdegree, Up: Insertions
+
+14.11 `@minus'{} (-): Inserting a Minus Sign
+============================================
Use the `@minus{}' command to generate a minus sign. In a fixed-width
font, this is a single hyphen, but in a proportional font, the symbol
@@ -8551,10 +8917,20 @@ itemized list, you do not need to type the braces (*note `@itemize':
itemize.).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: math, Next: Glyphs, Prev: minus, Up: Insertions
+File: texinfo, Node: geq leq, Next: math, Prev: minus, Up: Insertions
-14.8 `@math': Inserting Mathematical Expressions
-================================================
+14.12 `@geq{}' (>=) and `@leq{}' (<=): Inserting relations
+==========================================================
+
+Use the `@geq{}' and `@geq{}' commands to generate
+greater-than-or-equal and less-than-equal-signs, `>=' and `<='. In
+plain text and Info output, these are the ASCII sequences `>=' and `<='.
+
+
+File: texinfo, Node: math, Next: Click Sequences, Prev: geq leq, Up: Insertions
+
+14.13 `@math': Inserting Mathematical Expressions
+=================================================
You can write a short mathematical expression with the `@math' command.
Write the mathematical expression between braces, like this:
@@ -8565,21 +8941,35 @@ This produces the following in Info and HTML:
(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2
- Thus, the `@math' command has no effect on the Info and HTML output;
-`makeinfo' just reproduces the input, it does not try to interpret the
-mathematics in any way.
+ The `@math' command has no special effect on the Info and HTML
+output. `makeinfo' expands any `@'-commands as usual, but it does not
+try to produce good mathematical formatting in any way.
+
+ However, as far as the TeX output is concerned, plain TeX
+mathematical commands are allowed in `@math', starting with `\', and
+the plain TeX math characters like `^' and `_' are also recognized. In
+essence, `@math' drops you into plain TeX math mode.
+
+ This allows you to conveniently write superscripts and subscripts (as
+in the above example), and also to use all the plain TeX math control
+sequences for symbols, functions, and so on, and thus get proper
+formatting in the TeX output, at least.
+
+ It's best to use `\' instead of `@' for any such mathematical
+commands; otherwise, `makeinfo' will complain. On the other hand,
+input with matching (but unescaped) braces, such as `k_{75}', is
+allowed inside `@math', although `makeinfo' would complain about the
+bare braces in regular input.
+
+ Here's an example:
- `@math' implies `@tex'. This not only makes it possible to write
-superscripts and subscripts (as in the above example), but also allows
-you to use any of the plain TeX math control sequences. It's
-conventional to use `\' instead of `@' for these commands. As in:
@math{\sin 2\pi \equiv \cos 3\pi}
which looks like the input in Info and HTML:
\sin 2\pi \equiv \cos 3\pi
Since `\' is an escape character inside `@math', you can use `@\' to
-get a literal backslash (`\\' will work in TeX, but you'll get the
+get a literal backslash (`\\' will work in TeX, but you'd get the
literal `\\' in Info). `@\' is not defined outside of `@math', since a
`\' ordinarily produces a literal `\'.
@@ -8587,10 +8977,44 @@ literal `\\' in Info). `@\' is not defined outside of `@math', since a
Raw Formatter Commands::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Glyphs, Prev: math, Up: Insertions
+File: texinfo, Node: Click Sequences, Next: Glyphs, Prev: math, Up: Insertions
-14.9 Glyphs for Examples
-========================
+14.14 Click Sequences
+=====================
+
+When documenting graphical interfaces, it is necessary to describe
+sequences such as `Click on `File', then choose `Open', then ...'.
+Texinfo offers commands `@clicksequence' and `click' to represent this,
+typically used like this:
+
+ ... @clicksequence{File @click{} Open} ...
+
+which produces:
+
+ ... File -> Open ...
+
+ The `@click' command produces a simple right arrow (`->' in Info) by
+default; this glyph is also available independently via the command
+`@arrow{}'.
+
+ You can change the glyph produced by `@click' with the command
+`@clickstyle', which takes a command name as its single argument on the
+rest of the line, much like `@itemize' and friends (*note `@itemize':
+itemize.). The command should produce a glyph, and the usual empty
+braces `{}' are omitted. Here's an example:
+
+ @clickstyle @result
+ ... @clicksequence{File @click{} Open} ...
+
+now produces:
+
+ ... File => Open ...
+
+
+File: texinfo, Node: Glyphs, Prev: Click Sequences, Up: Insertions
+
+14.15 Glyphs for Examples
+=========================
In Texinfo, code is often illustrated in examples that are delimited by
`@example' and `@end example', or by `@lisp' and `@end lisp'. In such
@@ -8614,10 +9038,10 @@ followed by a pair of left- and right-hand braces.
* Point Glyph:: How to indicate the location of point.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Glyphs Summary, Next: result, Up: Glyphs
+File: texinfo, Node: Glyphs Summary, Next: result, Up: Glyphs
-14.9.1 Glyphs Summary
----------------------
+14.15.1 Glyphs Summary
+----------------------
Here are the different glyph commands:
@@ -8649,10 +9073,10 @@ error-->
* Point Glyph::

-File: texinfo.info, Node: result, Next: expansion, Prev: Glyphs Summary, Up: Glyphs
+File: texinfo, Node: result, Next: expansion, Prev: Glyphs Summary, Up: Glyphs
-14.9.2 `@result{}' (=>): Indicating Evaluation
-----------------------------------------------
+14.15.2 `@result{}' (=>): Indicating Evaluation
+-----------------------------------------------
Use the `@result{}' command to indicate the result of evaluating an
expression.
@@ -8668,10 +9092,10 @@ a true double stemmed arrow in the printed output.
may be read as "`(cdr '(1 2 3))' evaluates to `(2 3)'".

-File: texinfo.info, Node: expansion, Next: Print Glyph, Prev: result, Up: Glyphs
+File: texinfo, Node: expansion, Next: Print Glyph, Prev: result, Up: Glyphs
-14.9.3 `@expansion{}' (==>): Indicating an Expansion
-----------------------------------------------------
+14.15.3 `@expansion{}' (==>): Indicating an Expansion
+-----------------------------------------------------
When an expression is a macro call, it expands into a new expression.
You can indicate the result of the expansion with the `@expansion{}'
@@ -8703,10 +9127,10 @@ Often, as in this case, an example looks better if the `@expansion{}'
and `@result{}' commands are indented.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Print Glyph, Next: Error Glyph, Prev: expansion, Up: Glyphs
+File: texinfo, Node: Print Glyph, Next: Error Glyph, Prev: expansion, Up: Glyphs
-14.9.4 `@print{}' (-|): Indicating Printed Output
--------------------------------------------------
+14.15.4 `@print{}' (-|): Indicating Printed Output
+--------------------------------------------------
Sometimes an expression will print output during its execution. You
can indicate the printed output with the `@print{}' command.
@@ -8733,10 +9157,10 @@ In a Texinfo source file, this example is written as follows:
@end lisp

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Error Glyph, Next: Equivalence, Prev: Print Glyph, Up: Glyphs
+File: texinfo, Node: Error Glyph, Next: Equivalence, Prev: Print Glyph, Up: Glyphs
-14.9.5 `@error{}' (error-->): Indicating an Error Message
----------------------------------------------------------
+14.15.5 `@error{}' (error-->): Indicating an Error Message
+----------------------------------------------------------
A piece of code may cause an error when you evaluate it. You can
designate the error message with the `@error{}' command.
@@ -8764,10 +9188,10 @@ evaluate the expression:
`error-->' itself is not part of the error message.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Equivalence, Next: Point Glyph, Prev: Error Glyph, Up: Glyphs
+File: texinfo, Node: Equivalence, Next: Point Glyph, Prev: Error Glyph, Up: Glyphs
-14.9.6 `@equiv{}' (==): Indicating Equivalence
-----------------------------------------------
+14.15.6 `@equiv{}' (==): Indicating Equivalence
+-----------------------------------------------
Sometimes two expressions produce identical results. You can indicate
the exact equivalence of two forms with the `@equiv{}' command.
@@ -8790,10 +9214,10 @@ This indicates that evaluating `(make-sparse-keymap)' produces
identical results to evaluating `(list 'keymap)'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Point Glyph, Prev: Equivalence, Up: Glyphs
+File: texinfo, Node: Point Glyph, Prev: Equivalence, Up: Glyphs
-14.9.7 `@point{}' (-!-): Indicating Point in a Buffer
------------------------------------------------------
+14.15.7 `@point{}' (-!-): Indicating Point in a Buffer
+------------------------------------------------------
Sometimes you need to show an example of text in an Emacs buffer. In
such examples, the convention is to include the entire contents of the
@@ -8836,7 +9260,7 @@ after evaluating a Lisp command to insert the word `changed'.
@end example

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Breaks, Next: Definition Commands, Prev: Insertions, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Breaks, Next: Definition Commands, Prev: Insertions, Up: Top
15 Forcing and Preventing Breaks
********************************
@@ -8859,6 +9283,7 @@ commands.
* Break Commands:: Summary of break-related commands.
* Line Breaks:: Forcing line breaks.
* - and hyphenation:: Helping TeX with hyphenation points.
+* allowcodebreaks:: Controlling line breaks within @code text.
* w:: Preventing unwanted line breaks in text.
* tie:: Inserting an unbreakable but varying space.
* sp:: Inserting blank lines.
@@ -8867,7 +9292,7 @@ commands.
* need:: Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Break Commands, Next: Line Breaks, Up: Breaks
+File: texinfo, Node: Break Commands, Next: Line Breaks, Up: Breaks
15.1 Break Commands
===================
@@ -8908,7 +9333,7 @@ files do not have pages.
Start a new printed page if not enough space on this one.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Line Breaks, Next: - and hyphenation, Prev: Break Commands, Up: Breaks
+File: texinfo, Node: Line Breaks, Next: - and hyphenation, Prev: Break Commands, Up: Breaks
15.2 `@*' and `@/': Generate and Allow Line Breaks
==================================================
@@ -8941,7 +9366,7 @@ Without the `@/' commands, TeX would have nowhere to break the line.
`@/' has no effect in the online output.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: - and hyphenation, Next: w, Prev: Line Breaks, Up: Breaks
+File: texinfo, Node: - and hyphenation, Next: allowcodebreaks, Prev: Line Breaks, Up: Breaks
15.3 `@-' and `@hyphenation': Helping TeX Hyphenate
===================================================
@@ -8964,14 +9389,45 @@ wish to help TeX out. Texinfo supports two commands for this:
a `-' at each hyphenation point. For example:
@hyphenation{man-u-script man-u-scripts}
TeX only uses the specified hyphenation points when the words
- match exactly, so give all necessary variants.
+ match exactly, so give all necessary variants, such as plurals.
+
+ Info, HTML, and other non-TeX output is not hyphenated, so none of
+these commands have any effect there.
- Info output is not hyphenated, so these commands have no effect there.
+
+File: texinfo, Node: allowcodebreaks, Next: w, Prev: - and hyphenation, Up: Breaks
+
+15.4 `@allowcodebreaks': Control Line Breaks in `@code'
+=======================================================
+
+Ordinarily, TeX will consider breaking lines at `-' and `_' characters
+within `@code' and related commands (*note `@code': code.), more or
+less as if they were "empty" hyphenation points.
+
+ This is necessary as many manuals, especially for Lisp-family
+languages, must document very long identifiers. On the other hand,
+other manuals don't have this problems, and you may not wish to allow a
+line break at the underscore in, for example, `SIZE_MAX', or even
+worse, after any of the four underscores in `__typeof__'.
+
+ So Texinfo provides this command:
+
+ @allowcodebreaks false
+
+to prevent TeX from breaking at `-' or `_' within `@code'. You can go
+back to allowing such breaks with `@allowcodebreaks true'. Write these
+commands on lines by themselves.
+
+ These commands can be given anywhere in the document. For example,
+you may have just one problematic paragraph where you need to turn off
+the breaks, but want them in general, or vice versa.
+
+ This command has no effect in Info, HTML, and other non-TeX output.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: w, Next: tie, Prev: - and hyphenation, Up: Breaks
+File: texinfo, Node: w, Next: tie, Prev: allowcodebreaks, Up: Breaks
-15.4 `@w'{TEXT}: Prevent Line Breaks
+15.5 `@w'{TEXT}: Prevent Line Breaks
====================================
`@w{TEXT}' outputs TEXT and prohibits line breaks within TEXT, for both
@@ -8988,7 +9444,7 @@ produces:
The space from `@w{ }', as well as being non-breakable, also will not
stretch or shrink. Sometimes that is what you want, for instance if
-you're doing indenting manual. However, usually you want a normal
+you're doing manual indenting. However, usually you want a normal
interword space that does stretch and shrink (in the printed output);
see the `@tie' command in the next section.
@@ -9001,9 +9457,9 @@ control systems. For example, to literally write $Id$ in your
document, use `@w{$}Id$'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: tie, Next: sp, Prev: w, Up: Breaks
+File: texinfo, Node: tie, Next: sp, Prev: w, Up: Breaks
-15.5 `@tie{}': Inserting an Unbreakable Space
+15.6 `@tie{}': Inserting an Unbreakable Space
=============================================
The `@tie{}' command produces a normal interword space at which a line
@@ -9028,9 +9484,9 @@ produces:

-File: texinfo.info, Node: sp, Next: page, Prev: tie, Up: Breaks
+File: texinfo, Node: sp, Next: page, Prev: tie, Up: Breaks
-15.6 `@sp' N: Insert Blank Lines
+15.7 `@sp' N: Insert Blank Lines
================================
A line beginning with and containing only `@sp N' generates N blank
@@ -9044,9 +9500,9 @@ generates two blank lines.
The `@sp' command is most often used in the title page.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: page, Next: group, Prev: sp, Up: Breaks
+File: texinfo, Node: page, Next: group, Prev: sp, Up: Breaks
-15.7 `@page': Start a New Page
+15.8 `@page': Start a New Page
==============================
A line containing only `@page' starts a new page in a printed manual.
@@ -9055,9 +9511,9 @@ An `@page' command is often used in the `@titlepage' section of a
Texinfo file to start the copyright page.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: group, Next: need, Prev: page, Up: Breaks
+File: texinfo, Node: group, Next: need, Prev: page, Up: Breaks
-15.8 `@group': Prevent Page Breaks
+15.9 `@group': Prevent Page Breaks
==================================
The `@group' command (on a line by itself) is used inside an `@example'
@@ -9098,10 +9554,10 @@ It is a good rule of thumb to look for a missing `@end group' if you
get incomprehensible error messages in TeX.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: need, Prev: group, Up: Breaks
+File: texinfo, Node: need, Prev: group, Up: Breaks
-15.9 `@need MILS': Prevent Page Breaks
-======================================
+15.10 `@need MILS': Prevent Page Breaks
+=======================================
A line containing only `@need N' starts a new page in a printed manual
if fewer than N mils (thousandths of an inch) remain on the current
@@ -9119,7 +9575,7 @@ the page. It looks like this:
the bottoms of printed pages).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Definition Commands, Next: Conditionals, Prev: Breaks, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Definition Commands, Next: Conditionals, Prev: Breaks, Up: Top
16 Definition Commands
**********************
@@ -9154,7 +9610,7 @@ rather than the definition commands.
* Sample Function Definition:: An example.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Def Cmd Template, Next: Def Cmd Continuation Lines, Up: Definition Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: Def Cmd Template, Next: Def Cmd Continuation Lines, Up: Definition Commands
16.1 The Template for a Definition
==================================
@@ -9188,7 +9644,7 @@ For example,
produces
-- Command: forward-word count
- This function moves point forward COUNT words (or backward if
+ This command moves point forward COUNT words (or backward if
COUNT is negative). ...
Capitalize the category name like a title. If the name of the
@@ -9202,7 +9658,8 @@ enclose it in braces. For example:
Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name of the entity.
As a general rule, when any of the arguments in the heading line
_except_ the last one are more than one word, you need to enclose them
-in braces.
+in braces. This may also be necessary if the text contains commands,
+for example, `{declaraci@'on}' if you are writing in Spanish.
Some of the definition commands are more general than others. The
`@deffn' command, for example, is the general definition command for
@@ -9223,7 +9680,7 @@ definition.
expanded in `@deffn' and all the other definition commands.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Def Cmd Continuation Lines, Next: Optional Arguments, Prev: Def Cmd Template, Up: Definition Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: Def Cmd Continuation Lines, Next: Optional Arguments, Prev: Def Cmd Template, Up: Definition Commands
16.2 Definition Command Continuation Lines
==========================================
@@ -9272,7 +9729,7 @@ character (space, tab, newline) produces a normal interword space
(*note Multiple Spaces::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Optional Arguments, Next: deffnx, Prev: Def Cmd Continuation Lines, Up: Definition Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: Optional Arguments, Next: deffnx, Prev: Def Cmd Continuation Lines, Up: Definition Commands
16.3 Optional and Repeated Arguments
====================================
@@ -9310,7 +9767,7 @@ remaining elements of the form.
The function is listed in the Command and Variable Index under `foobar'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: deffnx, Next: Def Cmds in Detail, Prev: Optional Arguments, Up: Definition Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: deffnx, Next: Def Cmds in Detail, Prev: Optional Arguments, Up: Definition Commands
16.4 Two or More `First' Lines
==============================
@@ -9339,7 +9796,7 @@ produces
The `x' forms work similarly to `@itemx' (*note itemx::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Def Cmds in Detail, Next: Def Cmd Conventions, Prev: deffnx, Up: Definition Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: Def Cmds in Detail, Next: Def Cmd Conventions, Prev: deffnx, Up: Definition Commands
16.5 The Definition Commands
============================
@@ -9365,7 +9822,7 @@ can be used for other programming languages.
* Abstract Objects:: Commands for object-oriented programming.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Functions Commands, Next: Variables Commands, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
+File: texinfo, Node: Functions Commands, Next: Variables Commands, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
16.5.1 Functions and Similar Entities
-------------------------------------
@@ -9436,7 +9893,7 @@ entities:
All these commands create entries in the index of functions.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Variables Commands, Next: Typed Functions, Prev: Functions Commands, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
+File: texinfo, Node: Variables Commands, Next: Typed Functions, Prev: Functions Commands, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
16.5.2 Variables and Similar Entities
-------------------------------------
@@ -9499,7 +9956,7 @@ Here are the commands for defining variables and similar entities:
like `@defvar'. It creates an entry in the index of variables.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Typed Functions, Next: Typed Variables, Prev: Variables Commands, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
+File: texinfo, Node: Typed Functions, Next: Typed Variables, Prev: Variables Commands, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
16.5.3 Functions in Typed Languages
-----------------------------------
@@ -9586,7 +10043,7 @@ functions, such as C and C++.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Typed Variables, Next: Data Types, Prev: Typed Functions, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
+File: texinfo, Node: Typed Variables, Next: Data Types, Prev: Typed Functions, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
16.5.4 Variables in Typed Languages
-----------------------------------
@@ -9637,7 +10094,7 @@ specialized definition command `@deftypevar' corresponds to
These commands create entries in the index of variables.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Data Types, Next: Abstract Objects, Prev: Typed Variables, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
+File: texinfo, Node: Data Types, Next: Abstract Objects, Prev: Typed Variables, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
16.5.5 Data Types
-----------------
@@ -9673,7 +10130,7 @@ Here is the command for data types:
`@deftp' creates an entry in the index of data types.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Abstract Objects, Prev: Data Types, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
+File: texinfo, Node: Abstract Objects, Prev: Data Types, Up: Def Cmds in Detail
16.5.6 Object-Oriented Programming
----------------------------------
@@ -9691,7 +10148,7 @@ its own value.
* Methods: Object-Oriented Methods.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Object-Oriented Variables, Next: Object-Oriented Methods, Up: Abstract Objects
+File: texinfo, Node: Object-Oriented Variables, Next: Object-Oriented Methods, Up: Abstract Objects
16.5.6.1 Object-Oriented Variables
..................................
@@ -9773,7 +10230,7 @@ object-oriented programming languages.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Object-Oriented Methods, Prev: Object-Oriented Variables, Up: Abstract Objects
+File: texinfo, Node: Object-Oriented Methods, Prev: Object-Oriented Variables, Up: Abstract Objects
16.5.6.2 Object-Oriented Methods
................................
@@ -9860,7 +10317,7 @@ particular classes of objects.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Def Cmd Conventions, Next: Sample Function Definition, Prev: Def Cmds in Detail, Up: Definition Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: Def Cmd Conventions, Next: Sample Function Definition, Prev: Def Cmds in Detail, Up: Definition Commands
16.6 Conventions for Writing Definitions
========================================
@@ -9873,7 +10330,7 @@ type, such as INTEGER, take care that the argument actually is of that
type.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Sample Function Definition, Prev: Def Cmd Conventions, Up: Definition Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: Sample Function Definition, Prev: Def Cmd Conventions, Up: Definition Commands
16.7 A Sample Function Definition
=================================
@@ -9882,7 +10339,7 @@ A function definition uses the `@defun' and `@end defun' commands. The
name of the function follows immediately after the `@defun' command and
it is followed, on the same line, by the parameter list.
- Here is a definition from *Note Calling Functions: (elisp)Calling
+ Here is a definition from *note Calling Functions: (elisp)Calling
Functions.
-- Function: apply function &rest arguments
@@ -9953,7 +10410,7 @@ Index under `apply'.
that for functions except that variables do not take arguments.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Conditionals, Next: Internationalization, Prev: Definition Commands, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Conditionals, Next: Internationalization, Prev: Definition Commands, Up: Top
17 Conditionally Visible Text
*****************************
@@ -9986,7 +10443,7 @@ manual and the Info output.
* Conditional Nesting:: Using conditionals inside conditionals.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Conditional Commands, Next: Conditional Not Commands, Up: Conditionals
+File: texinfo, Node: Conditional Commands, Next: Conditional Not Commands, Up: Conditionals
17.1 Conditional Commands
=========================
@@ -10048,7 +10505,7 @@ Notice that you only see one of the input lines, depending on which
version of the manual you are reading.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Conditional Not Commands, Next: Raw Formatter Commands, Prev: Conditional Commands, Up: Conditionals
+File: texinfo, Node: Conditional Not Commands, Next: Raw Formatter Commands, Prev: Conditional Commands, Up: Conditionals
17.2 Conditional Not Commands
=============================
@@ -10085,7 +10542,7 @@ with `@iftex', not raw formatter source as with `@tex' (*note Raw
Formatter Commands::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Raw Formatter Commands, Next: set clear value, Prev: Conditional Not Commands, Up: Conditionals
+File: texinfo, Node: Raw Formatter Commands, Next: set clear value, Prev: Conditional Not Commands, Up: Conditionals
17.3 Raw Formatter Commands
===========================
@@ -10145,7 +10602,7 @@ delimit a region to be included in Docbook output only, and `@docbook
still an escape character, so the `@end' command can be recognized.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: set clear value, Next: Conditional Nesting, Prev: Raw Formatter Commands, Up: Conditionals
+File: texinfo, Node: set clear value, Next: Conditional Nesting, Prev: Raw Formatter Commands, Up: Conditionals
17.4 `@set', `@clear', and `@value'
===================================
@@ -10158,7 +10615,7 @@ commands.
sections for more details:
`@set FLAG [VALUE]'
- Set the variable FLAG, to the optional VALUE if specifed.
+ Set the variable FLAG, to the optional VALUE if specified.
`@clear FLAG'
Undefine the variable FLAG, whether or not it was previously
@@ -10181,7 +10638,7 @@ sections for more details:
* value Example:: An easy way to update edition information.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: set value, Next: ifset ifclear, Up: set clear value
+File: texinfo, Node: set value, Next: ifset ifclear, Up: set clear value
17.4.1 `@set' and `@value'
--------------------------
@@ -10243,7 +10700,7 @@ into
It is a {No value for "howmuch"} wet day.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: ifset ifclear, Next: value Example, Prev: set value, Up: set clear value
+File: texinfo, Node: ifset ifclear, Next: value Example, Prev: set value, Up: set clear value
17.4.2 `@ifset' and `@ifclear'
------------------------------
@@ -10299,7 +10756,7 @@ and an `@end ifclear' command; rather, they ignore that text. An
@ifclear FLAG

-File: texinfo.info, Node: value Example, Prev: ifset ifclear, Up: set clear value
+File: texinfo, Node: value Example, Prev: ifset ifclear, Up: set clear value
17.4.3 `@value' Example
-----------------------
@@ -10309,7 +10766,7 @@ need to change when you record an update to a manual. *Note GNU Sample
Texts::, for the full text of an example of using this to work with
Automake distributions.
- This example is adapted from *Note Overview: (make)Top.
+ This example is adapted from *note Overview: (make)Top.
1. Set the flags:
@@ -10368,7 +10825,7 @@ Automake distributions.
you do not need to edit the three sections.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Conditional Nesting, Prev: set clear value, Up: Conditionals
+File: texinfo, Node: Conditional Nesting, Prev: set clear value, Up: Conditionals
17.5 Conditional Nesting
========================
@@ -10409,7 +10866,7 @@ the processors cannot reliably determine which commands to consider for
nesting purposes.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Internationalization, Next: Defining New Texinfo Commands, Prev: Conditionals, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Internationalization, Next: Defining New Texinfo Commands, Prev: Conditionals, Up: Top
18 Internationalization
***********************
@@ -10418,7 +10875,7 @@ Texinfo has some support for writing in languages other than English,
although this area still needs considerable work.
For a list of the various accented and special characters Texinfo
-supports, see *Note Inserting Accents::.
+supports, see *note Inserting Accents::.
* Menu:
@@ -10426,124 +10883,142 @@ supports, see *Note Inserting Accents::.
* documentencoding:: Declaring the input encoding.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: documentlanguage, Next: documentencoding, Up: Internationalization
+File: texinfo, Node: documentlanguage, Next: documentencoding, Up: Internationalization
-18.1 `@documentlanguage CC': Set the Document Language
-======================================================
+18.1 `@documentlanguage LL[_CC]': Set the Document Language
+===========================================================
+
+The `@documentlanguage' command declares the current document locale.
+Write it on a line by itself, near the beginning of the file, but after
+`@setfilename' (*note `@setfilename': setfilename.).
+
+ Include a two-letter ISO 639-2 language code (LL) following the
+command name, optionally followed by a two-letter ISO 3166 two-letter
+country code (CC). If you have a multilingual document, the intent is
+to be able to use this command multiple times, to declare each language
+change. If the command is not used at all, the default is `en_US' for
+US English.
+
+ As with GNU Gettext (*note Top: (gettext)Top.), if the country code
+is omitted, the main dialect is assumed where possible. For example,
+`de' is equivalent to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany).
-The `@documentlanguage' command declares the current document language.
-Write it on a line by itself, with a two-letter ISO-639 language code
-following (list is included below). If you have a multilingual
-document, the intent is to be able to use this command multiple times,
-to declare each language change. If the command is not used at all,
-the default is `en' for English.
-
- At present, this command is ignored in Info and HTML output. For
-TeX, it causes the file `txi-CC.tex' to be read (if it exists). Such a
-file appropriately redefines the various English words used in TeX
-output, such as `Chapter', `See', and so on.
-
- It would be good if this command also changed TeX's ideas of the
-current hyphenation patterns (via the TeX primitive `\language'), but
-this is unfortunately not currently implemented.
-
- Hereare the valid language codes, from ISO-639.
-
-`aa' Afar `ab' Abkhazian `af' Afrikaans
-`am' Amharic `ar' Arabic `as' Assamese
-`ay' Aymara `az' Azerbaijani `ba' Bashkir
-`be' Byelorussian `bg' Bulgarian `bh' Bihari
-`bi' Bislama `bn' Bengali; Bangla `bo' Tibetan
-`br' Breton `ca' Catalan `co' Corsican
-`cs' Czech `cy' Welsh `da' Danish
-`de' German `dz' Bhutani `el' Greek
-`en' English `eo' Esperanto `es' Spanish
-`et' Estonian `eu' Basque `fa' Persian
-`fi' Finnish `fj' Fiji `fo' Faroese
-`fr' French `fy' Frisian `ga' Irish
-`gd' Scots Gaelic `gl' Galician `gn' Guarani
-`gu' Gujarati `ha' Hausa `he' Hebrew
-`hi' Hindi `hr' Croatian `hu' Hungarian
-`hy' Armenian `ia' Interlingua `id' Indonesian
-`ie' Interlingue `ik' Inupiak `is' Icelandic
-`it' Italian `iu' Inuktitut `ja' Japanese
-`jw' Javanese `ka' Georgian `kk' Kazakh
-`kl' Greenlandic `km' Cambodian `kn' Kannada
-`ks' Kashmiri `ko' Korean `ku' Kurdish
-`ky' Kirghiz `la' Latin `ln' Lingala
-`lt' Lithuanian `lo' Laothian `lv' Latvian, Lettish
-`mg' Malagasy `mi' Maori `mk' Macedonian
-`ml' Malayalam `mn' Mongolian `mo' Moldavian
-`mr' Marathi `ms' Malay `mt' Maltese
-`my' Burmese `na' Nauru `ne' Nepali
-`nl' Dutch `no' Norwegian `oc' Occitan
-`om' (Afan) Oromo `or' Oriya `pa' Punjabi
-`pl' Polish `ps' Pashto, Pushto `pt' Portuguese
-`qu' Quechua `rm' Rhaeto-Romance `rn' Kirundi
-`ro' Romanian `ru' Russian `rw' Kinyarwanda
-`sa' Sanskrit `sd' Sindhi `sg' Sangro
-`sh' Serbo-Croatian `si' Sinhalese `sk' Slovak
-`sl' Slovenian `sm' Samoan `sn' Shona
-`so' Somali `sq' Albanian `sr' Serbian
-`ss' Siswati `st' Sesotho `su' Sundanese
-`sv' Swedish `sw' Swahili `ta' Tamil
-`te' Telugu `tg' Tajik `th' Thai
-`ti' Tigrinya `tk' Turkmen `tl' Tagalog
-`tn' Setswana `to' Tonga `tr' Turkish
-`ts' Tsonga `tt' Tatar `tw' Twi
-`ug' Uighur `uk' Ukrainian `ur' Urdu
-`uz' Uzbek `vi' Vietnamese `vo' Volapuk
-`wo' Wolof `xh' Xhosa `yi' Yiddish
-`yo' Yoruba `za' Zhuang `zh' Chinese
-`zu' Zulu
-
-
-File: texinfo.info, Node: documentencoding, Prev: documentlanguage, Up: Internationalization
+ For Info and other online output, this command changes the translation
+of various "document strings" such as "see" in cross-references (*note
+Cross References::), "Function' in defuns (*note Definition
+Commands::), and so on. Some strings, such as "Node:", "Next:",
+"Menu:", etc., are keywords in Info output, so are not translated
+there; they are translated in other output formats.
+
+ For TeX, this command causes a file `txi-LOCALE.tex' to be read (if
+it exists). If `@setdocumentlanguage' argument contains the optional
+`_CC' suffix, this is tried first. For example, with
+`@setdocumentlanguage de_DE', TeX first looks for `txi-de_DE.tex', then
+`txi-de.tex'.
+
+ Such a `txi-*' file is intended to redefine the various English words
+used in TeX output, such as `Chapter', `See', and so on. We are aware
+that individual words like these cannot always be translated in
+isolation, and that a very different strategy would be required for
+ideographic (among other) scripts. Help in improving Texinfo's
+language support is welcome.
+
+ It would also be desirable for this command to also change TeX's
+ideas of the current hyphenation patterns (via the TeX primitive
+`\language'), but this is unfortunately not currently implemented.
+
+ In September 2006, the W3C Internationalization Activity released a
+new recommendation for specifying tags identifying language:
+ `http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt'
+ When Gettext supports this new scheme, Texinfo will too.
+
+ Since the lists of language codes and country codes are quite dynamic,
+we don't attempt to list them here. The valid language codes are on
+the official home page for ISO 639,
+`http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/'. The country codes and the
+official web site for ISO 3166 can be found via
+`http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166'.
+
+
+File: texinfo, Node: documentencoding, Prev: documentlanguage, Up: Internationalization
18.2 `@documentencoding ENC': Set Input Encoding
================================================
The `@documentencoding' command declares the input document encoding.
Write it on a line by itself, with a valid encoding specification
-following.
+following, near the beginning of the file but after `@setfilename'
+(*note `@setfilename': setfilename.).
- At present, Texinfo supports only three encodings:
+ At present, Texinfo supports only these encodings:
`US-ASCII'
This has no particular effect, but it's included for completeness.
+`UTF-8'
+ The vast global character encoding, expressed in 8-bit bytes. The
+ Texinfo processors have no deep knowledge of Unicode; for the most
+ part, they just pass along the input they are given to the output.
+
`ISO-8859-1'
+`ISO-8859-15'
`ISO-8859-2'
- These specify the standard encodings for Western European and
- Eastern European languages, respectively. A full description of
- the encodings is beyond our scope here;
- `http://czyborra.com/charsets/iso8859.html' is one of many useful
- references.
+ These specify the standard encodings for Western European (the
+ first two) and Eastern European languages (the third),
+ respectively. ISO 8859-15 replaces some little-used characters
+ from 8859-1 (e.g., precomposed fractions) with more commonly
+ needed ones, such as the Euro symbol (Euro ).
+
+ A full description of the encodings is beyond our scope here; one
+ useful reference is `http://czyborra.com/charsets/iso8859.html'.
+
+`koi8-r'
+ This is the commonly used encoding for the Russian language.
+
+`koi8-u'
+ This is the commonly used encoding for the Ukrainian language.
+
Specifying an encoding ENC has the following effects:
- In Info output, if the option `--enable-encoding' is also given to
+ In Info output, unless the option `--disable-encoding' is given to
`makeinfo', a so-called `Local Variables' section (*note File
Variables: (emacs)File Variables.) is output including ENC. This
-allows Info readers to set the encoding appropriately:
+allows Info readers to set the encoding appropriately.
Local Variables:
coding: ENC
End:
+ Also, in Info and plain text output (barring `--disable-encoding'),
+accent constructs and special characters, such as `@'e', are output as
+the actual 8-bit character in the given encoding.
+
In HTML output, a `<meta>' tag is output, in the `<head>' section of
the HTML, that specifies ENC. Web servers and browsers cooperate to
use this information so the correct encoding is used to display the
-page.
+page, if supported by the system.
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;
charset=ENC">
- In all other cases, it is recognized but ignored.
+ In split HTML output, if `--transliterate-file-names' is given (*note
+HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion::), the names of HTML files are
+formed by transliteration of the corresponding node names, using the
+specified encoding.
+
+ In XML and Docbook output, the given document encoding is written in
+the output file as usual with those formats.
+
+ In TeX output, the characters which are supported in the standard
+Computer Modern fonts are output accordingly. (For example, this means
+using constructed accents rather than precomposed glyphs.) Using a
+missing character generates a warning message, as does specifying an
+unimplemented encoding.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Defining New Texinfo Commands, Next: Hardcopy, Prev: Internationalization, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Defining New Texinfo Commands, Next: Hardcopy, Prev: Internationalization, Up: Top
19 Defining New Texinfo Commands
********************************
@@ -10575,7 +11050,7 @@ Texinfo provides several ways to define new commands:
* definfoenclose:: Customized highlighting.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Defining Macros, Next: Invoking Macros, Up: Defining New Texinfo Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: Defining Macros, Next: Invoking Macros, Up: Defining New Texinfo Commands
19.1 Defining Macros
====================
@@ -10636,7 +11111,7 @@ to undefine a macro that is already undefined. For example:
@unmacro foo

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Invoking Macros, Next: Macro Details, Prev: Defining Macros, Up: Defining New Texinfo Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: Invoking Macros, Next: Macro Details, Prev: Defining Macros, Up: Defining New Texinfo Commands
19.2 Invoking Macros
====================
@@ -10673,13 +11148,58 @@ produces:
No arguments here.
- To insert a comma, brace, or backslash in an argument, prepend a
-backslash, as in
+ Passing strings containing commas as macro arguments requires special
+care, since they should be properly "quoted" to prevent `makeinfo' from
+confusing them with argument separators. To manually quote a comma,
+prepend it with a backslash character, like this: `\,'. Alternatively,
+use the `@comma' command (*note Inserting a Comma::). However, to
+facilitate use of macros, `makeinfo' implements a set of rules called
+"automatic quoting":
+
+ 1. If a macro takes only one argument, all commas in its invocation
+ are quoted by default. For example:
+
+ @macro FIXME{text}
+ @strong{FIXME: \text\}
+ @end macro
+
+ @FIXME{A nice feature, though it can be dangerous.}
+
+ will produce the following output
+
+ *FIXME: A nice feature, though it can be dangerous.*
+
+ And indeed, it can. Namely, `makeinfo' does not control number of
+ arguments passed to one-argument macros, so be careful when you
+ invoke them.
+
+ 2. If a macro invocation includes another command (including a
+ recursive invocation of itself), any commas in the nested command
+ invocation(s) are quoted by default. For example, in
+
+ @say{@strong{Yes, I do}, person one}
+
+ the comma after `Yes' is implicitly quoted. Here's another
+ example, with a recursive macro:
+
+ @rmacro cat{a,b}
+ \a\\b\
+ @end rmacro
+
+ @cat{@cat{foo, bar}, baz}
+
+ will produce the string `foobarbaz'.
+
+ 3. Otherwise, a comma should be explicitly quoted, as above, to be
+ treated as a part of an argument.
+
+ Other characters that need to be quoted in macro arguments are curly
+braces and backslash. For example
@MACNAME {\\\{\}\,}
-which will pass the (almost certainly error-producing) argument `\{},'
-to MACNAME. However, commas in parameters, even if escaped by a
+will pass the (almost certainly error-producing) argument `\{},' to
+MACNAME. However, commas in parameters, even if escaped by a
backslash, might cause trouble in TeX.
If the macro is defined to take a single argument, and is invoked
@@ -10709,10 +11229,10 @@ produces:
Twice: a,b & a,b.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Macro Details, Next: alias, Prev: Invoking Macros, Up: Defining New Texinfo Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: Macro Details, Next: alias, Prev: Invoking Macros, Up: Defining New Texinfo Commands
-19.3 Macro Details
-==================
+19.3 Macro Details and Caveats
+==============================
Due to unavoidable limitations, certain macro-related constructs cause
problems with TeX. If you get macro-related errors when producing the
@@ -10724,22 +11244,59 @@ texi2dvi::).
* It is not advisable to redefine any TeX primitive, plain, or
Texinfo command name as a macro. Unfortunately this is a very large
- set of names, and the possible resulting errors are completely
- random.
+ set of names, and the possible resulting errors are unpredictable.
* All macros are expanded inside at least one TeX group. This means
that `@set' and other such commands have no effect inside a macro.
- * Macros containing a command which must be on a line by itself,
- such as a conditional, cannot be invoked in the middle of a line.
-
* Commas in macro arguments, even if escaped by a backslash, don't
always work.
- * It is best to avoid comments inside macro definitions.
-
* Macro arguments cannot cross lines.
+ * It is (usually) best to avoid comments inside macro definitions,
+ but see the next item.
+
+ * Macros containing a command which must be on a line by itself,
+ such as a conditional, cannot be invoked in the middle of a line.
+ In general, the interaction of newlines in the macro definitions
+ and invocations depends on the precise commands and context. You
+ may be able to work around some problems with judicious use of
+ `@c'. Suppose you define a macro that is always intended to be
+ used on a line by itself:
+
+ @macro linemac
+ @cindex whatever
+ @c
+ @end macro
+ ...
+ foo
+ @linemac
+ bar
+
+ Without the `@c', there will be an unwanted blank line between the
+ `@cindex whatever' and the `bar' (one newline comes from the macro
+ definition, one from after the invocation), causing a paragraph
+ break.
+
+ On the other hand, you wouldn't want the `@c' if the macro was
+ sometimes invoked in the middle of a line (the text after the
+ invocation would be treated as a comment).
+
+ * In general, you can't arbitrarily substitute a macro call for
+ Texinfo command arguments, even when the text is the same. It
+ might work with some commands, it fails with others. Best not to
+ do it at all. For instance, this fails:
+
+ @macro offmacro
+ off
+ @end macro
+ @headings @offmacro
+
+ You would expect this to be equivalent to `@headings off', but for
+ TeXnical reasons, it fails with a mysterious error message
+ (`Paragraph ended before @headings was complete').
+
* Macros cannot define macros in the natural way. To do this, you
must use conditionals and raw TeX. For example:
@@ -10779,7 +11336,7 @@ ignored at the beginnings of lines.
(by introducing a new macro syntax).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: alias, Next: definfoenclose, Prev: Macro Details, Up: Defining New Texinfo Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: alias, Next: definfoenclose, Prev: Macro Details, Up: Defining New Texinfo Commands
19.4 `@alias NEW=EXISTING'
==========================
@@ -10814,7 +11371,7 @@ command name as an alias. Unfortunately this is a very large set of
names, and the possible resulting errors are completely random.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: definfoenclose, Prev: alias, Up: Defining New Texinfo Commands
+File: texinfo, Node: definfoenclose, Prev: alias, Up: Defining New Texinfo Commands
19.5 `definfoenclose': Customized Highlighting
==============================================
@@ -10841,9 +11398,9 @@ name with two commas in a row; otherwise, the Info formatting commands
will naturally misinterpret the end delimiter string you intended as
the start delimiter string.
- If you do a `@definfoenclose' on the name of a pre-defined macro
-(such as `@emph', `@strong', `@t', or `@i'), the enclosure definition
-will override the built-in definition.
+ If you do a `@definfoenclose' on the name of a predefined macro (such
+as `@emph', `@strong', `@t', or `@i'), the enclosure definition will
+override the built-in definition.
An enclosure command defined this way takes one argument in braces;
this is intended for new markup commands (*note Marking Text::).
@@ -10883,7 +11440,7 @@ argument to `@headword'.
indirectly.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Hardcopy, Next: Creating and Installing Info Files, Prev: Defining New Texinfo Commands, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Hardcopy, Next: Creating and Installing Info Files, Prev: Defining New Texinfo Commands, Up: Top
20 Formatting and Printing Hardcopy
***********************************
@@ -10922,7 +11479,7 @@ print queue, and delete a job from the print queue.
* Obtaining TeX:: How to Obtain TeX.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Use TeX, Next: Format with tex/texindex, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Use TeX, Next: Format with tex/texindex, Up: Hardcopy
20.1 Use TeX
============
@@ -10938,7 +11495,7 @@ very same @-commands in the Texinfo file as does TeX, but process them
differently to make an Info file (*note Creating an Info File::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Format with tex/texindex, Next: Format with texi2dvi, Prev: Use TeX, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Format with tex/texindex, Next: Format with texi2dvi, Prev: Use TeX, Up: Hardcopy
20.2 Format with `tex' and `texindex'
=====================================
@@ -10954,12 +11511,11 @@ file (for "DeVice Independent" file) can be printed on virtually any
device (see the following sections).
The `tex' formatting command itself does not sort the indices; it
-writes an output file of unsorted index data. (The `texi2dvi' command
-automatically generates indices; *note Format with `texi2dvi': Format
-with texi2dvi.) To generate a printed index after running the `tex'
-command, you first need a sorted index to work from. The `texindex'
-command sorts indices. (The source file `texindex.c' comes as part of
-the standard Texinfo distribution, among other places.)
+writes an output file of unsorted index data. To generate a printed
+index after running the `tex' command, you first need a sorted index to
+work from. The `texindex' command sorts indices. (The source file
+`texindex.c' comes as part of the standard Texinfo distribution, among
+other places.) (`texi2dvi' runs `tex' and `texindex' as necessary.)
The `tex' formatting command outputs unsorted index files under names
that obey a standard convention: the name of your main input file with
@@ -11038,7 +11594,7 @@ beginning of your file would look approximately like this:
`--no-validate' option (*note Pointer Validation::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Format with texi2dvi, Next: Print with lpr, Prev: Format with tex/texindex, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Format with texi2dvi, Next: Print with lpr, Prev: Format with tex/texindex, Up: Hardcopy
20.3 Format with `texi2dvi'
===========================
@@ -11060,22 +11616,60 @@ perhaps in other circumstances, you may need to run `sh texi2dvi
foo.texi' instead of relying on the operating system to invoke the
shell on the `texi2dvi' script.
- Perhaps the most useful option to `texi2dvi' is `--command=CMD'.
-This inserts CMD on a line by itself after the `@setfilename' in a
-temporary copy of the input file before running TeX. With this, you
-can specify different printing formats, such as `@smallbook' (*note
-smallbook::), `@afourpaper' (*note A4 Paper::), or `@pagesizes' (*note
-pagesizes::), without actually changing the document source. (You can
-also do this on a site-wide basis with `texinfo.cnf'; *note Preparing
-for TeX: Preparing for TeX.).
+ One useful option to `texi2dvi' is `--command=CMD'. This inserts CMD
+on a line by itself after the `@setfilename' in a temporary copy of the
+input file before running TeX. With this, you can specify different
+printing formats, such as `@smallbook' (*note smallbook::),
+`@afourpaper' (*note A4 Paper::), or `@pagesizes' (*note pagesizes::),
+without actually changing the document source. (You can also do this
+on a site-wide basis with `texinfo.cnf'; *note Preparing for TeX:
+Preparing for TeX.).
+
+ With the `--pdf' option, `texi2dvi' produces PDF output instead of
+DVI (*note PDF Output::), by running `pdftex' instead of `tex'.
+Alternatively, the command `texi2pdf' is an abbreviation for running
+`texi2dvi --pdf'. The command `pdftexi2dvi' is also supported as a
+convenience to AUC-TeX users, since the latter merely prepends `pdf' to
+DVI producing tools to have PDF producing tools.
`texi2dvi' can also be used to process LaTeX files; simply run
`texi2dvi filename.ext'.
+ Normally `texi2dvi' is able to guess the input file language by its
+contents and file name suffix. If, however, it fails to do so you can
+specify the input language using `--language=LANG' command line option,
+where LANG is either `latex' or `texinfo'.
+
+ `texi2dvi' will use `etex' (or `pdfetex') if they are available;
+these extended versions of TeX are not required, and the DVI (or PDF)
+output is identical, but they simplify the TeX programming in some
+cases, and provide additional tracing information when debugging
+`texinfo.tex'.
+
+ Several options are provided for handling documents, written in
+character sets other than ASCII. The `--translate-file=FILE' option
+instructs `texi2dv' to translate input into internal TeX character set
+using "translation file" FILE (*note TCX files: (web2c)TCX files.).
+
+ The options `--recode' and `--recode-from=ENC' allow conversion of an
+input document before running TeX. The `--recode' option recodes the
+document from encoding specified by `@documentencoding' command (*note
+`documentencoding': documentencoding.) to plain 7-bit `texinfo'
+encoding.
+
+ The option `--recode-from=ENC' recodes the document from ENC encoding
+to the encoding specified by `@documentencoding'. This is useful, for
+example, if the document is written in `UTF-8' encoding and an
+equivalent 8-bit encoding is supported by `makeinfo'.
+
+ Both `--recode' and `--recode-from=ENC' use `recode' utility to
+perform the conversion. If `recode' fails to process the file,
+`texi2dvi' prints a warning and continues using unmodified input file.
+
For a list of other options, run `texi2dvi --help'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Print with lpr, Next: Within Emacs, Prev: Format with texi2dvi, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Print with lpr, Next: Within Emacs, Prev: Format with texi2dvi, Up: Hardcopy
20.4 Shell Print Using `lpr -d'
===============================
@@ -11129,7 +11723,7 @@ several alternative ways of printing DVI files:
port, usually `PRN'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Within Emacs, Next: Texinfo Mode Printing, Prev: Print with lpr, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Within Emacs, Next: Texinfo Mode Printing, Prev: Print with lpr, Up: Hardcopy
20.5 From an Emacs Shell
========================
@@ -11154,7 +11748,7 @@ from a shell within Emacs:
printing in Texinfo mode.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Texinfo Mode Printing, Next: Compile-Command, Prev: Within Emacs, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Texinfo Mode Printing, Next: Compile-Command, Prev: Within Emacs, Up: Hardcopy
20.6 Formatting and Printing in Texinfo Mode
============================================
@@ -11253,7 +11847,7 @@ details about this. The Texinfo variables can be found in the
command.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Compile-Command, Next: Requirements Summary, Prev: Texinfo Mode Printing, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Compile-Command, Next: Requirements Summary, Prev: Texinfo Mode Printing, Up: Hardcopy
20.7 Using the Local Variables List
===================================
@@ -11271,10 +11865,10 @@ Emacs runs the compile command. For example, at the end of the
End:
This technique is most often used by programmers who also compile
-programs this way; see *Note Compilation: (emacs)Compilation.
+programs this way; see *note Compilation: (emacs)Compilation.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Requirements Summary, Next: Preparing for TeX, Prev: Compile-Command, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Requirements Summary, Next: Preparing for TeX, Prev: Compile-Command, Up: Hardcopy
20.8 TeX Formatting Requirements Summary
========================================
@@ -11304,20 +11898,20 @@ contents. (And of course most manuals contain a body of text as well.)
For more information, see:
- * *Note `@settitle': settitle.
+ * *note `@settitle': settitle.
- * *Note `@setchapternewpage': setchapternewpage.
+ * *note `@setchapternewpage': setchapternewpage.
- * *Note Page Headings: Headings.
+ * *note Page Headings: Headings.
- * *Note Titlepage & Copyright Page::.
+ * *note Titlepage & Copyright Page::.
- * *Note Printing Indices & Menus::.
+ * *note Printing Indices & Menus::.
- * *Note Contents::.
+ * *note Contents::.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Preparing for TeX, Next: Overfull hboxes, Prev: Requirements Summary, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Preparing for TeX, Next: Overfull hboxes, Prev: Requirements Summary, Up: Hardcopy
20.9 Preparing for TeX
======================
@@ -11340,8 +11934,13 @@ will find it there.
from another distribution. More details are at the end of the
description of the `@image' command (*note Images::).
- Likewise for `pdfcolor.tex', if it is not already installed and you
-use pdftex.
+ To be able to use quotation marks other than those used in English
+you'll need to install European Computer Modern fonts and optionally
+CM-Super fonts, unless they are already installed (*note Inserting
+Quotation Marks::).
+
+ If you intend to use the `@euro' command, you should install the Euro
+font, if it is not already installed. *Note euro::.
Optionally, you may create an additional `texinfo.cnf', and install
it as well. This file is read by TeX when the `@setfilename' command
@@ -11398,9 +11997,9 @@ findable by TeX:
initex texinfo @dump
- (`dump' is a TeX primitive.) Then, move `texinfo.fmt' to wherever
-your `.fmt' files are found; typically, this will be in the
-subdirectory `web2c' of your TeX installation.
+(`dump' is a TeX primitive.) Then, move `texinfo.fmt' to wherever your
+`.fmt' files are found; typically, this will be in the subdirectory
+`web2c' of your TeX installation.
---------- Footnotes ----------
@@ -11408,7 +12007,7 @@ subdirectory `web2c' of your TeX installation.
separator on these systems.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Overfull hboxes, Next: smallbook, Prev: Preparing for TeX, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Overfull hboxes, Next: smallbook, Prev: Preparing for TeX, Up: Hardcopy
20.10 Overfull "hboxes"
=======================
@@ -11460,7 +12059,7 @@ before the `@titlepage' command:
@finalout

-File: texinfo.info, Node: smallbook, Next: A4 Paper, Prev: Overfull hboxes, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: smallbook, Next: A4 Paper, Prev: Overfull hboxes, Up: Hardcopy
20.11 Printing "Small" Books
============================
@@ -11486,12 +12085,12 @@ end-of-header lines, the Texinfo mode TeX region formatting command,
*Note small::, for information about commands that make it easier to
produce examples for a smaller manual.
- *Note Format with texi2dvi::, and *Note Preparing for TeX: Preparing
+ *Note Format with texi2dvi::, and *note Preparing for TeX: Preparing
for TeX, for other ways to format with `@smallbook' that do not require
changing the source file.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: A4 Paper, Next: pagesizes, Prev: smallbook, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: A4 Paper, Next: pagesizes, Prev: smallbook, Up: Hardcopy
20.12 Printing on A4 Paper
==========================
@@ -11509,7 +12108,7 @@ header for this manual:
@afourpaper
@c %**end of header
- *Note Format with texi2dvi::, and *Note Preparing for TeX: Preparing
+ *Note Format with texi2dvi::, and *note Preparing for TeX: Preparing
for TeX, for other ways to format for different paper sizes that do not
require changing the source file.
@@ -11517,7 +12116,7 @@ require changing the source file.
`@afourlatex'. There's also `@afourwide' for A4 paper in wide format.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: pagesizes, Next: Cropmarks and Magnification, Prev: A4 Paper, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: pagesizes, Next: Cropmarks and Magnification, Prev: A4 Paper, Up: Hardcopy
20.13 `@pagesizes' [WIDTH][, HEIGHT]: Custom Page Sizes
=======================================================
@@ -11540,14 +12139,14 @@ paper (which is 250mm by 177mm for B5, 14in by 8.5in for legal).
margins, you must define a new command in `texinfo.tex' (or
`texinfo.cnf', *note Preparing for TeX: Preparing for TeX.).
- *Note Format with texi2dvi::, and *Note Preparing for TeX: Preparing
+ *Note Format with texi2dvi::, and *note Preparing for TeX: Preparing
for TeX, for other ways to specify `@pagesizes' that do not require
changing the source file.
`@pagesizes' is ignored by `makeinfo'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Cropmarks and Magnification, Next: PDF Output, Prev: pagesizes, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Cropmarks and Magnification, Next: PDF Output, Prev: pagesizes, Up: Hardcopy
20.14 Cropmarks and Magnification
=================================
@@ -11596,32 +12195,46 @@ nonstandard-`\mag' may not print or may print only with certain
magnifications. Be prepared to experiment.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: PDF Output, Next: Obtaining TeX, Prev: Cropmarks and Magnification, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: PDF Output, Next: Obtaining TeX, Prev: Cropmarks and Magnification, Up: Hardcopy
20.15 PDF Output
================
-You can generate a PDF output file from Texinfo source by using the
-`pdftex' program to process your file instead of plain `tex'. That is,
-run `pdftex foo.texi' instead of `tex foo.texi', or give the `--pdf'
-option to `texi2dvi'.
+The simplest way to generate PDF output from Texinfo source is to run
+the convenience script `texi2pdf' (or `pdftexi2dvi'); this simply
+executes the `texi2dvi' script with the `--pdf' option (*note Format
+with texi2dvi::). If for some reason you want to process the document
+by hand, simply run the `pdftex' program instead of plain `tex'. That
+is, run `pdftex foo.texi' instead of `tex foo.texi'.
"PDF" stands for `Portable Document Format'. It was invented by Adobe
Systems some years ago for document interchange, based on their
-PostScript language. A PDF reader (http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf/) for
-the X window system is freely available, as is the definition of the
-file format (http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/technotes/). At
-present, there are no `@ifpdf' or `@pdf' commands as with the other
-output formats.
+PostScript language. Related links:
+
+ * GNU GV, a Ghostscript-based PDF reader
+ (http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf/). (It can also preview PostScript
+ documents.)
+
+ * A freely available standalone PDF reader
+ (http://www.foolabs.com/xpdf/) for the X window system.
+
+ * PDF definition
+ (http://partners.adobe.com/asn/acrobat/sdk/public/docs/).
- Despite the `portable' in the name, PDF files are nowhere near as
-portable in practice as the plain ASCII formats (Info, HTML) that
-Texinfo supports (DVI portability is arguable). They also tend to be
-much larger. Nevertheless, a PDF file does preserve an actual printed
-document on a screen as faithfully as possible, so it has its place.
+
+ At present, Texinfo does not provide `@ifpdf' or `@pdf' commands as
+for the other output formats, since PDF documents contain many internal
+links that would be hard or impossible to get right at the Texinfo
+source level.
+
+ PDF files require special software to be displayed, unlike the plain
+ASCII formats (Info, HTML) that Texinfo supports. They also tend to be
+much larger than the DVI files output by TeX by default. Nevertheless,
+a PDF file does define an actual typeset document in a self-contained
+file, so it has its place.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Obtaining TeX, Prev: PDF Output, Up: Hardcopy
+File: texinfo, Node: Obtaining TeX, Prev: PDF Output, Up: Hardcopy
20.16 How to Obtain TeX
=======================
@@ -11638,8 +12251,8 @@ Source Code CD-ROM suitable for printing Texinfo manuals. To order it,
contact:
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place Suite 330
- Boston, MA 02111-1307
+ 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor
+ Boston, MA 02110-1301
USA
Telephone: +1-617-542-5942
Fax: (including Japan) +1-617-542-2652
@@ -11651,7 +12264,7 @@ contact:
Many other TeX distributions are available; see `http://tug.org/'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Creating and Installing Info Files, Next: Generating HTML, Prev: Hardcopy, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Creating and Installing Info Files, Next: Generating HTML, Prev: Hardcopy, Up: Top
21 Creating and Installing Info Files
*************************************
@@ -11665,7 +12278,7 @@ Info Files::, for general information about the file format itself.
* Installing an Info File::

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Creating an Info File, Next: Installing an Info File, Up: Creating and Installing Info Files
+File: texinfo, Node: Creating an Info File, Next: Installing an Info File, Up: Creating and Installing Info Files
21.1 Creating an Info File
==========================
@@ -11693,7 +12306,7 @@ Installing an Info File::.
to run better.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: makeinfo advantages, Next: Invoking makeinfo, Up: Creating an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: makeinfo advantages, Next: Invoking makeinfo, Up: Creating an Info File
21.1.1 `makeinfo' Preferred
---------------------------
@@ -11712,7 +12325,7 @@ are useful if you cannot run `makeinfo'. Also, in some circumstances,
they format short regions or buffers more quickly than `makeinfo'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Invoking makeinfo, Next: makeinfo options, Prev: makeinfo advantages, Up: Creating an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: Invoking makeinfo, Next: makeinfo options, Prev: makeinfo advantages, Up: Creating an Info File
21.1.2 Running `makeinfo' from a Shell
--------------------------------------
@@ -11729,7 +12342,7 @@ Bison, type the following to the shell:
the next section.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: makeinfo options, Next: Pointer Validation, Prev: Invoking makeinfo, Up: Creating an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: makeinfo options, Next: Pointer Validation, Prev: Invoking makeinfo, Up: Creating an Info File
21.1.3 Options for `makeinfo'
-----------------------------
@@ -11773,13 +12386,27 @@ and would also set the fill column to 70.
sheets specifications, in the `<style>' block of the HTML output.
*Note HTML CSS::. If FILE is `-', read standard input.
+`--css-ref=URL'
+ In HTML mode, add a `<link>' tag to the HTML output which
+ references a cascading style sheet at URL. This allows using
+ standalone style sheets.
+
+`--disable-encoding'
+`--enable-encoding'
+ By default, or with `--enable-encoding', output accented and
+ special characters in Info or plain text output based on
+ `@documentencoding'. With `--disable-encoding', 7-bit ASCII
+ transliterations are output. *Note `documentencoding':
+ documentencoding, and *note Inserting Accents::.
+
`--docbook'
Generate Docbook output rather than Info.
-`--enable-encoding'
- Output accented and special characters in Info or plain text output
- based on `@documentencoding'. *Note `documentencoding':
- documentencoding, and *Note Inserting Accents::.
+`--document-language=LANG'
+ Use LANG to translate Texinfo keywords which end up in the output
+ document. The default is the locale specified by the
+ `@documentlanguage' command if there is one (*note
+ documentlanguage::).
`--error-limit=LIMIT'
`-e LIMIT'
@@ -11840,8 +12467,7 @@ and would also set the fill column to 70.
For the specified format, process `@ifFORMAT' and `@FORMAT'
commands even if not generating the given output format. For
instance, if `--iftex' is specified, then `@iftex' and `@tex'
- blocks will be read. This can be useful when postprocessing the
- output.
+ blocks will be read.
`--macro-expand=FILE'
`-E FILE'
@@ -11851,11 +12477,13 @@ and would also set the fill column to 70.
by `texi2dvi'.
`--no-headers'
- For Info output, do not include menus or node separator lines in
- the output, and implicitly `--enable-encoding' (see above). This
- results in a simple plain text file that you can (for example)
- send in email without complications, or include in a distribution
- (as in an `INSTALL' file).
+
+`--plaintext'
+ Do not include menus or node separator lines in the output, and
+ implicitly `--enable-encoding' (see above). This results in a
+ simple plain text file that you can (for example) send in email
+ without complications, or include in a distribution (as in an
+ `INSTALL' file).
For HTML output, likewise omit menus. And if `--no-split' is also
specified, do not include a navigation links at the top of each
@@ -11871,9 +12499,19 @@ and would also set the fill column to 70.
`--no-ifplaintext'
`--no-iftex'
`--no-ifxml'
- Do not process `@ifFORMAT' and `@FORMAT' commands even if
- generating the given format. For instance, if `--no-ifhtml' is
- specified, then `@ifhtml' and `@html' blocks will not be read.
+ Do not process `@ifFORMAT' and `@FORMAT' commands, and do process
+ `@ifnotFORMAT', even if generating the given format. For
+ instance, if `--no-ifhtml' is specified, then `@ifhtml' and
+ `@html' blocks will not be read, and `@ifnothtml' blocks will be.
+
+`--no-number-footnotes'
+ Suppress automatic footnote numbering. By default, `makeinfo'
+ numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the
+ current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node.
+
+`--no-number-sections'
+ Do not output chapter, section, and appendix numbers. You need to
+ specify this if your manual is not hierarchically-structured.
`--no-split'
Suppress the splitting stage of `makeinfo'. By default, large
@@ -11884,26 +12522,19 @@ and would also set the fill column to 70.
`--no-pointer-validate'
`--no-validate'
- Suppress the pointer-validation phase of `makeinfo'. This can also
- be done with the `@novalidate' command (*note Use TeX: Use TeX.).
- Normally, after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency
- checks are made to ensure that cross references can be resolved,
- etc. *Note Pointer Validation::.
+ Suppress the pointer-validation phase of `makeinfo'--a dangerous
+ thing to do. This can also be done with the `@novalidate' command
+ (*note Use TeX: Use TeX.). Normally, after a Texinfo file is
+ processed, some consistency checks are made to ensure that cross
+ references can be resolved, etc. *Note Pointer Validation::.
`--no-warn'
- Suppress warning messages (but _not_ error messages). You might
- want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo
- cross references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do
- not actually exist.
+ Suppress warning messages (but _not_ error messages).
`--number-sections'
Output chapter, section, and appendix numbers as in printed
- manuals.
-
-`--no-number-footnotes'
- Suppress automatic footnote numbering. By default, `makeinfo'
- numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the
- current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node.
+ manuals. This is the default. It works only with
+ hierarchically-structured manuals.
`--output=FILE'
`-o FILE'
@@ -11935,16 +12566,14 @@ and would also set the fill column to 70.
NUM
Indent each paragraph by NUM spaces.
-`--reference-limit=LIMIT'
-`-r LIMIT'
- Set the value of the number of references to a node that
- `makeinfo' will make without reporting a warning. If a node has
- more than this number of references in it, `makeinfo' will make the
- references but also report a warning. The default is 1000.
-
`--split-size=NUM'
Keep Info files to at most NUM characters; default is 300,000.
+`--transliterate-file-names'
+ Enable transliteration of 8-bit characters in node names for the
+ purpose of file name creation. *Note HTML Xref 8-bit Character
+ Expansion::.
+
`-U VAR'
Cause VAR to be undefined. This is equivalent to `@clear VAR' in
the Texinfo file (*note set clear value::).
@@ -11971,7 +12600,7 @@ overridden by a command line option. The possible values are:
If not set, Info output is the default.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Pointer Validation, Next: makeinfo in Emacs, Prev: makeinfo options, Up: Creating an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: Pointer Validation, Next: makeinfo in Emacs, Prev: makeinfo options, Up: Creating an Info File
21.1.4 Pointer Validation
-------------------------
@@ -12008,8 +12637,8 @@ exist. Here is a complete list of what is checked:
Some Texinfo documents might fail during the validation phase because
they use commands like `@value' and `@definfoenclose' in node
-definitions and cross-references inconsistently. Consider the
-following example:
+definitions and cross-references inconsistently. (Your best bet is to
+avoid using @-commands in node names.) Consider the following example:
@set nodename Node 1
@@ -12045,7 +12674,7 @@ it, even if invoked with the `--commands-in-node-names' option.
option is given.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: makeinfo in Emacs, Next: texinfo-format commands, Prev: Pointer Validation, Up: Creating an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: makeinfo in Emacs, Next: texinfo-format commands, Prev: Pointer Validation, Up: Creating an Info File
21.1.5 Running `makeinfo' Within Emacs
--------------------------------------
@@ -12104,13 +12733,13 @@ initialization file.
--fill-column=70 --verbose")
For more information, see
-*Note Easy Customization Interface: (emacs)Easy Customization,
-*Note Examining and Setting Variables: (emacs)Examining,
-*Note Init File: (emacs)Init File, and
-*Note Options for `makeinfo': makeinfo options.
+*note Easy Customization Interface: (emacs)Easy Customization,
+*note Examining and Setting Variables: (emacs)Examining,
+*note Init File: (emacs)Init File, and
+*note Options for `makeinfo': makeinfo options.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: texinfo-format commands, Next: Batch Formatting, Prev: makeinfo in Emacs, Up: Creating an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: texinfo-format commands, Next: Batch Formatting, Prev: makeinfo in Emacs, Up: Creating an Info File
21.1.6 The `texinfo-format...' Commands
---------------------------------------
@@ -12137,12 +12766,12 @@ of the Texinfo file.
The `texinfo-format-region' and `texinfo-format-buffer' commands
provide you with some error checking, and other functions can provide
you with further help in finding formatting errors. These procedures
-are described in an appendix; see *Note Catching Mistakes::. However,
+are described in an appendix; see *note Catching Mistakes::. However,
the `makeinfo' program is often faster and provides better error
checking (*note makeinfo in Emacs::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Batch Formatting, Next: Tag and Split Files, Prev: texinfo-format commands, Up: Creating an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: Batch Formatting, Next: Tag and Split Files, Prev: texinfo-format commands, Up: Creating an Info File
21.1.7 Batch Formatting
-----------------------
@@ -12171,7 +12800,7 @@ continue working in it. (When you run `texinfo-format-region' or
until the command finishes.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Tag and Split Files, Prev: Batch Formatting, Up: Creating an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: Tag and Split Files, Prev: Batch Formatting, Up: Creating an Info File
21.1.8 Tag Files and Split Files
--------------------------------
@@ -12244,11 +12873,11 @@ may want to run the `Info-validate' command. (The `makeinfo' command
does such a good job on its own, you do not need `Info-validate'.)
However, you cannot run the `M-x Info-validate' node-checking command
on indirect files. For information on how to prevent files from being
-split and how to validate the structure of the nodes, see *Note Using
+split and how to validate the structure of the nodes, see *note Using
Info-validate::.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Installing an Info File, Prev: Creating an Info File, Up: Creating and Installing Info Files
+File: texinfo, Node: Installing an Info File, Prev: Creating an Info File, Up: Creating and Installing Info Files
21.2 Installing an Info File
============================
@@ -12268,7 +12897,7 @@ Emacs. (*note info: (info)Top, for an introduction to Info.)
* Invoking install-info:: `install-info' options.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Directory File, Next: New Info File, Up: Installing an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: Directory File, Next: New Info File, Up: Installing an Info File
21.2.1 The Directory File `dir'
-------------------------------
@@ -12310,7 +12939,7 @@ can be written in either upper or lower case. This is not true in
general, it is a special case for `dir'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: New Info File, Next: Other Info Directories, Prev: Directory File, Up: Installing an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: New Info File, Next: Other Info Directories, Prev: Directory File, Up: Installing an Info File
21.2.2 Listing a New Info File
------------------------------
@@ -12339,7 +12968,7 @@ use just `gdb' for the file name, not `gdb.info'.
as well.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Other Info Directories, Next: Installing Dir Entries, Prev: New Info File, Up: Installing an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: Other Info Directories, Next: Installing Dir Entries, Prev: New Info File, Up: Installing an Info File
21.2.3 Info Files in Other Directories
--------------------------------------
@@ -12443,7 +13072,7 @@ syntax for using values of other environment variables.
(2) On MS-DOS/MS-Windows systems, use semi-colon instead.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Installing Dir Entries, Next: Invoking install-info, Prev: Other Info Directories, Up: Installing an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: Installing Dir Entries, Next: Invoking install-info, Prev: Other Info Directories, Up: Installing an Info File
21.2.4 Installing Info Directory Files
--------------------------------------
@@ -12483,6 +13112,15 @@ is how it knows what to do.
beginning of the Texinfo input, before the first `@node' command. If
you use them later on in the input, `install-info' will not notice them.
+ `install-info' will automatically reformat the description of the
+menu entries it is adding. As a matter of convention, the description
+of the main entry (above, `The GNU documentation format') should start
+at column 32, starting at zero (as in `what-cursor-position' in Emacs).
+This will make it align with most others. Description for individual
+utilities best start in column 48, where possible. For more
+information about formatting see the `--calign', `--align', and
+`--max-width' options in *note Invoking install-info::.
+
If you use `@dircategory' more than once in the Texinfo source, each
usage specifies the `current' category; any subsequent `@direntry'
commands will add to that category.
@@ -12510,16 +13148,17 @@ documentation for the different programs they can run, as with the
traditional `man' system.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Invoking install-info, Prev: Installing Dir Entries, Up: Installing an Info File
+File: texinfo, Node: Invoking install-info, Prev: Installing Dir Entries, Up: Installing an Info File
21.2.5 Invoking `install-info'
------------------------------
`install-info' inserts menu entries from an Info file into the
top-level `dir' file in the Info system (see the previous sections for
-an explanation of how the `dir' file works). It's most often run as
-part of software installation, or when constructing a `dir' file for
-all manuals on a system. Synopsis:
+an explanation of how the `dir' file works). `install-info' also
+removes menu entries from the `dir' file. It's most often run as part
+of software installation, or when constructing a `dir' file for all
+manuals on a system. Synopsis:
install-info [OPTION]... [INFO-FILE [DIR-FILE]]
@@ -12540,18 +13179,50 @@ DIR-FILE itself does not exist, `install-info' tries to open
Options:
+`--add-once'
+ Specifies that the entry or entries will only be put into a single
+ section.
+
+`--align=COLUMN'
+ Specifies the column that the second and subsequent lines of menu
+ entry's description will be formatted to begin at. The default
+ for this option is `35'. It is used in conjunction with the
+ `--max-width' option. COLUMN starts counting at 1.
+
+`--append-new-sections'
+ Instead of alphabetizing new sections, place them at the end of
+ the DIR file.
+
+`--calign=COLUMN'
+ Specifies the column that the first line of menu entry's
+ description will be formatted to begin at. The default for this
+ option is `33'. It is used in conjunction with the `--max-width'
+ option. When the name of the menu entry exceeds this column,
+ entry's description will start on the following line. COLUMN
+ starts counting at 1.
+
+`--debug'
+ Report what is being done.
+
`--delete'
Delete the entries in INFO-FILE from DIR-FILE. The file name in
the entry in DIR-FILE must be INFO-FILE (except for an optional
- `.info' in either one). Don't insert any new entries.
+ `.info' in either one). Don't insert any new entries. Any empty
+ sections that result from the removal are also removed.
+
+`--description=TEXT'
+ Specify the explanatory portion of the menu entry. If you don't
+ specify a description (either via `--entry', `--item' or this
+ option), the description is taken from the Info file itself.
`--dir-file=NAME'
-`-d NAME'
Specify file name of the Info directory file. This is equivalent
to using the DIR-FILE argument.
+`--dry-run'
+ Same as `--test'.
+
`--entry=TEXT'
-`-e TEXT'
Insert TEXT as an Info directory entry; TEXT should have the form
of an Info menu item line plus zero or more extra lines starting
with whitespace. If you specify more than one entry, they are all
@@ -12559,45 +13230,104 @@ DIR-FILE itself does not exist, `install-info' tries to open
information in the Info file itself.
`--help'
-`-h'
- Display a usage message listing basic usage and all available
- options, then exit successfully.
+ Display a usage message with basic usage and all available options,
+ then exit successfully.
`--info-file=FILE'
-`-i FILE'
- Specify Info file to install in the directory. Equivalent to
- using the INFO-FILE argument.
+ Specify Info file to install in the directory. This is equivalent
+ to using the INFO-FILE argument.
`--info-dir=DIR'
-`-D DIR'
Specify the directory where the directory file `dir' resides.
Equivalent to `--dir-file=DIR/dir'.
+`--infodir=DIR'
+ Same as `--info-dir'.
+
`--item=TEXT'
Same as `--entry=TEXT'. An Info directory entry is actually a
menu item.
+`--keep-old'
+ Do not replace pre-existing menu entries. When `--remove' is
+ specified, this option means that empty sections are not removed.
+
+`--max-width=COLUMN'
+ Specifies the column that the menu entry's description will be
+ word-wrapped at. COLUMN starts counting at 1.
+
+`--maxwidth=COLUMN'
+ Same as `--max-width'.
+
+`--menuentry=TEXT'
+ Same as `--name'.
+
+`--name=TEXT'
+ Specify the name portion of the menu entry. If the TEXT does not
+ start with an asterisk `*', it is presumed to be the text after
+ the `*' and before the parentheses that specify the Info file.
+ Otherwise TEXT is taken verbatim, and is meant to include the text
+ up to and including the first dot `.'. If you don't specify the
+ name (either via `--entry', `--item' or this option), it is taken
+ from the Info file itself. If the Info does not contain the name,
+ the basename of the Info file is used.
+
+`--no-indent'
+ Suppress formatting of new entries into the `dir' file.
+
`--quiet'
- Suppress warnings.
+`--silent'
+ Suppress warnings, etc., for silent operation.
`--remove'
-`-r'
Same as `--delete'.
+`--remove-exactly'
+ Also like `--delete', but only entries if the Info file name
+ matches exactly; `.info' and/or `.gz' suffixes are _not_ ignored.
+
`--section=SEC'
-`-s SEC'
Put this file's entries in section SEC of the directory. If you
specify more than one section, all the entries are added in each
of the sections. If you don't specify any sections, they are
- determined from information in the Info file itself.
+ determined from information in the Info file itself. If the Info
+ file doesn't specify a section, the menu entries are put into the
+ Miscellaneous section.
+
+`--section REGEX SEC'
+ Same as `--regex=REGEX --section=SEC --add-once'.
+
+ `install-info' tries to detect when this alternate syntax is used,
+ but does not always guess correctly! Here is the heuristic that
+ `install-info' uses:
+ 1. If the second argument to `--section' starts with a hyphen,
+ the original syntax is presumed.
+
+ 2. If the second argument to `--section' is a file that can be
+ opened, the original syntax is presumed
+
+ 3. Otherwise the alternate syntax is used.
+
+ When heuristic fails because your section title starts with a
+ hyphen, or it happens to be a filename that can be opened, the
+ syntax should be changed to `--regex=REGEX --section=SEC
+ --add-once'.
+
+`--regex=REGEX'
+ Put this file's entries into any section that matches REGEX. If
+ more than one section matches, all of the entries are added in
+ each of the sections. Specify REGEX using basic regular
+ expression syntax, more or less as used with `grep', for example.
+
+`--test'
+ Suppress updating of the directory file.
`--version'
-`-V'
Display version information and exit successfully.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Generating HTML, Next: Command List, Prev: Creating and Installing Info Files, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Generating HTML, Next: Command List, Prev: Creating and Installing Info Files, Up: Top
22 Generating HTML
******************
@@ -12618,7 +13348,7 @@ overview of all the output formats.
* HTML Xref:: Cross-references in HTML output.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: HTML Translation, Next: HTML Splitting, Up: Generating HTML
+File: texinfo, Node: HTML Translation, Next: HTML Splitting, Up: Generating HTML
22.1 HTML Translation
=====================
@@ -12648,7 +13378,7 @@ error-free run of `makeinfo' which has browser portability problems as
a bug.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: HTML Splitting, Next: HTML CSS, Prev: HTML Translation, Up: Generating HTML
+File: texinfo, Node: HTML Splitting, Next: HTML CSS, Prev: HTML Translation, Up: Generating HTML
22.2 HTML Splitting
===================
@@ -12688,7 +13418,7 @@ named `index.html'.
(the argument is used literally).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: HTML CSS, Next: HTML Xref, Prev: HTML Splitting, Up: Generating HTML
+File: texinfo, Node: HTML CSS, Next: HTML Xref, Prev: HTML Splitting, Up: Generating HTML
22.3 HTML CSS
=============
@@ -12711,11 +13441,16 @@ use the `inherited' font (generally a regular roman typeface) for both
`@smalldisplay' and `@display'. By default, the HTML `<pre>' command
uses a monospaced font.
- You can influence the CSS in the HTML output with the
-`--css-include=FILE' option to `makeinfo'. This includes the contents
-FILE in the HTML output, as you might expect. However, the details are
-somewhat tricky, as described in the following, to provide maximum
-flexibility.
+ You can influence the CSS in the HTML output with two `makeinfo'
+options: `--css-include=FILE' and `--css-ref=URL'.
+
+ The option `--css-ref=URL' adds to each output HTML file a `<link>'
+tag referencing a CSS at the given URL. This allows using external
+style sheets.
+
+ The option `--css-include=FILE' includes the contents FILE in the
+HTML output, as you might expect. However, the details are somewhat
+tricky, as described in the following, to provide maximum flexibility.
The CSS file may begin with so-called `@import' directives, which
link to external CSS specifications for browsers to use when
@@ -12765,7 +13500,7 @@ characters and blindly copies the text into the output. Comments in
the CSS file may or may not be included in the output.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: HTML Xref, Prev: HTML CSS, Up: Generating HTML
+File: texinfo, Node: HTML Xref, Prev: HTML CSS, Up: Generating HTML
22.4 HTML Cross-references
==========================
@@ -12797,7 +13532,7 @@ in 2003-04.
* Mismatch: HTML Xref Mismatch.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: HTML Xref Link Basics, Next: HTML Xref Node Name Expansion, Up: HTML Xref
+File: texinfo, Node: HTML Xref Link Basics, Next: HTML Xref Node Name Expansion, Up: HTML Xref
22.4.1 HTML Cross-reference Link Basics
---------------------------------------
@@ -12823,9 +13558,9 @@ the `http://localhost/' could be omitted entirely.
The DIR and FILE parts are more complicated, and depend on the
relative split/mono nature of both the manual being processed and the
manual that the cross-reference refers to. The underlying idea is that
-there is one directory for Texinfo manuals in HTML, and each manual is
-either available as a monolithic file `manual.html', or a split
-subdirectory `manual/*.html'. Here are the cases:
+there is one directory for Texinfo manuals in HTML, and a given MANUAL
+is either available as a monolithic file `MANUAL.html', or a split
+subdirectory `MANUAL/*.html'. Here are the cases:
* If the present manual is split, and the referent manual is also
split, the directory is `../REFERENT/' and the file is the
@@ -12843,6 +13578,11 @@ subdirectory `manual/*.html'. Here are the cases:
file is `REFERENT.html'.
+ One exception: the algorithm for node name expansion prefixes the
+string `g_t' when the node name begins with a non-letter. This kludge
+(due to XHTML rules) is not necessary for filenames, and is therefore
+omitted.
+
Any directory part in the filename argument of the source
cross-reference command is ignored. Thus, `@xref{,,,../foo}' and
`@xref{,,,foo}' both use `foo' as the manual name. This is because any
@@ -12864,16 +13604,18 @@ the generating software assumes, and the format it's actually present
in. *Note HTML Xref Mismatch::.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: HTML Xref Node Name Expansion, Next: HTML Xref Command Expansion, Prev: HTML Xref Link Basics, Up: HTML Xref
+File: texinfo, Node: HTML Xref Node Name Expansion, Next: HTML Xref Command Expansion, Prev: HTML Xref Link Basics, Up: HTML Xref
22.4.2 HTML Cross-reference Node Name Expansion
-----------------------------------------------
As mentioned in the previous section, the key part of the HTML
cross-reference algorithm is the conversion of node names in the
-Texinfo source into strings suitable for HTML identifiers and
+Texinfo source into strings suitable for XHTML identifiers and
filenames. The restrictions are similar for each: plain ASCII letters,
numbers, and the `-' and `_' characters are all that can be used.
+(Although HTML anchors can contain most characters, XHTML is more
+restrictive.)
Cross-references in Texinfo can actually refer either to nodes or
anchors (*note anchor::), but anchors are treated identically to nodes
@@ -12885,26 +13627,37 @@ in this context, so we'll continue to say "node" names for simplicity.
A special exception: the Top node (*note The Top Node::) is always
mapped to the file `index.html', to match web server software.
However, the HTML _target_ is `Top'. Thus (in the split case):
+
@xref{Top, Introduction,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
=> <a href="emacs/index.html#Top">
- 1. The standard ASCII letters (a-z and A-z), and numbers (0-9) are not
- modified. All other characters are changed as specified below.
+ 1. The standard ASCII letters (a-z and A-Z) are not modified. All
+ other characters are changed as specified below.
- 2. Multiple consecutive space, tab and newline characters are
+ 2. The standard ASCII numbers (0-9) are not modified except when a
+ number is the first character of the node name. In that case, see
+ below.
+
+ 3. Multiple consecutive space, tab and newline characters are
transformed into just one space. (It's not possible to have
newlines in node names with the current implementation, but we
specify it anyway, just in case.)
- 3. Leading and trailing spaces are removed.
+ 4. Leading and trailing spaces are removed.
- 4. After the above has been applied, each remaining space character is
+ 5. After the above has been applied, each remaining space character is
converted into a `-' character.
- 5. Other ASCII 7-bit characters are transformed into `_00XX', where
+ 6. Other ASCII 7-bit characters are transformed into `_00XX', where
XX is the ASCII character code in (lowercase) hexadecimal. This
includes `_', which is mapped to `_005f'.
+ 7. If the node name does not begin with a letter, the literal string
+ `g_t' is prefixed to the result. (Due to the rules above, that
+ string can never occur otherwise; it is an arbitrary choice,
+ standing for "GNU Texinfo".) This is necessary because XHTML
+ requires that identifiers begin with a letter.
+
For example:
@@ -12930,7 +13683,7 @@ mapped to the same file.
target names are always case-sensitive, independent of operating system.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: HTML Xref Command Expansion, Next: HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion, Prev: HTML Xref Node Name Expansion, Up: HTML Xref
+File: texinfo, Node: HTML Xref Command Expansion, Next: HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion, Prev: HTML Xref Node Name Expansion, Up: HTML Xref
22.4.3 HTML Cross-reference Command Expansion
---------------------------------------------
@@ -12952,7 +13705,7 @@ completeness.
removed, the text of the argument is recursively transformed:
@asis @b @cite @code @command @dfn @dmn @dotless
@emph @env @file @indicateurl @kbd @key
- @samp @sc @strong @t @var @w
+ @samp @sc @slanted @strong @t @var @w
For `@sc', any letters are capitalized.
@@ -12986,21 +13739,23 @@ other rules.
`@enddots' `...'
`@equiv' U+2261
`@error' `error-->'
+`@euro' U+20AC
`@exclamdown' U+00A1
`@expansion' U+2192
`@minus' U+2212
`@ordf' U+00AA
`@ordm' U+00BA
-`@point' U+2217
+`@point' U+2605
`@pounds' U+00A3
-`@print' `-|'
+`@print' U+22A3
`@questiondown' U+00BF
`@registeredsymbol' U+00AE
`@result' U+21D2
`@tie' (space)
- An `@acronym' command is replaced by the first argument, followed by
-the second argument in parentheses, if present. *Note acronym::.
+ An `@acronym' or `@abbr' command is replaced by the first argument,
+followed by the second argument in parentheses, if present. *Note
+acronym::.
An `@email' command is replaced by the TEXT argument if present, else
the address. *Note email::.
@@ -13014,15 +13769,16 @@ verb::.
Any other command is an error, and the result is unspecified.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion, Next: HTML Xref Mismatch, Prev: HTML Xref Command Expansion, Up: HTML Xref
+File: texinfo, Node: HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion, Next: HTML Xref Mismatch, Prev: HTML Xref Command Expansion, Up: HTML Xref
22.4.4 HTML Cross-reference 8-bit Character Expansion
-----------------------------------------------------
-Characters other than plain 7-bit ASCII are transformed into the
-corresponding Unicode code point(s), in Normalization Form C, which
+Usually, characters other than plain 7-bit ASCII are transformed into
+the corresponding Unicode code point(s) in Normalization Form C, which
uses precomposed characters where available. (This is the
-normalization form recommended by the W3C and other bodies.)
+normalization form recommended by the W3C and other bodies.) This
+holds when that code point is 0xffff or less, as it almost always is.
These will then be further transformed by the rules above into the
string `_XXXX', where XXXX is the code point in hex.
@@ -13037,12 +13793,31 @@ to three `_002e''s; 2) `@u{B}' is a `B' with a breve accent, which does
not exist as a pre-accented Unicode character, therefore expands to
`B_0306' (B with combining breve).
+ When the Unicode code point is above 0xffff, the transformation is
+`__XXXXXX', that is, two leading underscores followed by six hex
+digits. Since Unicode has declared that their highest code point is
+0x10ffff, this is sufficient. (We felt it was better to define this
+extra escape than to always use six hex digits, since the first two
+would nearly always be zeros.)
+
+ This method works fine if the node name consists mostly of ASCII
+characters and contains only few 8-bit ones. If the document is written
+in a language whose script is not based on the Latin alphabet (such as,
+e.g. Ukrainian), it will create file names consisting entirely of
+`_XXXX' notations, which is inconvenient.
+
+ To handle such cases, `makeinfo' offers `--transliterate-file-names'
+command line option. This option enables "transliteration" of node
+names into ASCII characters for the purposes of file name creation and
+referencing. The transliteration is based on phonetic principle, which
+makes the produced file names easily readable.
+
For the definition of Unicode Normalization Form C, see Unicode report
UAX#15, `http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr15/'. Many related documents
and implementations are available elsewhere on the web.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: HTML Xref Mismatch, Prev: HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion, Up: HTML Xref
+File: texinfo, Node: HTML Xref Mismatch, Prev: HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion, Up: HTML Xref
22.4.5 HTML Cross-reference Mismatch
------------------------------------
@@ -13087,7 +13862,7 @@ generating the actual cross-reference in the present manual can control.
control which manuals are available from where, and how.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Command List, Next: Tips, Prev: Generating HTML, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Command List, Next: Tips, Prev: Generating HTML, Up: Top
Appendix A @-Command List
*************************
@@ -13137,11 +13912,9 @@ given in the section below.
Produces no output, but allows a line break. *Note Line Breaks::.
`@:'
- Indicate to TeX that an immediately preceding period, question
- mark, exclamation mark, or colon does not end a sentence. Prevent
- TeX from inserting extra whitespace as it does at the end of a
- sentence. The command has no effect on the Info file output.
- *Note Not Ending a Sentence::.
+ Tell TeX to refrain from inserting extra whitespace after an
+ immediately preceding period, question mark, exclamation mark, or
+ colon, as TeX normally would. *Note Not Ending a Sentence::.
`@='
Generate a macron (bar) accent over the next character, as in o=.
@@ -13181,9 +13954,13 @@ given in the section below.
Generate the uppercase and lowercase Scandinavian A-ring letters,
respectively: AA, aa. *Note Inserting Accents::.
-`@acronym{ABBREV}'
- Tag ABBREV as an acronym, that is, an abbreviation written in all
- capital letters, such as `NASA'. *Note `acronym': acronym.
+`@abbr{ABBREVIATION}'
+ Tag ABBREVIATION as an abbreviation, such as `Comput.'. *Note
+ `abbr': abbr.
+
+`@acronym{ACRONYM}'
+ Tag ACRONYM as an acronym, such as `NASA'. *Note `acronym':
+ acronym.
`@AE{}'
`@ae{}'
@@ -13232,10 +14009,14 @@ given in the section below.
Info, the title is underlined with periods. *Note The `subsub'
Commands: subsubsection.
+`@arrow{}'
+ Produce a normal right arrow glyph: `->'. Used by default for
+ `@click'. *Note Click Sequences::.
+
`@asis'
Used following `@table', `@ftable', and `@vtable' to print the
- table's first column without highlighting ("as is"). *Note Making
- a Two-column Table: Two-column Tables.
+ table's first column without highlighting ("as is"). *Note
+ Two-column Tables::.
`@author AUTHOR'
Typeset AUTHOR flushleft and underline it. *Note The `@title' and
@@ -13293,6 +14074,18 @@ given in the section below.
Highlight the name of a book or other reference that lacks a
companion Info file. *Note `@cite': cite.
+`@click{}'
+ Represent a single "click" in a GUI. Used within
+ `@clicksequence'. *Note Click Sequences::.
+
+`@clicksequence{ACTION @click{} ACTION}'
+ Represent a sequence of clicks in a GUI. *Note Click Sequences::.
+
+`@clickstyle @CMD'
+ Execute @CMD for each `@click'; the default is `@arrow'. The
+ usual following empty braces on @CMD are omitted. *Note Click
+ Sequences::.
+
`@clear FLAG'
Unset FLAG, preventing the Texinfo formatting commands from
formatting text between subsequent pairs of `@ifset FLAG' and
@@ -13335,7 +14128,7 @@ given in the section below.
Format a description for a variable associated with a class in
object-oriented programming. Takes three arguments: the category
of thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its
- name. *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note Def Cmds in Detail:
+ name. *Note Definition Commands::, and *note Def Cmds in Detail:
deffnx.
`@deffn CATEGORY NAME ARGUMENTS...'
@@ -13359,13 +14152,13 @@ given in the section below.
`@defivarx CLASS INSTANCE-VARIABLE-NAME'
This command formats a description for an instance variable in
object-oriented programming. The command is equivalent to `@defcv
- {Instance Variable} ...'. *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note
+ {Instance Variable} ...'. *Note Definition Commands::, and *note
Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@defmac MACRONAME ARGUMENTS...'
`@defmacx MACRONAME ARGUMENTS...'
Format a description for a macro. The command is equivalent to
- `@deffn Macro ...'. *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note Def
+ `@deffn Macro ...'. *Note Definition Commands::, and *note Def
Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@defmethod CLASS METHOD-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
@@ -13374,7 +14167,7 @@ given in the section below.
The command is equivalent to `@defop Method ...'. Takes as
arguments the name of the class of the method, the name of the
method, and its arguments, if any. *Note Definition Commands::,
- and *Note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
+ and *note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@defop CATEGORY CLASS NAME ARGUMENTS...'
`@defopx CATEGORY CLASS NAME ARGUMENTS...'
@@ -13382,31 +14175,31 @@ given in the section below.
programming. `@defop' takes as arguments the overall name of the
category of operation, the name of the class of the operation, the
name of the operation, and its arguments, if any. *Note
- Definition Commands::, and *Note Abstract Objects::.
+ Definition Commands::, and *note Abstract Objects::.
`@defopt OPTION-NAME'
`@defoptx OPTION-NAME'
Format a description for a user option. The command is equivalent
to `@defvr {User Option} ...'. *Note Definition Commands::, and
- *Note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
+ *note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@defspec SPECIAL-FORM-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
`@defspecx SPECIAL-FORM-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
Format a description for a special form. The command is
equivalent to `@deffn {Special Form} ...'. *Note Definition
- Commands::, and *Note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
+ Commands::, and *note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@deftp CATEGORY NAME-OF-TYPE ATTRIBUTES...'
`@deftpx CATEGORY NAME-OF-TYPE ATTRIBUTES...'
Format a description for a data type. `@deftp' takes as arguments
the category, the name of the type (which is a word like `int' or
`float'), and then the names of attributes of objects of that type.
- *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note Data Types::.
+ *Note Definition Commands::, and *note Data Types::.
`@deftypecv CATEGORY CLASS DATA-TYPE NAME'
`@deftypecvx CATEGORY CLASS DATA-TYPE NAME'
Format a description for a typed class variable in object-oriented
- programming. *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note Abstract
+ programming. *Note Definition Commands::, and *note Abstract
Objects::.
`@deftypefn CLASSIFICATION DATA-TYPE NAME ARGUMENTS...'
@@ -13415,63 +14208,63 @@ given in the section below.
arguments and that is typed. `@deftypefn' takes as arguments the
classification of entity being described, the type, the name of the
entity, and its arguments, if any. *Note Definition Commands::,
- and *Note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
+ and *note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@deftypefun DATA-TYPE FUNCTION-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
`@deftypefunx DATA-TYPE FUNCTION-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
Format a description for a function in a typed language. The
command is equivalent to `@deftypefn Function ...'. *Note
- Definition Commands::, and *Note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
+ Definition Commands::, and *note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@deftypeivar CLASS DATA-TYPE VARIABLE-NAME'
`@deftypeivarx CLASS DATA-TYPE VARIABLE-NAME'
Format a description for a typed instance variable in
object-oriented programming. *Note Definition Commands::, and
- *Note Abstract Objects::.
+ *note Abstract Objects::.
`@deftypemethod CLASS DATA-TYPE METHOD-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
`@deftypemethodx CLASS DATA-TYPE METHOD-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
Format a description for a typed method in object-oriented
- programming. *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note Def Cmds in
+ programming. *Note Definition Commands::, and *note Def Cmds in
Detail: deffnx.
`@deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS DATA-TYPE NAME ARGUMENTS...'
`@deftypeopx CATEGORY CLASS DATA-TYPE NAME ARGUMENTS...'
Format a description for a typed operation in object-oriented
- programming. *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note Abstract
+ programming. *Note Definition Commands::, and *note Abstract
Objects::.
`@deftypevar DATA-TYPE VARIABLE-NAME'
`@deftypevarx DATA-TYPE VARIABLE-NAME'
Format a description for a variable in a typed language. The
command is equivalent to `@deftypevr Variable ...'. *Note
- Definition Commands::, and *Note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
+ Definition Commands::, and *note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@deftypevr CLASSIFICATION DATA-TYPE NAME'
`@deftypevrx CLASSIFICATION DATA-TYPE NAME'
Format a description for something like a variable in a typed
language--an entity that records a value. Takes as arguments the
classification of entity being described, the type, and the name
- of the entity. *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note Def Cmds in
+ of the entity. *Note Definition Commands::, and *note Def Cmds in
Detail: deffnx.
`@defun FUNCTION-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
`@defunx FUNCTION-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
Format a description for functions. The command is equivalent to
- `@deffn Function ...'. *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note Def
+ `@deffn Function ...'. *Note Definition Commands::, and *note Def
Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@defvar VARIABLE-NAME'
`@defvarx VARIABLE-NAME'
Format a description for variables. The command is equivalent to
- `@defvr Variable ...'. *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note Def
+ `@defvr Variable ...'. *Note Definition Commands::, and *note Def
Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@defvr CATEGORY NAME'
`@defvrx CATEGORY NAME'
Format a description for any kind of variable. `@defvr' takes as
arguments the category of the entity and the name of the entity.
- *Note Definition Commands::, and *Note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
+ *Note Definition Commands::, and *note Def Cmds in Detail: deffnx.
`@detailmenu'
Avoid `makeinfo' confusion stemming from the detailed node listing
@@ -13539,7 +14332,7 @@ given in the section below.
`@env': env.
`@enddots{}'
- Generate an end-of-sentence of ellipsis, like this .... *Note
+ Generate an end-of-sentence of ellipsis, like this ... *Note
`@dots{}': dots.
`@enumerate [NUMBER-OR-LETTER]'
@@ -13551,6 +14344,9 @@ given in the section below.
Indicate to the reader the exact equivalence of two forms with a
glyph: `=='. *Note Equivalence::.
+`@euro{}'
+ Generate the Euro currency sign. *Note `@euro{}': euro.
+
`@error{}'
Indicate to the reader with a glyph that the following text is an
error message: `error-->'. *Note Error Glyph::.
@@ -13630,6 +14426,9 @@ given in the section below.
`@table', except for indexing. *Note `@ftable' and `@vtable':
ftable vtable.
+`@geq{}'
+ Generate a greater-than-or-equal sign, `>='. *Note geq leq::.
+
`@group'
Hold text together that must appear on one printed page. Pair with
`@end group'. Not relevant to Info. *Note `@group': group.
@@ -13680,7 +14479,7 @@ given in the section below.
`@ifnotxml'
Begin a stretch of text that will be ignored in one output format
but not the others. The text appears in the formats not specified:
- `@ifnothtml' text is omitted from html output, etc. The exception
+ `@ifnothtml' text is omitted from HTML output, etc. The exception
is `@ifnotinfo' text, which is omitted from plain text output as
well as Info output. Pair with the corresponding `@end
ifnotFORMAT'. *Note Conditionals::.
@@ -13770,6 +14569,9 @@ given in the section below.
`@LaTeX{}'
Insert the logo LaTeX. *Note TeX and LaTeX: tex.
+`@leq{}'
+ Generate a less-than-or-equal sign, `<='. *Note geq leq::.
+
`@lisp'
Begin an example of Lisp code. Indent text, do not fill, and
select fixed-width font. Pair with `@end lisp'. *Note `@lisp':
@@ -13930,6 +14732,10 @@ given in the section below.
characters. Used for single characters, for statements, and often
for entire shell commands. *Note `@samp': samp.
+`@sansserif{TEXT}'
+ Print TEXT in a sans serif font if possible. No effect in Info.
+ *Note Fonts::.
+
`@sc{TEXT}'
Set TEXT in a printed output in THE SMALL CAPS FONT and set text
in the Info file in uppercase letters. *Note Smallcaps::.
@@ -13983,10 +14789,14 @@ given in the section below.
`@shorttitlepage TITLE'
Generate a minimal title page. *Note `@titlepage': titlepage.
+`@slanted{TEXT}'
+ Print TEXT in a slanted font if possible. No effect in Info.
+ *Note Fonts::.
+
`@smallbook'
Cause TeX to produce a printed manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format
rather than the regular 8.5 by 11 inch format. *Note Printing
- Small Books: smallbook. Also, see *Note small::.
+ Small Books: smallbook. Also, see *note small::.
`@smalldisplay'
Begin a kind of example. Like `@smallexample' (narrow margins, no
@@ -14077,8 +14887,8 @@ given in the section below.
each first column entry on the same line as `@item'. First column
entries are printed in the font resulting from FORMATTING-COMMAND.
Pair with `@end table'. *Note Making a Two-column Table:
- Two-column Tables. Also see *Note `@ftable' and `@vtable': ftable
- vtable, and *Note `@itemx': itemx.
+ Two-column Tables. Also see *note `@ftable' and `@vtable': ftable
+ vtable, and *note `@itemx': itemx.
`@TeX{}'
Insert the logo TeX. *Note TeX and LaTeX: tex.
@@ -14089,14 +14899,16 @@ given in the section below.
`@thischapter'
`@thischaptername'
+`@thischapternum'
`@thisfile'
`@thispage'
`@thistitle'
- Only allowed in a heading or footing. Stands for the number and
- name of the current chapter (in the format `Chapter 1: Title'),
- the chapter name only, the filename, the current page number, and
- the title of the document, respectively. *Note How to Make Your
- Own Headings: Custom Headings.
+ Only allowed in a heading or footing. Stands for, respectively,
+ the number and name of the current chapter (in the format `Chapter
+ 1: Title'), the current chapter name only, the current chapter
+ number only, the filename, the current page number, and the title
+ of the document, respectively. *Note How to Make Your Own
+ Headings: Custom Headings.
`@tie{}'
Generate a normal interword space at which a line break is not
@@ -14216,8 +15028,8 @@ given in the section below.
In a printed manual, insert whitespace so as to push text on the
remainder of the page towards the bottom of the page. Used in
formatting the copyright page with the argument `0pt plus 1filll'.
- (Note spelling of `filll'.) `@vskip' may be used only in
- contexts ignored for Info. *Note Copyright::.
+ (Note spelling of `filll'.) `@vskip' may be used only in contexts
+ ignored for Info. *Note Copyright::.
`@vtable FORMATTING-COMMAND'
Begin a two-column table, using `@item' for each entry.
@@ -14239,7 +15051,7 @@ given in the section below.
mandatory. *Note `@xref': xref.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Command Syntax, Up: Command List
+File: texinfo, Node: Command Syntax, Up: Command List
A.1 @-Command Syntax
====================
@@ -14251,11 +15063,9 @@ the same meaning that `\' has in plain TeX.) Texinfo has four types of
1. Non-alphabetic commands.
These commands consist of an @ followed by a punctuation mark or
other character that is not part of the alphabet. Non-alphabetic
- commands are almost always part of the text within a paragraph,
- and never take any argument. The two characters (@ and the other
- one) are complete in themselves; none is followed by braces. The
- non-alphabetic commands are: `@.', `@:', `@*', `@SPACE', `@TAB',
- `@NL', `@@', `@{', and `@}'.
+ commands are almost always part of the text within a paragraph.
+ The non-alphabetic commands include `@@', `@{', `@}', `@.',
+ `@SPACE', most of the accent commands, and many more.
2. Alphabetic commands that do not require arguments.
These commands start with @ followed by a word followed by left-
@@ -14298,7 +15108,7 @@ because it cannot appear at the beginning of a line. It is also no
longer needed, since all formatters now refill paragraphs automatically.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Tips, Next: Sample Texinfo Files, Prev: Command List, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Tips, Next: Sample Texinfo Files, Prev: Command List, Up: Top
Appendix B Tips and Hints
*************************
@@ -14332,8 +15142,8 @@ split across pages.
different place in the document.
* Write index entries only where a topic is discussed significantly.
- For example, it is not useful to index "debugging information" in
- a chapter on reporting bugs. Someone who wants to know about
+ For example, it is not useful to index "debugging information" in a
+ chapter on reporting bugs. Someone who wants to know about
debugging information will certainly not find it in that chapter.
* Consistently capitalize the first word of every concept index
@@ -14422,7 +15232,7 @@ section (for people reading the printed output) and the Top node (for
people reading the online output).
It is easiest to do this using `@set' and `@value'. *Note `@value'
-Example: value Example, and *Note GNU Sample Texts::.
+Example: value Example, and *note GNU Sample Texts::.
Definition Commands
...................
@@ -14607,7 +15417,7 @@ And Finally ...
it is as if the text were within `@ignore' ... `@end ignore'.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Sample Texinfo Files, Next: Include Files, Prev: Tips, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Sample Texinfo Files, Next: Include Files, Prev: Tips, Up: Top
Appendix C Sample Texinfo Files
*******************************
@@ -14624,7 +15434,7 @@ the full texts to be used in GNU manuals.
* All-permissive Copying License::

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Short Sample Texinfo File, Next: GNU Sample Texts, Up: Sample Texinfo Files
+File: texinfo, Node: Short Sample Texinfo File, Next: GNU Sample Texts, Up: Sample Texinfo Files
C.1 Short Sample
================
@@ -14647,7 +15457,7 @@ printed manual.
@copying
This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file.
- Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@end copying
@titlepage
@@ -14701,7 +15511,7 @@ printed manual.
@bye

-File: texinfo.info, Node: GNU Sample Texts, Next: Verbatim Copying License, Prev: Short Sample Texinfo File, Up: Sample Texinfo Files
+File: texinfo, Node: GNU Sample Texts, Next: Verbatim Copying License, Prev: Short Sample Texinfo File, Up: Sample Texinfo Files
C.2 GNU Sample Texts
====================
@@ -14722,9 +15532,9 @@ Beginning a File::, for a full explanation of that minimal example.
Here are some notes on the example:
* The `$Id:' comment is for the CVS (*note Overview: (cvs)Top.) or
- RCS (see rcsintro(1)) version control systems, which expand it
- into a string such as:
- $Id: texinfo.txi,v 1.52 2004/04/09 21:30:07 karl Exp $
+ RCS (`http://www.gnu.org/software/rcs') version control systems,
+ which expand it into a string such as:
+ $Id: texinfo.txi,v 1.220 2008/04/09 17:07:31 karl Exp $
(This is useful in all sources that use version control, not just
manuals.) You may wish to include the `$Id:' comment in the
`@copying' text, if you want a completely unambiguous reference to
@@ -14762,9 +15572,15 @@ Beginning a File::, for a full explanation of that minimal example.
in that case the sample texts given here have to be modified.
*Note GNU Free Documentation License::.
- * If your manual has invariant sections (again, see the license
- itself for details), then don't forget to change the text here
- accordingly.
+ * If the FSF is not the copyright holder, then use the appropriate
+ name.
+
+ * If your manual is not published on paper by the FSF, then omit the
+ last sentence in the Back-Cover Text that talks about copies from
+ GNU Press.
+
+ * If your manual has Invariant Sections (again, see the license
+ itself for details), then change the text here accordingly.
* For documents that express your personal views, feelings or
experiences, it is more appropriate to use a license permitting
@@ -14774,9 +15590,8 @@ Beginning a File::, for a full explanation of that minimal example.
Here is the sample document:
-
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment $Id: texinfo.txi,v 1.52 2004/04/09 21:30:07 karl Exp $
+@comment $Id: texinfo.txi,v 1.220 2008/04/09 17:07:31 karl Exp $
@comment %**start of header
@setfilename sample.info
@include version.texi
@@ -14784,24 +15599,23 @@ Beginning a File::, for a full explanation of that minimal example.
@syncodeindex pg cp
@comment %**end of header
@copying
-This manual is for GNU Sample
-(version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
+This manual is for GNU Sample (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}),
which is an example in the Texinfo documentation.
-Copyright @copyright{} 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@quotation
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the
license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation
License.''
-(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
-this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free
-Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
+(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
+copy and modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF
+supports it in developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
@end quotation
@end copying
@@ -14825,7 +15639,7 @@ Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
@node Top
@top GNU Sample
-@insertcopying
+This manual is for GNU Sample (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}).
@end ifnottex
@menu
@@ -14846,12 +15660,8 @@ invoke, but if there was, you could see its basic usage
and command line options here.
-@node Copying This Manual
-@appendix Copying This Manual
-
-@menu
-* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
-@end menu
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
@include fdl.texi
@@ -14864,7 +15674,7 @@ and command line options here.
@bye

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Verbatim Copying License, Next: All-permissive Copying License, Prev: GNU Sample Texts, Up: Sample Texinfo Files
+File: texinfo, Node: Verbatim Copying License, Next: All-permissive Copying License, Prev: GNU Sample Texts, Up: Sample Texinfo Files
C.3 Verbatim Copying License
============================
@@ -14881,11 +15691,10 @@ permitting only verbatim copying.
only. This is just the license text itself. For a complete sample
document, see the previous sections.
-
@copying
This document is a sample for allowing verbatim copying only.
-Copyright @copyright{} 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@quotation
Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies
@@ -14895,7 +15704,7 @@ copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved.
@end copying

-File: texinfo.info, Node: All-permissive Copying License, Prev: Verbatim Copying License, Up: Sample Texinfo Files
+File: texinfo, Node: All-permissive Copying License, Prev: Verbatim Copying License, Up: Sample Texinfo Files
C.4 All-permissive Copying License
==================================
@@ -14913,14 +15722,14 @@ all-permissive license.
the license text itself. For a complete sample document, see the
previous sections.
- Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Include Files, Next: Headings, Prev: Sample Texinfo Files, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Include Files, Next: Headings, Prev: Sample Texinfo Files, Up: Top
Appendix D Include Files
************************
@@ -14946,7 +15755,7 @@ conveniently small parts.
has changed over time.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Using Include Files, Next: texinfo-multiple-files-update, Up: Include Files
+File: texinfo, Node: Using Include Files, Next: texinfo-multiple-files-update, Up: Include Files
D.1 How to Use Include Files
============================
@@ -14997,7 +15806,7 @@ Small includable files like this are created by Automake (*note GNU
Sample Texts::).

-File: texinfo.info, Node: texinfo-multiple-files-update, Next: Include Files Requirements, Prev: Using Include Files, Up: Include Files
+File: texinfo, Node: texinfo-multiple-files-update, Next: Include Files Requirements, Prev: Using Include Files, Up: Include Files
D.2 `texinfo-multiple-files-update'
===================================
@@ -15057,7 +15866,7 @@ command inserts a master menu; with a numeric prefix argument, such as
files and then inserts a master menu.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Include Files Requirements, Next: Sample Include File, Prev: texinfo-multiple-files-update, Up: Include Files
+File: texinfo, Node: Include Files Requirements, Next: Sample Include File, Prev: texinfo-multiple-files-update, Up: Include Files
D.3 Include Files Requirements
==============================
@@ -15083,7 +15892,7 @@ should _not_ contain any nodes besides the single `Top' node. The
`texinfo-multiple-files-update' command will not process them.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Sample Include File, Next: Include Files Evolution, Prev: Include Files Requirements, Up: Include Files
+File: texinfo, Node: Sample Include File, Next: Include Files Evolution, Prev: Include Files Requirements, Up: Include Files
D.4 Sample File with `@include'
===============================
@@ -15129,7 +15938,7 @@ Manual' is named `elisp.texi'. This outer file contains a master menu
with 417 entries and a list of 41 `@include' files.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Include Files Evolution, Prev: Sample Include File, Up: Include Files
+File: texinfo, Node: Include Files Evolution, Prev: Sample Include File, Up: Include Files
D.5 Evolution of Include Files
==============================
@@ -15144,7 +15953,7 @@ way, Emacs could avoid wasting memory.
References from one file to another were made by referring to the file
name as well as the node name. (*Note Referring to Other Info Files:
-Other Info Files. Also, see *Note `@xref' with Four and Five
+Other Info Files. Also, see *note `@xref' with Four and Five
Arguments: Four and Five Arguments.)
Include files were designed primarily as a way to create a single,
@@ -15170,7 +15979,7 @@ write menus and cross references without naming the different Texinfo
files.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Headings, Next: Catching Mistakes, Prev: Include Files, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Headings, Next: Catching Mistakes, Prev: Include Files, Up: Top
Appendix E Page Headings
************************
@@ -15188,7 +15997,7 @@ paginated.)
* Custom Headings:: How to create your own headings and footings.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Headings Introduced, Next: Heading Format, Up: Headings
+File: texinfo, Node: Headings Introduced, Next: Heading Format, Up: Headings
E.1 Headings Introduced
=======================
@@ -15226,7 +16035,7 @@ flushleft; text for the middle part is centered; and, text for the
right part is set flushright.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Heading Format, Next: Heading Choice, Prev: Headings Introduced, Up: Headings
+File: texinfo, Node: Heading Format, Next: Heading Choice, Prev: Headings Introduced, Up: Headings
E.2 Standard Heading Formats
============================
@@ -15283,7 +16092,7 @@ and a colon. This makes it easier to keep track of where you are in the
manual.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Heading Choice, Next: Custom Headings, Prev: Heading Format, Up: Headings
+File: texinfo, Node: Heading Choice, Next: Custom Headings, Prev: Heading Format, Up: Headings
E.3 Specifying the Type of Heading
==================================
@@ -15310,7 +16119,7 @@ No `@setchapternewpage' command
of the preceding chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace.
Also cause TeX to typeset for single-sided printing. (You can
override the headers format with the `@headings double' command;
- see *Note The `@headings' Command: headings on off.)
+ see *note The `@headings' Command: headings on off.)
`@setchapternewpage odd'
Specify the double-sided heading format, with chapters on new
@@ -15319,7 +16128,7 @@ No `@setchapternewpage' command
Texinfo lacks an `@setchapternewpage even' command.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Custom Headings, Prev: Heading Choice, Up: Headings
+File: texinfo, Node: Custom Headings, Prev: Heading Choice, Up: Headings
E.4 How to Make Your Own Headings
=================================
@@ -15388,9 +16197,23 @@ and `@end iftex' commands.
`@thispage'
Expands to the current page number.
+`@thissectionname'
+ Expands to the name of the current section.
+
+`@thissectionnum'
+ Expands to the number of the current section.
+
+`@thissection'
+ Expands to the number and name of the current section, in the
+ format `Section 1: Title'.
+
`@thischaptername'
Expands to the name of the current chapter.
+`@thischapternum'
+ Expands to the number of the current chapter, or letter of the
+ current appendix.
+
`@thischapter'
Expands to the number and name of the current chapter, in the
format `Chapter 1: Title'.
@@ -15421,8 +16244,36 @@ particularly when you are writing drafts:
Beware of overlong titles: they may overlap another part of the
header or footer and blot it out.
+ If you have very short chapters and/or sections, several of them can
+appear on a single page. You can specify which chapters and sections
+you want `@thischapter', `@thissection' and other such macros to refer
+to on such pages as follows:
+
+`@everyheadingmarks REF'
+`@everyfootingmarks REF'
+ The REF argument can be either `top' (the `@this...' commands will
+ refer to the chapter/section at the top of a page) or `bottom'
+ (the commands will reflect the situation at the bottom of a page).
+ These `@every...' commands specify what to do on both even- and
+ odd-numbered pages.
+
+`@evenheadingmarks REF'
+`@oddheadingmarks REF'
+`@evenfootingmarks REF'
+`@oddfootingmarks REF'
+ These `@even...' and `@odd...' commands specify what to do on only
+ even- or odd-numbered pages, respectively. The REF argument is
+ the same as with the `@every...' commands.
+
+ Write these commands immediately after the `@...contents' commands,
+or after the `@end titlepage' command if you don't have a table of
+contents or if it is printed at the end of your manual.
+
+ By default the `@this...' commands reflect the situation at the
+bottom of a page both in headings and in footings.
+

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Catching Mistakes, Next: Copying This Manual, Prev: Headings, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Catching Mistakes, Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Prev: Headings, Up: Top
Appendix F Formatting Mistakes
******************************
@@ -15453,7 +16304,7 @@ command and you can use the `M-x Info-validate' command.
* Running Info-Validate:: How to find badly referenced nodes.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: makeinfo Preferred, Next: Debugging with Info, Up: Catching Mistakes
+File: texinfo, Node: makeinfo Preferred, Next: Debugging with Info, Up: Catching Mistakes
F.1 `makeinfo' Find Errors
==========================
@@ -15473,7 +16324,7 @@ problem is very puzzling, then you may want to use the tools described
in this appendix.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Debugging with Info, Next: Debugging with TeX, Prev: makeinfo Preferred, Up: Catching Mistakes
+File: texinfo, Node: Debugging with Info, Next: Debugging with TeX, Prev: makeinfo Preferred, Up: Catching Mistakes
F.2 Catching Errors with Info Formatting
========================================
@@ -15555,7 +16406,7 @@ Mistakes' node. (If you try this, you can return from the `Catching
Mistakes' node by typing `l' (`Info-last').)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Debugging with TeX, Next: Using texinfo-show-structure, Prev: Debugging with Info, Up: Catching Mistakes
+File: texinfo, Node: Debugging with TeX, Next: Using texinfo-show-structure, Prev: Debugging with Info, Up: Catching Mistakes
F.3 Catching Errors with TeX Formatting
=======================================
@@ -15661,7 +16512,7 @@ in this circumstance, you are working directly with TeX, not with
Texinfo.)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Using texinfo-show-structure, Next: Using occur, Prev: Debugging with TeX, Up: Catching Mistakes
+File: texinfo, Node: Using texinfo-show-structure, Next: Using occur, Prev: Debugging with TeX, Up: Catching Mistakes
F.4 Using `texinfo-show-structure'
==================================
@@ -15725,7 +16576,7 @@ at the list in the `*Occur*' window; and if you have mis-named a node
or left out a section, you can correct the mistake.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Using occur, Next: Running Info-Validate, Prev: Using texinfo-show-structure, Up: Catching Mistakes
+File: texinfo, Node: Using occur, Next: Running Info-Validate, Prev: Using texinfo-show-structure, Up: Catching Mistakes
F.5 Using `occur'
=================
@@ -15761,7 +16612,7 @@ section and therefore have the same `Up' pointer.
information.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Running Info-Validate, Prev: Using occur, Up: Catching Mistakes
+File: texinfo, Node: Running Info-Validate, Prev: Using occur, Up: Catching Mistakes
F.6 Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
==================================
@@ -15787,7 +16638,7 @@ Info file from scratch.
* Splitting:: How to split a file manually.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Using Info-validate, Next: Unsplit, Up: Running Info-Validate
+File: texinfo, Node: Using Info-validate, Next: Unsplit, Up: Running Info-Validate
F.6.1 Running `Info-validate'
-----------------------------
@@ -15834,7 +16685,7 @@ that it does not split the Info file; and you must create a tag table
for the unsplit file.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Unsplit, Next: Tagifying, Prev: Using Info-validate, Up: Running Info-Validate
+File: texinfo, Node: Unsplit, Next: Tagifying, Prev: Using Info-validate, Up: Running Info-Validate
F.6.2 Creating an Unsplit File
------------------------------
@@ -15862,7 +16713,7 @@ When you do this, Texinfo will not split the file and will not create a
tag table for it.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Tagifying, Next: Splitting, Prev: Unsplit, Up: Running Info-Validate
+File: texinfo, Node: Tagifying, Next: Splitting, Prev: Unsplit, Up: Running Info-Validate
F.6.3 Tagifying a File
----------------------
@@ -15891,7 +16742,7 @@ table and split the file automatically, or you can make the tag table
and split the file manually.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Splitting, Prev: Tagifying, Up: Running Info-Validate
+File: texinfo, Node: Splitting, Prev: Tagifying, Up: Running Info-Validate
F.6.4 Splitting a File Manually
-------------------------------
@@ -15932,25 +16783,15 @@ generated by appending `-' and a number to the original file name.
the tag table and a directory of subfiles.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Copying This Manual, Next: Command and Variable Index, Prev: Catching Mistakes, Up: Top
-
-Appendix G Copying This Manual
-******************************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
-
-
-File: texinfo.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Copying This Manual
+File: texinfo, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Next: Command and Variable Index, Prev: Catching Mistakes, Up: Top
-G.1 GNU Free Documentation License
-==================================
+Appendix G GNU Free Documentation License
+*****************************************
Version 1.2, November 2002
Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
+ 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@@ -16342,8 +17183,8 @@ G.1 GNU Free Documentation License
you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation.
-G.1.1 ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
-----------------------------------------------------------
+ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+====================================================
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
@@ -16374,7 +17215,7 @@ free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to
permit their use in free software.

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Command and Variable Index, Next: Concept Index, Prev: Copying This Manual, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: Command and Variable Index, Next: General Index, Prev: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top
Command and Variable Index
**************************
@@ -16387,11 +17228,12 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* Menu:
* ! (end of sentence): Ending a Sentence. (line 6)
-* " (umlaut accent): Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* ' (umlaut accent): Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* " (umlaut accent): Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* ' (umlaut accent): Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* * (force line break): Line Breaks. (line 6)
-* , (cedilla accent): Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* , (cedilla accent): Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* - (discretionary hyphen): - and hyphenation. (line 6)
+* - (in image alt string): Image Syntax. (line 39)
* . (end of sentence): Ending a Sentence. (line 6)
* / (allow line break): Line Breaks. (line 6)
* <colon> (suppress end-of-sentence space): Not Ending a Sentence.
@@ -16399,43 +17241,46 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* <newline>: Multiple Spaces. (line 6)
* <space>: Multiple Spaces. (line 6)
* <tab>: Multiple Spaces. (line 6)
-* = (macron accent): Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* = (macron accent): Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* ? (end of sentence): Ending a Sentence. (line 6)
* @ (literal @): Inserting an Atsign. (line 6)
-* \ (literal \ in @math): math. (line 28)
+* \ (literal \ in @math): math. (line 42)
* \emergencystretch: Overfull hboxes. (line 31)
* \gdef within @tex: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 29)
* \input (raw TeX startup): Minimum. (line 24)
* \mag (raw TeX magnification): Cropmarks and Magnification.
(line 24)
-* ^ (circumflex accent): Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* ` (grave accent): Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* AA: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* aa: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* ^ (circumflex accent): Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* ` (grave accent): Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* AA: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* aa: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* abbr: abbr. (line 6)
* acronym: acronym. (line 6)
-* AE: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* ae: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* AE: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* ae: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* afourlatex: A4 Paper. (line 23)
* afourpaper: A4 Paper. (line 6)
* afourwide: A4 Paper. (line 23)
* alias: alias. (line 6)
+* allowcodebreaks: allowcodebreaks. (line 6)
* anchor: anchor. (line 6)
* appendix: unnumbered & appendix.
(line 6)
* appendixsec: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading.
(line 6)
* appendixsection: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading.
- (line 18)
+ (line 19)
* appendixsubsec: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading.
(line 6)
* appendixsubsubsec: subsubsection. (line 6)
* apply: Sample Function Definition.
(line 14)
+* arrow: Click Sequences. (line 17)
* asis: table. (line 20)
* author: title subtitle author.
(line 6)
-* b (bold font): Fonts. (line 6)
+* b (bold font): Fonts. (line 30)
* bullet: bullet. (line 6)
* bye <1>: File End. (line 6)
* bye: Ending a File. (line 6)
@@ -16449,6 +17294,10 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
(line 6)
* chapter: chapter. (line 6)
* cite: cite. (line 6)
+* clear: set value. (line 6)
+* click: Click Sequences. (line 17)
+* clicksequence: Click Sequences. (line 6)
+* clickstyle: Click Sequences. (line 21)
* code: code. (line 6)
* columnfractions: Multitable Column Widths.
(line 11)
@@ -16457,8 +17306,8 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* comment: Comments. (line 6)
* contents: Contents. (line 6)
* copying: copying. (line 6)
-* copyright <1>: copying. (line 37)
-* copyright: copyright symbol. (line 6)
+* copyright <1>: copyright symbol. (line 6)
+* copyright: copying. (line 37)
* cropmarks: Cropmarks and Magnification.
(line 6)
* defcodeindex: New Indices. (line 6)
@@ -16472,7 +17321,7 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
(line 47)
* defmac: Functions Commands. (line 58)
* defmethod: Object-Oriented Methods.
- (line 80)
+ (line 59)
* defop: Object-Oriented Methods.
(line 11)
* defopt: Variables Commands. (line 56)
@@ -16491,6 +17340,9 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* defun: Functions Commands. (line 48)
* defvar: Variables Commands. (line 38)
* defvr: Variables Commands. (line 8)
+* detailmenu <1>: makeinfo Pointer Creation.
+ (line 24)
+* detailmenu: Master Menu Parts. (line 18)
* dfn: dfn. (line 6)
* dircategory: Installing Dir Entries.
(line 11)
@@ -16501,29 +17353,37 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* docbook: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 53)
* documentdescription: documentdescription. (line 6)
-* documentencoding: documentencoding. (line 6)
+* documentencoding <1>: documentencoding. (line 6)
+* documentencoding <2>: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 24)
+* documentencoding: Inserting Accents. (line 13)
* documentlanguage: documentlanguage. (line 6)
-* dotaccent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* dotless: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* dotaccent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* dotless: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* dots: dots. (line 6)
* email: email. (line 6)
* emph: emph & strong. (line 6)
* end <1>: Introducing Lists. (line 20)
* end: Quotations and Examples.
- (line 15)
+ (line 10)
* end titlepage: end titlepage. (line 6)
* enddots: dots. (line 6)
* enumerate: enumerate. (line 6)
* env: env. (line 6)
* equiv: Equivalence. (line 6)
* error: Error Glyph. (line 6)
-* evenfooting: Custom Headings. (line 51)
-* evenheading: Custom Headings. (line 51)
-* everyfooting: Custom Headings. (line 44)
-* everyheading: Custom Headings. (line 44)
+* euro: euro. (line 6)
+* evenfooting: Custom Headings. (line 55)
+* evenfootingmarks: Custom Headings. (line 134)
+* evenheading: Custom Headings. (line 55)
+* evenheadingmarks: Custom Headings. (line 134)
+* everyfooting: Custom Headings. (line 46)
+* everyfootingmarks: Custom Headings. (line 124)
+* everyheading: Custom Headings. (line 46)
+* everyheadingmarks: Custom Headings. (line 124)
* example: example. (line 6)
* exampleindent: exampleindent. (line 6)
-* exclamdown: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* exclamdown: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* exdent: exdent. (line 6)
* expansion: expansion. (line 6)
* file: file. (line 6)
@@ -16538,14 +17398,29 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
(line 6)
* fn-name: Def Cmd Continuation Lines.
(line 19)
+* fonttextsize: Fonts. (line 6)
* foobar: Optional Arguments. (line 23)
* footnote: Footnotes. (line 6)
* footnotestyle: Footnote Styles. (line 44)
* format: format. (line 6)
* forward-word: Def Cmd Template. (line 35)
+* frenchspacing: frenchspacing. (line 6)
* ftable: ftable vtable. (line 6)
+* geq: geq leq. (line 6)
* group: group. (line 6)
-* H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* guillemetleft: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* guillemetright: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* guillemotleft: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* guillemotright: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* guilsinglleft: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* guilsinglright: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* H (Hungarian umlaut accent): Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* hbox: Overfull hboxes. (line 14)
* heading: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading.
(line 6)
@@ -16555,7 +17430,7 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* html: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 45)
* hyphenation: - and hyphenation. (line 6)
-* i (italic font): Fonts. (line 6)
+* i (italic font): Fonts. (line 33)
* ifclear: ifset ifclear. (line 47)
* ifdocbook <1>: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 53)
@@ -16607,9 +17482,10 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* kbd: kbd. (line 6)
* kbdinputstyle: kbd. (line 26)
* key: key. (line 6)
-* l: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* L: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* L: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* l: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* LaTeX: tex. (line 6)
+* leq: geq leq. (line 6)
* lisp: lisp. (line 6)
* listoffloats: listoffloats. (line 6)
* lowersections: Raise/lower sections.
@@ -16630,19 +17506,21 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* node: node. (line 6)
* noindent: noindent. (line 6)
* novalidate: Format with tex/texindex.
- (line 84)
-* o: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* O: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+ (line 83)
+* O: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* o: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* occur: Using occur. (line 6)
* occur-mode-goto-occurrence: Showing the Structure.
(line 22)
-* oddfooting: Custom Headings. (line 51)
-* oddheading: Custom Headings. (line 51)
-* oe: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* OE: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* oddfooting: Custom Headings. (line 55)
+* oddfootingmarks: Custom Headings. (line 134)
+* oddheading: Custom Headings. (line 55)
+* oddheadingmarks: Custom Headings. (line 134)
+* OE: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* oe: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* option: option. (line 6)
-* ordf: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* ordm: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* ordf: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* ordm: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* page: page. (line 6)
* page, within @titlepage: titlepage. (line 17)
* pagesizes: pagesizes. (line 6)
@@ -16654,19 +17532,33 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* printindex: Printing Indices & Menus.
(line 23)
* pxref: pxref. (line 6)
-* questiondown: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* questiondown: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* quotation: quotation. (line 6)
-* r (roman font): Fonts. (line 6)
+* quotedblbase: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* quotedblleft: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* quotedblright: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* quoteleft: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* quoteright: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* quotesinglbase: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* r (roman font): Fonts. (line 36)
* raisesections: Raise/lower sections.
(line 6)
* ref: ref. (line 6)
* registeredsymbol: registered symbol. (line 6)
* result: result. (line 6)
-* ringaccent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* ringaccent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* rmacro: Defining Macros. (line 44)
* samp: samp. (line 6)
+* sansserif (sans serif font): Fonts. (line 40)
* sc (small caps font): Smallcaps. (line 6)
* section: section. (line 6)
+* set: set value. (line 6)
* setchapternewpage: setchapternewpage. (line 6)
* setcontentsaftertitlepage: Contents. (line 51)
* setfilename: setfilename. (line 6)
@@ -16676,16 +17568,17 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
(line 6)
* shortcontents: Contents. (line 6)
* shorttitlepage: titlepage. (line 46)
+* slanted (slanted font): Fonts. (line 43)
* smallbook: smallbook. (line 6)
-* smalldisplay <1>: small. (line 6)
-* smalldisplay: display. (line 16)
+* smalldisplay <1>: display. (line 17)
+* smalldisplay: small. (line 6)
* smallexample: small. (line 6)
* smallformat <1>: format. (line 15)
* smallformat: small. (line 6)
* smalllisp: small. (line 6)
* sp (line spacing): sp. (line 6)
* sp (titlepage line spacing): titlefont center sp. (line 6)
-* ss: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* ss: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* strong: emph & strong. (line 6)
* subheading: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading.
(line 6)
@@ -16697,7 +17590,7 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* summarycontents: Contents. (line 6)
* syncodeindex: syncodeindex. (line 6)
* synindex: synindex. (line 6)
-* t (typewriter font): Fonts. (line 6)
+* t (typewriter font): Fonts. (line 46)
* tab: Multitable Rows. (line 6)
* table: Two-column Tables. (line 6)
* tex: Raw Formatter Commands.
@@ -16735,33 +17628,38 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
(line 34)
* texinfo-sequential-node-update: Other Updating Commands.
(line 54)
-* texinfo-show-structure <1>: Showing the Structure.
- (line 18)
-* texinfo-show-structure: Using texinfo-show-structure.
+* texinfo-show-structure <1>: Using texinfo-show-structure.
(line 6)
+* texinfo-show-structure: Showing the Structure.
+ (line 18)
* texinfo-start-menu-description: Inserting. (line 94)
* texinfo-tex-buffer: Printing. (line 21)
* texinfo-tex-print: Printing. (line 42)
* texinfo-tex-region: Printing. (line 27)
* texinfo-update-node: Updating Commands. (line 83)
-* thischapter: Custom Headings. (line 73)
-* thischaptername: Custom Headings. (line 70)
-* thisfile: Custom Headings. (line 81)
-* thispage: Custom Headings. (line 67)
-* thistitle: Custom Headings. (line 77)
+* textdegree: textdegree. (line 6)
+* thischapter: Custom Headings. (line 88)
+* thischaptername: Custom Headings. (line 81)
+* thischapternum: Custom Headings. (line 84)
+* thisfile: Custom Headings. (line 96)
+* thispage: Custom Headings. (line 68)
+* thissection: Custom Headings. (line 77)
+* thissectionname: Custom Headings. (line 71)
+* thissectionnum: Custom Headings. (line 74)
+* thistitle: Custom Headings. (line 92)
* tie (unbreakable interword space): tie. (line 6)
-* tieaccent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* tieaccent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* title: title subtitle author.
(line 6)
* titlefont: titlefont center sp. (line 6)
* titlepage: titlepage. (line 6)
-* today: Custom Headings. (line 90)
-* top: The Top Node. (line 13)
+* today: Custom Headings. (line 104)
+* top: The Top Node. (line 12)
* top (@-command): makeinfo top command.
(line 6)
-* u (breve accent): Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* ubaraccent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* udotaccent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* u (breve accent): Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* ubaraccent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* udotaccent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* unmacro: Defining Macros. (line 56)
* unnumbered: unnumbered & appendix.
(line 6)
@@ -16772,7 +17670,7 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* unnumberedsubsubsec: subsubsection. (line 6)
* up-list: Inserting. (line 72)
* uref: uref. (line 6)
-* v (check accent): Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* v (check accent): Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* value: set value. (line 6)
* var: var. (line 6)
* verb: verb. (line 6)
@@ -16786,132 +17684,184 @@ commands are listed without their preceding `@'.
* xref: xref. (line 6)
* { (literal {): Inserting Braces. (line 6)
* } (literal }): Inserting Braces. (line 6)
-* ~ (tilde accent): Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* ~ (tilde accent): Inserting Accents. (line 18)

-File: texinfo.info, Node: Concept Index, Prev: Command and Variable Index, Up: Top
+File: texinfo, Node: General Index, Prev: Command and Variable Index, Up: Top
-Concept Index
+General Index
*************
* Menu:
-* !: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* !: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* ": Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* " (double low-9 quotation mark): Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
* $Id: GNU Sample Texts. (line 21)
* $Id expansion, preventing: w. (line 28)
+* ': Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
* (dir) as Up node of Top node: First Node. (line 13)
+* , (single low-9 quotation mark): Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* -, breakpoint within @code: allowcodebreaks. (line 6)
+* --align=COLUMN: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 37)
+* --calign=COLUMN: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 47)
+* --command (texi2dvi): Format with texi2dvi.
+ (line 23)
* --commands-in-node-names: makeinfo options. (line 34)
* --css-include: makeinfo options. (line 41)
+* --css-ref: makeinfo options. (line 46)
+* --debug: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 55)
* --delete: Invoking install-info.
- (line 32)
+ (line 58)
+* --description=TEXT: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 64)
* --dir-file=NAME: Invoking install-info.
- (line 38)
-* --docbook: makeinfo options. (line 46)
-* --enable-encoding <1>: makeinfo options. (line 49)
-* --enable-encoding: documentencoding. (line 26)
+ (line 69)
+* --disable-encoding: makeinfo options. (line 52)
+* --docbook: makeinfo options. (line 59)
+* --document-language: makeinfo options. (line 62)
+* --dry-run: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 73)
+* --enable-encoding <1>: makeinfo options. (line 52)
+* --enable-encoding: documentencoding. (line 43)
* --entry=TEXT: Invoking install-info.
- (line 43)
-* --error-limit=LIMIT: makeinfo options. (line 55)
-* --fill-column=WIDTH: makeinfo options. (line 61)
+ (line 76)
+* --error-limit=LIMIT: makeinfo options. (line 69)
+* --fill-column=WIDTH: makeinfo options. (line 75)
* --footnote-style, ignored in HTML output: HTML Translation. (line 13)
-* --footnote-style=STYLE: makeinfo options. (line 70)
-* --force: makeinfo options. (line 81)
-* --help <1>: makeinfo options. (line 86)
-* --help: Invoking install-info.
- (line 51)
-* --html: makeinfo options. (line 90)
-* --ifdocbook: makeinfo options. (line 104)
-* --ifhtml: makeinfo options. (line 105)
-* --ifinfo: makeinfo options. (line 106)
-* --ifplaintext: makeinfo options. (line 107)
-* --iftex: makeinfo options. (line 108)
-* --ifxml: makeinfo options. (line 109)
+* --footnote-style=STYLE: makeinfo options. (line 84)
+* --force: makeinfo options. (line 95)
+* --help <1>: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 83)
+* --help: makeinfo options. (line 100)
+* --html: makeinfo options. (line 104)
+* --ifdocbook: makeinfo options. (line 118)
+* --ifhtml: makeinfo options. (line 119)
+* --ifinfo: makeinfo options. (line 120)
+* --ifplaintext: makeinfo options. (line 121)
+* --iftex: makeinfo options. (line 122)
+* --ifxml: makeinfo options. (line 123)
* --info-dir=DIR: Invoking install-info.
- (line 61)
+ (line 91)
* --info-file=FILE: Invoking install-info.
- (line 56)
+ (line 87)
+* --infodir=DIR: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 95)
* --item=TEXT: Invoking install-info.
- (line 65)
-* --macro-expand=FILE: makeinfo options. (line 117)
-* --no-headers: makeinfo options. (line 123)
-* --no-ifdocbook: makeinfo options. (line 138)
-* --no-ifhtml: makeinfo options. (line 139)
-* --no-ifinfo: makeinfo options. (line 140)
-* --no-ifplaintext: makeinfo options. (line 141)
-* --no-iftex: makeinfo options. (line 142)
-* --no-ifxml: makeinfo options. (line 143)
-* --no-number-footnotes: makeinfo options. (line 173)
-* --no-pointer-validate: makeinfo options. (line 156)
-* --no-split: makeinfo options. (line 148)
-* --no-validate: makeinfo options. (line 156)
-* --no-warn: makeinfo options. (line 163)
-* --number-sections: makeinfo options. (line 169)
-* --output=FILE: makeinfo options. (line 179)
-* --paragraph-indent=INDENT: makeinfo options. (line 193)
+ (line 98)
+* --keep-old: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 102)
+* --language (texi2dvi): Format with texi2dvi.
+ (line 42)
+* --macro-expand=FILE: makeinfo options. (line 130)
+* --max-width=COLUMN: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 106)
+* --maxwidth=COLUMN: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 110)
+* --menuentry=TEXT: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 113)
+* --name=TEXT: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 116)
+* --no-headers: makeinfo options. (line 138)
+* --no-ifdocbook: makeinfo options. (line 153)
+* --no-ifhtml: makeinfo options. (line 154)
+* --no-ifinfo: makeinfo options. (line 155)
+* --no-ifplaintext: makeinfo options. (line 156)
+* --no-iftex: makeinfo options. (line 157)
+* --no-ifxml: makeinfo options. (line 158)
+* --no-indent: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 126)
+* --no-number-footnotes: makeinfo options. (line 164)
+* --no-number-sections: makeinfo options. (line 169)
+* --no-pointer-validate: makeinfo options. (line 181)
+* --no-split: makeinfo options. (line 173)
+* --no-validate: makeinfo options. (line 181)
+* --no-warn: makeinfo options. (line 188)
+* --number-sections: makeinfo options. (line 191)
+* --output=FILE: makeinfo options. (line 197)
+* --paragraph-indent=INDENT: makeinfo options. (line 211)
+* --pdf (texi2dvi): Format with texi2dvi.
+ (line 32)
+* --plaintext: makeinfo options. (line 138)
* --quiet: Invoking install-info.
- (line 69)
-* --reference-limit=LIMIT: makeinfo options. (line 209)
+ (line 129)
+* --recode (texi2dvi): Format with texi2dvi.
+ (line 58)
+* --recode-from (texi2dvi): Format with texi2dvi.
+ (line 64)
+* --regex=REGEX: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 167)
* --remove: Invoking install-info.
- (line 73)
+ (line 133)
+* --remove-exactly: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 136)
+* --section REGEX SEC: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 148)
* --section=SEC: Invoking install-info.
- (line 77)
-* --split-size=NUM: makeinfo options. (line 215)
-* --verbose: makeinfo options. (line 222)
-* --version <1>: makeinfo options. (line 228)
-* --version: Invoking install-info.
- (line 84)
-* --xml: makeinfo options. (line 231)
-* -D DIR: Invoking install-info.
- (line 61)
-* -d NAME: Invoking install-info.
- (line 38)
+ (line 140)
+* --silent: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 130)
+* --split-size=NUM: makeinfo options. (line 226)
+* --test: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 173)
+* --translate-file (texi2dvi): Format with texi2dvi.
+ (line 53)
+* --transliterate-file-names: makeinfo options. (line 229)
+* --verbose: makeinfo options. (line 238)
+* --version <1>: Invoking install-info.
+ (line 176)
+* --version: makeinfo options. (line 244)
+* --xml: makeinfo options. (line 247)
* -D VAR: makeinfo options. (line 30)
-* -E FILE: makeinfo options. (line 117)
-* -e LIMIT: makeinfo options. (line 55)
-* -e TEXT: Invoking install-info.
- (line 43)
-* -F: makeinfo options. (line 81)
-* -f WIDTH: makeinfo options. (line 61)
-* -h <1>: makeinfo options. (line 86)
-* -h: Invoking install-info.
- (line 51)
-* -I DIR: makeinfo options. (line 96)
-* -i FILE: Invoking install-info.
- (line 56)
-* -o FILE: makeinfo options. (line 179)
-* -P DIR: makeinfo options. (line 187)
-* -p INDENT: makeinfo options. (line 193)
-* -r: Invoking install-info.
- (line 73)
-* -r LIMIT: makeinfo options. (line 209)
-* -s SEC: Invoking install-info.
- (line 77)
-* -s STYLE: makeinfo options. (line 70)
-* -V <1>: Invoking install-info.
- (line 84)
-* -V: makeinfo options. (line 228)
+* -E FILE: makeinfo options. (line 130)
+* -e LIMIT: makeinfo options. (line 69)
+* -F: makeinfo options. (line 95)
+* -f WIDTH: makeinfo options. (line 75)
+* -h: makeinfo options. (line 100)
+* -I DIR: makeinfo options. (line 110)
+* -o FILE: makeinfo options. (line 197)
+* -P DIR: makeinfo options. (line 205)
+* -p INDENT: makeinfo options. (line 211)
+* -s STYLE: makeinfo options. (line 84)
+* -V: makeinfo options. (line 244)
* .cshrc initialization file: Preparing for TeX. (line 6)
* .profile initialization file: Preparing for TeX. (line 6)
-* /l: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* /L: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* /O: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* /o: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* /L: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* /l: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* /O: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* /o: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* 8-bit characters, in HTML cross-references: HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion.
(line 6)
-* <acronym> tag: acronym. (line 15)
-* <blockquote> HTML tag: quotation. (line 45)
-* <lineannotation> Docbook tag: Fonts. (line 25)
+* <: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* <<: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* <abbr> tag: abbr. (line 22)
+* <acronym> tag: acronym. (line 19)
+* <blockquote> HTML tag: quotation. (line 44)
+* <lineannotation> Docbook tag: Fonts. (line 53)
* <meta> HTML tag, and charset specification: documentencoding.
- (line 35)
+ (line 56)
* <meta> HTML tag, and document description: documentdescription.
(line 6)
-* <note> Docbook tag: quotation. (line 45)
+* <note> Docbook tag: quotation. (line 44)
* <small> tag: Smallcaps. (line 25)
* <thead> HTML tag: Multitable Rows. (line 12)
* <title> HTML tag: settitle. (line 21)
* <URL: convention, not used: uref. (line 71)
-* ?: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* >: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* >>: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* ?: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* @ as continuation in definition commands: Def Cmd Continuation Lines.
(line 6)
* @-command list: Command List. (line 6)
@@ -16920,38 +17870,46 @@ Concept Index
* @-commands in @node, limited support: Pointer Validation. (line 36)
* @-commands in nodename: Node Line Requirements.
(line 23)
-* @import specifications, in CSS files: HTML CSS. (line 30)
+* @import specifications, in CSS files: HTML CSS. (line 35)
* @include file sample: Sample Include File. (line 6)
* @menu parts: Menu Parts. (line 6)
* @node line writing: Writing a Node. (line 6)
* @value in @node lines: Pointer Validation. (line 66)
* @w, for blank items: itemize. (line 10)
* \input source line ignored: setfilename. (line 16)
-* a: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* ^@^H for images in Info: Image Syntax. (line 63)
+* _, breakpoint within @code: allowcodebreaks. (line 6)
+* `: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* a: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* A4 paper, printing on: A4 Paper. (line 6)
* A5 paper, printing on: A4 Paper. (line 6)
-* AA: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* aa: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* Abbreviations for keys: key. (line 19)
-* Abbreviations, tagging: acronym. (line 6)
+* AA: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* aa: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* Abbreviations for keys: key. (line 20)
+* Abbreviations, tagging: abbr. (line 6)
* Abstract of document: documentdescription. (line 6)
* Accents, inserting: Inserting Accents. (line 6)
+* accesskey, in HTML output <1>: Writing a Menu. (line 28)
+* accesskey, in HTML output: node. (line 27)
* Acronyms, tagging: acronym. (line 6)
-* Acute accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* Acute accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* Adding a new Info file: New Info File. (line 6)
-* ae: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* AE: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* AE: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* ae: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* Aliases, command: alias. (line 6)
* All-permissive copying license: All-permissive Copying License.
(line 6)
* Allow line break: Line Breaks. (line 6)
* Alphabetical @-command list: Command List. (line 6)
-* Alt attribute for images: Image Syntax. (line 30)
+* Alt attribute for images: Image Syntax. (line 39)
* Anchors: anchor. (line 6)
+* Angle quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
* Another Info directory: Other Info Directories.
(line 6)
* Arguments, repeated and optional: Optional Arguments. (line 6)
-* ASCII text output: makeinfo options. (line 123)
+* ASCII text output: makeinfo options. (line 138)
* Aspect ratio of images: Image Scaling. (line 6)
* autoexec.bat: Other Info Directories.
(line 70)
@@ -16961,7 +17919,7 @@ Concept Index
* Automatically insert nodes, menus: Updating Nodes and Menus.
(line 6)
* Auxiliary files, avoiding: Format with tex/texindex.
- (line 84)
+ (line 83)
* B5 paper, printing on: pagesizes. (line 16)
* Back-end output formats: Output Formats. (line 6)
* Backslash in macros: Defining Macros. (line 37)
@@ -16979,29 +17937,30 @@ Concept Index
* Blank lines: sp. (line 6)
* Blank lines, as paragraph separator: Conventions. (line 16)
* Body of a macro: Defining Macros. (line 26)
-* Bold font: Fonts. (line 15)
+* Bold font: Fonts. (line 30)
* Bolio: History. (line 30)
* Book characteristics, printed: Printed Books. (line 6)
* Book, printing small: smallbook. (line 6)
* border-pattern: Object-Oriented Variables.
- (line 58)
+ (line 23)
* border-pattern of Window: Object-Oriented Variables.
(line 77)
* BoTeX: History. (line 30)
* Box with rounded corners: cartouche. (line 6)
* Box, ugly black in hardcopy: Overfull hboxes. (line 41)
-* Braces and argument syntax: Command Syntax. (line 40)
-* Braces, in macro arguments: Invoking Macros. (line 38)
+* Braces and argument syntax: Command Syntax. (line 38)
+* Braces, in macro arguments: Invoking Macros. (line 83)
* Braces, inserting: Inserting Braces. (line 6)
* Braces, when to use: Formatting Commands. (line 50)
* Breaks in a line: Line Breaks. (line 6)
-* Breve accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* Breaks, within @code: allowcodebreaks. (line 6)
+* Breve accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* Buffer formatting and printing: Printing. (line 6)
* Bugs, reporting: Reporting Bugs. (line 6)
* Bullets, inserting: Dots Bullets. (line 6)
* Captions, for floats: caption shortcaption.
(line 6)
-* Caron accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* Caron accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* Cascading Style Sheets, and HTML output: HTML CSS. (line 6)
* Case in node name: Node Line Requirements.
(line 42)
@@ -17010,24 +17969,29 @@ Concept Index
* Catching errors with TeX formatting: Debugging with TeX. (line 6)
* Catching mistakes: Catching Mistakes. (line 6)
* Categories, choosing: Installing Dir Entries.
- (line 45)
-* Cedilla accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+ (line 54)
+* Caveats for macro usage: Macro Details. (line 6)
+* Cedilla accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* Centimeters: Image Scaling. (line 30)
* Chapter structuring: Structuring. (line 6)
* Chapters, formatting one at a time: Format with tex/texindex.
- (line 84)
+ (line 83)
* Character set, declaring: documentencoding. (line 6)
* Characteristics, printed books or manuals: Printed Books. (line 6)
* Characters, basic input: Conventions. (line 6)
* Characters, invalid in node name: Node Line Requirements.
(line 30)
* Chassell, Robert J.: History. (line 6)
-* Check accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* Check accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* Checking for badly referenced nodes: Running Info-Validate.
(line 6)
* Checklist for bug reports: Reporting Bugs. (line 11)
* Ciceros: Image Scaling. (line 39)
-* Circumflex accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* Circumflex accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* Click sequences: Click Sequences. (line 6)
+* CM-Super fonts: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 36)
+* CM-Super fonts, installing: Preparing for TeX. (line 24)
* code, value for @kbdinputstyle: kbd. (line 32)
* Collapsing whitespace around continuations: Def Cmd Continuation Lines.
(line 31)
@@ -17052,10 +18016,10 @@ Concept Index
* Commands, inserting them: Inserting. (line 6)
* Commas, inserting: Inserting a Comma. (line 6)
* Comments: Comments. (line 6)
-* Comments, in CSS files: HTML CSS. (line 36)
+* Comments, in CSS files: HTML CSS. (line 41)
* Compile command for formatting: Compile-Command. (line 6)
* Compressed files, reading: Invoking install-info.
- (line 22)
+ (line 23)
* Conditionally visible text: Conditionals. (line 6)
* Conditionals, nested: Conditional Nesting. (line 6)
* Conditions for copying Texinfo: Copying Conditions. (line 6)
@@ -17077,8 +18041,10 @@ Concept Index
* Copyright page: Copyright. (line 6)
* Copyright page, for plain text: Titlepage & Copyright Page.
(line 16)
+* Copyright symbol: copyright symbol. (line 6)
* Copyright word, always in English: copying. (line 44)
* Correcting mistakes: Catching Mistakes. (line 6)
+* Country codes: documentlanguage. (line 50)
* cp (concept) index: Predefined Indices. (line 10)
* Create nodes, menus automatically: Updating Nodes and Menus.
(line 6)
@@ -17104,12 +18070,14 @@ Concept Index
* Customize Emacs package (Development/Docs/Texinfo): Texinfo Mode Printing.
(line 92)
* Customized highlighting: definfoenclose. (line 6)
-* Customizing of TeX for Texinfo: Preparing for TeX. (line 27)
+* Customizing of TeX for Texinfo: Preparing for TeX. (line 32)
* CVS $Id: GNU Sample Texts. (line 21)
-* Dashes in source: Conventions. (line 41)
+* Dash, breakpoint within @code: allowcodebreaks. (line 6)
+* Dashes in source: Conventions. (line 28)
* Debugging the Texinfo structure: Catching Mistakes. (line 6)
* Debugging with Info formatting: Debugging with Info. (line 6)
* Debugging with TeX formatting: Debugging with TeX. (line 6)
+* Default font: Fonts. (line 36)
* Defining indexing entries: Indexing Commands. (line 6)
* Defining macros: Defining Macros. (line 6)
* Defining new indices: New Indices. (line 6)
@@ -17122,10 +18090,14 @@ Concept Index
* Definition lists, typesetting: table. (line 6)
* Definition template: Def Cmd Template. (line 6)
* Definitions grouped together: deffnx. (line 6)
+* Degree symbol: textdegree. (line 6)
* Delimiter character, for verbatim: verb. (line 6)
* Depth of text area: pagesizes. (line 6)
* Description for menu, start: Inserting. (line 94)
* Description of document: documentdescription. (line 6)
+* Detail menu: makeinfo Pointer Creation.
+ (line 24)
+* Detailed menu: Master Menu Parts. (line 18)
* Details of macro usage: Macro Details. (line 6)
* Dido^t points: Image Scaling. (line 36)
* Different cross reference commands: Cross Reference Commands.
@@ -17133,7 +18105,7 @@ Concept Index
* Dimension formatting: dmn. (line 6)
* Dimensions and image sizes: Image Scaling. (line 14)
* Dir categories, choosing: Installing Dir Entries.
- (line 45)
+ (line 54)
* dir directory for Info installation: Installing an Info File.
(line 6)
* dir file listing: New Info File. (line 6)
@@ -17142,16 +18114,16 @@ Concept Index
* dir files and Info directories: Other Info Directories.
(line 6)
* Dir files, compressed: Invoking install-info.
- (line 22)
+ (line 23)
* dir, created by install-info: Invoking install-info.
- (line 19)
+ (line 20)
* Display formatting: display. (line 6)
-* Displayed equations: math. (line 33)
+* Displayed equations: math. (line 47)
* distinct, value for @kbdinputstyle: kbd. (line 32)
* Distorting images: Image Scaling. (line 6)
* Distribution: Software Copying Permissions.
(line 6)
-* Docbook output: Output Formats. (line 70)
+* Docbook output: Output Formats. (line 73)
* Docbook, including raw: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 6)
* Document description: documentdescription. (line 6)
@@ -17159,29 +18131,45 @@ Concept Index
* Document language, declaring: documentlanguage. (line 6)
* Document Permissions: Document Permissions.
(line 6)
+* Document strings, translation of: documentlanguage. (line 21)
* Documentation identification: GNU Sample Texts. (line 21)
-* Dot accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* Dotless i, j: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* Dot accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* Dotless i, j: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* Dots, inserting <1>: dots. (line 6)
* Dots, inserting: Dots Bullets. (line 6)
+* Double angle quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Double guillemets: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Double left-pointing angle quotation mark: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Double low-9 quotation mark: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Double quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Double right-pointing angle quotation mark: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
* Double-colon menu entries: Less Cluttered Menu Entry.
(line 6)
-* DTD, for Texinfo XML: Output Formats. (line 60)
+* DTD, for Texinfo XML: Output Formats. (line 63)
* Dumas, Patrice: HTML Xref. (line 21)
-* Dumping a .fmt file: Preparing for TeX. (line 74)
+* Dumping a .fmt file: Preparing for TeX. (line 79)
* DVI file: Format with tex/texindex.
(line 6)
* DVI output: Output Formats. (line 36)
* dvips: Output Formats. (line 36)
+* EC fonts: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 29)
+* EC fonts, installing: Preparing for TeX. (line 24)
* Ellipsis, inserting: Dots Bullets. (line 6)
* Em dash, compared to minus sign: minus. (line 6)
-* Em dash, producing: Conventions. (line 41)
+* Em dash, producing: Conventions. (line 28)
* Emacs: Texinfo Mode. (line 6)
* Emacs shell, format, print from: Within Emacs. (line 6)
* Emacs-W3: Output Formats. (line 26)
* Emphasizing text: Emphasis. (line 6)
* Emphasizing text, font for: emph & strong. (line 6)
-* En dash, producing: Conventions. (line 41)
+* En dash, producing: Conventions. (line 28)
* Encoding, declaring: documentencoding. (line 6)
* End node footnote style: Footnote Styles. (line 9)
* End of header line: End of Header. (line 6)
@@ -17195,16 +18183,24 @@ Concept Index
* Environment variable INFOPATH: Other Info Directories.
(line 50)
* Environment variable TEXINFO_OUTPUT_FORMAT: makeinfo options.
- (line 234)
-* Environment variable TEXINPUTS: Preparing for TeX. (line 37)
+ (line 250)
+* Environment variable TEXINPUTS: Preparing for TeX. (line 42)
+* eps image format: Image Syntax. (line 13)
* epsf.tex: Image Scaling. (line 49)
* epsf.tex, installing: Preparing for TeX. (line 20)
-* Equations, displayed: math. (line 33)
+* Equations, displayed: math. (line 47)
* Equivalence, indicating: Equivalence. (line 6)
* Error message, indicating: Error Glyph. (line 6)
* Errors, parsing: makeinfo in Emacs. (line 26)
-* Es-zet: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* Es-zet: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* Euro font: euro. (line 24)
+* Euro font, installing: Preparing for TeX. (line 29)
+* Euro symbol: euro. (line 6)
* European A4 paper: A4 Paper. (line 6)
+* European Computer Modern fonts: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 29)
+* European Computer Modern fonts, installing: Preparing for TeX.
+ (line 24)
* Evaluation glyph: result. (line 6)
* Example beginning of Texinfo file: Sample Beginning. (line 6)
* Example indentation: exampleindent. (line 6)
@@ -17220,10 +18216,9 @@ Concept Index
* expansion, of node names in HTML cross-references: HTML Xref Node Name Expansion.
(line 6)
* Expressions in a program, indicating: code. (line 10)
-* F.B.I., as acronym: acronym. (line 6)
-* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License: GNU Free Documentation License.
- (line 6)
-* Feminine ordinal: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* Feminine ordinal: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* feymr10: euro. (line 24)
+* feymr10, installing: Preparing for TeX. (line 29)
* File beginning: Beginning a File. (line 6)
* File ending: Ending a File. (line 6)
* File name collision: setfilename. (line 26)
@@ -17237,7 +18232,7 @@ Concept Index
* First node: First Node. (line 6)
* First paragraph, suppressing indentation of: firstparagraphindent.
(line 6)
-* Fixed-width font: Fonts. (line 18)
+* Fixed-width font: Fonts. (line 46)
* Float environment: float. (line 6)
* Floating accents, inserting: Inserting Accents. (line 6)
* Floating, not yet implemented: Floats. (line 10)
@@ -17245,8 +18240,9 @@ Concept Index
* Floats, list of: listoffloats. (line 6)
* Floats, making unnumbered: float. (line 39)
* Floats, numbering of: float. (line 46)
-* Flooding: pxref. (line 34)
+* Flooding: pxref. (line 27)
* fn (function) index: Predefined Indices. (line 13)
+* Font size, reducing: Fonts. (line 6)
* Fonts for indices: syncodeindex. (line 52)
* Fonts for printing, not Info: Fonts. (line 6)
* Footings: Headings. (line 6)
@@ -17258,7 +18254,7 @@ Concept Index
* Format and print hardcopy: Hardcopy. (line 6)
* Format and print in Texinfo mode: Texinfo Mode Printing.
(line 6)
-* Format file, dumping: Preparing for TeX. (line 74)
+* Format file, dumping: Preparing for TeX. (line 79)
* Format with the compile command: Compile-Command. (line 6)
* Format, print from Emacs shell: Within Emacs. (line 6)
* Formats for images: Image Syntax. (line 10)
@@ -17278,7 +18274,10 @@ Concept Index
* Free Documentation License, including entire: GNU Sample Texts.
(line 51)
* Free Software Directory: Installing Dir Entries.
- (line 45)
+ (line 54)
+* French quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* French spacing: frenchspacing. (line 6)
* Frequently used commands, inserting: Inserting. (line 6)
* Frontmatter, text in: Beginning a File. (line 15)
* Full texts, GNU: GNU Sample Texts. (line 6)
@@ -17287,13 +18286,14 @@ Concept Index
* General syntactic conventions: Conventions. (line 6)
* Generating menus with indices: Printing Indices & Menus.
(line 6)
-* Generating plain text files: makeinfo options. (line 123)
-* German S: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* GIF images, unsupported due to patents: Image Syntax. (line 37)
+* Generating plain text files: makeinfo options. (line 138)
+* German quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* German S: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* Global Document Commands: Global Document Commands.
(line 6)
* Globbing: Format with tex/texindex.
- (line 32)
+ (line 31)
* Glyphs: Glyphs. (line 6)
* GNU Emacs: Texinfo Mode. (line 6)
* GNU Emacs shell, format, print from: Within Emacs. (line 6)
@@ -17301,11 +18301,17 @@ Concept Index
(line 51)
* GNU sample texts: GNU Sample Texts. (line 6)
* Going to other Info files' nodes: Other Info Files. (line 6)
-* Grave accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* Grave accent, vs. left quote: Conventions. (line 35)
+* Grave accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* Grave accent, vs. left quote: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 16)
* Group (hold text together vertically): group. (line 6)
* Grouping two definitions together: deffnx. (line 6)
-* Hacek accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* GUI click sequence: Click Sequences. (line 6)
+* Guillemets: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Guillemots: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Hacek accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* Hardcopy, printing it: Hardcopy. (line 6)
* hboxes, overfull: Overfull hboxes. (line 6)
* Header for Texinfo files: Texinfo File Header. (line 6)
@@ -17317,7 +18323,7 @@ Concept Index
* Headings, page, begin to appear: end titlepage. (line 6)
* Height of images: Image Scaling. (line 6)
* Height of text area: pagesizes. (line 6)
-* help2man: Output Formats. (line 88)
+* help2man: Output Formats. (line 91)
* Hierarchical documents, and menus: Menu Location. (line 16)
* Highlighting text: Indicating. (line 6)
* Highlighting, customized: definfoenclose. (line 6)
@@ -17338,27 +18344,28 @@ Concept Index
* HTML cross-references: HTML Xref. (line 6)
* HTML output <1>: Generating HTML. (line 6)
* HTML output: Output Formats. (line 26)
-* HTML output, and encodings: documentencoding. (line 35)
+* HTML output, and encodings: documentencoding. (line 56)
* HTML output, browser compatibility of: HTML Translation. (line 22)
* HTML output, split: HTML Splitting. (line 6)
* HTML, and CSS: HTML CSS. (line 6)
* HTML, including raw: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 6)
-* http-equiv, and charset specification: documentencoding. (line 35)
-* Hungarian umlaut accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* http-equiv, and charset specification: documentencoding. (line 56)
+* Hungarian umlaut accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* Hurricanes: ref. (line 12)
+* Hyphen, breakpoint within @code: allowcodebreaks. (line 6)
* Hyphen, compared to minus: minus. (line 6)
-* Hyphenation patterns, language-dependent: documentlanguage. (line 18)
+* Hyphenation patterns, language-dependent: documentlanguage. (line 41)
* Hyphenation, helping TeX do: - and hyphenation. (line 6)
* Hyphenation, preventing: w. (line 24)
-* Hyphens in source, two or three in a row: Conventions. (line 41)
-* i (dotless i): Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* Hyphens in source, two or three in a row: Conventions. (line 28)
+* i (dotless i): Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* Identification of documentation: GNU Sample Texts. (line 21)
* If text conditionally visible: Conditionals. (line 6)
* Ignored before @setfilename: setfilename. (line 16)
* Ignored text: Comments. (line 19)
* Image formats: Image Syntax. (line 10)
-* Images, alternate text for: Image Syntax. (line 30)
+* Images, alternate text for: Image Syntax. (line 39)
* Images, inserting: Images. (line 6)
* Images, scaling: Image Scaling. (line 6)
* Inches: Image Scaling. (line 27)
@@ -17381,7 +18388,7 @@ Concept Index
* Index entries, making: Index Entries. (line 6)
* Index entry writing: Indexing Commands. (line 27)
* Index file names: Format with tex/texindex.
- (line 24)
+ (line 23)
* Index font types: Indexing Commands. (line 48)
* Indexing table entries automatically: ftable vtable. (line 6)
* Indicating commands, definitions, etc.: Indicating. (line 6)
@@ -17406,7 +18413,7 @@ Concept Index
* Info installed in another directory: Other Info Directories.
(line 6)
* Info output: Output Formats. (line 10)
-* Info output, and encoding: documentencoding. (line 26)
+* Info output, and encoding: documentencoding. (line 43)
* Info validating a large file: Using Info-validate. (line 6)
* Info, creating an online file: Creating an Info File.
(line 6)
@@ -17421,14 +18428,18 @@ Concept Index
(line 6)
* Inserting @ (literal @): Inserting an Atsign. (line 6)
* Inserting accents: Inserting Accents. (line 6)
-* Inserting dots <1>: Dots Bullets. (line 6)
-* Inserting dots: dots. (line 6)
+* Inserting dots <1>: dots. (line 6)
+* Inserting dots: Dots Bullets. (line 6)
* Inserting ellipsis: Dots Bullets. (line 6)
* Inserting frequently used commands: Inserting. (line 6)
* Inserting indentation: indent. (line 6)
+* Inserting quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 6)
+* Inserting quote characters: Inserting Quote Characters.
+ (line 6)
* Inserting space: Inserting Space. (line 6)
* Inserting special characters and symbols: Insertions. (line 6)
-* INSTALL file, generating: makeinfo options. (line 123)
+* INSTALL file, generating: makeinfo options. (line 138)
* install-info: Invoking install-info.
(line 6)
* Installing an Info file: Installing an Info File.
@@ -17444,24 +18455,42 @@ Concept Index
(line 30)
* Invoking macros: Invoking Macros. (line 6)
* Invoking nodes, including in dir file: Installing Dir Entries.
- (line 62)
-* ISO 639 codes: documentlanguage. (line 22)
-* Italic font: Fonts. (line 12)
+ (line 71)
+* ISO 3166 country codes: documentlanguage. (line 50)
+* ISO 639-2 language codes: documentlanguage. (line 50)
+* ISO 8859-1: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 24)
+* ISO 8859-15 <1>: euro. (line 18)
+* ISO 8859-15: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 24)
+* Italic font: Fonts. (line 33)
* Itemization: itemize. (line 6)
-* j (dotless j): Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* JPG image format: Image Syntax. (line 37)
+* j (dotless j): Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* JPEG image format: Image Syntax. (line 51)
+* jpeg image format: Image Syntax. (line 15)
* Keyboard input: kbd. (line 6)
-* Keys, recommended names: key. (line 19)
+* Keys, recommended names: key. (line 20)
* Keyword expansion, preventing: w. (line 28)
* Keywords, indicating: code. (line 10)
* Knuth, Donald: Printed Books. (line 6)
* ky (keystroke) index: Predefined Indices. (line 17)
-* Language codes: documentlanguage. (line 22)
+* LANG: makeinfo options. (line 62)
+* Language codes: documentlanguage. (line 50)
* Language, declaring: documentlanguage. (line 6)
* Larger or smaller pages: Cropmarks and Magnification.
(line 24)
+* LaTeX logo: tex. (line 6)
* LaTeX, processing with texi2dvi: Format with texi2dvi.
- (line 32)
+ (line 39)
+* Latin 1: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 24)
+* Latin 9 <1>: euro. (line 18)
+* Latin 9: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 24)
+* Left quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Left-pointing angle quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
* Legal paper, printing on: pagesizes. (line 16)
* Length of file names: setfilename. (line 26)
* Less cluttered menu entry: Less Cluttered Menu Entry.
@@ -17472,8 +18501,8 @@ Concept Index
(line 6)
* License for verbatim copying: Verbatim Copying License.
(line 6)
-* Line breaks <1>: Breaks. (line 6)
-* Line breaks: Line Breaks. (line 6)
+* Line breaks <1>: Line Breaks. (line 6)
+* Line breaks: Breaks. (line 6)
* Line breaks, preventing: w. (line 6)
* Line length, column widths as fraction of: Multitable Column Widths.
(line 11)
@@ -17485,8 +18514,10 @@ Concept Index
* Listing a new Info file: New Info File. (line 6)
* Lists and tables, making: Lists and Tables. (line 6)
* Local variables: Compile-Command. (line 6)
-* Local Variables: section, for encoding: documentencoding. (line 26)
+* Local Variables: section, for encoding: documentencoding. (line 43)
+* Locale, declaring: documentlanguage. (line 6)
* Location of menus: Menu Location. (line 6)
+* Logos, TeX: tex. (line 6)
* Looking for badly referenced nodes: Running Info-Validate.
(line 6)
* Lowering and raising sections: Raise/lower sections.
@@ -17501,10 +18532,10 @@ Concept Index
* Macro expansion, indicating: expansion. (line 6)
* Macro invocation: Invoking Macros. (line 6)
* Macro names, valid characters in: Defining Macros. (line 16)
-* Macron accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* Macron accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* Macros: Defining New Texinfo Commands.
(line 6)
-* Macros in definition commands: Def Cmd Template. (line 66)
+* Macros in definition commands: Def Cmd Template. (line 67)
* Macros, undefining: Defining Macros. (line 56)
* Magnified printing: Cropmarks and Magnification.
(line 24)
@@ -17518,13 +18549,13 @@ Concept Index
* Making cross references: Cross References. (line 6)
* Making line and page breaks: Breaks. (line 6)
* Making lists and tables: Lists and Tables. (line 6)
-* Man page output, not supported: Output Formats. (line 78)
+* Man page output, not supported: Output Formats. (line 81)
* Man page, reference to: uref. (line 20)
* Manual characteristics, printed: Printed Books. (line 6)
* Margins on page, not controllable: pagesizes. (line 20)
* Marking text within a paragraph: Marking Text. (line 6)
* Marking words and phrases: Marking Text. (line 6)
-* Masculine ordinal: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* Masculine ordinal: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* Master menu: Master Menu Parts. (line 6)
* Mathematical expressions <1>: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 33)
@@ -17540,8 +18571,8 @@ Concept Index
* Menus: Menus. (line 6)
* Menus generated with indices: Printing Indices & Menus.
(line 6)
-* Menus, omitting: makeinfo options. (line 123)
-* META key: key. (line 53)
+* Menus, omitting: makeinfo options. (line 138)
+* META key: key. (line 54)
* Meta-syntactic chars for arguments: Optional Arguments. (line 6)
* Methods, object-oriented: Object-Oriented Methods.
(line 6)
@@ -17549,13 +18580,14 @@ Concept Index
* Minimal requirements for formatting: Requirements Summary.
(line 6)
* Minimal Texinfo file (requirements): Minimum. (line 6)
+* Minus sign: minus. (line 6)
* Mismatched HTML cross-reference source and target: HTML Xref Mismatch.
(line 6)
* Mistakes, catching: Catching Mistakes. (line 6)
* Mode, using Texinfo: Texinfo Mode. (line 6)
-* Monospace font: Fonts. (line 18)
+* Monospace font: Fonts. (line 46)
* Mozilla: Output Formats. (line 26)
-* Multiple dashes in source: Conventions. (line 41)
+* Multiple dashes in source: Conventions. (line 28)
* Multiple spaces: Multiple Spaces. (line 6)
* Multitable column widths: Multitable Column Widths.
(line 6)
@@ -17564,13 +18596,13 @@ Concept Index
* Mutually recursive macros: Defining Macros. (line 26)
* Names for indices: syncodeindex. (line 17)
* Names of index files: Format with tex/texindex.
- (line 24)
+ (line 23)
* Names of macros, valid characters of: Defining Macros. (line 16)
-* Names recommended for keys: key. (line 19)
+* Names recommended for keys: key. (line 20)
* Naming a `Top' Node in references: Top Node Naming. (line 6)
* NASA, as acronym: acronym. (line 6)
* Navigation bar, in HTML output: HTML Translation. (line 16)
-* Navigation links, omitting: makeinfo options. (line 129)
+* Navigation links, omitting: makeinfo options. (line 144)
* Need space at page bottom: need. (line 6)
* Nesting conditionals: Conditional Nesting. (line 6)
* New index defining: New Indices. (line 6)
@@ -17578,7 +18610,7 @@ Concept Index
* New Texinfo commands, defining: Defining New Texinfo Commands.
(line 6)
* Newlines, as blank lines: Conventions. (line 16)
-* Next node of Top node: First Node. (line 30)
+* Next node of Top node: First Node. (line 26)
* Node line requirements: Node Line Requirements.
(line 6)
* Node line writing: Writing a Node. (line 6)
@@ -17591,7 +18623,7 @@ Concept Index
* Node names, choosing: Node Names. (line 6)
* Node names, invalid characters in: Node Line Requirements.
(line 30)
-* Node separators, omitting: makeinfo options. (line 123)
+* Node separators, omitting: makeinfo options. (line 138)
* Node, `Top': The Top Node. (line 6)
* Node, defined: node. (line 6)
* Nodes in other Info files: Other Info Files. (line 6)
@@ -17603,25 +18635,26 @@ Concept Index
* Not ending a sentence: Not Ending a Sentence.
(line 6)
* Numbering of floats: float. (line 46)
-* o: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* O'Dea, Brendan: Output Formats. (line 88)
+* o: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* O'Dea, Brendan: Output Formats. (line 91)
* Object-oriented programming: Abstract Objects. (line 6)
+* Oblique font: Fonts. (line 43)
* Obtaining TeX: Obtaining TeX. (line 6)
* Occurrences, listing with @occur: Using occur. (line 6)
-* OE: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
-* oe: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* OE: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
+* oe: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* Omitting indentation: noindent. (line 6)
* Optional and repeated arguments: Optional Arguments. (line 6)
* Options for makeinfo: makeinfo options. (line 6)
-* Ordinals, Romance: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* Ordinals, Romance: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* Ordinary TeX commands, using: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 6)
* Other Info files' nodes: Other Info Files. (line 6)
* Outline of file structure, showing it: Showing the Structure.
(line 6)
-* Output file splitting: makeinfo options. (line 148)
+* Output file splitting: makeinfo options. (line 173)
* Output formats: Output Formats. (line 6)
-* Output formats, supporting more: Output Formats. (line 95)
+* Output formats, supporting more: Output Formats. (line 98)
* Overfull hboxes: Overfull hboxes. (line 6)
* Overview of Texinfo: Overview. (line 6)
* Owner of copyright for FSF works: copying. (line 53)
@@ -17650,11 +18683,11 @@ Concept Index
* Parts of a master menu: Master Menu Parts. (line 6)
* Parts of a menu: Menu Parts. (line 6)
* Patches, contributing: Reporting Bugs. (line 30)
+* pdf image inclusions: Image Syntax. (line 15)
* PDF output <1>: PDF Output. (line 6)
* PDF output: Output Formats. (line 51)
-* pdfcolor.tex, installing: Preparing for TeX. (line 24)
-* pdftex <1>: Output Formats. (line 51)
-* pdftex: PDF Output. (line 6)
+* pdftex <1>: PDF Output. (line 6)
+* pdftex: Output Formats. (line 51)
* pdftex, and images: Image Syntax. (line 15)
* Period in nodename: Node Line Requirements.
(line 30)
@@ -17668,23 +18701,25 @@ Concept Index
* Pinard, Franc,ois: History. (line 14)
* Plain TeX: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 6)
-* Plain text output <1>: Output Formats. (line 21)
-* Plain text output: makeinfo options. (line 123)
-* PNG image format: Image Syntax. (line 37)
+* Plain text output <1>: makeinfo options. (line 138)
+* Plain text output: Output Formats. (line 21)
+* PNG image format: Image Syntax. (line 51)
+* png image format: Image Syntax. (line 15)
* Point, indicating in a buffer: Point Glyph. (line 6)
* Pointer creation with makeinfo: makeinfo Pointer Creation.
(line 6)
* Pointer validation with makeinfo: Pointer Validation. (line 6)
-* Pointer validation, suppressing <1>: makeinfo options. (line 156)
+* Pointer validation, suppressing <1>: makeinfo options. (line 181)
* Pointer validation, suppressing: Format with tex/texindex.
- (line 84)
+ (line 83)
* Points (dimension): Image Scaling. (line 18)
+* Pounds symbol: pounds. (line 6)
* Predefined names for indices: syncodeindex. (line 17)
* Preparing for TeX: Preparing for TeX. (line 6)
+* Prev node of Top node: First Node. (line 24)
* Preventing first paragraph indentation: firstparagraphindent.
(line 6)
* Preventing line and page breaks: Breaks. (line 6)
-* Previous node of Top node: First Node. (line 24)
* Print and format in Texinfo mode: Texinfo Mode Printing.
(line 6)
* Print, format from Emacs shell: Within Emacs. (line 6)
@@ -17694,6 +18729,7 @@ Concept Index
* Printing a region or buffer: Printing. (line 6)
* Printing an index: Printing Indices & Menus.
(line 6)
+* Printing cost, reducing: Fonts. (line 13)
* Printing cropmarks: Cropmarks and Magnification.
(line 6)
* Printing DVI files, on MS-DOS/MS-Windows: Print with lpr. (line 27)
@@ -17702,8 +18738,17 @@ Concept Index
* Program names, indicating: command. (line 6)
* Prototype row, column widths defined by: Multitable Column Widths.
(line 22)
-* Quotation characters (`'), in source: Conventions. (line 24)
+* Quotation characters (`'), in source: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 6)
+* Quotation marks, French: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Quotation marks, German: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Quotation marks, inserting: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 6)
* Quotations: quotation. (line 6)
+* Quote characters, inserting: Inserting Quote Characters.
+ (line 6)
* Ragged left: flushleft & flushright.
(line 6)
* Ragged right: flushleft & flushright.
@@ -17713,10 +18758,11 @@ Concept Index
* Raw formatter commands: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 6)
* RCS $Id: GNU Sample Texts. (line 21)
-* Recommended names for keys: key. (line 19)
+* Recommended names for keys: key. (line 20)
* Rectangle, black in hardcopy: Overfull hboxes. (line 41)
* Recursion, mutual: Defining Macros. (line 26)
* Recursive macro invocations: Defining Macros. (line 44)
+* Reducing font size: Fonts. (line 6)
* Reference to @-commands: Command List. (line 6)
* References: Cross References. (line 6)
* References using @inforef: inforef. (line 6)
@@ -17727,6 +18773,7 @@ Concept Index
* Region formatting and printing: Printing. (line 6)
* Region printing in Texinfo mode: Texinfo Mode Printing.
(line 6)
+* Registered symbol: registered symbol. (line 6)
* Reid, Brian: History. (line 24)
* Repeated and optional arguments: Optional Arguments. (line 6)
* Reporting bugs: Reporting Bugs. (line 6)
@@ -17742,9 +18789,13 @@ Concept Index
(line 6)
* Result of an expression: result. (line 6)
* ridt.eps: Image Scaling. (line 44)
-* Ring accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* Roman font: Fonts. (line 21)
-* Romance ordinals: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* Right quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Right-pointing angle quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Ring accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* Roman font: Fonts. (line 36)
+* Romance ordinals: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* Rounded rectangles, around examples: cartouche. (line 6)
* Rows, of a multitable: Multitable Rows. (line 6)
* Running an Info formatter: Info Formatting. (line 6)
@@ -17760,11 +18811,12 @@ Concept Index
* Sample Texinfo files: Sample Texinfo Files.
(line 6)
* Sample texts, GNU: GNU Sample Texts. (line 6)
+* Sans serif font: Fonts. (line 40)
* Scaled points: Image Scaling. (line 42)
* Scaling images: Image Scaling. (line 6)
* Schwab, Andreas: History. (line 14)
* Scribe: History. (line 24)
-* Sea surges: ref. (line 27)
+* Sea surges: ref. (line 28)
* Section structure of a file, showing it: Showing the Structure.
(line 6)
* Sections, raising and lowering: Raise/lower sections.
@@ -17772,9 +18824,11 @@ Concept Index
* Sentence ending punctuation: Ending a Sentence. (line 6)
* Sentence non-ending punctuation: Not Ending a Sentence.
(line 6)
+* Sentences, spacing after: frenchspacing. (line 6)
* Separate footnote style: Footnote Styles. (line 20)
-* SGML-tools output format: Output Formats. (line 95)
-* Sharp S: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* Sequence of clicks: Click Sequences. (line 6)
+* SGML-tools output format: Output Formats. (line 98)
+* Sharp S: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* Shell formatting with tex and texindex: Format with tex/texindex.
(line 6)
* Shell printing, on MS-DOS/MS-Windows: Print with lpr. (line 27)
@@ -17788,17 +18842,33 @@ Concept Index
* Showing the structure of a file: Using texinfo-show-structure.
(line 6)
* Shrubbery: ifset ifclear. (line 21)
-* Site-wide Texinfo configuration file: Preparing for TeX. (line 27)
+* Single angle quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Single guillemets: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Single left-pointing angle quotation mark: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Single low-9 quotation mark: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Single quotation marks: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Single right-pointing angle quotation mark: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 43)
+* Site-wide Texinfo configuration file: Preparing for TeX. (line 32)
* Size of printed book: smallbook. (line 6)
+* Slanted font: Fonts. (line 43)
* Slanted typewriter font, for @kbd: kbd. (line 15)
* Small book size: smallbook. (line 6)
* Small caps font: Smallcaps. (line 6)
* Small examples: small. (line 6)
+* Small verbatim: verbatim. (line 46)
+* Smaller fonts: Fonts. (line 6)
* Software copying permissions: Software Copying Permissions.
(line 6)
* Sorting indices: Hardcopy. (line 6)
* Source file format: Using Texinfo. (line 19)
* Source files, characters used: Conventions. (line 9)
+* Space, after sentences: frenchspacing. (line 6)
* Space, inserting horizontal: Multiple Spaces. (line 6)
* Space, inserting vertical: sp. (line 6)
* Spaces in macros: Defining Macros. (line 40)
@@ -17813,8 +18883,8 @@ Concept Index
* Specifying index entries: Indexing Commands. (line 6)
* Split HTML output: HTML Splitting. (line 6)
* Splitting an Info file manually: Splitting. (line 6)
-* Splitting of output files: makeinfo options. (line 148)
-* ss: Inserting Accents. (line 37)
+* Splitting of output files: makeinfo options. (line 173)
+* ss: Inserting Accents. (line 39)
* Stallman, Richard M.: History. (line 6)
* Start of header line: Start of Header. (line 6)
* Starting chapters: setchapternewpage. (line 6)
@@ -17822,6 +18892,7 @@ Concept Index
(line 6)
* Structure, catching mistakes in: Catching Mistakes. (line 6)
* Structuring of chapters: Structuring. (line 6)
+* Styles, font: Fonts. (line 24)
* Subsection-like commands: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading.
(line 6)
* Subsub commands: subsubsection. (line 6)
@@ -17841,7 +18912,7 @@ Concept Index
* Tables with indexes: ftable vtable. (line 6)
* Tables, making multi-column: Multi-column Tables. (line 6)
* Tables, making two-column: Two-column Tables. (line 6)
-* Tabs; don't use!: Conventions. (line 51)
+* Tabs; don't use!: Conventions. (line 38)
* Tag table, making automatically: Tag and Split Files. (line 6)
* Tag table, making manually: Unsplit. (line 26)
* Targets for cross-references, arbitrary: anchor. (line 6)
@@ -17850,15 +18921,16 @@ Concept Index
(line 6)
* TeX index sorting: Hardcopy. (line 6)
* TeX input initialization: Preparing for TeX. (line 6)
+* TeX logo: tex. (line 6)
* TeX, how to obtain: Obtaining TeX. (line 6)
* texi2dvi: Format with tex/texindex.
- (line 76)
+ (line 75)
* texi2dvi (shell script): Format with texi2dvi.
(line 6)
* texi2roff, unsupported software: Printed Books. (line 59)
-* texindex <1>: Hardcopy. (line 6)
-* texindex: Format with tex/texindex.
+* texindex <1>: Format with tex/texindex.
(line 16)
+* texindex: Hardcopy. (line 6)
* Texinfo commands, defining new: Defining New Texinfo Commands.
(line 6)
* Texinfo file beginning: Beginning a File. (line 6)
@@ -17874,18 +18946,18 @@ Concept Index
* Texinfo requires @setfilename: setfilename. (line 6)
* Texinfo, introduction to: Using Texinfo. (line 6)
* texinfo.cnf: setfilename. (line 43)
-* texinfo.cnf installation: Preparing for TeX. (line 27)
-* texinfo.dtd: Output Formats. (line 60)
+* texinfo.cnf installation: Preparing for TeX. (line 32)
+* texinfo.dtd: Output Formats. (line 63)
* texinfo.tex, installing: Preparing for TeX. (line 13)
-* TEXINFO_OUTPUT_FORMAT: makeinfo options. (line 234)
-* TEXINPUTS: Preparing for TeX. (line 37)
+* TEXINFO_OUTPUT_FORMAT: makeinfo options. (line 250)
+* TEXINPUTS: Preparing for TeX. (line 42)
* Text width and height: pagesizes. (line 6)
* Text, conditionally visible: Conditionals. (line 6)
* Text, marking up: Marking Text. (line 6)
* Thin space between number, dimension: dmn. (line 6)
-* Tie-after accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* Tie-after accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* Tied space: tie. (line 6)
-* Tilde accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* Tilde accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* time-stamp.el: GNU Sample Texts. (line 32)
* Tips: Tips. (line 8)
* Title page: titlepage. (line 6)
@@ -17898,25 +18970,29 @@ Concept Index
* Top node is first: First Node. (line 6)
* Top node naming for references: Top Node Naming. (line 6)
* tp (data type) index: Predefined Indices. (line 23)
+* Transliteration of 8-bit characters in HTML cross-references: HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion.
+ (line 6)
* Tree structuring: Tree Structuring. (line 6)
* Two `First' Lines for @deffn: deffnx. (line 6)
* Two letter names for indices: syncodeindex. (line 17)
* Two named items for @table: itemx. (line 6)
* Two part menu entry: Less Cluttered Menu Entry.
(line 6)
-* txi-CC.tex: documentlanguage. (line 13)
+* txi-CC.tex: documentlanguage. (line 28)
* Typesetting commands for dots, etc.: Dots Bullets. (line 6)
-* Typewriter font: Fonts. (line 18)
+* Typewriter font: Fonts. (line 46)
* Ugly black rectangles in hardcopy: Overfull hboxes. (line 41)
-* Umlaut accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
+* Umlaut accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
* Unbreakable space, fixed: w. (line 9)
* Unbreakable space, variable: tie. (line 6)
* Uncluttered menu entry: Less Cluttered Menu Entry.
(line 6)
* Undefining macros: Defining Macros. (line 56)
-* Underbar accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* Underdot accent: Inserting Accents. (line 17)
-* Unicode quotation characters: Conventions. (line 35)
+* Underbar accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* Underdot accent: Inserting Accents. (line 18)
+* Underscore, breakpoint within @code: allowcodebreaks. (line 6)
+* Unicode quotation characters: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 16)
* Uniform resource locator, indicating: indicateurl. (line 6)
* Uniform resource locator, referring to: uref. (line 6)
* Unique nodename requirement: Node Line Requirements.
@@ -17939,6 +19015,8 @@ Concept Index
* User-defined Texinfo commands: Defining New Texinfo Commands.
(line 6)
* Using Texinfo in general: Using Texinfo. (line 6)
+* UTF-8: Inserting Quotation Marks.
+ (line 24)
* Validating a large file: Using Info-validate. (line 6)
* Validation of pointers: Pointer Validation. (line 6)
* Value of an expression, indicating: result. (line 6)
@@ -17949,10 +19027,11 @@ Concept Index
* Verbatim environment: verbatim. (line 6)
* Verbatim in-line text: verb. (line 6)
* Verbatim, include file: verbatiminclude. (line 6)
+* Verbatim, small: verbatim. (line 46)
* VERSION Automake variable: GNU Sample Texts. (line 32)
* Version control keywords, preventing expansion of: w. (line 28)
* Version number, for install-info: Invoking install-info.
- (line 84)
+ (line 176)
* Vertically holding text together: group. (line 6)
* Visibility of conditional text: Conditionals. (line 6)
* vr (variable) index: Predefined Indices. (line 27)
@@ -17971,16 +19050,16 @@ Concept Index
* Widths, defining multitable column: Multitable Column Widths.
(line 6)
* Wildcards: Format with tex/texindex.
- (line 32)
+ (line 31)
* Words and phrases, marking them: Marking Text. (line 6)
* Writing a menu: Writing a Menu. (line 6)
* Writing an @node line: Writing a Node. (line 6)
* Writing index entries: Indexing Commands. (line 27)
* xdvi: Output Formats. (line 36)
-* XML output: Output Formats. (line 60)
+* XML output: Output Formats. (line 63)
* XML, including raw: Raw Formatter Commands.
(line 6)
-* XPM image format: Image Syntax. (line 23)
+* XPM image format: Image Syntax. (line 26)
* Years, in copyright line: copying. (line 48)
* Zaretskii, Eli: History. (line 14)
* Zuhn, David D.: History. (line 14)
@@ -17988,341 +19067,349 @@ Concept Index

Tag Table:
-Node: Top1485
-Node: Copying Conditions26788
-Node: Overview28855
-Ref: Overview-Footnote-130234
-Node: Reporting Bugs30691
-Node: Using Texinfo32215
-Node: Output Formats33804
-Node: Info Files38893
-Ref: Info Files-Footnote-143301
-Node: Printed Books43480
-Ref: Printed Books-Footnote-146309
-Node: Formatting Commands46643
-Ref: Formatting Commands-Footnote-149496
-Node: Conventions50104
-Node: Comments53438
-Node: Minimum55068
-Node: Six Parts57631
-Node: Short Sample59285
-Node: History63419
-Node: Texinfo Mode65471
-Node: Texinfo Mode Overview66848
-Node: Emacs Editing67618
-Node: Inserting69762
-Node: Showing the Structure74049
-Node: Updating Nodes and Menus76370
-Node: Updating Commands77449
-Node: Updating Requirements83453
-Node: Other Updating Commands85842
-Node: Info Formatting89108
-Node: Printing90374
-Node: Texinfo Mode Summary92682
-Node: Beginning a File97376
-Node: Sample Beginning98795
-Node: Texinfo File Header100392
-Node: First Line101856
-Node: Start of Header102887
-Node: setfilename103878
-Node: settitle106383
-Node: End of Header108644
-Node: Document Permissions108928
-Node: copying109559
-Node: insertcopying112113
-Node: Titlepage & Copyright Page113648
-Node: titlepage115327
-Ref: titlepage-Footnote-1117834
-Node: titlefont center sp118120
-Node: title subtitle author119802
-Node: Copyright122576
-Node: end titlepage124105
-Node: headings on off125759
-Node: Contents127829
-Node: The Top Node131059
-Node: Top Node Example132363
-Node: Master Menu Parts132748
-Node: Global Document Commands134558
-Node: documentdescription135314
-Node: setchapternewpage136130
-Node: paragraphindent139016
-Node: firstparagraphindent140290
-Node: exampleindent141558
-Node: Software Copying Permissions142582
-Node: Ending a File143640
-Node: Printing Indices & Menus144215
-Node: File End147315
-Node: Structuring148001
-Node: Tree Structuring149660
-Node: Structuring Command Types151079
-Node: makeinfo top153574
-Node: chapter154365
-Node: unnumbered & appendix155395
-Node: majorheading & chapheading156246
-Node: section157073
-Node: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading157843
-Node: subsection158840
-Node: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading159418
-Node: subsubsection160379
-Node: Raise/lower sections161937
-Node: Nodes164113
-Node: Two Paths165323
-Node: Node Menu Illustration166659
-Node: node170467
-Node: Node Names173226
-Node: Writing a Node174610
-Node: Node Line Tips176656
-Node: Node Line Requirements177460
-Node: First Node179617
-Node: makeinfo top command181435
-Node: makeinfo Pointer Creation182716
-Node: anchor184345
-Node: Menus185821
-Node: Menu Location186887
-Node: Writing a Menu188518
-Node: Menu Parts189581
-Node: Less Cluttered Menu Entry190745
-Node: Menu Example191376
-Node: Other Info Files192886
-Node: Cross References194738
-Node: References195709
-Node: Cross Reference Commands197481
-Node: Cross Reference Parts198546
-Node: xref201402
-Node: Reference Syntax202207
-Node: One Argument203844
-Node: Two Arguments204871
-Node: Three Arguments205996
-Node: Four and Five Arguments208397
-Node: Top Node Naming210819
-Node: ref211835
-Node: pxref213256
-Node: inforef215624
-Node: uref216935
-Node: Marking Text219685
-Node: Indicating220338
-Node: Useful Highlighting222478
-Node: code224101
-Node: kbd227343
-Node: key229563
-Node: samp230907
-Node: verb232388
-Node: var233377
-Node: env235351
-Node: file235862
-Node: command236483
-Node: option237189
-Node: dfn237709
-Node: cite238633
-Node: acronym239101
-Node: indicateurl240384
-Node: email241082
-Node: Emphasis241938
-Node: emph & strong242775
-Node: Smallcaps243990
-Node: Fonts245336
-Node: Quotations and Examples246492
-Node: Block Enclosing Commands248177
-Node: quotation250364
-Node: example252002
-Node: verbatim254321
-Node: verbatiminclude256091
-Node: lisp257085
-Ref: lisp-Footnote-1257824
-Node: small257942
-Node: display259473
-Node: format260275
-Node: exdent260921
-Node: flushleft & flushright262011
-Node: noindent263286
-Node: indent265150
-Node: cartouche266194
-Node: Lists and Tables267390
-Node: Introducing Lists268079
-Node: itemize269741
-Node: enumerate272019
-Node: Two-column Tables274517
-Node: table275214
-Node: ftable vtable277892
-Node: itemx278989
-Node: Multi-column Tables280175
-Node: Multitable Column Widths280884
-Node: Multitable Rows282366
-Node: Special Displays284419
-Node: Floats285208
-Node: float286105
-Ref: fig:ex1286779
-Node: caption shortcaption288050
-Node: listoffloats289361
-Node: Images290764
-Node: Image Syntax291199
-Node: Image Scaling293804
-Node: Footnotes295528
-Ref: Footnotes-Footnote-1296094
-Node: Footnote Commands296374
-Ref: Footnote Commands-Footnote-1298251
-Node: Footnote Styles298287
-Node: Indices300902
-Node: Index Entries302116
-Node: Predefined Indices303241
-Node: Indexing Commands305350
-Node: Combining Indices308063
-Node: syncodeindex309416
-Node: synindex311064
-Node: New Indices311601
-Node: Insertions313370
-Node: Atsign Braces Comma314497
-Node: Inserting an Atsign315065
-Node: Inserting Braces315337
-Node: Inserting a Comma315756
-Node: Inserting Space316790
-Node: Not Ending a Sentence317307
-Node: Ending a Sentence318919
-Node: Multiple Spaces319943
-Node: dmn321234
-Node: Inserting Accents322459
-Node: Dots Bullets324462
-Node: dots325278
-Node: bullet325901
-Node: TeX and copyright326310
-Node: tex326986
-Node: copyright symbol327803
-Node: registered symbol328113
-Node: pounds328435
-Node: minus328806
-Node: math329725
-Node: Glyphs331073
-Node: Glyphs Summary332179
-Node: result332804
-Node: expansion333314
-Node: Print Glyph334276
-Node: Error Glyph335168
-Node: Equivalence336022
-Node: Point Glyph336772
-Node: Breaks338343
-Node: Break Commands339827
-Node: Line Breaks340723
-Node: - and hyphenation341697
-Node: w342963
-Node: tie344071
-Node: sp344975
-Node: page345394
-Node: group345779
-Node: need347531
-Node: Definition Commands348269
-Node: Def Cmd Template349920
-Node: Def Cmd Continuation Lines352645
-Node: Optional Arguments354456
-Node: deffnx356063
-Node: Def Cmds in Detail357006
-Node: Functions Commands358124
-Node: Variables Commands361026
-Node: Typed Functions363169
-Node: Typed Variables366674
-Node: Data Types368395
-Node: Abstract Objects369686
-Node: Object-Oriented Variables370293
-Node: Object-Oriented Methods372926
-Node: Def Cmd Conventions376737
-Node: Sample Function Definition377308
-Node: Conditionals380144
-Node: Conditional Commands381338
-Node: Conditional Not Commands383229
-Node: Raw Formatter Commands384513
-Node: set clear value387141
-Node: set value388355
-Node: ifset ifclear389957
-Node: value Example392088
-Node: Conditional Nesting394105
-Node: Internationalization395646
-Node: documentlanguage396182
-Node: documentencoding400369
-Node: Defining New Texinfo Commands401861
-Node: Defining Macros403039
-Node: Invoking Macros405417
-Node: Macro Details407218
-Node: alias409796
-Node: definfoenclose411220
-Node: Hardcopy413968
-Node: Use TeX416044
-Node: Format with tex/texindex416677
-Node: Format with texi2dvi421043
-Node: Print with lpr422614
-Node: Within Emacs424773
-Node: Texinfo Mode Printing425664
-Node: Compile-Command429333
-Node: Requirements Summary430215
-Node: Preparing for TeX431555
-Ref: Preparing for TeX-Footnote-1435308
-Node: Overfull hboxes435407
-Node: smallbook437566
-Node: A4 Paper438772
-Node: pagesizes439708
-Node: Cropmarks and Magnification440902
-Node: PDF Output442971
-Node: Obtaining TeX444127
-Node: Creating and Installing Info Files445104
-Node: Creating an Info File445498
-Node: makeinfo advantages446726
-Node: Invoking makeinfo447662
-Node: makeinfo options448228
-Node: Pointer Validation457295
-Node: makeinfo in Emacs460427
-Node: texinfo-format commands462910
-Node: Batch Formatting464197
-Node: Tag and Split Files465409
-Node: Installing an Info File468806
-Node: Directory File469645
-Node: New Info File471444
-Ref: New Info File-Footnote-1472558
-Node: Other Info Directories472639
-Ref: Other Info Directories-Footnote-1476914
-Ref: Other Info Directories-Footnote-2477041
-Node: Installing Dir Entries477102
-Node: Invoking install-info479764
-Node: Generating HTML482661
-Node: HTML Translation483442
-Node: HTML Splitting484824
-Node: HTML CSS486507
-Node: HTML Xref489996
-Node: HTML Xref Link Basics491203
-Node: HTML Xref Node Name Expansion494026
-Node: HTML Xref Command Expansion496579
-Node: HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion499584
-Node: HTML Xref Mismatch500818
-Node: Command List502636
-Node: Command Syntax545467
-Node: Tips548476
-Node: Sample Texinfo Files559473
-Node: Short Sample Texinfo File559939
-Node: GNU Sample Texts561534
-Node: Verbatim Copying License566809
-Node: All-permissive Copying License567911
-Node: Include Files568941
-Node: Using Include Files570052
-Node: texinfo-multiple-files-update572604
-Node: Include Files Requirements574972
-Node: Sample Include File576226
-Node: Include Files Evolution577463
-Node: Headings579443
-Node: Headings Introduced580100
-Node: Heading Format581977
-Node: Heading Choice584421
-Node: Custom Headings585799
-Node: Catching Mistakes589906
-Node: makeinfo Preferred591213
-Node: Debugging with Info592098
-Node: Debugging with TeX595442
-Node: Using texinfo-show-structure599705
-Node: Using occur602795
-Node: Running Info-Validate604336
-Node: Using Info-validate605403
-Node: Unsplit607213
-Node: Tagifying608272
-Node: Splitting609134
-Node: Copying This Manual610762
-Node: GNU Free Documentation License611025
-Node: Command and Variable Index633432
-Node: Concept Index662680
+Node: Top1639
+Node: Copying Conditions26594
+Node: Overview28656
+Ref: Overview-Footnote-130030
+Node: Reporting Bugs30487
+Node: Using Texinfo31751
+Node: Output Formats33335
+Node: Info Files38641
+Ref: Info Files-Footnote-143043
+Node: Printed Books43222
+Ref: Printed Books-Footnote-146064
+Node: Formatting Commands46398
+Ref: Formatting Commands-Footnote-149253
+Node: Conventions49861
+Node: Comments52467
+Node: Minimum54092
+Node: Six Parts56649
+Node: Short Sample58271
+Node: History62410
+Node: Texinfo Mode64456
+Node: Texinfo Mode Overview65828
+Node: Emacs Editing66593
+Node: Inserting68734
+Node: Showing the Structure73001
+Node: Updating Nodes and Menus75319
+Node: Updating Commands76393
+Node: Updating Requirements82390
+Node: Other Updating Commands84774
+Node: Info Formatting88035
+Node: Printing89296
+Node: Texinfo Mode Summary91599
+Node: Beginning a File96276
+Node: Sample Beginning97690
+Node: Texinfo File Header99312
+Node: First Line100771
+Node: Start of Header101797
+Node: setfilename102783
+Node: settitle105283
+Node: End of Header107539
+Node: Document Permissions107818
+Node: copying108444
+Node: insertcopying111112
+Node: Titlepage & Copyright Page112301
+Node: titlepage113975
+Ref: titlepage-Footnote-1116477
+Node: titlefont center sp116763
+Node: title subtitle author118440
+Node: Copyright121209
+Node: end titlepage122732
+Node: headings on off124518
+Node: Contents126483
+Node: The Top Node129708
+Node: Top Node Example130919
+Node: Master Menu Parts131318
+Node: Global Document Commands133123
+Node: documentdescription133874
+Node: setchapternewpage134685
+Node: paragraphindent137566
+Node: firstparagraphindent138835
+Node: exampleindent140098
+Node: Software Copying Permissions141258
+Node: Ending a File142311
+Node: Printing Indices & Menus142881
+Node: File End145976
+Node: Structuring146657
+Node: Tree Structuring148311
+Node: Structuring Command Types149725
+Node: makeinfo top152215
+Node: chapter153001
+Node: unnumbered & appendix154026
+Node: majorheading & chapheading154634
+Node: section155456
+Node: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading156484
+Node: subsection157689
+Node: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading158274
+Node: subsubsection159451
+Node: Raise/lower sections161253
+Node: Nodes163424
+Node: Two Paths164629
+Node: Node Menu Illustration165960
+Node: node169763
+Node: Node Names172830
+Node: Writing a Node174269
+Node: Node Line Tips176602
+Node: Node Line Requirements177401
+Node: First Node179553
+Node: makeinfo top command180978
+Node: makeinfo Pointer Creation182254
+Node: anchor184148
+Node: Menus185738
+Node: Menu Location186804
+Node: Writing a Menu188434
+Node: Menu Parts189753
+Node: Less Cluttered Menu Entry190912
+Node: Menu Example191538
+Node: Other Info Files193043
+Node: Cross References194890
+Node: References195856
+Node: Cross Reference Commands197623
+Node: Cross Reference Parts198683
+Node: xref201694
+Node: Reference Syntax202494
+Node: One Argument204126
+Node: Two Arguments205148
+Node: Three Arguments206268
+Node: Four and Five Arguments208664
+Node: Top Node Naming211081
+Node: ref212092
+Node: pxref213679
+Node: inforef216215
+Node: uref217591
+Node: Marking Text220323
+Node: Indicating220971
+Node: Useful Highlighting223173
+Node: code225345
+Node: kbd228765
+Node: key230980
+Node: samp232438
+Node: verb233914
+Node: var235030
+Node: env236999
+Node: file237505
+Node: command238121
+Node: option238822
+Node: dfn239337
+Node: cite240256
+Node: abbr240716
+Node: acronym242142
+Node: indicateurl244473
+Node: email245166
+Node: Emphasis246017
+Node: emph & strong246849
+Node: Smallcaps248059
+Node: Fonts249395
+Node: Quotations and Examples251750
+Node: Block Enclosing Commands253504
+Node: quotation255686
+Node: example257260
+Node: verbatim259574
+Node: verbatiminclude261404
+Node: lisp262518
+Ref: lisp-Footnote-1263252
+Node: small263370
+Node: display264896
+Node: format266000
+Node: exdent266641
+Node: flushleft & flushright267728
+Node: noindent268998
+Node: indent270857
+Node: cartouche271896
+Node: Lists and Tables273087
+Node: Introducing Lists273771
+Node: itemize275428
+Node: enumerate277701
+Node: Two-column Tables280194
+Node: table280886
+Node: ftable vtable283559
+Node: itemx284651
+Node: Multi-column Tables285832
+Node: Multitable Column Widths286536
+Node: Multitable Rows288013
+Node: Special Displays290152
+Node: Floats290936
+Node: float291828
+Ref: fig:ex1292497
+Node: caption shortcaption293769
+Node: listoffloats295352
+Node: Images296750
+Node: Image Syntax297180
+Node: Image Scaling300421
+Node: Footnotes302140
+Ref: Footnotes-Footnote-1302701
+Node: Footnote Commands302981
+Ref: Footnote Commands-Footnote-1304853
+Node: Footnote Styles304889
+Node: Indices307499
+Node: Index Entries308708
+Node: Predefined Indices309828
+Node: Indexing Commands311932
+Node: Combining Indices314640
+Node: syncodeindex315988
+Node: synindex317631
+Node: New Indices318163
+Node: Insertions319927
+Node: Atsign Braces Comma321467
+Node: Inserting an Atsign322041
+Node: Inserting Braces322308
+Node: Inserting a Comma322719
+Node: Inserting Quote Characters323750
+Node: Inserting Space325263
+Node: Not Ending a Sentence325850
+Node: Ending a Sentence327298
+Node: Multiple Spaces328317
+Node: frenchspacing329613
+Node: dmn331551
+Node: Inserting Accents332769
+Node: Inserting Quotation Marks334891
+Node: Dots Bullets338783
+Node: dots339602
+Node: bullet340217
+Node: TeX and copyright340621
+Node: tex341290
+Node: copyright symbol342102
+Node: registered symbol342407
+Node: euro342724
+Node: pounds344260
+Node: textdegree344557
+Node: minus344876
+Node: geq leq345799
+Node: math346188
+Node: Click Sequences348122
+Node: Glyphs349168
+Node: Glyphs Summary350282
+Node: result350904
+Node: expansion351411
+Node: Print Glyph352370
+Node: Error Glyph353259
+Node: Equivalence354110
+Node: Point Glyph354857
+Node: Breaks356425
+Node: Break Commands357979
+Node: Line Breaks358870
+Node: - and hyphenation359839
+Node: allowcodebreaks361165
+Node: w362395
+Node: tie363496
+Node: sp364395
+Node: page364809
+Node: group365189
+Node: need366936
+Node: Definition Commands367671
+Node: Def Cmd Template369317
+Node: Def Cmd Continuation Lines372157
+Node: Optional Arguments373963
+Node: deffnx375565
+Node: Def Cmds in Detail376503
+Node: Functions Commands377616
+Node: Variables Commands380513
+Node: Typed Functions382651
+Node: Typed Variables386151
+Node: Data Types387867
+Node: Abstract Objects389153
+Node: Object-Oriented Variables389755
+Node: Object-Oriented Methods392383
+Node: Def Cmd Conventions396189
+Node: Sample Function Definition396755
+Node: Conditionals399586
+Node: Conditional Commands400775
+Node: Conditional Not Commands402661
+Node: Raw Formatter Commands403940
+Node: set clear value406563
+Node: set value407773
+Node: ifset ifclear409370
+Node: value Example411496
+Node: Conditional Nesting413508
+Node: Internationalization415044
+Node: documentlanguage415575
+Node: documentencoding418368
+Node: Defining New Texinfo Commands421345
+Node: Defining Macros422518
+Node: Invoking Macros424891
+Node: Macro Details428275
+Node: alias432306
+Node: definfoenclose433725
+Node: Hardcopy436467
+Node: Use TeX438538
+Node: Format with tex/texindex439166
+Node: Format with texi2dvi443470
+Node: Print with lpr446979
+Node: Within Emacs449133
+Node: Texinfo Mode Printing450019
+Node: Compile-Command453683
+Node: Requirements Summary454560
+Node: Preparing for TeX455895
+Ref: Preparing for TeX-Footnote-1459910
+Node: Overfull hboxes460009
+Node: smallbook462163
+Node: A4 Paper463364
+Node: pagesizes464295
+Node: Cropmarks and Magnification465484
+Node: PDF Output467548
+Node: Obtaining TeX469129
+Node: Creating and Installing Info Files470103
+Node: Creating an Info File470492
+Node: makeinfo advantages471715
+Node: Invoking makeinfo472646
+Node: makeinfo options473207
+Node: Pointer Validation482812
+Node: makeinfo in Emacs486000
+Node: texinfo-format commands488478
+Node: Batch Formatting489760
+Node: Tag and Split Files490967
+Node: Installing an Info File494359
+Node: Directory File495193
+Node: New Info File496987
+Ref: New Info File-Footnote-1498096
+Node: Other Info Directories498177
+Ref: Other Info Directories-Footnote-1502447
+Ref: Other Info Directories-Footnote-2502574
+Node: Installing Dir Entries502635
+Node: Invoking install-info505826
+Node: Generating HTML512434
+Node: HTML Translation513210
+Node: HTML Splitting514587
+Node: HTML CSS516265
+Node: HTML Xref519949
+Node: HTML Xref Link Basics521151
+Node: HTML Xref Node Name Expansion524191
+Node: HTML Xref Command Expansion527282
+Node: HTML Xref 8-bit Character Expansion530334
+Node: HTML Xref Mismatch532667
+Node: Command List534480
+Node: Command Syntax578272
+Node: Tips581154
+Node: Sample Texinfo Files592146
+Node: Short Sample Texinfo File592607
+Node: GNU Sample Texts594197
+Node: Verbatim Copying License599694
+Node: All-permissive Copying License600790
+Node: Include Files601815
+Node: Using Include Files602921
+Node: texinfo-multiple-files-update605468
+Node: Include Files Requirements607831
+Node: Sample Include File609080
+Node: Include Files Evolution610312
+Node: Headings612287
+Node: Headings Introduced612939
+Node: Heading Format614811
+Node: Heading Choice617250
+Node: Custom Headings618623
+Node: Catching Mistakes624284
+Node: makeinfo Preferred625597
+Node: Debugging with Info626477
+Node: Debugging with TeX629816
+Node: Using texinfo-show-structure634074
+Node: Using occur637159
+Node: Running Info-Validate638695
+Node: Using Info-validate639757
+Node: Unsplit641562
+Node: Tagifying642616
+Node: Splitting643473
+Node: GNU Free Documentation License645096
+Node: Command and Variable Index667546
+Node: General Index700891

End Tag Table
diff --git a/Master/texmf/doc/info/web2c.info b/Master/texmf/doc/info/web2c.info
index 813482e96b5..c10f40efd81 100644
--- a/Master/texmf/doc/info/web2c.info
+++ b/Master/texmf/doc/info/web2c.info
@@ -1,8 +1,11 @@
-This is web2c.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from web2c.texi.
+This is web2c.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.12 from web2c.texi.
INFO-DIR-SECTION TeX
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Web2c: (web2c). TeX, Metafont, and companion programs.
+* Web2c: (web2c). TeX, Metafont, and companion programs.
+END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
+INFO-DIR-SECTION Individual utilities
+START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* bibtex: (web2c)bibtex invocation. Maintaining bibliographies.
* dmp: (web2c)dmp invocation. Troff->MPX (MetaPost pictures).
* dvicopy: (web2c)dvicopy invocation. Virtual font expansion
@@ -59,7 +62,7 @@ Web2c
This document describes how to install and use the programs in the Web2c
implementation of the TeX system, especially for Unix systems. It
-corresponds to Web2c version 7.5.6, released in January 2007.
+corresponds to Web2c version 7.5.7, released in July 2008.
* Menu:
@@ -83,8 +86,8 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev: Top, Up: Top
1 Introduction
**************
-This manual corresponds to version 7.5.6 of Web2c, released in
-January 2007.
+This manual corresponds to version 7.5.7 of Web2c, released in
+July 2008.
"Web2c" is the name of a TeX implementation, originally for Unix,
but now also running under DOS, Amiga, and other operating systems. By
@@ -148,7 +151,7 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: Installation, Next: Commonalities, Prev: Introduction
Installing Web2c is mostly the same as installing any other
Kpathsea-using program. Therefore, for the basic steps involved, see
-*Note Installation: (kpathsea)Installation. (A copy is in the file
+*note Installation: (kpathsea)Installation. (A copy is in the file
`kpathsea/INSTALL'.)
One peculiarity to Web2c is that the source distribution comes in two
@@ -176,7 +179,7 @@ to report a bug, see the file `kpathsea/BUGS' (*note Bugs:
install the basic fonts, macros, and other library files. *Note
Installation: (kpathsea)Installation.
- * If you do not wish to use the standard file locations, see *Note
+ * If you do not wish to use the standard file locations, see *note
Changing search paths: (kpathsea)Changing search paths.
* Some Web2c features are enabled or disabled at `configure' time,
@@ -207,7 +210,7 @@ package-specific options come last.
For a description of the generic options (which mainly allow you to
specify installation directories) and basic `configure' usage, see
-*Note Running `configure' scripts: (autoconf)Invoking configure, a copy
+*note Running `configure' scripts: (autoconf)Invoking configure, a copy
is in the file `kpathsea/CONFIGURE'.
`--disable-dump-share'
@@ -636,7 +639,7 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: Three programs, Prev: Output file location, Up: Commo
TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost have a number of features in common.
Besides the ones here, the common command-line options are described in
the previous section. The configuration file options that let you
-control some array sizes and other features are described in *Note
+control some array sizes and other features are described in *note
Runtime options::.
* Menu:
@@ -1216,7 +1219,7 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: Languages and hyphenation, Next: IPC and TeX, Prev: F
4.4 Languages and hyphenation
=============================
-TeX supports most natural languages. See also *Note TeX extensions:
+TeX supports most natural languages. See also *note TeX extensions:
TeX extensions.
* Menu:
@@ -1493,7 +1496,7 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: TeX extensions, Prev: IPC and TeX, Up: TeX
The base TeX program has been extended in many ways. Here's a partial
list. Please send information on extensions not listed here to the
-address in *Note Reporting bugs: (kpathsea)Reporting bugs.
+address in *note Reporting bugs: (kpathsea)Reporting bugs.
e-TeX
Adds many new primitives, including right-to-left typesetting.
@@ -1649,11 +1652,11 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: Initial Metafont, Next: Modes, Prev: mf invocation,
`inimf' is the "initial" form of Metafont, which does lengthy
initializations avoided by the "virgin" (`vir') form, so as to be
capable of dumping `.base' files (*note Memory dumps::). For a
-detailed comparison of virgin and initial forms, see *Note Initial and
+detailed comparison of virgin and initial forms, see *note Initial and
virgin::. In past releases, a separate program `inimf' was installed
to invoke the initial form, but this is no longer the case.
- For a list of options and other information, see *Note mf
+ For a list of options and other information, see *note mf
invocation::.
The only memory dump file commonly used with Metafont is the default
@@ -1665,7 +1668,7 @@ hand if necessary (e.g., if a Metafont update is issued):
shell.) Then install the resulting `plain.base' in `$(basedir)'
(`/usr/local/share/texmf/web2c' by default), and link `mf.base' to it.
- For an explanation of the additional `modes.mf' file, see *Note
+ For an explanation of the additional `modes.mf' file, see *note
Modes::. This file has no counterpart in TeX or MetaPost.
In the past, it was sometimes useful to create a base file
@@ -1713,7 +1716,7 @@ characteristics dynamically, by invoking Metafont with an assignment to
This is most useful when you are working on the definition of a new
mode.
- The MAGNIFICATION and MFNAME arguments are explained in *Note mf
+ The MAGNIFICATION and MFNAME arguments are explained in *note mf
invocation::. In the file `newmode.mf', you should have the following
(with no `mode_def' or `enddef'), if you are using `modes.mf'
conventions:
@@ -1828,7 +1831,7 @@ the environment variable `KPATHSEA_DEBUG' to `-1' before running the
program.
The suffix `gf' is supplied if not already present. This suffix is
-not an extension; no `.' precedes it: for instance `cmr10.600gf'.
+not an extension, no `.' precedes it; for instance, `cmr10.600gf'.
The output filename is the basename of GFNAME extended with `.dvi',
e.g., `gftodvi /wherever/foo.600gf' creates `./foo.dvi'.
@@ -1852,12 +1855,22 @@ with labels, titles, and annotations, as specified in Appendix H
* "slant font" (no default): for diagonal lines, which are otherwise
simulated using horizontal and vertical rules.
-
To change the default fonts, you must use `special' commands in your
-Metafont source file.
+Metafont source file, typically via commands like `slantfont slantlj4'.
+There is no default slant font since no one printer is suitable as a
+default. You can make your own by copying one of the existing files,
+such as `.../fonts/source/public/misc/slantlj4.mf' and then running
+`mf' on it.
+
+ For testing purposes, you may it useful to run `mf rtest' (hit
+RETURN when it stops) to get a `gf' file of a thorn glyph. Or use
+`mfw' instead of `mf' to have the glyph(s) displayed on the screen.
+After that, `gftodvi rtest.2602gf' should produce `rtest.dvi', which
+you process as usual.
The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard
`-verbose', `-help', and `-version' (*note Common options::):
+
`-overflow-label-offset=POINTS'
Typeset the so-called overflow labels, if any, POINTS TeX points
from the right edge of the character bounding box. The default is
@@ -1937,7 +1950,7 @@ D.E. Knuth.)
contains only MFT directives as described above. The default
style file is named `plain.mft', which defines this properly for
programs using plain Metafont. The MFT files is searched along the
- `MFTINPUTS' path; see *Note Supported file formats:
+ `MFTINPUTS' path; see *note Supported file formats:
(kpathsea)Supported file formats.
Other examples of MFT style files are `cmbase.mft', which defines
@@ -2112,11 +2125,11 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: Initial MetaPost, Next: makempx invocation, Prev: mpo
`inimpost' is the "initial" form of MetaPost, which does lengthy
initializations avoided by the "virgin" (`vir') form, so as to be
capable of dumping `.mem' files (*note Memory dumps::). For a detailed
-comparison of virgin and initial forms, see *Note Initial and virgin::.
+comparison of virgin and initial forms, see *note Initial and virgin::.
In past releases, a separate program `inimpost' was installed for the
initial form, but this is no longer the case.
- For a list of options and other information, see *Note mpost
+ For a list of options and other information, see *note mpost
invocation::.
The principal memory dump file used with MetaPost is the default,
@@ -2138,8 +2151,8 @@ similar to those produced with Metafont in proof mode and GFtoDVI
Another MetaPost mem file, named MetaFun, provides many advanced
features. It was developed and maintained by Pragma ADE. The home
-page for MetaFun, and other MetaPost-related things from Pragma:
-`http://www.pragma-ade.com/metapost.htm'.
+page for MetaFun, other MetaPost-related things, and lots more from
+Pragma: `http://www.pragma-ade.com/'.

File: web2c.info, Node: makempx invocation, Next: dvitomp invocation, Prev: Initial MetaPost, Up: MetaPost
@@ -2256,6 +2269,9 @@ If MPXFILE is not specified, the output goes to the basename of DVIFILE
extended with `.mpx', e.g., `dvitomp /wherever/foo.dvi' creates
`./foo.mpx'.
+ DVItoMP supports Dvips-style color specials, such as `color push
+NAME' and `color pop', outputting them as `withcolor' MetaPost commands.
+
The only options are `-help' and `-version' (*note Common options::).

@@ -2950,7 +2966,7 @@ obsolete.
Font files with the `.pl' (property list) suffix are the plain text
(human-readable) analog of the binary `.tfm' files. The TFtoPL and
PLtoTF programs convert between the two formats (*note tftopl
-invocation:: and *Note pltotf invocation::).
+invocation:: and *note pltotf invocation::).
Font files with the `.mf' suffix are in Metafont source format.
These are the files used by Metafont to generate rastered fonts for
@@ -2958,10 +2974,10 @@ specific typefaces at specific magnifications for the specific
resolution and type of mapping used by your device.
The suffix `.vf' identifies "virtual font" files, for which `.vpl'
-is the human-readable analog. See *Note vftovp invocation::, and *Note
+is the human-readable analog. See *Note vftovp invocation::, and *note
vptovf invocation::. For further discussion of virtual fonts, see
`CTAN:/doc/virtual-fonts.knuth', `CTAN:/help/virtualfonts.txt', and
-*Note Virtual fonts: (dvips)Virtual fonts.
+*note Virtual fonts: (dvips)Virtual fonts.
(This section is based on documentation in the original Unix TeX
distribution by Pierre MacKay and Elizabeth Tachikawa.)
@@ -3482,7 +3498,7 @@ items:
`CTAN:/fonts/utilities/ps2pk'.
* PostScript Type 1 font format conversion (i.e., between PFA and PFB
- formats): `ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/t1utils.tar.gz'.
+ formats): `http://www.lcdf.org/type'.
* Scanned image conversion: the (aging) GNU font utilities convert
type specimen images to Metafont, PostScript, etc.:
@@ -3756,7 +3772,7 @@ Index
(line 15)
* -output-directory: Common options. (line 67)
* -output-level=N: dvitype invocation. (line 36)
-* -overflow-label-offset=POINTS: gftodvi invocation. (line 49)
+* -overflow-label-offset=POINTS: gftodvi invocation. (line 59)
* -page-start=PAGE-SPEC <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 50)
* -page-start=PAGE-SPEC: dvicopy invocation. (line 28)
* -parse-first-line: Common options. (line 77)
@@ -3925,6 +3941,7 @@ Index
* cmbase.mf: Initial Metafont. (line 28)
* cmbase.mft: mft invocation. (line 75)
* cmmf.base not recommended: Initial Metafont. (line 28)
+* color, in DVItoMP: dvitomp invocation. (line 16)
* comments, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 71)
* comments, MFT control: mft invocation. (line 24)
* common options: Common options. (line 6)
@@ -4334,7 +4351,7 @@ Index
* non-Unix system, compiling on: Additional targets. (line 12)
* NUL, not allowed in filenames: \input filenames. (line 35)
* octal character codes, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 78)
-* offset for overflow labels: gftodvi invocation. (line 49)
+* offset for overflow labels: gftodvi invocation. (line 59)
* older-than, file comparisons: newer invocation. (line 6)
* Omega: TeX extensions. (line 16)
* online Metafont graphics: Online Metafont graphics.
@@ -4350,7 +4367,7 @@ Index
(line 6)
* output files, written by TeX programs: tex invocation. (line 51)
* output_comment for DVI files: tex invocation. (line 120)
-* overflow label offset: gftodvi invocation. (line 49)
+* overflow label offset: gftodvi invocation. (line 59)
* packet length: pktype invocation. (line 50)
* page, starting <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 50)
* page, starting: dvicopy invocation. (line 28)
@@ -4671,78 +4688,78 @@ Index

Tag Table:
-Node: Top2979
-Node: Introduction3977
-Node: Installation7157
-Node: configure options9321
-Node: Compile-time options11403
-Node: Additional targets12529
-Node: Triptrap13810
-Node: Runtime options15339
-Node: Commonalities17111
-Node: Option conventions17716
-Node: Common options18940
-Node: Path searching23452
-Node: Output file location24474
-Node: Three programs25514
-Node: Initial and virgin26273
-Node: Memory dumps27373
-Node: Creating memory dumps27840
-Node: Determining the memory dump to use29101
-Node: Hardware and memory dumps30725
-Node: Editor invocation33194
-Node: \input filenames33924
-Node: TeX36917
-Node: tex invocation38007
-Node: Initial TeX45939
-Node: Formats47428
-Node: Languages and hyphenation50367
-Node: MLTeX50795
-Node: \charsubdef52290
-Node: \tracingcharsubdef54616
-Node: TCX files55191
-Node: patgen invocation60615
-Node: IPC and TeX61332
-Node: TeX extensions61933
-Node: Metafont63234
-Node: mf invocation64522
-Node: Initial Metafont68405
-Node: Modes70158
-Node: Online Metafont graphics72413
-Node: gftodvi invocation75686
-Node: mft invocation77945
-Node: MetaPost82000
-Node: mpost invocation83021
-Node: Initial MetaPost88206
-Node: makempx invocation90018
-Node: dvitomp invocation94023
-Node: dmp invocation94652
-Node: mpto invocation98673
-Node: newer invocation99655
-Node: BibTeX100592
-Node: bibtex invocation100953
-Node: Basic BibTeX style files103278
-Node: WEB104620
-Node: tangle invocation105903
-Node: weave invocation108026
-Node: pooltype invocation109434
-Node: DVI utilities110564
-Node: dvicopy invocation111508
-Node: dvitype invocation112806
-Node: dvitype output example115161
-Node: Font utilities118212
-Node: Font file formats119392
-Node: gftopk invocation122691
-Node: pktogf invocation123895
-Node: pktype invocation125074
-Node: gftype invocation127909
-Node: tftopl invocation132425
-Node: pltotf invocation137059
-Node: vftovp invocation138124
-Node: vptovf invocation140408
-Node: Font utilities available elsewhere141462
-Node: Legalisms143882
-Node: References146053
-Node: Index150438
+Node: Top3053
+Node: Introduction4048
+Node: Installation7225
+Node: configure options9389
+Node: Compile-time options11471
+Node: Additional targets12597
+Node: Triptrap13878
+Node: Runtime options15407
+Node: Commonalities17179
+Node: Option conventions17784
+Node: Common options19008
+Node: Path searching23520
+Node: Output file location24542
+Node: Three programs25582
+Node: Initial and virgin26341
+Node: Memory dumps27441
+Node: Creating memory dumps27908
+Node: Determining the memory dump to use29169
+Node: Hardware and memory dumps30793
+Node: Editor invocation33262
+Node: \input filenames33992
+Node: TeX36985
+Node: tex invocation38075
+Node: Initial TeX46007
+Node: Formats47496
+Node: Languages and hyphenation50435
+Node: MLTeX50863
+Node: \charsubdef52358
+Node: \tracingcharsubdef54684
+Node: TCX files55259
+Node: patgen invocation60683
+Node: IPC and TeX61400
+Node: TeX extensions62001
+Node: Metafont63302
+Node: mf invocation64590
+Node: Initial Metafont68473
+Node: Modes70226
+Node: Online Metafont graphics72481
+Node: gftodvi invocation75754
+Node: mft invocation78576
+Node: MetaPost82631
+Node: mpost invocation83652
+Node: Initial MetaPost88837
+Node: makempx invocation90648
+Node: dvitomp invocation94653
+Node: dmp invocation95424
+Node: mpto invocation99445
+Node: newer invocation100427
+Node: BibTeX101364
+Node: bibtex invocation101725
+Node: Basic BibTeX style files104050
+Node: WEB105392
+Node: tangle invocation106675
+Node: weave invocation108798
+Node: pooltype invocation110206
+Node: DVI utilities111336
+Node: dvicopy invocation112280
+Node: dvitype invocation113578
+Node: dvitype output example115933
+Node: Font utilities118984
+Node: Font file formats120164
+Node: gftopk invocation123463
+Node: pktogf invocation124667
+Node: pktype invocation125846
+Node: gftype invocation128681
+Node: tftopl invocation133197
+Node: pltotf invocation137831
+Node: vftovp invocation138896
+Node: vptovf invocation141180
+Node: Font utilities available elsewhere142234
+Node: Legalisms144642
+Node: References146813
+Node: Index151198

End Tag Table